Skip to main content

Full text of "2009-2010 Catalog; 2009-2010 Academic Catalog University of South Carolina-Upstate"

See other formats


'Vi    '%i 


'■^Siimm 


m 

h\ 

1 

academic  catalog 


~"^'^1Tfl  m,r. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/catalogacademicc2009univ 


2009-2010 
Academic  Catalog 

University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 


itttfiKnttti 


UNIVERSITY      OF 

SOUTH 
(AROLINA 

UPSTATE 


Mailing  Address:         University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 
XOO  University  Way 
Spartanburi;,  South  Carohna  29303 

Telephone:  864-503-5000 

The  University  of'South  Carolina  Upstate  is  accredited  hy  the  Commission  on  Colleges  ol'the  Southern  Association  ofCoUeges  and  Schools  ( 1 866  Southern 
Lane.  Decatur.  Ga.  30033-4097:  Telephone  404-679-4501 1  to  award  associate,  baccalaureate  and  master's  degrees. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  changes  in  curricula,  degree  requirements,  course  otTerings,  and  all  academic  regulations  when  in  the  judgment 
of  the  faculty,  the  chancellor,  the  president  or  the  board  of  trustees  such  changes  are  in  the  best  interest  of  the  students  and  the  University. 

Registration  at  the  University  assumes  the  student's  acceptance  of  all  published  academic  regulations,  including  those  which  appear  in  this  catalog  and 
all  others  found  in  any  official  announcement. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  affirmative  action  which  assures  equal  opportunity  in  education  and  employment  to 
all  qualified  persons  regardless  of  race.  sex.  religion,  creed,  handicap,  disability,  veteran  status,  national  origin  or  ancestry. 

I  certify  that  this  catalog  is  true  and  correct  in  content  and  policy  and  states  progress  requirements  for  graduation. 

JohnC.  Slockwell.  Ph.D. 
Chancellor.  USC  Upstate 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  catalog  is  published  yearly  in  Spartanburg.  South  Carolina. 


Table  of  Contents 

Academic  Calendars .• 4 

The  University 6 

Greenville  Campus 13 

Admissions 16 

Financial  Aid 25 

Fees  and  Expenses 37 

Student  Affairs 41 

Academic  Regulations 47 

Academic  Programs 61 

Honors  Program 69 

use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 73 

Center  for  Interdisciplinary  Studies 74 

Center  for  Nonprofit  Leadership 77 

Center  for  Women's  &  Gender  Studies 79 

Watershed  Ecology  Center 80 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 81 

Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies 82 

Languages,  Literature  and  Composition 92 

Department  of  Infonnatics 99 

Division  of  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 102 

Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 108 

Psychology 1 14 

History,  Political  Science,  Philosophy  and  American  Studies 116 

Sociology,  Criminal  Justice  and  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 121 

Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 126 

School  of  Education 131 

Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 149 

Course  Descriptions 160 

Graduate  Studies 217 

Administration  and  Faculty 233 

Index 250 


Academic  Calendar  2009-2010 


Fall  2009 

Thursday,  Aug.  20 
Monday,  Sept.  7 
Thursday-Friday,  Oct.  8-9 
Wednesday-Sunday,  Nov.  25-29 
Friday,  Dec.  4 
Monday-Friday,  Dec.  7-11 
Tuesday,  Dec.  1 5 


Classes  begin 

Labor  Day  (no  classes) 

Fall  break  (no  classes) 

Thanksgiving  break 

Classes  end 

Final  exams 

Commencement 


Spring  2010 

Monday.  Jan.  1 1 
Monday,  Jan.  18 
Sunday-Sunday,  March  7-14 
Monday,  April  26 

Wednesday-Tuesday,  April  28-May  4 
TBA 


Classes  begin 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (no  classes) 

Spring  break  (no  classes) 

Classes  end 

Final  exams 

Commencement 


Welcome ... 


Welcome  to  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate! 
At  use  Upstate  we  offer  challenging,  first-rate  academic 
courses,  small  class  sizes,  personal  experiences, 
remarkable  diversity,  an  expansive  international 
community,  NCAA  Division  I  Athletics,  and  a  dynamic 
campus  life. 

Our  acclaimed  and  accredited  academic  programs  create 
real  opportunities  for  our  students  to  build  bridges  to 
their  future  through  internships,  field  service,  study 
abroad,  and  more.  USC  Upstate  inspires  our  students  to 
grow  intellectually,  culturally,  socially  and  emotionally. 
Students  are  also  challenged  to  think  critically  and  to 
prepare  themselves  for  the  professional  challenges  that 
lie  ahead. 


Today,  USC  Upstate  is  among  the  fastest  growing  universities  in  South  Carolina  -  with  a  302-acre 
residential  campus  in  Spartanburg,  a  commuter-campus  at  the  University  Center  of  Greenville  and  a 
planned  campus  for  the  George  Dean  Johnson,  Jr.  College  of  Business  and  Economics  in  downtown 
Spartanburg.  Home  to  5,000  students  from  38  states  and  71  nations,  USC  Upstate  offers  degree 
programs  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences,  business  administration,  nursing  and  teacher  education,  as 
well  as  master's  degrees  in  education.  The  Spartanburg  campus,  located  in  the  Piedmont  foothills, 
offers  exceptional  facilities  such  as  the  newly-opened  Health  Education  Complex,  Wellness  Center 
and  Magnolia  House,  in  addition  to  the  Humanities  and  Performing  Arts  Center,  Campus  Life  Center, 
Susan  Jacobs  Arboretum,  and  the  Louis  P.  Howell  Athletic  Complex,  all  of  which  are  here  to  enrich 
your  educational  journey.  The  Greenville  campus,  located  at  the  University  Center  of  Greenville,  a 
state-of-the-art  teaching  and  learning  center,  is  situated  in  an  important  hub  in  Greenville  and  surrounded 
by  world-class  manufacturing  and  business  centers,  both  national  and  international. 

As  you  read  through  the  pages  of  this  catalog,  please  contact  the  Admissions  Office  at  (864)  503-5246 
with  any  questions  you  may  have.  I  wish  you  the  best  as  you  pursue  your  university  education,  and  I 
hope  to  see  you  on  campus  in  the  near  fiature! 


^    John  C.  Stockwell,  Ph.D. 
Chancellor 


The  University 


TheUniversityot"SoutliC'aioliiiaUpstale(  formerly  use 
Spartanburg),  is  a  coeducational,  public,  comprehensive 
metropolitan  institution  that  is  located  in  Spartanburg  along 
the  thriving  economic  1-85  corridor  between  Atlanta  and 
Charlotte.  The  University's  numerous  partnerships  with 
public  and  private  corporations  and  other  educational 
institutions,  coupled  with  the  mission  to  offer  baccalaureate 
education  to  the  citizens  ofthe  Upstate  of  South  Carolina, 
led  to  a  name  change  on  .lune  30.  2004. 

As  a  senior  comprehensive  public  institution  ofthe 
University  of  South  Carolina,  the  University's  primary 
responsibilities  are  to  offer  baccalaureate  education  to 
the  citizens  ofthe  Upstate  of  South  Carolina  and  to  offer 
selected  master's  degrees  in  response  to  regional  demand. 
We  offer  bachelor's  degree  programs  in  the  liberal  arts 
and  sciences,  business  administration,  nursing  and  teacher 
education,  as  well  as  master's  degrees  in  education.  And 
we  continue  to  create  a  host  of  new  academic  majors  each 
year,  most  recently  infonnation  management  and  systems, 
nonprofit  administration,  special  education,  graphic  design, 
and  a  master's  degree  in  teaching  the  visually  impaired. 

Today.  USC  Upstate  is  among  the  fastest  growing 
universities  in  South  Carolina  -  with  a  302-acre  campus 
in  Spartanburg,  a  commuter-campus  at  the  University 
Center  of  Greenville  and  a  planned  campus  for  the  George 
Dean  Johnson,  Jr.  College  of  Business  and  Economics  in 
downtown  Spartanburg. 

The  Spartanburg  campus  is  a  dynamic  hub  of 
activity.  Magnolia  House,  which  opens  in  fall  2009.  is  a 
co-educational  facility  housing  freshmen  students  only. 
Its  87  suites  will  house  up  to  346  students  in  single  or 
double  rooms  and  handicap-accessible  units.  The  Palmetto 
House  is  a  co-educational  facility  housing  a  combination 
of  upper-classmen  students.  Both  housing  facilities  boasts 
computer  rooms,  open  areas,  laundry  facilities,  keyless 
entry  and  wireless  Internet.  Students  often  gather  at  the 
Louis  P.  Howell  Athletic  Complex,  one  ofthe  Southeast's 
top  sports  venues,  to  cheer  on  the  Spartans  in  baseball, 
Softball,  tennis  and  soccer. 

USC  Upstate  is  home  to  5,000  students  from  38  states 
and  71  nations.  It  offers  challenging,  first-rate  academic 
courses,  small  class  sizes,  personal  experiences,  remarkable 
diversity,  an  expansive  international  community,  and 
a  dynamic  campus  life.  Our  acclaimed  and  accredited 
academic  programs  create  real  opportunities  for  our 
students  to  build  bridges  to  their  future  through  internships, 
field  service,  study  abroad,  and  more. 

USC  Upstate  inspires  its  students  to  grow  intellectually, 
culturally,  socially  and  emotionally.  Students  are  also 
challenged  to  think  critically  and  to  prepare  themselves  for 
the  professional  challenges  that  lie  ahead.  As  a  first-year 
student,  we  don't  expect  you  to  have  all  ofthe  answers. 
That's  why  we  have  an  extensive  network  of  academic 
support  services  to  help  guide  the  way.  including  our 
innovative  Student  Success  Center.  Opportunity  Network, 
the  Writing  Lab  and  Career  Center. 

Just  as  it  offers  academic  excellence.  USC  Upstate 
also  offers  a  comprehensive  athletics  program  competing 
on  the  NCAA  Division  I  level  as  a  member  ofthe  Atlantic 
Sun  Conference. 


The  Spartans  currently  field  15  varsity  sports  - 
basketball,  soccer,  tennis,  golf,  cross  country,  and  track 
and  field  for  both  women  and  men;  baseball  for  men;  and 
Softball  and  volleyball  for  women.  The  USC  Upstate 
athletics  department  is  a  diverse,  dynamic,  and  widely 
successful  arm  of  the  university,  one  that  promotes 
teamwork,  leadership,  and  an  overall  sense  of  community 
both  on  campus  and  in  the  greater  Upstate  region  of  South 
Carolina. 

Parallel  to  the  growth  and  expansion  ofthe  University 
is  the  steadily  climbing  base  of  USC  Upstate  alumni. 
Forty-two  years  after  its  founding,  USC  Upstate  boasts 
an  alumni  base  of  more  than  1 7.000;  85  percent  of  whom 
remain  in  the  Upstate  to  build  their  lives  and  careers. 

Mission  Statement 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  aims  to 
become  one  of  the  Southeast's  leading  "metropolitan" 
universities — a  university  that  acknowledges  as  its 
fundamental  reason  for  being  its  relationship  to  its 
surrounding  cities,  their  connecting  corridors  and 
expanding  populations. 

It  aims  to  be  recognized  nationally  among  its  peer 
metropolitan  institutions  for  its  excellence  in  education 
and  commitment  to  its  students,  for  its  involvement  in  the 
Upstate,  for  its  operational  and  managerial  effectiveness, 
for  its  civility  and  common  purpose,  and  for  the  clarity 
and  integrity  of  its  mission. 

As  a  senior  comprehensive  public  institution  ofthe 
University  of  South  Carolina,  the  University's  primary 
responsibilities  are  to  offer  baccalaureate  education 
to  the  citizens  of  the  upstate  of  South  Carolina  and  to 
offer  selected  master's  degrees  in  response  to  regional 
demand. 

Curricula  and  services  are  designed  for  the  University's 
students,  four  to  seven  thousand  in  headcount.  who  are 
diverse  in  background,  age,  race,  ethnicity,  educational 
experience  and  academic  goals.  Students  are  drawn  in 
large  proportion  from  the  Upstate  where  many  choose  to 
remain  for  their  careers.  A  broad  range  of  major  curricula 
are  provided  in  arts  and  sciences  and  in  professional  fields 
of  study  required  by  the  regional  economy,  including 
business,  education,  and  nursing. 

Through  on-site  instruction  including  comprehensive 
programming  at  the  UniversityCenter  of  Greenville, 
distance  learning,  continuing  education  and  inter- 
institutional  articulation  agreements,  both  traditional 
students  and  working  professionals  are  served 
regionally. 

Consistent  with  the  international  character  of  the 
Upstate,  the  University  promotes  global  perspecti\  es  across 
its  programs,  and.  supporting  the  regional  employment 
objectives  of  most  of  its  students,  it  provides  extensive 
experiential  learning  opportunities. 

The  University's  metropolitan  mission  rests  upon  a 
foundation  of  partnerships  with  the  education,  corporate 
and  service  organizations  of  the  Upstate.  The  USC 
Upstate  faculty  provides  leadership  in  promoting  the 
Upstate's  economic,  social  and  cultural  development 


The  University 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


through  its  teaching,  professional  sen  ice,  basic  and  applied 
scholarship/research,  and  creative  endeavors. 

use  Upstate  strives  to  prepare  its  students  to 
participate  as  responsible  citizens  in  a  diverse,  global,  and 
knowledge-based  society,  to  pursue  excellence  in  their 
chosen  careers  and  to  continue  learning  throughout  life. 

Vision  Statement 

use  Upstate  will  emerge  as  "the  metropolitan 
university  of  South  Carolina"  and  one  of  the  leading 
metropolitan  universities  of  the  Southeast,  recognized  as 
a  center  ofsuperh  teaching,  experiential  learning,  regional 
partnerships,  international  opportunity,  cultural  diversity, 
and  dynamic  community  activity. 

History 

The  history  of  the  University  of  South  Carol  ina  Upstate 
is  a  chronicle  of  remarkable  development.  In  1%7,  the 
university  was  founded  in  response  to  efforts  undertaken 
by  G.B.  Hodge,  M.D.,  together  with  fellow  members 
of  the  Spartanburg  County  Commission  for  Higher 
Education,  and  a  remarkably  strong  founding  faculty 
primarily  to  avert  a  serious  health  care  labor  shortage 
crisis  when  Spartanburg  General  Hospital  announced 
plans  to  eliminate  its  diploma  program  for  registered 
nurses.  A  citizen's  committee  investigated  the  situation 
and  ultimately  requested  that  Spartanburg  be  included  in 
the  University  of  South  Carolina  system. 

The  Spartanburg  Regional  Campus,  as  it  was  first 
known,  opened  its  doors  in  the  fall  of  1 967  to  1 77  students 
on  the  first  floor  of  the  Spartanburg  General  Hospital 
nursing  residence.  Enrollment  continued  to  increase,  which 
resulted  in  the  school  becoming  a  four-year  university  in 
1975  and  being  renamed  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
Spartanburg. 

Since  its  founding,  USC  Upstate  has  grown  from  a 
smalKtwo-yearcampusintooneoftheleadingmetropolitan 
universities  in  the  Southeast.  This  growth  has  been  a  direct 
response  to  the  needs  of  the  Upstate  —  a  tradition  that 
began  with  the  University's  creation.  The  University  has 
expanded  well  beyond  nursing  to  include  40  bachelor's 
programs  in  the  liberal  arts,  sciences,  business,  information 
management  and  systems,  teacher  education  and  nursing. 
In  1 994,  the  University  moved  to  the  graduate  level,  with 
master's  degree  programs  in  elementary  education  and 
early  childhood  education. 

The  University's  numerous  partnerships  w  ith  public 
and  pri\  ale  corporations  and  othereducational  institutions, 
coupled  with  the  mission  to  olTer  baccalaureate  education  to 
the  citizens  of  the  Upstate  of  South  Carolina,  led  to  a  name 
change.  On  June  30,  2004,  with  USC  Board  of  Trustees 
approval,  USCS  changed  its  name  to  the  University  of 
South  Carolina  Upstate. 

Accreditation 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  is 
accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Colleges  of  the  Southern 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  (1866  Southern 
Lane.  Decatur,  Ga.  30033-4097:  Telephone  404-679- 

8 


4501)  to  award  associate,  baccalaureate  and  master's 
degrees.  Business  programs  are  accredited  by  AACSB 
International — The  Association  to  Advance  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business  (600  Emerson  Road,  Suite  300, 
St.  Louis,  Mo.  63141-6762;  Telephone  314-872-8481). 
Nursing  programs  are  accredited  by  the  National  League 
forNursingAccreditingCommission  (61  Broadway,  New 
York,  N.Y.  10006;  Telephone  1-800-669-1656:  E-mail 
custhelp(«  nln.org). 

Undergraduate  education  programs  are  accredited  by 
theNational  Council  forAccreditalionolTeacher  Education 
(2010  Massachusetts  Ave.  N.W.,  Suite  500,  Washington 
D.C.  20036- 1 023; Telephone 202-466-7496 ).  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Computer  Science  program  is  accredited 
by  ABET — Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and 
Technology  Inc.  (Ill  Market  Place.  Suite  1 050,  Baltimore, 
Md.  21202-4002;  Telephone  410-347-7700). 

Public  Service 

In  addition  to  academic  excellence,  USC  Upstate 
is  dedicated  to  public  service  activities.  Among  the 
University's  initiatives  in  this  area; 

The  Scholars  Academy  is  a  joint  venture  of  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  and  the  seven 
Spartanburg  County  school  districts  to  provide  advanced 
learners  with  a  quality  education  in  a  supportive  learning 
environment.  Its  mission  is  to  attract  and  graduate  students 
with  a  life-long  passion  for  learning  and  compassion  for 
others,  and  enable  them  to  translate  academic  study  and 
personal  concern  into  effective  leadership  and  action  in 
their  communities  and  the  world. 

Ninth  and  tenth  grade  students  arc  taught  and  super- 
vised primarily  by  a  cadre  of  selected  Spartanburg  county 
school  teachers.  In  addition,  students  take  some  college 
coursework.  Eleventh  and  twelfth  graders  enroll  in  a 
combination  of  mostly  Advanced  Placement  and  college 
courses.  Students  graduate  with  a  high  school  diploma 
and  as  much  as  two  years  of  college  course  credits. 

Twenty-five  students  from  seven  Spartanburg  county 
public  high  schools  were  invited  to  attend  the  Academy  in 
its  initial  year  of  operation  during  the  2007-08  academic 
year.  There  is  no  charge  for  students  to  attend  the  Acad- 
emy as  the  project  is  funded  through  the  Voluntary  Public 
School  Choice  Grant  program.  Lor  additional  information, 
interested  parents  and  students  may  visit  the  Scholars 
Academy  website  at  the  following  address:  http://www. 
uscupstate.edu/academics/education/scholars_academy 

USC  Upstate  administers  ACHIEVE,  a  youth  GED 
and  employment  program,  in  Cherokee,  Spartanburg  and 
Union  counties.  The  program  providcsemployability  train- 
ing and  job  placement,  instruction  and  career  activities  for 
high  school  dropouts. 

Upward  Bound  is  a  program  of  intensive  instruction, 
tutoring,  social  and  cultural  activities  designed  to  increase 
high  school  student's  motivation  and  personal  and  aca- 
demic skills  to  levels  necessary  for  success  beyond  high 
school.  Upward  Bound  works  primarily  with  students  who 
are  low-income  and/or  potential  first  generation  college 
students.   Upward  Bound  is  totally  funded  by  a  Title  IV 

The  University 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


grant  awarded  to  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 
by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education. 

Thousands  of  pubhc  school  students  have  participated 
in  programs  such  as  the  Piedmont  Regional  Science  Fair, 
an  annual  writing  and  art  competition,  and  History  Day. 

Each  year  the  University  offers  a  wide  range  of  art 
exhibits,  special  lectures,  music  concerts,  plays,  and  other 
special  events  for  students  and  the  community.  Admission 
to  these  events  is  either  free  or  at  a  nominal  charge. 

Center  for  International  Studies 

The  Center  for  International  Studies  provides  en- 
hanced international  experiences  for  USC  Upstate  students 
and  faculty  members  as  well  as  interaction  between  the 
University  and  the  international  community.  The  Center 
assists  with  language  development  and  translation  services 
on  and  off  campus.  Due  to  reciprocal  agreements  with  vari- 
ous universities  abroad,  USC  Upstate  offers  students  and 
faculty  opportunities  to  study  or  pursue  projects  abroad. 
For  international  students,  the  Center  provides  curricular, 
personal  and  cultural  assistance.  International  students 
should  contact  the  Center  for  International  Studies  shortly 
after  their  arrival  on  campus  for  orientation  and  informa- 
tion relevant  to  beginning  their  college  careers. 

Student  Success  Center 

The  Student  Success  Center  houses  the  Academic 
Support  Center,  Career  Center,  and  Opportunity  Network. 
It  also  houses  the  office  of  the  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Student  Success,  Dr.  Mary  Theokas.  As  a  department,  the 
Center  provides  a  wealth  of  services  designed  to  facilitate 
the  success  of  every  USC  Upstate  student  from  the  first 
day  of  class  until  graduation. 

Academic  Support  Center 

The  Academic  Support  Center  is  a  comprehensive 
academic  support  office  on  campus  to  assist  students.  Its 
principal  mission  is  to  work  with  the  USC  Upstate  com- 
munity to  promote  student  persistence  by  offering  skilled 
advisement,  tutoring,  retention-related  instruction,  and 
other  activities  that  clarify  students'  academic  goals  and 
enhance  their  ties  to  USC  Upstate.  The  Center  offers  an 
array  of  services  to  assist  students  in  their  daily  academic 
demands,  such  as  free  tutorial  services,  study  skills  and  time 
management  assistance,  facilitation  of  study  groups  and 
Supplemental  Instruction  fordifficult  courses, one-on-one 
consultations  with  students,  referrals  to  other  USC  Upstate 
services,  and  much  more.  The  Center  also  works  closely 
with  faculty  and  staff  through  its  University  101  program 
for  freshmen,  the  Early  Intervention  Program,  and  with 
classroom  presentations  and  workshops  as  requested. 

Opportunity  Networii 

Opportunity  Network  is  a  student  support  services 
program  at  USC  Upstate  made  possible  through  a  federal 
grant  from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education.  Earning  an 
undergraduate  degree  can  be  extremely  challenging,  and 
Opportunity  Network  offers  support  to  students  as  they 
transition  from  high  school  to  college  and  beyond.  The 


program  provides  a  wide  variety  of  services,  programs  and 
support  to  assist  college  students  as  they  strive  to  achieve 
their  educational  goals.  Some  of  the  specific  services  avail- 
able are  academic  advising,  tutoring  and  mentoring,  study 
skills  workshops,  cultural  events,  financial  aid  assistance 
and  graduate  school  advising.  First  generation  college 
students,  low-income  and/or  students  with  a  learning  or 
physical  disability  may  qualify  for  the  program.  Students 
who  think  they  may  be  eligible  to  participate  should  visit 
www.uscupstate.edu/opportunitynetwork.html  for  more 
information. 

Career  Center 

The  Career  Center  assists  students  in  obtaining  gain- 
ful employment  during  their  tenure  at  the  University  as 
well  as  full-time  placement  after  graduation.  We  provide 
valuable  information  regarding  resume'  and  cover  letter 
preparation,  interviewing  techniques  and  other  tips  to  assist 
students  with  their  career  goals.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
register  with  the  Spartan  Career  Link,  a  web-based  Career 
Services  program  which  links  them  online  to  placement 
assistance  for  on-  and  off-campus  employment  as  well  as 
internship  opportunities. 

Center  for  Undergraduate  Research 
and  Scholars/lip  (CURS) 

The  Center  for  Undergraduate  Research  and  Scholarship 
provides  programs  and  incentives  to  enhance  the  edu- 
cational and  professional  development  of  USC  Upstate 
students  by  supporting  student-based  research,  scholarly, 
or  creative  activities.  This  Center  provides,  on  a  competi- 
tive basis,  logistic  and  monetary  support  for  the  pursuit 
of  student  projects  performed  under  the  guidance  of  USC 
Upstate  faculty,  staff,  and/or  community  professionals  fi^om 
throughout  the  Upstate  region.  The  Center  also  assists  stu- 
dents in  traveling  to  professional  meetings  to  present  their 
work/findings,  assists  faculty /staff  who  involve  students  in 
their  research  programs,  and  assists  in  arranging  internships 
and  directed  studies  for  students  in  order  to  better  prepare 
them  for  their  future  professional  careers. 


Veterans  Affairs 

Students  eligible  to  receive  veterans"  educational 
benefits  should  contact  the  veterans'  coordinator  located 
in  the  records  office.  Students  receiving  veterans'  benefits 
are  required  to  report  any  changes  in  curriculum,  includ- 
ing courses  dropped  or  added,  absences  and  w  ithdrawal. 
Failure  to  report  such  changes  results  in  termination  of 
benefits. 

Student  Services 
Bookstore 

The  USC  Upstate  Bookstore,  located  on  the  main 
level  of  the  Health  Education  Complex,  carries  textbooks, 
supplementary  materials  and  supplies,  clothing,  items  fea- 
turing the  university  name  and  logo,  sofhvare.  computers, 
magazines,  newspapers,  and  student  identification  cards. 
The  bookstore  maintains  a  Web  page  at  www.upstatebook- 
store.com  that  provides  e-commerce  and  news  on  events 
and  specials. 


The  University 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Identijication  Cards 

The  use  Upstate  Bookstore  provides  identification 
cards  for  all  students  at  USC  Upstate.  Each  student  will 
be  provided  the  first  ID  card  at  no  cost  but  each  additional 
card  will  cost  S 1 0.  Cards  are  automatically  activated  each 
semester  when  fees  are  paid.  During  a  student's  tenure  at 
USC  Upstate,  the  initial  card  is  a  valid  one.  ID  cards  are 
required  to  check  out  books  in  the  library  as  well  as  for 
entry  at  certain  events. 

Child  Care 

Children  from  3  months  to  6  years  of  age  can  be 
enrolled  at  the  NAEYC  accredited  Burroughs  Child  De- 
velopment Center.  The  Center  is  open  from  7:30  a.m.  to 
5:30  p.m.  weekdays  and  ser\es  children  of  students.  statT 
and  faculty.  Full-  and  part-time  care  is  available. 

Dining  Services 

Food  services  management  operations  are  contracted 
through  Sode.xo  Campus  Services.  The  Dining  Services 
administrative  office  is  located  on  the  first  floor  of  the 
Campus  Life  Center,  adjacent  to  the  cafeteria.  Residential 
students  are  required  to  purchase  a  meal  plan  for  any-time 
access  and  all-you-can-eat  meals  in  the  cafeteria,  with  five 
equivalencies  at  any  of  our  other  venues.  For  non-resident 
students,  a  variety  of  food  choices  are  available  and  may 
be  purchased  with  cash,  a  declining-balance  plan,  or  with 
one  ofour  other  cost-saving  commuter  meal  plans.  A  valid 
University  ID  is  required  for  all  meal  plans  or  declining- 
balance  purchases.  In  addition  to  the  cafeteria,  other  venues 
include  Sandella's  Cafe  and  PowerBlendz  Smoothie  Bar 
located  on  the  avenue  in  the  Health  Education  Center,  a 
new  food  court  will  open  fall  2009  located  on  the  ground 
level  of  thellorace  C.  Smith  Science  Building,  featuring 
Jazzman's  Cafe  and  SubConnection. 

A  flill-range  of  catering  serv  ices  is  available  for  campus 
events,  including  those  sponsored  by  the  community.  The 
Office  of  Dining  Services  offers  employment  opportunities 
for  students,  with  flexible  hours,  free  meals  and  good  pay. 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 

USC  Upstate  has  a  broad-based  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic program  for  men  and  women.  USC  Upstate  teams 
compete  in  NCAA  Division  1  Atlantic  Sun  Conference. 
The  University  fields  1 7  varsity  teams  —  basketball,  soc- 
cer, track  and  field,  golf,  tennis  and  cross  country  for  men 
and  women;  baseball  for  men;  and  Softball,  volleyball, 
cheerleading  and  dance  for  women. 

The  Campus 

Located  con\  eniently  along  the  thriving  economic  1-85 
corridor  betw  een  Atlanta  and  Charlotte,  USC  Upstate  is  set 
in  the  picturesque  foothills  of  the  Blue  Ridge  Mountains. 
The  302-acre  campus  features  many  new  and  sophisticated 
facilities. 

Administration  Building.  Opened  in  1969  and 
renovated  in  19X8.  this  41.()00-square-foot  building  was 
the  first  facility  constructed  on  the  USC  Upstate  campus.  It 
houses  administrative  offices  in  addition  to  classrooms. 


(;.B.  Hodge  (enter.  Opened  in  1973  and  later 
expanded,  the  45,()00-square-foot  Hodge  Center  houses 
classrooms,  academic  offices,  a  1,650-seat  gymnasium, 
an  auxiliary  gym,  a  weight  room  and  athletics  department 
offices.  The  building  is  named  forthe  late  Dr.  G.B.  Hodge, 
chairman  emeritus  of  the  Spartanburg  County  Commission 
for  Higher  Education. 

Media  Building.  This  44,000-square-foot  building, 
opened  in  1 978.  houses  classrooms,  academic  oflices.  and 
the  studios  of  WRET-TV.  a  station  of  the  South  Carolina 
Educational  Television  Network. 

College  of  Arts  and  Science  Building.  Opened  in 
1982,  this  26,066-square-foot  facility  houses  the  offices 
and  classrooms  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

University  Police  and  Health  Services.  These 
two  departments  are  housed  in  Building  1  of  Palmetto 
Villas. 

Burroughs  Child  Development  Center.  Opened  in 
1 976,  the  Center  pro\  ides  care  for  prc-school  children,  and 
gives  students  in  the  School  of  Education  an  opportunity 
to  work  with  and  observe  young  children.  It  is  named 
for  the  late  William  J.  Burroughs,  who  was  a  founding 
member  of  the  Spartanburg  County  Commission  for 
Higher  Education  in  1967. 

Susan  B.Jacobs  Arboretum.  The  1 2-acre  arboretum, 
named  for  Susan  B.  Jacobs  who  is  a  graduate  of  The  Mary 
Black  School  ofNursing  at  USC  Upstate,  is  located  north 
of  the  Campus  Life  Center  along  Pollywood  Creek.  It 
features  a  300-seat  amphitheatre,  lighted  walkways,  and 
foliage  indigenous  to  the  area.  The  Arboretum  serves  as 
the  center  of  gravity  for  campus  life  and  student  activities 
and  provides  a  place  for  relaxation,  for  the  enjoyment 
and  advancement  of  academic  studies,  for  contemplation 
and  reflection,  and  for  cultural,  social  and  entertainment 
events. 

Palmetto  House.  The  105,000-square-foot  facility 
opened  in  2004  provides  housing  for  348  students. 
The  complex  consists  of  single  and  double  occupancy 
rooms,  open  areas,  and  three  recreation  rooms.  Each 
hall  features  a  private  study  area  and  laundry  facilities. 
This  co-educational  facility  featines  controlled  access, 
full  sprinkler  system.  Internet  access,  cable  television, 
computer  lab.  green  space,  and  adjacent  parking. 

Magnolia  House.  Set  to  open  in  Fall  2009,  the 
Magnolia  House  will  be  a  housing  facility  exclusively 
for  freshman,  otTering  suite-style  living  and  the  same 
amenities  of  the  Palmetto  House. 

Palmetto  Villas.  The  University  obtained  ownership 
of  this  12-building  apartment  complex  in  1997.  Each 
two-bedroom  unit  is  furnished,  air-conditioned,  and  has 
a  kitchen  with  stove,  refrigerator,  dishwater  and  disposal. 
All  units  are  networked  as  part  ofthe  USC  Upstate  system. 
A  recreation  area  with  pool,  laundry  and  basketball  and 
volleyball  courts  is  available.  Palmetto  Villas  houses  348 
upperclassman. 

John  M.  Rampey  Center.  Opened  in  1992,  this 
6,200-square-foot  facility  is  primarily  used  for  professional 
development  and  corporate  training  and  continuingeducation 
classes.  No  academic  classes  utilize  this  facility. 


10 


The  University 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


The  Louis  p.  Howell  AthleticCompIex.  The  Athletic 

Complex  is  located  in  the  northern  section  of" the  campus 
and  includes  the  County  University  Soccer  Stadium, 
Spartanburg  County  Youth  Soccer  Fields,  Cleveland  S. 
Harley  Baseball  Stadium,  Cyrill  Softball  Stadium  and 
Tennis  Complex.  These  facilities  are  part  of  the  recent 
construction  and  expansion  efforts,  which  brings  all 
athletic  venues  on  campus,  thus  creating  a  greater  sense 
of  a  campus  community. 

Outdoor  Recreational  Facilities.  A 1 .3-mile  passage 
ofthe  Palmetto  Trail  begins  at  the  Louis  P.  Howell  Athletic 
Complex  and  leads  into  a  wooded  forest  on  the  banks  of 
the  Lawson's  Fork  Creek.  Only  hikers  and  bikers  may  use 
this  section  ofthe  trail.  Several  other  trails  wind  through 
the  campus  and  more  are  currently  under  development. 
The  use  Upstate  Challenge  Course  seeks  to  give  students 
the  opportunity  to  sharpen  interpersonal  skills  through 
the  facilitation  of  various  activities  and  groups.  Other 
recreation  sites  include  intramural  fields  adjacent  to 
the  Palmetto  House,  and  five  fields  used  primarily  for 
recreational  soccer  and  similar  use  located  on  the  west 
side  ofthe  campus. 

University'  Readiness  Center.  Opened  in  2003,  this 
50,000-square-foot  facility  is  situated  on  a  1 2-acre  site  on 
the  northern  side  ofthe  campus.  It  provides  office  space 
for  the  South  Carolina  National  Guard,  multi-purpose 
meeting  space,  classrooms,  hospitality  rooms,  full  kitchen 
facilities,  and  dressing  rooms  for  athletic  teams  using  the 
Louis  P.  Howell  Athletics  Complex. 

Campus  Life  Center. This  55,000-square-foot  facility 
is  the  center  of  campus  activity  and  the  focal  point  of  future 
growth  onto  the  North  Campus.  The  CLC  houses  Dining 
Services,  the  Center  for  International  Studies,  Student 
Affairs,  the  Counseling  Center,  student  organization 
offices,  student  publication  offices,  several  meeting  rooms, 
a  computer  lab  and  an  automated  teller  machine.  It  is  a 
gathering  place  for  student  organization  and  community 
meetings,  receptions  and  other  events. 

Kathyrn  Hicks  Visual  Arts  Center.  Renovated 
in  the  summer  of  2003,  this  facility  provides  space 
for  art  studios,  graphic  design,  art  imaging  laboratory, 
sculpturing,  printmaking,  classrooms,  faculty  offices  and 
exhibitions. 

Humanities  and  Performing  Arts  Center.  Opened 
in  1990,  this  building  features  a  450-seat  theater  with 
a  hydraulic  pit  lift,  superb  acoustics,  and  a  fully  rigged 
fly  loft.  The  54,000-square-foot  building  also  houses 
classrooms,  academic  offices,  a  music  recital  hall,  private 
practice  rooms,  art  studios,  an  art  gallery,  foreign  language 
and  journalism  labs. 

Horace  C.  Smith  Science  Building.  Opened  in  1 985, 
the  60,000-square-foot  facility  is  home  to  academic  offices, 
science  laboratories  and  classrooms. 

Library.  This  68,300-square-foot  building,  opened 
in  1977,  houses  a  library  with  a  collection  of  more  than 
235,000  volumes,  academic  offices  and  classrooms.  On 
the  lower  level,  with  a  separate  entrance,  is  the  Tukey 
Theater,  a  140-seat  lecture  hall  named  for  the  late  Richard 
E.  Tukey,  who  as  head  of  the  Spartanburg  Chamber  of 


Commerce  was  one  ofthe  community  leaders  instrumental 
in  the  establishment  of  USC  Upstate. 

Health  Education  Complex.  This  1 50,()()0-square- 
foot  building  opened  in  Fall  2008.  It  houses  the  Mary 
Black  School  ofNursing,  School  of  Education,  Enrollment 
Services,  Bookstore,  and  the  Wellness  Center  -  including 
a  pool,  racquetball  and  basketball  courts,  running  track, 
climbing  wall,  and  aerobics  facilities  -  will  provide  first- 
rate  recreation,  exercise,  and  instructional  and  research 
opportunities  for  the  campus  community. 


DIRECTIONS  TO  CAMPUS 


From  U.S.  Hwy.  176/1-585  northbound  -  Take  the  East 
Campus  Boulevard  exit.  Go  right  at  the  end  ofthe  exit 
ramp  onto  East  Campus  Boulevard.  The  campus  is  on 
the  left. 

From  U.S.  Hwy.  176/1-585  southbound  -  Take  the  East 
Campus  Boulevard  exit.  Go  left  at  the  end  ofthe  exit  ramp 
onto  East  Campus  Boulevard.  The  campus  is  on  the  left. 

From  Business  1-85  northbound  -  Use  Exit  5-B,  Mil- 
liken  Road.  Proceed  along  the  frontage  road  parallel  to 
Business  1-85  to  the  Milliken  Bridge  over  Business  1-85, 
and  turn  left  crossing  over  Business  1-85.  At  the  four-way 
STOP  at  the  end  ofthe  bridge,  continue  straight  onto  North 
Campus  Boulevard  into  campus. 

From  Business  1-85  southbound  Use  Exit  6,  SC  9. 
Proceed  along  the  frontage  road  for  approximately  1/2 
mile  being  careful  not  to  re-enter  Business  85.  Turn  right 
at  the  Milliken  Bridge  and  follow  North  Campus  Boule- 
vard to  the  campus. 

From  1-85  in  either  direction  Use  Exit  72  onto  U.S. 
1 76  toward  Spartanburg.  Take  the  East  Campus  Boulevard 
exit.  Go  left  at  the  end  ofthe  exit  ramp  onto  East  Campus 
Boulevard.  The  campus  is  on  the  left. 

From  1-26  in  either  direction  Exit  onto  t-85  north- 
bound, and  follow  the  above  directions.  Using  1-85  instead 
of  Business  1-85  is  the  preferable  route. 


Campus  map  on  next  page 


The  University 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


11 


Campus  Edge  Apartmenls 
(privately  owned) 


Campus  Map 
Legend 


faculty  &  staff 


commuting 
student 


residential 
student 


1.  Administrative  Building 

2.  Library 

3.  Richard  E.  Tukey  Theatre 

4.  Horace  C.  Smith  Science  Building 

5.  Curtis  R.  Harley  Art  Gallery 

6.  Humanities  &  Performing  Arts  Center 

7.  Kathryn  Hicks  Visual  Arts  Center 

8.  Campus  Life  Center 

9.  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences  Building 

10.  College  of  Business/HPPA/Sociology 

11.  Media  BIdg./WRET-TV 

12.  G.B.  Hodge  Center/Gymnasiums 


13.  University  Police/Health  Services 

14.  Burroughs  Child  Development  Center 

15.  The  Villas 

16.  Palmetto  House/Magnolia  House 

17.  Susan  Jacobs  Arboretum 

18.  John  M.  Rampey  Center 

19.  Louis  P  Howell  Athletic  Complex 

20.  Cynll  Softball  Stadium 

21.  Cleveland  S.  Harley  Baseball  Park 

22.  County  University  Soccer  Stadium 

23.  Tennis  Complex 

24.  University  Readiness  Center 


25.  Smith  Farmhouse/Honors  House 

26.  Spartanburg  County  Youth  Soccer  Fields 

27.  Support  Facility/Central  Receiving/ 
Postal  Services/Pnnting  Services 

28.  Facilities  Management  Complex 

29.  Academic  Annex  1,  2,  and  3 

30.  Health  Education  Complex 
Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
School  of  Education 

31.  The  Landing 

32.  Intramural  Field 

33.  Athletic  Annex 

Revised  July  2008 


12 


The  University 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


use  Upstate  Greenville  Campus 


use  Upstate  Greenville  Campus 


The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate's 
Greenville  Campus  is  located  at  the  University  Center  of 
Greenville,  a  nonprofit  consortium  of  higher  education 
institutions  dedicated  to  increasing  access  to  educational 
opportunities  for  the  citizens  of  the  Greater  Greenville 
Metropolitan  Area  of  South  Carolina.  Located  at  225 
South  Pleasantburg  Drive  in  McAlister  Square,  the  Uni- 
versity Center  is  a  state-of-the-art  teaching  and  learning 
center  designed  to  ser\e  traditional,  undergraduate  stu- 
dents as  ucll  as  adults  who  want  to  pursue  four-year  or 
graduate-le\el  degrees.  Courses  are  olTered  in  both  day 
and  evening. 

In  addition  to  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
Upstate,  si.x  universities  are  partners  in  the  University 
Center:  Clemson  University.  Furman  University.  Lander 
University,  the  Medical  University  of  South  Carolina. 
South  Carolina  State  University  and  the  University  of 
South  Carolina  Columbia. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  otTers 
course  work  on-site,  online,  or  by  teleconference  for  the 
following  degree  programs: 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice 

—  Day  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice  is 
designed  to  provide  current  and  future  criminal  justice 
professionals  with  the  educational  background  necessary  to 
be  successful  in  a  criminal  justice  career,  graduate  school  or 
law  school.  Students  entering  the  criminal  justice  program 
at  use  Upstate  in  Greens  ille  begin  at  the  junior  level  with 
courses  in  the  study  of  crime,  criminals,  courts,  policing, 
corrections  and  \  ictims.  The  program  involves  the  study  of 
both  theorv  and  practice.  A  strong  experiential  component 
to  the  criminal  justice  program  provides  students  with  "real 
world"  experience,  including  the  opportunity  to  participate  in 
summer  field  study  programs.  Students  hav  e  the  opportunity 
to  complete  internships  with  approved  criminal  justice 
agencies.  Interns  may  work  with  federal,  state  or  local 
law  enforcement,  community  corrections  programs,  victim 
assistance  programs,  juvenile  justice  programs,  private 
investigation  firms,  solicitors"  offices,  public  defenders' 
offices,  or  other  branches  of  the  court  system. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Computer  Information  Systems 

—  Evening  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Computer  Information 
Systems  (CIS)  is  ideal  tor  students  who  seek  challenging 
careers  in  information  technology  (IT).  The  program 
provides  rigorous  and  comprehensive  instruction  in  all 
facets  of  information  technology  under  two  main  focus 
areas:  Networking  &  Information  Security  (NIS)  and 
System  Analysis  (SA).  In  particular,  the  Networking  & 
Information  Security  Focus  emphasizes  the  connectivity, 
security,  and  in  general.  IT  infrastructures  in  a  corporate 
environment.  Lxciling  courses  in  NIS  include  Advanced 
Computer  Security  and  Information  Assurance.  Advanced 
Networking.  Digital  Forensics.  Cryptography.  Wireless 
Networking,  and  Distributed  and  Network  Programming. 
Career  choices  for  graduates  otlsl  IS  include  many  "hot  jobs" 
such  as  network  administrators,  system  administrators. 


security  specialists,  database  administrators,  and  IT 
managers.  Students  who  prefer  a  career  in  system 
analysis  and  software  design  and  development  may  want 
to  choose  the  System  Analysis  Focus,  with  practical 
courses  such  as  Object  Oriented  Analysis  and  Design, 
Data  Stuctures  and  Algorithms,  and  Web  Application 
Development,  and  a  strong  core  of  supporting  courses  in 
business  administration.  SA  graduates  are  well  prepared 
to  develop  software  solutions  for  business  and  industries. 
Students  in  both  NIS  and  S.Xare  required  to  take  Business 
courses  such  as  Organizational  Management  &  Behavior 
and  Business  Information  Systems  to  make  sure  they 
can  etTectively  integrate  IT  solutions  into  business 
operations  to  achieve  business  objectives.  Students  with 
transfer  coursework  in  compuler/electonic  engineering 
or  computer  technology  should  consider  this  degree. 
The  degree  also  offers  an  opportunity  for  adults  already 
working  in  information  technology  to  update,  continue 
theireducation,  and  to  expand  career  opportunities.  Please 
visit  http://cs.uscupstate.edu  for  details. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Information  Management  and 
Systems  —  Late  Afternoon  and  Evening  Programs 
(includes  on-site,  online  and  teleconference  courses) 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Information  Management 
and  Systems  degree  is  designed  to  position  graduates 
at  the  forefront  of  information  creation,  access,  analy- 
sis, and  dissemination.  Graduates  enjoy  information 
systems  management  careers  in  areas  such  as  business, 
healthcare  organizations,  government  agencies,  and 
educational  institutions.  The  multidisciplinar>  degree 
integrates  an  understanding  of  computer  science,  infor- 
mation science,  telecommunications,  discipline-spe- 
cific data,  information  administration,  and  an  ability  to 
recognize  relationships  between  technical  systems  and 
social  structures.  Courses  emphasize  basic  quantitative 
and  qualitative  techniques,  business  functions.  etTective 
communications  skills,  and  proactive  team  interactions. 
Concentration  areas  allow  students  to  focus  on  the  ap- 
plication of  technology  in  one  of  four  fields — business, 
communication,  education  and  healthcare. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  tXursing  —  Day  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  prepares 
the  graduate  to  enter  the  discipline  of  professional 
nursing  through  education  in  clinical  competencies  and 
technical  skills,  as  well  as  professional  values  and  role 
development,  on  a  foundation  of  prerequisite  liberal  arts 
and  science.  The  program  ofTers  two  tracks  of  study:  the 
junior  and  senior  years  for  students  planning  a  career  in 
professional  nursing  and  an  accelerated  RN-BSN  track 
for  registered  nurses  who  have  graduated  from  associate 
degree  or  diploma  programs  in  nursing.  The  curriculum 
is  designed  to  prepare  graduates  w  ho  use  critical  thinking, 
etTective  communication,  and  professional  behav  ior  in  the 
provision  of  safe,  competent,  and  holistic  nursing  care  in 
a  variety  of  acute  care  and  community  health  settings. 
Experienced  academic  and  clinical  faculty  provide 
students  opportunities  to  learn  health  promotion,  illness 


14 


use  Upstate  Greenville  Campus 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


management,  health  care  technologies  and  evidence  based 
clinical  practice.  The  bachelor's  degree  positions  the 
graduate  for  advancement  in  nursing  practice  and  serves 
as  a  basis  for  graduate  study  in  nursing. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  with 
concentrations  in: 

Accounting  —  Even  in fi  Pro ff  ram 

General  Business  Administration 

—  Day  and  Eveninff  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
allows  students  the  opportunity  to  work  toward  a  variety 
of  career  goals  in  management  accounting  and  general 
business  administration.  Quality  across  the  curriculum 
is  a  priority,  and  to  ensure  that  the  highest  standards  are 
consistently  met,  the  Johnson  College  of  Business  and 
Economics  completed  the  rigorous  process  of  earning 
accreditation  from  AACSB  International.  The  Association 
to  Advance  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business.  Accreditation 
by  AACSB  is  regarded  internationally  as  an  indication  of 
excellence  in  instruction  and  training.  As  of  April  2009.  only 
568  schools  of  business,  or  less  than  5  percent  worldwide, 
have  earned  this  distinguished  hallmark  of  excellence  in 
management  education.  Earning  a  business  degree  from 
use  Upstate  will  allow  students  to  rightfully  claim  to  be 
a  graduate  of  a  internationally  recognized  program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering 
Technology  Management  —  Evening  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy Management  (ETM)  was  designed  for  engineering 
technology  associate's  degree  holders  who  wish  to  earn 
a  bachelor's  degree  with  only  an  additional  two  years  of 
coursework.  Students  enroll  in  the  program  if  they  possess 
or  are  near  completion  of  an  associate  degree  in  engineer- 
ing technology.  The  program  is  ideal  for  technicians  who 
desire  the  management  skills  necessary  to  be  an  effec- 
tive interface  between  technicians  and  upper  managers. 
It  uses  a  comprehensive  blend  of  management,  business, 
economics,  and  communications  courses  to  build  a  layer 
of  management  knowledge  and  skills  on  students'  techni- 
cal foundation.  ETM  courses  include  cost  analysis,  work 
analysis,  systems  decision  making,  quality  practices,  and 
project  management.  Industry  projects  integrated  with 
traditional  coursework  enable  students  to  apply  theory 
in  realistic  management  situations.  The  ETM  degree  will 
open  doors  for  advancement  and  give  students  the  ability 
and  confidence  to  step  through  those  doors.  Visit  www. 
uscupstate.edu/etm  for  more  information. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

— Day  and  Evening  Programs 

The  Interdisciplinary  Studies  majorprovidesadegree 
opportunity  to  students  whose  educational  backgrounds  or 
life  and  career  plans  are  non-traditional.  With  the  help  of 
an  advisor,  students  design  individualized  programs  of 
study  combining  coursework  in  a  variety  of  disciplines  not 
possible  in  other  degree  programs  and  may  take  advantage 
of  36  elective  hours  to  explore  many  ditTerent  courses  of 
study  or  to  concentrate  in  one  selected  discipline. 


Education  Programs 

use  Upstate  in  Greenville  offers  instruction  in  early 
childhood  education,  elementary  education,  middle  grades 
education  and  special  education:  learning  disabilities. 
Although  the  curriculum  and  requirements  of  each 
program  are  different,  the  overriding  philosophy  of  each  is 
common — to  prepare  students  to  be  reflective  practitioners 
of  teaching,  with  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  dispositions 
necessary  to  meet  the  needs  of  all  learners  in  today's  public 
school  classrooms.  USC  Upstate  in  Greenville  students 
develop  leadership  skills  to  reinvigorate  schools,  promote 
business  and  school  partnerships,  and  ensure  quality 
education  for  all  students. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

—  Day  Program 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
provides  preparation  for  teaching  in  four-  and  five- 
year  kindergartens  and  in  grades  1-3.  The  professional 
sequence  provides  content  and  direct  opportunities  for 
field  experience.  The  final  semester  is  a  full-time  student 
teaching  assignment  in  a  K-3  setting. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Elementary  Education 

—  Day  &  Evening  Programs 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Elementary  Education 
prepares  students  to  teach  in  grades  2-6.  The  program 
at  USC  Upstate  in  Greenville  consists  of  professional 
educational  preparation  and  direct  opportunites  for  field 
experience.  During  the  semester  in  which  students  are 
enrolled  in  directed  teaching,  they  spend  each  school 
day  for  a  period  of  15  weeks  in  the  elementary  school  to 
which  they  are  assigned. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Middle  Grades  Education 

—  Day  Program 

The  program  in  Middle  Grades  Education  prepares 
students  to  teach  in  grades  5-8.  This  is  achieved  through 
the  core  of  general  liberal  arts  coursework,  professional 
education  coursework,  clinical  experiences,  student 
teaching  in  middle  school  settings,  and  intensive  study  in 
two  areas  of  academic  concentration.  The  final  semester  is 
a  full-time  student  teaching  assignment  in  a  middle  school 
in  both  academic  areas. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Special  Education: 

Learning  Disabilities  —  Day  Program 

The  BachelorofScience  in  Special  Education:  Learning 
Disabilities  prepares  future  teachers  to  serve  the  needs  of 
special  education  students  with  learning  disabilities  in  both 
traditional  classrooms  and  special  education  resource  rooms. 
Preparation  for  teaching  students  with  learning  disabilities 
emphasizes  appropriate  services,  curricula,  assessment,  and 
instruction  required  to  facilitate  participation  in  the  K-12 
general  education  curriculum.  Technology,  collaborative 
and  consultation  skills,  applications  of  research,  and  parent 
consultation  skills  are  stressed  throughout  the  program. 


Information  on  each  of  the  programs  offered  by 
USC  Upstate  in  Greenville  may  be  obtained  by  calling  the 
USC  Upstate  Office  Greenville  Campus  at  864-552-4242. 
An  advisor  will  be  available  to  provide  transcript  e\  alua- 
tion  and  to  help  students  develop  a  program  of  studv'. 


use  Upstate  Greenville  Campus 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


15 


]^^^'^ 

^4    .  n 

^i 

fiX 

Mmxssxons 


Undergraduate  Admission 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  seeks  to 
enroll  students  who  will  benefit  from  and  contribute  to  the 
University.  USC  Upstate  encourages  all  qualified  students 
to  apply  for  admission.  Candidates  for  admission  should 
possess  the  academic  background  to  indicate  the  potential 
for  collegiate  success.  Admission  to  USC  Upstate  does  not 
guarantee  or  imply  admission  to  any  university  program. 
The  University  ofSouth  Carolina  is  committed  to  the  policy 
and  practice  of  affirmative  action  and  equal  opportunity 
in  education  for  all  qualified  persons  regardless  of  race, 
color,  religion,  sex,  disability  or  national  origin. 

Requests  for  undergraduate  application  fornis  and  cata- 
logs should  be  addressed  to  the  Office  of  Admissions.  The 
Office  of  Admissions  is  open  Monday  through  Friday  and 
is  located  on  mail  level  of  the  Health  Education  Complex. 


Phone: 


Fax: 
E-Mail: 


864-503-5246       Spartanburg 
864-271-9111        Greenville 
1-800-277-8727    Elsewhere 
864-503-5727 
admissions(a'uscupstate.edu 


Home  Page:  www.uscupstate.edu 


Application  Procedures 

1.  Application 

Prospective  students  should  submit  a  completed  applica- 
tion to  the  Office  of  Admissions  with  a  non-refundable 
$40  application  fee. 

2.  Transcripts 

All  freshman  applicants  must  submit  transcripts  of  their 
high  school  record  from  the  present  or  last  high  school  at- 
tended. Applicants  who  attend  a  post-secondary  institution 
while  in  high  school  or  during  the  summer  are  classified 
as  freshmen.  However,  official  transcripts  of  the  college 
work  must  be  submitted.  Transfer  applicants  must  submit 
a  transcript  mailed  directly  to  the  USC  Upstate  Office  of 
Admissions  from  each  college  attended.  Transfer  stu- 
dents with  less  than  30  semester  hours  of  college  credit 
are  required  to  submit  a  high  school  transcript.  It  is  the 
applicant's  responsibility  to  have  the  required  documenta- 
tion forwarded  to  the  Office  of  Admissions.  All  transcripts 
become  permanent  records  of  USC  Upstate  and  will  not 
be  forwarded  or  returned. 

3.  Test  Scores 

All  applicants  who  are  21  years  of  age  or  younger,  with 
the  exception  of  transfer  applicants  who  have  completed 
at  least  30  semester  hours  of  college  credit,  must  submit 
results  of  the  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  (SAT)  or  the 
American  College  Testing  program  (ACT). 

4.  Interviews  and  Campus  Visits 

Although  not  required,  students  are  encouraged  to  visit 
USC  Upstate  to  meet  with  university  representatives  and 
tour  the  campus.  Appointments  should  be  scheduled  by 
calling  the  Office  of^  Admissions. 

Each  applicant  will  be  notified  when  an  application  for 
admission  is  received  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
an  admission  decision  will  be  made  upon  receipt  of  re- 
quired documents.  Decisions  for  admission  are  made  on 
a  rolling  basis. 


Categories  of  Admission 

I.     Degree-Seeking  Admission 
A.  Freshman  Admission 

a.  High  school  diploma  or  equivalent  (GED 
certificate) 

b.  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  (SAT)  scores 
or  American  College  Testing  Program 
(ACT)  scores 

Non-traditional  or  Adult  Students 
Appl  icants  who  are  22  years  of  age  or  older  are  not  required 
to  submit  SAT/ACT  scores.  However,  students  should 
present  evidence  of  ability  for  academic  success. 
Applicants  who  are  interested  in  receiving  credit  by  exam, 
military  credit  or  credit  for  non-collegiate  programs  should 
refer  to  page  56  for  more  information. 

Freshman  High  School  Course  Requirements 

Students  should  prepare  for  the  challenges  at  USC  Upstate 
by  taking  a  rigorous  academic  curriculum  while  in  high 
school.  Students  who  graduated  from  high  school  in  200 1 
or  after  are  required  to  have  completed  the  follow  ing  high 
school  units: 

Area  Units  Description 

English  4     At  least  two  units  having  strong 

grammar  and  composition 
components;  at  least  one  unit  in 
English  literature;  and  at  least 
one  unit  in  American  literature 
(completion  of  college  prepara- 
tory English  I,  II,  111  and  IV  will 
meet  requirements). 

Mathematics  3    Algebra  I  &  II;  geometry,  a 

fourth  unit  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended. Applied  Math  I  & 
II  may  substitute  for  Algebra 
I  if  Algebra  II  is  successfiilly 
completed. 


Laboratory  Science*    3 


Foreign  Language 

U.S.  History 
Social  Studies 


Physical  Education       I 
or  ROTC 


Two  units  must  be  taken  in  two 
different  fields  such  as  biology, 
chemistry  or  physics.  The  third 
may  be  from  the  same  field  as 
one  of  the  first  two  or  from  any 
lab  science  where  biology  and 
chemistry  is  a  prerequisite. 

Two  units  of  the  same  foreign 
language.  A  third  is  strongly 
recommended. 


Economics  and  Government 
are  strongly  recommended. 


continued  on  next  page 


Admissions 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


17 


Electives*  4         From  al  least  three  ditTcrcnt 

fields.  You  may  select  from 
computer  science,  English, 
fine  arts,  humanities,  math 
(above  Algebra  II).  social 
science,  foreign  language 
and  other  college  prepara- 
tory courses 

*  SliiJciU.s  who  gnicbiatad fmm  high  school  between  l9<S<S-20()0 
must iiicel thcahove lequiivments.  However,  these sludenls need 2 
rather  than  3  lahoraloiy  sciences  and  I  rather  than  4  electives. 

Assessment  of  .icadetnic  Records 

Freshman  applicants  w  ho  satisfy  the  course  requirements 
listed  abo\e  will  be  e\aluated  on  the  basis  of  high  school 
curriculum,  grades,  and  SAT  or  ACT  scores.  These  fac- 
tors will  be  used  to  determine  the  applicant's  probability 
of  success  during  the  freshman  year. 

Exception  to  admissions  requirements  will  be  considered 
forapplicants  who  can  present  extenuating  circumstances. 
Where  appropriate,  the  Admissions  Office  will  refer  such 
cases  to  the  Faculty  Admissions  and  Petitions  Committee. 
All  freshmen  admitted  by  the  Faculty  Admissions  and 
Petitions  Committee  will  he  required  to  enroll  in  the  Uni- 
versity 101  courseduringtheirfirstsemesterofattendance. 
Students  must  pass  SUNV  101  in  their  freshmen  year. 

Typically,  any  student  admitted  with  a  high  school  course 
deficiency  will  be  required  to  successfully  complete 
an  equivalent  course  in  their  first  30  semester  hours  of 
coursework  at  USC  Upstate. 

B.    Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  applicant  is  a  student  who  has  attended  an- 
other post-secondar>'  institution  after  graduation  from 
high  school  regardless  of  the  amount  of  credit  earned 
at  that  institution.  Applicants  must  submit  transcripts  of 
all  previ-'ous  college  courses  whether  or  not  credit  was 
earned  and  regardless  of  vs  hether  the  applicant  w  ishes  to 
transfer  any  credit.  Failure  to  report  all  colleges  attended 
may  constitute  immediate  cancellation  of  admission  and/or 
registration.  Transfer  requirements  are  listed  below. 

a.  A  minimum  2.0  cumulative  GPA  in  all 
previous  college-level  course  work.* 

b.  Evidence  that  the  applicant  is  academically 
and  otherwise  eligible  to  return  to  the  last 
institution  attended. 

c.  If  fewer  than  30  semester  hours  of  college-level 
work  have  been  completed,  the  applicant  must 
meet  both  freshman  and  transfer  requirements. 

*Specific  degree  programs  may  have  additional  GPA  or 
other  requirements  for  admission  to  the  major 

USC-System  change  of  campus: 

All  applicants  for  change  of  campus  to  USC  Upstate  from 
other  USC  system  campuses  will  be  required  to  meet 
transfer  student  requirements: 

a.  A  minimum  2.0  cumulative  GPA  in  all 
previous  college-level  course  work.* 

b.  Evidence  that  the  applicant  is  academically 
and  otherwise  eligible  to  return  to  the  last 
institution  attended. 


c.      Iffewer  than  30  semester  hours  of  college-level 
work  have  been  completed,  the  applicant  must 
meet  both  freshman  and  transfer  requirements. 

*Specific  degree  programs  may  have  additional  GPA  or 
other  requirements  for  admission  to  the  major. 

Transfer  applicants  who  have  not  attended  school  for  two 
years  or  longer  and  are  at  least  22  years  of  age.  may  be 
eligible  for  probationary  admission  even  if  they  do  not 
meet  GPA  requirements.  Students  who  are  on  academic 
probation  must  obtain  at  least  a  2.0  average  on  the  first  1 2 
or  more  grade  hours  attempted  under  this  status.  These 
hours  may  be  taken  over  more  than  one  semester.  Students 
failing  to  meet  this  requirement  are  suspended.  Students 
who  leave  the  University  without  completing  a  term  of 
probation,  and  are  absent  for  three  or  more  years,  will 
begin  a  new  term  of  probation  upon  readmission. 

Transfer  students  are  informed  by  the  Admissions  Of- 
fice, dean  or  division  chair  of  their  major  of  the  amount 
of  credit  which  will  transfer,  usually  prior  to  enrollment, 
but  at  least  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  academic  term  in 
which  they  are  enrolled. 

Transfer  Credit 

The  transcript  of  a  transfer  student  is  evaluated  by  the  dean 
of  the  school  or  college  in  which  he  or  she  matriculates.  If 
no  major  or  an  undeclared  major  is  indicated  at  the  time  of 
application,  the  transcript  will  be  evaluated  in  the  Office 
of  Academic  Advising. 

USC  Upstate  does  not  limit  the  number  of  hours  trans- 
ferred for  degree  credit  from  a  senior  college  that  is  ac- 
credited by  a  regional  association  such  as  the  Southern 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools.  A  maximum  of  76 
semester  hours  may  be  transfeired  for  degree  credit  from  a 
junior  college  or  two-year  institution  that  is  accredited  by 
a  regional  accrediting  association.  USC  Upstate  requires 
that  every  student  meet  the  academic  residency  require- 
ments (page  59)  before  a  degree  is  awarded. 

A  student  transferring  from  a  four-year  institution  not 
accredited  by  the  appropriate  regional  accrediting  as- 
sociation may  validate  hours  earned  at  the  nonaccrediled 
institution  by  successful  completion  of  1 5  hours  at  USC 
Upstate  with  a  minimum  2.0  GPA.  Credits  earned  at 
two-year  nonaccredited  institutions  may  be  validated  by 
examination.  Exemption  credit  or  acceptance  of  transfer 
credit  by  another  college  has  no  bearing  on  the  evaluation 
of  transfer  credit  at  USC  Upstate. 

As  a  general  rule,  some  courses  are  not  acceptable  in 
transfer  to  USC  Upstate  or  to  the  other  campuses  of  the 
University  of  South  Carolina.  Included  are  occupational 
or  technical  courses,  remedial  courses,  courses  from  a 
two-year  college  that  are  considered  upper-level  at  the  Uni- 
versity, or  courses  from  a  two-year  college  that  are  not  part 
of  that  institution's  college  transfer  program.  Exceptions 
to  this  rule  may  be  made  only  by  the  dean  of  the  student's 
school  or  college  or  by  the  vice  chancellor  for  academic 
affairs.  Exceptions  are  made  only  in  specific  cases  where 
the  courses  being  considered  for  transfer  are  judged  to  be 
uniquely  relevant  to  the  student's  degree  program. 


18 


Mmisstons 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


A  course  completed  at  another  college  or  university  in 
which  a  student  earns  a  grade  below  C  cannot  be  trans- 
ferred, use  Upstate  uses  all  grades  (with  the  exception 
of  grades  for  remedial  courses  and  courses  taken  on  a 
pass-fail  basis)  listed  on  transcripts  of  other  institutions  in 
the  calculation  of  the  transfer  G  PA.  Therefore,  the  GPAas 
calculated  by  USC  Upstate  may  be  different  than  the  one 
appearing  on  the  transcript  of  another  institution.  A  GPA 
calculated  by  USC  Upstate  will  be  used  in  detemiining 
admission  to  USC  Upstate  or  to  a  particular  program. 

TRANSFER:  State  Policies  and  Procedures 

Regulations  and  Procedures  for  Transfer  in  Public 
Two- Year  and  Public  Four- Year  Institutions  in  South 
Carolina  Mandated  by  Act  137  of  1995 

BACKGROUND 

Section  1 0-C  of  the  South  Carolina  School-to- Work  Transi- 
tion Act  ( 1 994)  stipulates  that  the  Council  of  College  and 
University  Presidents  and  the  State  Board  for  Technical 
and  Comprehensive  Education,  operating  through  the 
Commission  on  Higher  Education,  shall  develop  better 
articulation  of  associate  and  baccalaureate  degree  pro- 
grams. To  comply  with  this  requirement  the  Commission, 
upon  the  advice  of  the  Council  of  Presidents,  established 
a  Transfer  Articulation  Policy  Committee  composed  of 
four-year  institutions'  vice  presidents  for  academic  affairs 
and  the  associate  director  for  instruction  of  the  State  Board 
for  Technical  and  Comprehensive  Education.  The  principal 
outcomes  derived  from  the  work  of  that  committee  and 
accepted  by  the  Commission  on  Higher  Education  on 
July  6,  1995,  were: 

An  expanded  list  of  86  courses  which  will  transfer  to  four- 
year  public  institutions  of  South  Carolina  from  the  two-year 
public  institutions;  a  statewide  policy  document  on  good 
practices  in  transferto  be  followed  by  all  public  institutions 
of  higher  education  in  the  State  of  South  Carolina,  which 
was  accepted  in  principle  by  the  Advisory  Committee  on 
Academic  Programs  and  the  Commission;  six  task  forces 
on  statewide  transfer  agreements,  each  based  in  a  discipline 
or  broad  area  of  the  baccalaureate  curriculum. 

In  1995,  the  General  Assembly  passed  Act  137  which 
stipulated  further  that  the  South  Carolina  Commission 
on  Higher  Education  "notwithstanding  any  other  provi- 
sion of  whom  to  the  contrary,  shall  have  the  following 
additional  duties  and  functions  with  regard  to  the  various 
public  institutions  of  higher  education."  These  duties  and 
responsibilities  include  the  Commission's  responsibility 
"to  establish  procedures  for  the  transferability  of  courses 
at  the  undergraduate  level  between  two-year  and  four-year 
institutions  or  schools."  This  same  provision  is  repeated  in 
the  legislation  developed  from  the  Report  of  the  Joint  Leg- 
islative Study  Committee,  which  is  now  moving  through 
the  General  Assembly  during  the  1996  session. 

Act  137  directs  the  Commission  to  adopt  procedures  for 
the  transfer  of  courses  from  all  two-year  public  to  all 
four-year  public  institutions  of  higher  education  in  South 
Carolina.  Proposed  procedures  are  listed  below.  Unless 
otherwise  stated,  these  procedures  shall  become  effec- 
tive immediately  upon  approval  by  the  Commission  and 


shall  be  fully  implemented,  unless  otherwise  slated,  by 
September  I,  1997. 

STATEWIDE  ARTICULATION  OF  86  COURSES 

1 .  The  Statewide  Articulation  Agreement  of  86  courses 
approved  by  the  South  Carolina  Commission  on  Higher 
Education  for  transfer  from  two-  to  four-year  public 
institutions  shall  be  applicable  to  all  public  institutions, 
including  two-year  institutions  and  institutions  within 
the  same  system.  In  instances  where  an  institution  does 
not  have  synonymous  courses  to  ones  on  this  list,  it  shall 
identify  comparable  courses  or  course  categories  for  ac- 
ceptance of  general  education  courses  on  the  statew  ide 
list.  (See  pages  23-24  for  course  listings.) 

ADMISSIONS  CRITERIA,  COURSE  GRADES, 
GPAs,  VALIDATIONS 

2.  All  four-year  public  institutions  shall  issue  annually  in  Au- 
gust a  transfer  guide  covering  at  least  the  following  items; 

A.  The  definition  of  a  transfer  student  and  require- 
ments for  admission  both  to  the  institution  and,  if 
more  selective,  requirements  for  admission  to  par- 
ticular programs. 

B.  Limitations  placed  by  the  institution  or  its 
programs  for  acceptance  of  standardized  examina- 
tions (e.g.,  SAT,  ACT)  taken  more  than  a  given 
time  ago,  for  academic  course  work  taken  else- 
where, for  course  work  repeated  due  to  failure. 

for  course  work  taken  at  another  institution  while 
the  student  is  academically  suspended  at  his/her 
home  institution,  and  so  forth. 

C.  Institutional  and,  if  more  selective,  programmatic 
maximums  of  course  credits  allowable  in  transfer. 

D.  Institutional  procedures  used  to  calculate  student 
applicants'  GPAs  for  transfer  admission.  Such 
procedures  shall  describe  how  nonstandard  grades 
(withdrawal,  withdrawal  failing,  repeated  course, 
etc.)  are  evaluated;  and  they  shall  also  describe 
whether  all  course  work  taken  prior  to  transfer 

or  just  course  v\ork  deemed  appropriate  to  the 
student's  intended  four-year  program  of  study  is 
calculated  for  purpose  major. 

E.  Lists  of  all  courses  accepted  from  each  technical 
college  (including  the  86  courses  in  the  Statewide 
Articulation  Agreement)  and  the  course  equivalen- 
cies (including  &  "free  elective";  category)  found 
on  the  home  institution  for  the  courses  accepted. 

F.  Lists  of  all  articulation  agreements  with  any  public 
South  Carolina  two-year  or  other  institution  of 
higher  education,  together  with  information  about 
how  interested  parties  can  access  these  agreements. 

G.   Lists  of  the  institution's  Transfer  Officer(s)  person- 
nel together  w  ith  telephone  and  fax  numbers  and 
office  address  and  e-mail  address. 

H.  Institutional  policies  related  to  "academic  bank 
ruptcy"  (i.e.,  remo\'ing  an  entire  transcript  or  parts 
thereof  from  a  failed  or  underachie\  ing  record 
after  a  period  of  years  has  passed)  so  that  reentry 
into  the  four-year  institution  with  course  credit 
earned  in  the  interim  elsewhere  is  done  \\ithout 
regard  to  the  student's  earlier  record. 


Admissions 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


19 


1.  "Residency  requirements"  for  the  niinnmini 
numher  of  hours  required  to  be  earned  at  the 
institution  for  the  degree. 

3.  Course  work  ( indiv  idual  courses,  transfer  blocks,  state- 
wide agreements)  cov  ered  within  these  procedures  shall  be 
transferable  if  the  student  has  completed  the  course  work 
with  a  "C"  grade  (2.0  on  a  4.0  scale)  or  above,  but  transfer 
of  grades  does  not  relie\e  the  student  of  the  obligation  to 
meet  an\  GP.A  requirements  or  other  admissions  require- 
ments of  the  institution  or  program  to  which  application 
has  been  made. 

A.  Any  four-year  institution  which  has  institutional  or 
programmatic  admissions  requirements  for  transfer 
students  with  cumulative  grade  point  averages 
(GPAs)  higher  than  2.0  on  a  4.0  scale  shall 

apply  such  entrance  requirements  equally  to 
transfer  students  from  regionally  accredited  South 
Carolina  public  institutions  regardless  of  whether 
students  are  transferring  from  a  four-year  or  two- 
year  institution. 

B.  Any  multi-campus  institution  or  system  shall 
certifv  by  letter  to  the  Commission  that  all  course 
work  at  all  of  its  campuses  applicable  to  a  particu- 
lar degree  program  of  study  is  fully  acceptable  in 
transfer  to  meet  degree  requirements  in  the  same 
degree  program  at  any  other  of  its  campuses. 

4.  Any  course  work  ( individual  courses,  transfer  blocks, 
statewide  agreements)  covered  within  these  procedures 
shall  be  transferable  to  any  public  institution  without  any 
additional  fee  and  without  any  further  encumbrance  such 
as  a  "validation  examination,"  "placement  examination/ 
instrument,"  "verification  instrument,"  or  any  other  stric- 
ture, notw  ithstanding  any  institutional  or  system  policy, 
procedure,  or  regulation  to  the  contrary. 

TRANSFER  BLOCKS,  STATEWIDE  AGREE- 
MENTS. COMPLETION  OF  THE  AA/AS  DEGREE 

5.  The  following  Transfer  Blocks /Statewide  Agreements 
taken  at  any  two-year  public  institution  in  South  Carolina 
shall  be  accepted  in  their  totality  toward  meeting  baccalau- 
reate degree  requirementsat  all  four-year  public  institutions 
in  relevant  four-year  degree  programs,  as  follows: 
Arts.  Humanities,  and  Social  Sciences  :  Established  cur- 
riculum block  of  46-48  semester  hours. 

Business  Administration:  Established  curriculum  block 
of  46-51  semester  hours. 

Engineering:  Established  curriculum  block  of  33  sem.  hours. 

Science  and  Mathematics:  Established  curriculum  block 
of  51-53  semester  hours. 

Teacher  Education:  Established  curriculum  block  of  38-39 
semester  hours  for  Early  Childhood,  Elementary,  and  Spe- 
cial Education  students  only.  Secondary  education  majors 
and  students  seeking  certification  who  are  not  majoring  in 
teacher  education  should  consult  the  Arts,  Humanities,  and 
Social  Sciences  or  the  Math  and  Science  transfer  blocks, 
as  relevant,  to  assure  transferability  of  course  work. 

*Nursing:  By  statewide  agreement,  at  least  60  semester 
hours  shall  be  accepted  by  any  public  four- year  institution 
toward  the  baccalaureate  completion  program  ( BSN )  from 


graduates  of  any  South  Carolina  public  associate  degree 
program  in  nursing  (ADN),  provided  that  the  program  is 
accredited  by  the  National  League  of  Nursing  and  that 
the  graduate  has  successfully  passed  the  National  Licen- 
sure Examination  (NCLEX)  and  is  a  currently  licensed 
Registered  Nurse. 

6.  Any  "unique"  academic  program  not  specifically 
or  by  extension  covered  by  one  of  the  statewide  transfer 
blocks/agreements  listed  in  #4  above  shall  either  create 
its  own  transfer  block  of  35  or  tnore  credit  hours  with  the 
approval  of  CHE  statTor  shall  adopt  either  the  Arts/Social 
Science/Humanities  or  the  Science/Mathematics  block  by 
September,  1996.  The  institution  at  which  such  program 
is  located  shall  inform  the  stall  of  the  CHE  and  every 
institutional  president  and  vice  president  for  academic 
affairs  about  this  decision. 

7.  Any  student  who  has  completed  either  an  Associate  of 
Arts  or  Associate  of  Science  degree  program  at  any  public 
two-year  South  Carolina  institution  which  contains  within 
it  the  total  course  work  found  in  either  the  Arts/Social 
Sciences/Humanities  Transfer  Block  or  the  Math/Science 
Transfer  Block  shall  automatically  be  entitled  to  junior- 
level  status  at  whatever  public  senior  institution  to  which 
the  student  might  have  been  admitted. 

RELATED  REPORTS  AND  STATEWIDE 
DOCUMENTS 

8.  All  applicable  recommendations  found  in  the  Commis- 
sion's report  to  the  General  Assembly  on  the  School-to- 
Work  Act  (approved  by  the  Commission  and  transmitted 
to  the  General  Assembly  on  July  6,  1995)  are  hereby 
incorporated  into  the  procedures  for  transfer  of  course 
work  among  two-  and  four-year  institutions. 

9.  The  policy  paper  entitled  State  Policy  on  Transfer 
and  Articulation,  as  amended  to  reflect  changes  in  the 
numbers  of  transfer  blocks  and  other  Commission  action 
since  July  6,  1995,  is  hereby  adopted  as  the  statewide 
policy  for  institutional  good  practice  in  the  sending  and 
receiving  of  all  course  credits  to  be  transferred. 

ASSURANCE  OF  QUALITY 

10.  All  claims  from  any  public  two-  or  four-year  institu- 
tion challenging  the  effective  preparation  of  any  other 
public  institution's  course  work  for  transfer  purposes  shall 
be  evaluated  and  appropriate  measures  shall  be  taken 
to  reassure  that  the  quality  of  the  course  work  has  been 
reviewed  and  approved  on  a  timely  basis  by  sending  and 
receiving  institutions  alike.  This  process  of  formal  review 
shall  occur  every  four  years  through  the  statTof  the  Com- 
mission on  Higher  Education,  beginning  with  the  approval 
of  these  procedures. 

CHIEF  TRANSFER  OFFICERS 

Donette  Stewart, 

Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Enrollment  Services 

864-503-5246,  dstewart(a'uscupstate.edu 

Star  Jamison 

Transfer  Coordinator 

864-503-5902,  sjamisonfa:uscupstate.edu 


20 


Admissions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


C.  Readmission 

Students  whose  undergraduate  attendance  at  any  USC 
campus  has  been  interrupted  for  any  reason  for  one  or  more 
major  semesters  (spring/fall)  must  apply  for  readmission. 
An  application  fee  of  $10  is  required  if  you  have  attended 
USC  Upstate.  Readmission  to  USC  Upstate  and  to  the 
program  in  which  the  student  was  previously  enrolled  is 
not  automatic.  Fomier  students  who  have  attended  other 
institutions  after  leaving  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
are  considered  transfer  students  and  should  follow  the 
procedures  for  transfer  admission.  Students  who  wish  to 
return  to  the  University  after  being  suspended  should  refer 
to  page  53  for  more  infonnation.  Students  who  are  on 
academic  probation  must  obtain  at  least  a  2.0  average  on 
the  first  1 2  or  more  grade  hours  attempted  under  this  status. 
These  hours  may  be  taken  over  more  than  one  semester 
Students  failing  to  meet  this  requirement  are  suspended. 
Students  who  leave  the  University  without  completing  a 
term  of  probation,  and  are  absent  for  three  or  more  years, 
will  begin  a  new  term  of  probation  upon  readmission. 

Registration 

Upon  readmission.  students  should  contact  the  office  oftheir 
major  for  an  advisement  and  registration  appointment. 

D.  International 

Applicants  who  are  citizens  of  a  country  other  than  the 
United  States  and  who  do  not  have  permanent  resident 
status  are  classified  as  international  students.  In  addition 
to  meeting  general  admissions  requirements,  applicants 
are  required  to: 

a.  submit  official  school  records  (transcripts,  diplomas 
or  certificates  of  study ),  translated  to  English;transcripts 
must  be  evaluated  by  World  Education  Services  (WES) 
to  receive  transfer  credit,  WES  applications  are  available 
in  the  admissions  office; 

b.  present  a  minimum  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language  (TOEFL)  score  of  500  (paper  based)  or  173 
(computer  based)  or  61  (internet  based):  TOEFL  is  not 
required  of  students  whose  native  language  is  English; 

c.  be  academically  and  otherwise  eligible  to  return  to 
the  last  college  attended; 

d.  have  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  850; 

e.  provide  documentation  of  health  insurance; 

f.  meet  freshman/transfer  requirements  if  applicant 
has  attended  school  in  the  United  States:  and 

g.  submit  bank  statements  or  certified  statement  of 
financial  ability  to  pay  all  education  expenses. 

Al!  applications,  fees  and  credentials  for  international 
student  admission  must  be  received  by  December  1 
for  spring  admission  and  July  15  for  fall  admission.  A 

Certificate  of  Eligibility  (FORM  1-20)  is  issued  to  those 
applicants  who  meet  all  requirements  for  admission  to  a 
full-time  degree  program. 

II.    Non-Degree  Seeking  Admission 

Applicants  who  wish  to  attend  USC  Upstate  for  one  se- 
mester or  on  some  limited  basis,  and  who  do  not  intend  to 
pursue  a  degree  at  USC  Upstate,  may  be  approved  to  do 
so  by  submitting  aNon-Degree  Application  for  Admission 
and  a  $1 0  non-refundable  application  fee.  The  Office  of 


Admissions  reserves  the  right  to  determine  the  proper 
category  of  admission  and  to  determine  what  credentials 
may  be  required.  Applicants  who  have  been  officially 
denied  admission  arc  not  eligible  as  non-degree  candidates. 
Students  wishing  to  lake  any  economics  (SECO)  or  busi- 
ness (SBAD)  courses  must  meet  the  required  prerequisites. 
These  prerequisites  will  be  verified  by  the  School  of  Busi- 
ness in  order  for  students  to  remain  in  class.  Verification 
can  include  a  transcript  or  grade  reports. 

A.  Concurrent  High  School  Seniors 

High  school  seniors  may  enroll  in  university  cours- 
es for  college  credit.  To  be  considered  for  this 
program  applicants  must  submit  a  SAT  score  (1000 
minimum)  and  obtain  written  recommendation  from 
their  high  school  principal  or  guidance  counselor 
indicating  the  courses  to  be  taken  at  USC  Upstate. 

B.  Transient 

Admission  to  undergraduate  courses  for  one  semes- 
ter or  summer  school  may  be  granted  to  students  from 
other  colleges  and  universities  who  are  certified  to 
be  in  good  academic  standing  and  whose  program  of 
study  is  approved  by  that  institution. 

C.  Audit 

Applicants  who  wish  to  take  USC  Upstate  courses 
without  earning  credit  may  apply  for  admission  as  an 
audit  student.  Auditing  is  granted  on  a  space-avail- 
able basis  only. 

D.  Undergraduates  with  a  Bachelor's  Degree 

Students  who  hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  may  be 
admitted  to  undergraduate  credit  courses  upon  sub- 
mission of  a  transcript  show  ing  graduation  with  a 
bachelor's  degree  or  a  copy  of  a  college  diploma.  A 
transcript  is  needed  if  the  applicant  would  like  assis- 
tance in  selecting  appropriate  courses.  This  category 
is  designed  for  students  who  are  seeking  teacher  ac- 
creditation or  professional  development. 

E.  Other 

Students  who  would  like  to  take  courses  for  personal 
enrichment  or  professional  enhancement  may  be 
admitted  to  take  up  to  30  semester  hours  of  credit. 
After  30  semester  hours  of  credit,  a  student  may  apply 
for  admission  as  a  degree  candidate.  Transcripts  are 
required  from  the  last  institution  attended  to  validate 
that  the  student  is  in  good  academic  standing. 

Registration 

Applicants  will  be  notified  of  registration  procedures  by 
the  Office  of  Admissions. 

III.  Senior  Citizens 

Section  59-1 1 1 -320  of  the  Code  of  Laws  of  South  Carolina, 
1 976,  as  amended,  authorizes  state-assisted  uni\  ersities  to 
permit  South  Carolina  residents  who  have  attained  the  age 
of  60  to  attend  classes  on  a  space-available  basis  without 
payment  of  tuition  if  these  persons  do  not  receive  com- 
pensation as  full-time  employees.  Applicants  must  submit 
an  application  and  a  S40  non-refijndable  degree-seeking 
application  fee  or  a  $  1 0  non-refiandable  non-degree-seeking 
application  fee.  Candidates  are  required  to  meet  admission 
standards  and  mav  take  classes  for  credit  or  audit. 


Mm\ss\ons 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


21 


Immunization 

All  students  are  required  to  have  a  history  of  current 
immunizations  on  file  prior  to  enrollment.  This  includes 
documentation  of  one  of  the  following  ( 1 )  receiving  two 
doses  of  MMR  [Rubeola  (Red  Measles),  Mumps,  and 
Rubella  (German  Measles)  \  accine;  or(2)  positive  scrum 
titers  (blood  antibody  tests)  for  Rubella  and  Rubeola: 
or  (3)  Birthdate  before  1037  in  order  to  qualify  for  an 
exemption  from  these  immunizations.  Proof  of  menin- 
gitis vaccination  received  after  2005  (with  MenactraR  ) 
is  REQUIRED  for  all  incoming  freshmen  residing  in 
University  Housing,  prior  to  moving  into  your  assigned 
residential  facility. 

Tuberculosis  Screening  for  International  Students 

EtTecti\e  Fall.  2009,  all  incoming  inlcniational  students 
will  be  REQUIRED  to  have  proof  of  ( 1 )  a  negative  (zero 
millimeters)  tuberculin  skin  test  within  si.x  (6)  months  of 
admission  to  the  University;  or (2 )  a  negative  chest  X-ray,  if 
known  to  have  a  history  of  a  positive  tuberculin  skin  test. 

The  Immunization  Form  is  available  by  going  to  the 
"Freshmen  Student  Enrollment  Checklist"  and  clicking 
on  the  link  for  "Submit  immunization  records"  on  the  En- 
rollment Ser\  ices  Web  site.  Once  these  records  have  been 
completed  and  signed  by  your  health  care  provider,  you 
should  mail  these  to  the  attention  of  the  Health  Services; 
fax  to  (864)503-5099;  or  hand-deliver  these  records  to 
Health  Ser\ ices  while  visiting  campus. 

\ow  cannot  register  for  future  courses  until  you  have 
returned  your  forms  and  received  an  immunization 
clearance  through  Health  Services, 

Questions  regarding  immunization  should  be  directed  to 
Health  Services  at  864-503-5191. 

Proof  of  Citizenship 

use  students  must  present  proof  of  citizenship  or  law- 
ful presence  in  the  U.S.  before  enrolling.  This  policy  has 
been  adopted  by  the  University  in  order  to  comply  with 
section  59-101-430  of  the  South  Carolina  Code  of  Laws, 
as  amended,  which  requires  that  lawful  presence  in  the 
United  States  is  verified  before  enrollment  at  any  public 
institution  of  higher  education.  Verification  of  immigra- 
tion status  for  non-citizens  will  be  conducted  by  Inter- 
national student  officials.  For  other  students,  a  proof  of 
citizenship  verification  process  has  been  adopted  to  de- 
ter and  prevent  false  claims  of  citizenship  by  unlawful 
aliens  attempting  to  evade  the  eligibility  requirements 
of  section  59-101-430.  Students  who  arc  not  verified 
as  citizens  during  the  Federal  financial  aid  application 
(FAFSA)  process  must  present  proof  of  citizenship  in 
the  form  of  one  of  the  following  acceptable  documents: 

•  Copy  of  the  South  Carolina  driver's  license  if  the  stu- 
dent first  became  a  licensed  driver  in  the  state  after 
Jan.  1,2002; 

•  A  Certified  Birth  Certificate  indicating  that  you  were  bom 
in  the  United  States  or  a  territory'  of  the  United  States.  A 
photocopy  of  your  birth  certificate  is  not  acceptable. 

•  Current  U.S.  Passport  or  U.S.  Passport  that  has  not 
been  expired  more  than  10  years: 


•  Certificate  of  Naturalization  -  USCIS  Form  (N-550  or 
N-570): 

•  U.S.  government  issued  Consular  Report  of  Birth 
.Abroad; 

•  Certificate  of  Citizenship  (N-560  or  N-561 ); 

•  Unexpired  U.S.  Active  Duty/Retiree/Reservist  Mili- 
tary IDCard(D0DDD-2) 

The  University  can  accept  photocopies  of  birth  certificates 
and  other  citizenship  documents  so  long  as  we  reserve  the 
right  to  demand  production  of  the  certified  original  in  the 
event  we  have  any  questions  about  whether  the  copy  is 
true  and  accurate,  or  in  the  event  any  of  the  information 
on  the  copy  is  unreadable.  For  more  information:  http:// 
registrar.sc.edu/html/citizenshipverificalion.stm. 

A'^M'  Student  Services 

Orientation  and  Re^istrulion 

New  freshman  and  transfer  students  will  choose  from 
several  orientation  and  registration  dates.  Reservations  are 
made  through  the  Office  of  Admissions.  During  the  session, 
students  will  meet  with  an  advisor  and  register  for  classes. 
Special  programs  and  campus  lours  are  also  provided. 

Advisement  Testing 

New  freshman  are  encouraged  to  complete  math  and 
English  testing  before  orientation  according  to  guidelines 
mailed  to  students  after  admission.  Testing  is  required  prior 
to  registration.  Foreign  language  testing  is  required  for  all 
new  freshmen  and  some  transfer  students. 

Transfer  students  should  set  up  an  appointment  with  the 
testing  coordinator  in  the  Office  of  Admissions  to  schedule 
any  necessary  advisement  testing. 

Housing 

use  Upstate  currently  offers  traditional-style  housing  for 
freshman  and  apartment-style  housing  for  upperclassman. 

Palmetto  Villas  is  an  on-campus.  apartment  style  residential 
complex  that  is  operated  and  superv  ised  by  the  University. 
It  houses  348  upperclassman  in  two-bedroom  units  that 
are  furnished,  air-conditioned,  and  has  a  kitchen  with 
stove,  refrigerator,  dishwater  and  disposal.  All  units  are 
networked  as  part  of  the  USC  Upstate  system.  A  recreation 
area  with  pool,  laundry  and  basketball  and  volleyball 
courts  are  available. 

The  Palmetto  House  and  Magnolia  House  complexes 
consist  of  single  and  double  occupancy  rooms,  open  areas, 
and  three  recreation  rooms.  Each  hall  features  a  private 
study  area  and  laundry  facilities.  In  addition,  there  is  a 
recreation  room  with  three  flat  screen  TVs,  an  assortment 
of  games  (billiards,  ping-pong,  foosball.  air  hockey)  plus 
a  vending  area.  This  coeducational  facility  has  controlled 
access,  full  sprinkler  system,  Internet  access,  cable  televi- 
sion, green  space,  and  adjacent  parking. 

Applications  for  housing  are  processed  through  the  Office 
of  Admissions.  On-campus  housing  at  USC  Upstate  is  very 
popular  and  space  is  limited.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
apply  as  early  as  possible. 


22 


Admissions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Transfer  Guide  for  South  Carolina  Technical  Colleges 


use  Upstate 

Tech  Colleges 

Semester  Hours 

use  Upstate 

Tech  Colleges 

Semester  Hours 

Accountinq 

ACC  101 

3 

Computer  Science 
SCSC  139 

CRT  186 

SBAD  225 

3 

SBAD  226 

ACC  102 

3 

SCSC138 

CPT101 

3 

ELECTIVE 

CRT  237 

3 

AnthroDoloav 

SCSC  234 

CRT  286 

3 

SANT102 

ANT  101 

3 

SCSC  239 

CRT  286 

3 

Astronomv 

Criminal  Justice 

SAST111+L 

AST  101 

4 

SCRJ 101 

CRJ101 

3 

ELECTIVE 

AST  102 

4 

SCRJ  321 

CRJ115 

3 

SCRJ  371 

CRJ 125 

3 

Art 

SCRJ  243 

CRJ210 

3 

SATH  101 

ART  101 

3 

SCRJ 210 

CRJ  224 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ART  105 

3 

SCRJ  420 

CRJ  236 

3 

SATH  105 

ART  107 

3 

SCRJ  230 

CRJ  242 

3 

SATH  106 

ART  108 

3 

SART  108 

ARV  110  or  217 

3 

Economics 

SART  103 

ARV  121 

3 

SECO  221 

ECO  210 

3 

SART  104 

ARV  122 

3 

SECO  222 

ECO  211 

3 

SART  110 

ART  111 

3 

SECO  291 

MAT  120 

3 

SART  202 

ART  202 

3 

SECO  292 

MAT  220 

3 

SART  204 

ARV  244 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ECO  201 

3 

SART  205 

ARV 210 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ECO  205 

3 

SART  206 

ARV  205 

3 

Education 

SART  207 

ARV  207 

3 

SEDF210 

EDU  230 

3 

SART  210 

ART  112 

3 

SART  211 

ART  211 

3 

Enqlish 

SART  214 

ARV 261 

3 

SEGL101 

ENG101 

3 

SART  228 

ARV  230 

3 

SEGL102 

ENG102 

3 

SART  261 

ARV  114 

3 

SEGL279 

ENG201 

3 

SART  311 

ARV  241 

3 

SEGL279 

ENG  202 

3 

SART  314 

ARV  262 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  203 

3 

SART  318 

ARV  227 

3 

SEGL  289 

ENG  205 

3 

SART  361 

ARV  214 

3 

SEGL289 

ENG  206 

3 

SART  362 

ARV 215 

3 

SEGL 275 

ENG  208 

3 

ELECTIVE 

CGC  278 

3 

SEGL 275 

ENG  209 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ARV  280 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  214 

3 

ELECTIVE  or  SART  398  ARV  289 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  218 

3 

ELECTIVE  or  SART  398  ART  290 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  222 

3 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  228 

3 

Bioloqy 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  230 

3 

SBIO110 

BIO  101  or  105 

4 

SEGL  291 

ENG  234 

3 

SBIO101&102 

BIO  101  &  102 

8 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  236 

3 

SBIO  232&242 

BIO  210  &  211 

8 

SEGL  208 

ENG  238 

3 

ELECTIVE 

BIO  225 

4 

ELECTIVE 

ENG  260 

3 

SBIO  232 

BIO  215 

4 

SBIO  242 

BIO  216 

4 

French 

ELECTIVE 

BIO  210 

4 

SFRN  101 

FRE  101 

3 

SFRN  102 

FRE  102 

3 

Chemistrv 

SFRN  201 

FRE  201 

3 

SCHM101 

CHM106 

4 

SFRN  202 

FRE  202 

3 

SCHM  105+107L 

CHM  107 

4 

or106+107L 

Geooraphv 

SCHM  109 

CHM  105 

4 

SGEG  103 

GEO  101 

3 

SCHM  111 

CHM  110 

4 

ELECTIVE 

GEO  102 

3 

SCHM  112 

CHM  111 

4 

ELECTIVE 

GEO  201 

3 

ELECTIVE 

CHM  211 

4 

ELECTIVE 

CHM  212 

4 

German 

ELECTIVE 

CHM  227 

4 

SGRM101 

GER  101 

3 

SGRM  102 

GER  102 

3 

continued 

Admissions 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


23 


use  Upstate  Tech  Colleges    Semester  Hours 

Government  and  International  Studies  (Political  Science] 
SGIS201  PSC201  3 

ELECTIVE  PSC  205  3 

ELECTIVE  PSC  215  3 

ELECTIVE  PSC  220  3 


Historv 

HIS  101 

ELECTIVE 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  102 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  106 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  108 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  109 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  112 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  115 

3 

SHST105 

HIS  201 

3 

SHST106 

HIS  202 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  220 

3 

ELECTIVE 

HIS  228 

3 

IDS 

ELECTIVE 

IDS  101 

3 

Journalism 
ELECTIVE 


JOU101 


Logic  (See  Philosophy) 


Mathematics 

ELECTIVE 

MAT  103 

SMTH  102 

MAT  120 

SMTH  120 

MAT  109 

SMTH  121 

MAT  109 

SMTH  120 

MAT  110 

SMTH  121 

MAT  110 

SMTH  126 

MAT  110 

SMTH  127 

MAT  111 

SMTH  126+127 

MAT  112 

SPSY  225 

MAT  220 

SSOC  201 

MAT  120 

SECO  291 

MAT  120 

SECO  292 

MAT  220 

SMTH  122 

MAT  130 

SMTH  174 

MAT  132 

SMTH  202 

MAT  220 

SMTH  141 

MAT  140 

SMTH  142 

MAT  141 

SMTH  231 

MAT  211 

SMTH  232 

MAT  212 

SMTH  233 

MAT  215 

SMTH  241 

MAT  240 

SMTH  245 

MAT  242 

ELECTIVE 

MAT  122 

ELECTIVE 

MAT  230 

Music 

SMUS110 

MUS105            3 

PhilosoDhv  (Loaic) 

SPHL102 

PH1 101              3 

SLGC  207 

PHI  105              3 

ELECTIVE 

PH1 108              3 

use  Upstate  Tech  Colleges  Semester  Hours 

Philosophy  (Logic)  continued 

ELECTIVE  PHI  110  3 

ELECTIVE  PHI  115  3 

ELECTIVE  PHI  201  3 


Physical  Science 
SPHS101+101L 

PHS101 

4 

Phvsics 
SPHS  201 

PHY  201 

4 

SPHS  202 

PHY  202 

4 

SPHS  211 

PHY  221 

4 

SPHS 212 

PHY  222 

4 

Political  Science 

(See  Government  and  International  Studi( 

Psychology 
SPSY  225 

MAT  220 

3 

ELECTIVE 

PSY115 

3 

SPSY  101 

PSY  201 

3 

SPSY  302 

PSY  203 

3 

SEDF  333 

PSY  203 

3 

ELECTIVE 

PSY  208 

3 

ELECTIVE 

PSY  212 

3 

Reliqion 
ELECTIVE 

REL101 

3 

3 
3 
3 
3 

SREL103 

REL201 

3 

Sociologv 
SSOC  101 

SOC  101 

3 

3 

SOC  201 

MAT  120 

3 

SSOC  206 

SOC  206 

3 

3 

SSOC  210 

SOC  210 

3 

3 

SSOC  235 

SOC  235 

3 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SOC  151 

3 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SOC  205 

3 

3 
3 
3 

ELECTIVE 

SOC  220 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SOC  235 

3 

3 
3 

Spanish 
SSPN  101 

SPA  101 

3 

3 

SSPN  102 

SPA  102 

3 

4 
4 
3 
3 

SSPN  101 

SPA  105 

3 

SSPN  201 

SPA  201 

3 

SSPN  202 

SPA  202 

3 

3 

4 

Speech 
SSPH  201 

SPC  205 

3 

3 
3 
3 

ELECTIVE 

SPC  208 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SPC  209 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SPC  210 

3 

ELECTIVE 

SPC  200 

3 

Theatre 

STHE  161 

THE  101 

3 

STHE  170 

THE  105 

3 

STHE  260 

THE  220  &  221 

1 

ELECTIVE 

HSS  101 

3 

^transfer  courses  are  subject  lo  change  wilhoul  nolificalm 


'Note:  Some  elective  courses  will  transfer  to  meet  general  eihicalion 
equiremenls.  Please  contact  Admissions  with  any  questions 


24 


Admissions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Financial  Aid 


Purpose  and  Eligibility 

use  Upstate  otVers  a  full  range  oflinancial  assistance 
programs  designed  to  assist  students  and  their  families  with 
the  cost  of  education.  These  programs  provide  financial 
aid  resources  in  the  form  of  grants,  scholarships,  loans  and 
empkn  ment  opportunities.  These  resources  are  awarded 
to  students  based  on  financial  need,  academic  promise, 
leadership  potential,  special  talents,  or  a  combination  of 
these  criteria.  Descriptions  of  these  programs  and  their 
requirements  may  be  found  in  the  follow  ing  pages  of  this 
catalog.  In  2()()S-0y.  more  than  S40  million  in  financial 
aid  was  awarded  to  USC  Upstate  students. 

Eligibility  for  assistance  based  on  financial  need  is 
determined  by  completing  a  federally  approved  needs 
analysis  fomi  or  Free  .Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
(FAFSA).  Students  may  complete  the  FAFSAelectronically 
at  www.fafsa.ed.goN.  The  Title  IV'  code  for  USC  Upstate 
is  006951.  The  FAFSA  calculates  how  much  the  family 
shou  Id  reasonably  contribute  tow  ard  the  cost  of  col  lege  from 
current  income  and  resources.  The  difference  between  what 
the  family  can  contribute  and  the  cost  of  education  is  the 
student's  financial  need.  USC  Upstate  seeks  to  identity  and 
provide  funds  to  meet  the  financial  needs  of  its  students. 
To  the  extent  resources  are  available,  it  is  intended  that  no 
student  be  denied  an  education  because  of  financial  need. 

Financial  assistance  programs  hav  e  individual  require- 
ments in  addition  to  a  demonstration  of  financial  need 
through  completion  of  the  FAFSA.  These  requirements 
generally  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  enrollment  in 
good  standing  in  a  program  of  study  leading  to  a  degree 
or  teaching  certificate,  enrollment  in  a  minimum  number 
of  hours  each  semester,  and  maintenance  of  satisfactory 
academic  progress.  Students  receiving  state,  federal  or 
institutional  financial  aid  must  be  enrolled  in  12  or  more 
USC  Upstate  hours  to  be  considered  full-time  for  financial 
aid  purposes. 

Satisfactory  Academic  Progress 

Institutions  participating  in  Title  IV  federal  financial 
aid  programs  are  required  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education  to  establish  institutional  policies  that  define 
satisfactor)  academic  progress.  All  students  who  receive 
federal  or  institutional  financial  assistance  at  USC  Upstate 
are  expected  to  maintain  satisfactory  progress  toward 
completion  of  their  programs  of  study  in  a  reasonable 
period  of  time.  Financial  assistance  programs  covered 
by  this  policy  include  all  federal  financial  aid  programs 
(Federal  Pell  Grant.  Federal  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant.  Federal  Academic  Competitiveness 
Grant.  National  SMART  Grant.  TEACH  Grant.  Federal 
Subsidized  and  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans.  Federal 
Perkins  Loans.  Federal  Parent  Loans  for  Undergradu- 
ate Students,  and  Federal  Work-Study).  South  Carolina 
Teacher  Loans.  State  Need  Based  Grant  and  institutional 
financial  assistance  programs  (athletic  grants  and  minority 
incentive  grants). 

The  following  policy  has  been  approved  by  the  USC 
Upstate  Financial  Aid  Committee.  Students  are  considered 
to  be  making  satisfactory  academic  progress  if  they: 

1 .  are  admitted  and  enrolled  as  degree-seeking  or 
teacher  certification  students; 


2.  meet  the  university  standards  for  continued  en- 
rollment as  specified  in  the  "Academic  Standing" 
section  of  this  catalog: 

3.  complete  requirements  for  a  degree  or  certificate 
within  a  reasonable  length  of  time  as  specified 
below  and  on  the  following  page: 

a.  The  total  number  of  semesters  of  full-time 
enrollment  (12  or  more  semester  hours  at- 
tempted) at  any  post-secondary  institution 
does  not  exceed  1 2  semesters  for  a  four-year 
degree; 

b.  The  total  number  of  semesters  of  part-time 
enrollment  (fewer  than  12  semester  hours 
attempted)  does  not  exceed  the  equivalent 
of  12  full-time  semesters  for  a  four-year 
degree. 

4.  earn  no  few  er  than  the  follow  ing  specified  hours 
of  undergraduate  semester  hours  per  academic 
year  (includes  fall,  spring  and  summer  tenns). 
Classification  as  full-time,  three-quarter-time  or 
half-time  is  determined  at  the  end  of  the  100% 
refund  period  each  semester,  which  is  the  last 
day  of  registration.  Therefore,  withdrawing 
from  courses  at  any  time  after  the  last  day  of 
registration  and  not  earning  the  required  num- 
ber of  hours  fails  to  meet  satisfactory  academic 
progress  requirements.  The  State  Need  Based 
Grant  Program  requires  these  hours  to  be  earned 
during  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Nate:  You  are 
allowed  up  to  six  hours  of  probation  if  you  do 
not  meet  the  following  requirements: 

Full-time  student  ( 12  or  more  hours  attempted  a 

semester) 

1st  year  24  hours  per  academic  year 

2nd  year        24  hours  per  academic  year 

or  4!S  hours  total 
3rd  year         24  hours  per  academic  year 

or  72  hours  total 
4th  year         24  hours  per  academic  year 

or  96  hours  total 
5th  year         24  hours  per  academic  year 

or  120  hours  total 

Three-quarter-time  student  (9-1 1  hours  attempted  a 
semester) 

1  St  year         1 8  hours  per  academic  year 
2nd  year        1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  36  hours  total 
3rd  year        1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  54  hours  total 
4th  year         1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  72  hours  total 
5th  year         1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  90  hours  total 
6th  year         1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  1 08  hours  total 
7th  year         1 8  hours  per  academic  year 

or  1 20  hours  total 

Half-time  student  (6-8  hours  attempted  a  semester) 
I  st  year         1 2  hours  per  academic  year 


26 


Financial  Aid 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


2nd  year 

12 

or 

3rd  year 

12 

or 

4th  year 

12 

or' 

5th  year 

12 

or 

6th  year 

12 

or 

7th  year 

12 

or 

8th  year 

12 

or' 

9th  year 

12 

or 

10th  year 

12 

hours  per  academic  year 

24  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

36  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

48  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

60  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

72  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

84  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

96  hours  total 

hours  per  academic  year 

108  hours  cumulative 

hours  per  academic  year 

1 20  hours  total 


Note:  Hours  that  are  transferred  in  from  another  school(s) 
must  be  calculated  to  determine  the  quantitative  element 
of  academic  progress. 

Second  Degree  or  Certification  Students 

Students  seeking  a  second  degree  or  teacher  certifica- 
tion with  an  undergraduate  degree  are  required  to  appeal. 
The  student  must  explain  why  a  second  degree  or  career 
change  is  required,  be  accepted  by  the  school  or  division 
to  which  the  student  is  applying,  and  have  an  anticipated 
graduation  date  determined  by  the  faculty  advisor.  If  the 
student's  plan  is  deemed  reasonable  and  all  documentation 
is  provided,  an  extension  of  eligibility  will  be  granted  for 
a  maximum  of  four  full-time  equivalency  semesters  or 
anticipated  graduation  date. 

Academic  Suspension 

Students  serving  suspensions  will  not  be  eligible  for 
financial  aid  during  periods  of  open  enrollment.  Students 
not  making  satisfactory  academic  progress  are  not  eligible 
for  financial  aid. 

Appeal  Process 

If  a  student's  ability  to  meet  these  standards  was 
affected  by  extenuating  circumstances,  he  or  she  may 
appeal  this  determination.  Information  concerning  the 
appeals  process  is  available  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid 
and  Scholarships.  Students  not  meeting  these  standards 
at  the  end  of  spring  term  may  attend  summer  school  to 
make  up  deficit  hours  or  improve  the  cumulative  grade 
point  average.  Incomplete  appeals  will  be  returned  upon 
receipt.  The  committee's  decision  is  final  and  cannot  be 
further  challenged. 

Grants 

Federal  Pell  Grants  are  designed  to  be  the  foundation 
of  financial  aid.  Their  purpose  is  to  ensure  that  all  eligible 
students  have  at  least  some  of  the  money  needed  to  continue 
their  education  after  high  school.  The  amount  of  a  Federal 
Pell  Grant  award  depends  on  a  student's  financial  need, 
the  cost  of  the  student's  education,  and  the  amount  of  time 
the  student  is  enrolled  during  the  school  year. 


Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  are  awarded  to  a  very  limited  number  of  students 
with  the  greatest  financial  need.  The  grants  are  restricted 
due  to  the  shortage  of  appropriated  federal  funds,  with 
preference  to  Federal  Pell  Grant  recipients. 

Federal  Academic  Competitiveness  Grant  (ACG) 
and  National  S.VIART  Grant.  The  Academic  Competi- 
tiveness Grant  and  the  National  SMARTGrant  were  created 
by  the  "Higher  Education  Reconciliation  Act  of  2005." 
These  grants  are  available  to  full-time  students  receiving 
a  Pell  Grant  who  meet  all  eligibility  requirements.  Grants 
for  first  and  second  year  students  are  called  Academic 
Competitiveness  Grants  (ACG),  while  grants  for  third 
and  fourth  year  students  are  called  National  Science  and 
Mathematics  Access  to  Retain  Talent  (SMART)  Grants. 

Loans 

Campus-based  Loans 

Federal  Perkins  Loans  permit  students  to  borrow 
money  from  the  federal  government  through  the  Univer- 
sity on  a  need  basis.  Repayment  and  interest  begin  nine 
months  after  graduation,  leaving  school,  or  dropping 
below  half-time  enrollment.  The  interest  rate  is  5  percent 
per  year  and  repayment  may  be  extended  over  a  period 
of  10  years. 

Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program 
(FFELP) 

Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan  Program  is  a 

need-based  program  that  allows  students  to  borrow  for 
educational  expenses.  Interest  rates  for  borrowers  are 
fixed  at  5.6  with  no  outstanding  FFELP  loans.  The  federal 
government  pays  the  interest  on  these  loans  as  long  as 
students  are  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis.  Lenders 
may  charge  an  origination  fee  and  insurance  fees  not  to 
exceed  4  percent,  which  are  deducted  from  the  approved 
amount  of  the  loan. 

Loan  eligibility  is  based  on  financial  need,  class  stand- 
ing, and  anticipated  graduation  date.  Freshman  students 
may  borrow  up  to  S5.500  annually  (S3. 500  subsidized, 
S2,000  unsubsidized).  Students  with  sophomore  class 
standing  may  borrow  up  to  S6,500  annually  (54,500 
subsidized,  $2,000  unsubsidized)  and  those  classified  as 
juniors  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  S7,500  annually 
($5,500  subsidized.  $2,000  unsubsidized). 

Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loan  Program 

is  available  for  students  who  do  not  qualifv;  in  whole  or 
in  part,  for  the  Federal  Subsidized  Staftord  Loan.  The 
terms  for  this  loan  are  the  same  as  those  described  for 
the  Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan  Program  with  the 
following  exceptions. 

1.  The  annual  loan  limits  for  dependent,  under- 
graduate students  are  the  same  as  those  for  the 
Subsidized  Stafford  Loan.  The  annual  loan  limits 
for  independent,  undergraduate  students  are  as 
follows  (subsidized  and  unsubsidized):  59,500 
for  students  who  have  not  completed  the  first 
30  hours  of  an  undergraduate  degree,  510,500 


Financial  Aid 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


27 


for  students  with  sophomore  class  standing,  and 
those  students  classified  as  juniors  and  seniors 
may  borrow  up  to  SI 2.500  annually. 
2.  The  federal  government  does  not  pay  interest  on 
behalf  of  the  student  while  enrolled  in  school. 
Students  must  pay  all  interest  on  the  loan  monthly 
or  quarterly.  Lenders  may  agree  to  add  interest  to 
the  principal  of  the  loan  with  repayment  begin- 
ning after  the  student  ceases  to  be  enrolled  on  at 
least  a  half-time  basis.  The  interest  rate  is  fixed 
at  6.8  percent. 

Federal  Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students 

(PLUS)  allow  parents  to  borrow  up  to  the  cost  of  educa- 
tion less  other  aid  received  each  year  without  regard  to 
income.  A  credit  check  is  required  of  all  parent  borrow- 
ers. Repayment  of  principal  and  interest  begins  within  60 
days  after  the  final  loan  disbursement.  The  interest  rate 
is  fixed  at  8.5  percent.  The  rate  will  be  determined  by 
the  U.S.  Secretary  of  Education  according  to  the  formula 
prescribed  by  Congress.  Parents  will  pay  an  origination 
fee  of  three  percent  and  an  insurance  fee  which  may  not 
exceed  one  percent  of  the  approved  amount  of  the  loan. 
These  fees  will  be  deducted  proportionately  from  each 
disbursement  made. 

Alternate  Sources  of  Assistance 

The  HOPE  Scholarship  Tax  Credit  and  Lifetime 
Learning  Tax  Credit  was  created  from  the  Taxpayer 
Relief  Act  of  1 997  to  assist  families  to  offset  tuition  costs. 
These  are  non-refundable  tax  credits,  not  scholarships, 
which  reduce  the  amount  of  federal  income  tax  families 
must  pay.  Families  w  ho  will  benefit  are  middle-and  lower- 
middle-income  families  who  do  not  receive  enough  gift 
aid  to  cover  tuition  payments. 

The  HOPE  tax  credit  is  valued  at  up  to  $1,500  per 
tax  year,  per  child,  for  the  first  two  years  of  undergraduate 
study.  The  Lifetime  Learning  lax  credit  is  valued  at  up  to 
SI. 000  per  year,  per  family,  for  an  unlimited  number  of 
years.  The  credit  varies  according  to  family  income,  tuition 
costs  and  the  amount  of  gift  assistance  received. 

To  be  eligible,  a  taxpayer  must  file  a  tax  return,  must 
owe  taxes  and  must  claim  the  student  as  an  exemption 
(self,  spouse  or  dependent).  Additionally,  married  filers 
must  file  jointly.  The  tax  credit  is  phased  out  completely 
for  single  tax  filers  with  adjusted  gross  incomes  of  more 
than  $5^0,000  and  more  than  $  1 00.000  for  joint  filers.  You 
may  access  www.ed.gov/offices/OPE/PPl/HOPE/index. 
html  for  complete  information.  Tax  filers  should  consult 
their  tax  advisor  for  details. 

The  Taxpayer  Relief  Act  of  1997  provides  other 
educationally  related  federal  incentives  including  tax-free 
Educational  IRAs,  penalty-free  withdrawing  from  IRAs 
and  40 1  ( k  )s,  and  excludable  contributions  to  prepaid  tuition 
plans.  Families  are  strongly  advised  to  consult  their  tax 
advisor  about  these  options. 

State  Financial  Aid  Programs 

Legislative  Incentives  for  Future  Excellence  (LIFE) 
Scholarships*  is  a  renewable  S5,000  scholarship  for 
residents  of  South  Carolina  who  are  enrolled  full  time 


and  seeking  a  first  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  must 
meet  state  residency  requirements  upon  initial  college 
enrollment.  There  is  no  scholarship  application  for  the 
LIFE  scholarship.  The  award  is  granted  by  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid  based  on  data  provided  by  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Students  must  meet  two  of  the  following  three 

criteria  to  qualify: 

•  earn  a  3.0  GPA  on  a  uniform  grading  scale 

•  score  a  minimum  of  1 100  SAT  or  24  ACT 

•  rank  in  the  top  30  percent  of  their 
graduating  class 

To  retain  the  scholarship,  recipients  must  have 
completed: 

•  first  year  students  complete  at  least  30  hours  and 
earn  a  minimum  cumulative  3.0  GPA 

•  second  year  students  complete  at  least  60  hours 
and  earn  a  minimum  cumulative  3.0  GPA 

•  third  year  students  complete  at  least  90  hours 
and  earn  a  minimum  cumulative  3.0  GPA 

NOTE:  remedial  work  is  not  counted  in  the 
hours  earned  or  the  GPA 

Additionally,  students  must  sign  an  affidavit  certifying 
that  they  have  not  been  adjudicated  delinquent,  convicted 
or  pled  guilty  or  nolo  contendere  to  any  felonies,  or  to  any 
alcohol  or  drug-related  offenses.  Recipients  must  certify 
they  are  not  default  in  any  federal  or  stated  educational 
loans  and  they  do  not  owe  an  overpayment  on  any  federal 
or  state  grants. 

Certain  majors  may  qualify  up  to  $7500.  Go  to  the 
financial  aid  page  of  the  USC  Upstate  Web  site  for  more 
information. 

For  complete  information,  you  may  access  the  Com- 
mission on  Higher  Education  at  www.che.sc.gov. 

S.C.  Hope  Scholarship*  offers  a  nonrenewable 
$2,800  scholarship  for  entering  freshman  that  achieve 
academically,  but  are  not  eligible  to  received  the  LIFE 
Scholarship.  Residency  requirements  and  otherrestrictions 
are  similar  to  the  LIFE  Scholarship,  except  eligibility  is 
based  solely  on  the  grade  point  average. 

Entering  freshmen  must  have: 

•  earn  a  3.0  GPA  on  a  uniform  grading  scale  upon 
high  school  graduation. 

Recipients  who  complete  a  minimum  of  30  hours 
their  freshman  year  and  earn  a  minimum  cumulative  3.0 
GPA  may  be  eligible  for  the  LIFE  Scholarship  the  fol- 
lowing year. 

Palmetto  Fellows  and  LIFE  recipients  are  not  eligible 
for  the  HOPE  scholarship. 

Palmetto  Fellows  Scholarship*  offers  up  to  $6,700 
in  renewable  scholarship  assistance  to  outstanding  fresh- 
man who  are  residents  of  South  Carolina. 

Applicants  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

•  earn  a  3.5  GPA  on  a  uniform  grading  scale 

•  score  a  minimum  of  1200  SAT  or  27  ACT 

•  rank  in  the  top  6  percent  of  their  junior  class  OR 

•  earn  a  4.0  GPA  on  a  uniform  grading  scale 

•  score  a  minimum  of  1400  SAT  or  32  ACT 
Students  should  contact  their  high  school  guidance 


28 


Financial  Aid 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


counselor  for  application  procedures.  Recipients  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  30  credit  hours  each  academic 
year  and  must  earn  a  minimum  3.0  GPA  for  renewal  of 
this  award. 

Recipients  must  certify  that  they  have  not  been 
adjudicated  delinquent,  convicted  or  pled  guilty  or  nolo 
contendere  to  any  felonies,  or  to  any  alcohol  or  drug-re- 
lated otTenses.  NOTE:  remedial  work  is  not  counted  in 
the  hours  earned  or  the  GPA. 

Certain  majors  may  qualify  up  to  $  1 0,000.  Go  to  the 
financial  aid  page  of  the  USC  Upstate  Web  site  for  more 
information. 

For  complete  infomiation,  you  may  access  the  Com- 
mission on  Higher  Education  at  www.che.sc.gov. 

South  Carolina  Income  Tax  Credit  for  College 
Tuition  allows  South  Carolina  residents  to  claim  a  re- 
fundable tax  credit  of  up  to  $850  per  student.  Students 
must  complete  1 5  credit  hours  each  semester  and  may 
not  receive  the  LIFE,  Palmetto  Fellow  or  any  other  state 
scholarship.  The  credit  is  available  to  offset  out-of-pocket 
tuition  payments  only.  Instructions  are  included  in  the 
S.C.  income  tax  return. 

Future  Scholar  529  College  Savings  Plans  allows 
families  to  save  for  college  through  a  state-sponsored  plan 
created  under  Section  529  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 
These  plans  offer  special  tax  benefits  and  have  no  income 
or  age  restrictions.  Accounts  can  be  used  at  almost  any 
accredited  school  to  pay  for  tuition,  room,  board,  books 
and  computers.  For  more  information,  call  1-888-244- 
5674  or  visit  www.futurescholar.com. 

South  Carolina  Tuition  Prepayment  Program  al- 
lows families  to  purchase  an  advance  payment  contract 
for  tuition  at  a  guaranteed  level  that  can  be  used  at  public 
and  accredited  private  colleges  and  universities.  The 
program  allows  for  federal  tax  deferral  on  contributions 
in  accordance  with  IRS  rulings.  For  more  information, 
call  1-888-7SC-GRAD  or  visit  www.scgrad.org. 

S.C.  State  Need  Based  Grant*  is  designed  for  South 
Carolina  residents  who  are  enrolled  full  time  seeking  their 
first  baccalaureate  degree  and  have  demonstrated  finan- 
cial aid.  Students  must  complete  the  FAFSA  annually  to 
apply.  Priority  is  given  to  those  students  whose  files  are 
complete  by  the  March  1  priority  deadline.  Students  must 
certify  that  they  have  not  been  adjudicated  delinquent, 
convicted  or  pled  guilty  or  nolo  contendere  to  any  felonies 
or  to  any  alcohol  or  drug-related  offenses.  Continuing 
students  must  complete  a  minimum  of  24  credit  hours 
per  academic  year,  excluding  summer  school,  and  earn  a 
minimum  cumulative  2.0  GPA.  Students  may  not  receive 
the  grant  for  more  than  eight  semesters.  For  complete 
information,  you  may  access  the  Commission  on  Higher 
Education  at  www.che.sc.gov. 

S.  C.  Teacher  Loan  Program  was  established  to 
provide  loan  assistance  to  qualified  students  in  education. 
This  may  be  cancelled  at  a  rate  of  20  percent  or  $3,000 
whichever  is  greater  for  each  full  year  of  teaching  in  either 
an  eligible  critical  subject  area  ora  critical  geographic  area 


in  South  Carolina.  Teaching  in  both  types  of  critical  areas 
increases  the  cancellation  benefit  to  33  percent  or  S5,000. 
Available  to  only  South  Carolina  residents,  this  program  is 
based  on  minimum  academic  expectations.  Freshmen  and 
sophomores  may  borrow  $5,000  per  year  Students  who 
qualify  as  "career  changers"  may  borrow  up  to  $15,000 
per  year  Applicants  should  submit  the  S.C.  Teachers  Loan 
Application  by  April  1.  Fund  are  limited  with  renewal 
applicants  given  priority.  Additional  information,  includ- 
ing academic  criteria  and  critical  areas/critical  subjects, 
is  available  from  the  S.C.  Student  Loan  Corporation  Web 
site  at  www.scstudentloan.org. 

Teaching  Fellows  Program  In  1999,  the  S.C. 
General  Assembly,  recognizing  the  shortage  of  teachers  in 
our  state,  funded  the  Teaching  Fellows  Program  for  South 
Carolina.  The  mission  of  the  South  Carolina  Teaching 
Fellows  Program  is  to  recruit  talented  high  school  seniors 
into  the  teaching  profession  and  to  help  them  develop 
leadership  qualities.  Each  year,  the  program  provides 
Fellowships  for  up  to  200  high  school  seniors  who  have 
exhibited  high  academic  achievement,  a  history  of  service 
to  the  school  and  community,  and  a  desire  to  teach  South 
Carolina's  children. 

The  scholarship  provides  up  to  $5,700  for  tuition 
and  board  and  $300  for  summer  enrichment  programs 
(contingent  on  funding  from  the  S.C.  General  Assembly) 
administered  by  the  Center  for  Educator  Recruitment, 
Retention,  and  Advancement  (CERRA).  A  Fellow  agrees 
to  teach  in  South  Carolina  one  year  for  every  year  he/she 
received  the  Fellowship. 

Applications  are  available  from  high  school  guidance 
counselors,  teachers,  counselors,  teacher  cadet  teachers, 
and  the  CERRA,  and  may  be  downloaded  fi-om  the  CERRA 
Web  site  at  www.cerra.org. 

*Changes  may  occur  for  these  programs.  A  ccess  the  Commis- 
sion on  Higher  Education  Web  site  at  w^s-wxhe.sc.^oY  for  the  latest 
information  available.  Awards  are  contingent  uponfiind  cnailability 
to  be  appropriated  by  the  South  Carolina  legislature. 

Work  Opportunities 

Job  opportunities  are  available  to  USC  Upstate 
students  through  a  variety  of  programs:  Federal  Work- 
Study,  Community  Services  Program,  Job  Location  and 
Development  Program,  and  the  Student  Assistant  Program. 
The  primary  purpose  of  these  programs  is  to  provide  a 
financial  resource  to  students  for  educational  expenses; 
however,  these  jobs  may  also  provide  valuable  work 
experience.  USC  Upstate  students  work  in  a  \  ariety  of 
jobs  on  and  off  campus.  The  pay  scale  is  determined  by 
the  specific  job  description  and  the  skills  or  experience 
of  the  student  being  hired.  Students  employed  on  campus 
are  generally  limited  to  working  no  more  than  20  hours 
each  week  during  periods  of  regular  enrollment. 


Fmanc\a\  Aid 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


29 


Other  Aid 


VETERANS'  AM)   DEPENDENTS'  BENEFITS. 

Educational  benefits  are  a\ailable  to  qualified  veterans 
and  children  of  deceased  and  disabled  veterans.  Inqui- 
ries should  be  made  to  the  veterans"  atTairs  office  in  the 
student's  home  county  seat  and  the  USC  Upstate  Office 
of  Records  and  Registration. 

VOCATIONAL  REHABILITATION.  This  award  is  to 
conserve  the  working  usefulness  of  persons  with  impair- 
ments who  have  reasonable  expectations  of  becoming 
employed.  Students  who  might  qualify  for  vocational 
rehabilitation  assistance  should  contact  the  Office  of  Vo- 
cational Rehabilitation  in  their  home  county  seats. 

Out-of-State  Fee  Waivers 

Students  who  are  not  residents  of  South  Carolina  and 
who  receive  USC  Upstate  Athletic  or  Foundation  Scholar- 
ships, or  USC  Upstate  Undergraduate  Assistantships  valued 
at  S250  or  more  each  semester  may  qualify  for  a  waiver  for 
out-of-state  fees.  The  following  conditions  must  be  met  to 
qualify  for  the  fee  waiver. 

The  a  ward  must  be  made  in  w  riting  to  the  student  before 
the  end  of  late  registration  for  each  semester  and  prior  to 
the  student  paying  his  tuition. 

Notification  of  the  award  must  be  forwarded  to  the 


financial  aid  office  prior  to  the  end  of  late  registration  for 
each  semester.  Scholarships  or  undergraduate  assistantships 
that  are  awarded  atk'r  the  end  of  late  registration  for  each 
semester  will  not  result  in  a  reliind  of  out-of-state  fees. 

Undergraduate  Assistantships 

Undergraduate  assistantships  are  designed  to  attract 
students  in  areas  such  as  publications,  music,  drama,  debate 
and  selected  leadership  positions.  Eligible  students  may 
receive  financial  assistance  ranging  from  $250  to  the  cost 
of  tuition  and  books  each  semester  based  upon  the  activ- 
ity, level  of  responsibility,  and  expected  workload.  Each 
recipient  is  required  to  sign  a  contract,  which  describes  the 
position  and  its  responsibilities.  Assistantships  are  avail- 
able for  participation  in  the  Gordon-Col  loms  Gospel  Choir, 
University  Singers,  Shoestring  Players  (theater  group). 
The  Carolinian  (newspaper).  Debate  Team,  Writer's  Inc. 
(literary  magazine),  USC  Upstate  Dance  Team,  Campus 
Activities  Board  and  Student  Government  Association. 
Many  of  these  assistantships  require  prior  involvement 
in  the  activity  or  organizations.  Please  contact  the  Divi- 
sion of  Student  Affairs  at  864-503-5106  for  additional 
information. 


Scholarships 


use  Upstate  strongly  supports  the  recognition  of  students  who  possess  the  potential  to  return  the  benefits  of  a  quality 
university  education  to  our  society.  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  based  on  demonstrated  academic  ability,  career 
plans,  educational  goals  and  community  service. 


USC  Upstate  Scholars  Program 

The  USC  Upstate  Scholars  Program  for  new  and  continuing  students  assists  academically  talented  individuals  in  their  pursuit 
of  higher  education.  The  prestigious  awards  are  given  to  students  who  have  shown  their  potential  through  academic  merit.  USC 
Upstate  and  the  Upstate  region  will  benefit  from  the  leadership  and  academic  excellence  these  scholars  bring  to  campus.  Scholar- 
ships will  be  awarded  to  eligible  students:  however,  the  number  of  awards  available  will  be  detennined  by  the  University.  Early 
application  for  admission  to  USC  Upstate  is  encouraged  for  students  to  be  considered  for  new  student  scholarships.  Contact  the 
Office  of  Admissions  for  more  information. 

CHANCELLOR  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awards  of  $7,500  (for  boarding  students)  and  $3,500  (for  commuting  students)  given 
annually  to  entering  freshmen  who  meet  the  following  criteria:  present  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  1,300  or  ACT  score  of  29,  rank 
in  the  top  1 0%  of  their  high  school  class  and  have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  3.75. 

VALEDICTORIAN  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awards  of  $7,500  (for  boarding  students)  and  $3,500  (for  commuting  students) 
given  annually  to  entering  freshmen  who  are  ranked  first  in  their  class  at  time  of  admission  to  the  University  or  upon  high  school 
graduation.  In  addition.  Valedictorian  Scholars  must  present  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  1.100  or  ACT  score  of  24. 

UNIVERSITY  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  $2,500  scholarships  that  are  awarded  annually  to  entering  freshmen  who  meet  the  fol- 
lowing criteria:  high  school  graduate,  present  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  1 .200  or  ACT  score  of  27,  rank  in  top  I  O'/o  of  their  high 
school  class  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.50. 

METROPOLITAN  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  $1,500  scholarships  that  are  awarded  annually  to  entering  freshmen  who  meet  the 
following  criteria:  present  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  1,100  or  ACT  score  of  24.  rank  in  top  10%  of  their  high  school  class  and 
have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  3.25. 


30 


Financial  Aid 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


TRANSFER  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  $2,000  scholarships  that  are  awarded  annually  to  entering  transfer  students  (coming  from 
two-year  or  technical  colleges)  who  have  earned  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  transferable  credit  or  have  eamed  Associate  of 
Arts  or  Science  degrees  from  an  accredited  two-year  college.  Candidates  must  have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  3.50.  This 
scholarship  is  available  to  the  recipient  for  two  academic  years  (four  semesters — fall  and  spring,  not  summer). 

NATIONAL  MERIT  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  annual  awards  through  the  National  Merit  Scholarship  Program,  The  competition 
forthese  awards  begins  when  the  students  take  the  PSAT/NMSQT  in  theirjunior  year  of  high  school.  Students  eligible  to  continue 
in  the  National  Merit  competition  are  contacted  by  the  National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation.  At  USC  Upstate.  Merit  Scholar- 
ships are  $500  annually  and  are  renewable  for  four  years  of  undergraduate  study  if  the  student  maintains  at  lea.st  a  3.0  cumulative 
GPA.  Students  receiving  other  general  USC  Upstate  scholarships  may  also  receive  a  Merit  Scholarship;  the  total  general  USC 
Upstate  scholarship  package  for  such  students,  however,  may  not  exceed  the  resident,  on-campus.  cost-of-attendance  figure.  To 
be  eligible,  students  must  be  accepted  by  USC  Upstate,  be  designated  a  National  Merit  finalist,  and  have  listed  USC  Upstate  as 
their  first  choice  on  the  National  Merit  application 

RENEWAL  POLICY:  Chancellor,  Valedictorian,  Metropolitan  and  University  scholarships  are  renewable  for  seven  additional 
consecutive  semesters  providing  the  student  maintains  a  cumulative  USC  Upstate  GPA  of  3.0  and  earns  a  minimum  24  USC 
Upstate  semester  hours  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Transfer  scholarships  are  renewable  for  three  additional  consecu- 
tive semesters  providing  the  student  maintains  a  cumidative  USC  Upstate  GPA  of  3.0  and  earns  a  minimum  of  24  USC  Upstate 
semester  hours  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

Foundation  Scholars  Program 

Funded  and  endowed  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  qualified  students.  Students  may  obtain  applications  from 
the  financial  aid  office  or  from  the  USC  Upstate  web  site  after  December  1  each  year.  The  application  deadline  is  Febru- 
ary I  unless  othei-wise  indicated  in  the  scholarship  definition. 

The  USC  UPSTATE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLARSHIP  was  established  by  the  Alumni  Association  and  is  given 
to  the  child  of  a  USC  Upstate  Alumnus.  The  recipient  must  be  a  rising  senior.  South  Carolina  resident,  have  a  cumulative 
GPA  of  3.0.  and  have  completed  the  FASFA  form. 

The  3M  SCHOLAR  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP  awards  $1000  to  a  student  in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing 
Degree  Program  with  a  3.0  GPA  or  higher.  The  recipient  will  be  identified  as  a  "3M  Scholar"  and  invited  to  visit  the  3M 
Greenville  site. 

The  EB  AND  MAGGIE  BARNES  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  an  annual  award  in  memory  of  Dr.  James 
"Eb"  Barnes  and  his  wife.  Maggie  Barnes  to  a  USC  Upstate  student  completing  a  degree  at  the  University  Center  of  Green- 
ville. The  award  is  given  to  a  student  who  most  closely  meets  the  criteria  of  a  non-traditional  student,  enrolled  in  a  degree- 
completion  program  at  UCG  at  least  half-time,  with  established  financial  need.  The  award  is  given  at  an  annual  reception 
in  honor  of  the  recipient  and  the  family  of  Eb  and  Maggie  Barnes. 

The  BANNON  SCHOLARSHIP  is  sponsored  by  the  Bannon  Foundation.  The  recipient  must  have  genuine  financial  need, 
be  a  resident  of  South  Carolina  (residents  living  near  Greenville  or  Spartanburg  will  be  given  preference),  be  of  sound  moral 
character,  and  be  active  in  volunteer  work.  The  recipient  should  be  a  student  who  qualified  for  but  did  not  receive  one  of 
the  USC  Upstate  Scholars  Program  award. 

MARY  BLACK  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awards  of  $500  made  to  full-time  sophomores  seek- 
ing the  associate  degree  in  technical  nursing  who  have  financial  need,  have  a  record  of  service  to  the  University  and 
community,  have  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA  in  nursing  courses  and  have  a  2.5  cumulative  GPA  in  all  other  courses.  Another 
award  of  $500  is  made  to  a  senior  (as  of  fall  semester)  seeking  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  who  has  financial 
need,  has  a  record  of  service  to  the  University  and  community,  has  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA.  and  has  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA 
in  all  nursing  courses. 

BUDWEISER  OF  THE  CAROLINAS  MINORITY  SCHOLARSHIP  is  awarded  to  a  South  Carolina  resident  minor- 
ity student  admitted  into  the  upper  division  of  the  business-marketing  program.  The  scholarship  is  \alued  at  SI. 000  and 
is  to  be  used  toward  tuition  costs.  It  may  be  renewable  provided  a  cumulative  USC  Upstate  2.25  GPA  is  maintained.  An 
internship  with  Budweiser  of  Spartanburg  is  also  available. 

The  EILEEN  K.  BURTON  SCHOLARSHIP  was  established  by  Cafe  Enterprises.  Inc.  to  honor  the  late  Mrs.  Burton,  a 
1980  graduate  of  the  University.  The  $1 ,000  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  in  a  business-related  major  whose 
past  education  was  interrupted  by  full-time  employment,  military  service  or  family  responsibilities.  Preference  is  given  to 
students  demonstrating  a  high  degree  of  integrity,  character,  leadership  ability  and  a  strong  work  ethic. 

Financial  Aid  31 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


The  GATES  CHANCELLOR'S  SCHOLAR  ENDOWMENT  FUND  was  established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  MacFarland  Gates. 
The  scholarship  annually  funds  a  Chancellor's  Scholar  award  within  the  USC  Upstate  Scholars  Program. 

The  GOINGBAGK  AND  MARY  ULMER  CHILTOSKE\  SCHOLARSHIP  was  established  to  memorialize  the  role 
that  Goingback  and  Mary  Ulmer  Chiltoskey  played  as  eminent  members  of  the  Cherokee  Nation.  This  $500  award  will  be 
given  to  a  member  of  the  Native  American  Community  with  preference  given  to  an  enrolled  member  of  the  Eastern  Band 
of  Cherokee  Indians  who  is  an  incoming  freshman  with  a  high  school  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.5  and  a  minimum  SAT 
score  of  900.  Federal  financial  need  is  required  (must  file  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid.) 

The  CLARY/DRUGKER  ACCOUNTING  SCHOLARSHIP  established  in  honor  of  Diana  Clary  and  Meyer  Drucker, 
retired  faculty  members,  for  having  made  a  positive  impact  in  the  USC  Upstate  accounting  program  and  the  Upstate  com- 
munity. The  $600  award  is  intended  to  assist  a  current  student  who  is  an  accounting  major,  a  rising  senior,  has  a  USC  Upstate 
cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher,  and  is  a  South  Carolina  resident. 

The  COMMUNITY  SOUTH  BANK  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  annual  award  of  $1,000  to  a  full-time  Business  Major  that 
wants  to  pursue  a  career  in  banking.  Student  must  also  be  a  rising  junior  with  60  hours  of  credit  with  a  minimum  GPA  of 
3.0,  and  demonstrate  financial  need  as  defined  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education. 

DANID  B.  DEDMON,  DMD  SCHOLARSHIP  is  established  through  an  endowment  created  by  Dr.  David  B.  Dedmon  to 
enable  financially  needy  students  to  continue  preparation  in  the  health  sciences  area.  The  award  is  given  to  a  student  who 
most  closely  meets  the  following  criteria:  enrolled  in  a  pre-professional  health  science  curriculum  (other  than  nursing), 
have  completed  32  hours  in  science  and  have  junior  status  by  the  end  of  the  semester  of  application,  enrolled  full  time  at 
USC  Upstate,  demonstrated  financial  need,  have  a  proven  desire  to  serve  their  community,  3.0  cumulative  GPA  to  qualify 
and  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA  to  renew. 

The  JOHN  EDMUNDS  SCHOLARSHIP  honors  Dr.  John  B.  Edmunds,  Jr.  This  annual  award  will  be  given  to  a  student 
with  at  least  junior  standing,  who  has  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.5,  is  a  resident  of  the  Upstate  of  South  Carolina,  has  a  declared 
major  in  the  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  at  USC  Upstate,  and  who  plans  to  pursue  graduate  studies  in  a  SSPH  discipline 
(includes  law  and  medicine).  A  1,500  word  essay  is  also  required. 

The  SCHOOLOFEDUCATION  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  annual  award  to  a  student  who  has  been  admitted  to  the  professional 
program  of  the  School  of  Education;  and  who  has  demonstrated  financial  need,  academic  excellence  and  altruistic  goals. 

The  TED  EILENBERG  SCHOLARSHIP  is  awarded  to  a  student  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  in  the  Johnson  College 
of  Business  and  Economics.  The  recipient  must  be  a  junior  or  senior,  have  financial  need,  and  have  a  minimum  cumulative 
GPA  of  2.5. 

The  CATHERINE  ERVIN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  was  established  by  the  family  and  friends 
of  Cathy  Ervin  Overstreet,  a  graduate  of  USC  Upstate.  The  proceeds  from  the  endowment  will  be  awarded  to  a  student 
in  the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing,  with  preference  given  to  a  graduate  of  Broome  High  School  in  Spartanburg  County 
School  District  Three  and/or  a  student  receiving  limited  fijnding  form  other  grants  and  scholarships. 

FEATHERSTON  FAMILY  ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP  was  established  to  provide  financial  assistance  to  a  part-time 
or  full-time  student  that  does  not  qualify  for  any  state  merit  based  scholarships.  The  award  is  given  to  a  student,  who  most 
closely  meets  the  criteria  of  an  arts  and  science  major,  not  eligible  for  any  state  merit  based  scholarship,  and  has  completed 
the  FAFSA  form. 

The  FIDELIS  ALPHA  CHAPTER  OF  ALPHA  DELTA  KAPPA  provides  financial  assistance  to  a  full-time  education 
major  that  does  not  qualify  for  any  state  merit  based  scholarships.  Student  must  also  demonstrate  financial  need  (as  defined 
by  U.S.  Department  of  Education),  be  a  rising  senior  with  90  or  more  credit  hours,  and  be  a  South  Carolina  resident  with 
a  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher. 

The  GAMMA  BETA  PHI  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  of  $500  to  a  full-time  student  23  years  of  age  or  older  with  a  3.5 
cumulative  GPA  in  at  least  12  hours  at  USC  Upstate. 

The  JAMES  B.  GREER  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  to  a  senior  23  year  of  age  or  older  whose  past  edu- 
cation was  interrupted  by  full-time  employment,  military  service,  or  family  responsibilities  for  a  minimum  of  two  years. 
Criteria  include  a  2.0  cumulative  GPA  and  contributions  to  USC  Upstate  through  service  to  student  government,  publica- 
tions or  the  student  affairs  office. 

The  EARL  GORDON  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENTS  are  awards  of  varying  amounts  to  sophomores  and  juniors 
who  have  a  2.0  cumulative  GPA.  service  or  involvement  in  school  or  community,  and  financial  need. 

32  Financial  Aid 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


JAMES  B.  GREER  SERVICE  ENDOWMENT  provides  $500  financial  assistance  to  a  non-traditional  student  who  is 
active  in  campus  organizations.  The  recipient  must  be  at  least  23  years  old,  a  full-time  student  with  a  minimum  30  credit 
hours  and  2.0  GPA,  financial  need,  and  recommended  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  of  Student  Affairs  and/or  Dean  of  Students. 

JLH  CONSULTING,  LLC  NURSING  FUNDED  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  $  1 ,000  award  given  to  a  full-time  student  enrolled 
in  the  USC  Upstate  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing.  Student  must  be  recommended  for  the  award  by  the  Dean  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  and  have  demonstrated  financial  need. 

The  DOC  LINDSAY  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  an  award  to  a  non-traditional  student  in  the  memory  of  former  USC 
Upstate  Professor  of  Fine  Arts  and  Humanities,  Dr.  Bryan  E.  "Doc"  Lindsay,  whose  cosmopolitan  world  view  influenced 
many  students,  especially  non-traditional  students.  Recipients  must  be  enrolled  for  at  least  six  hours  and  have  a  cumulative 
GPA  of  2. 5  or  a  GPA  of  3.0  on  the  last  12  hours  of  course  study. 

The  ARTHUR  T.  MEILINGER  ANNUAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  annual  award  of  $750  to  a  full-time  business  major, 
working  at  least  25  hours  a  week,  a  rising  senior  with  over  90  credit  hours,  USC  Upstate  minimum  GPA  of  3.0,  and  a 
resident  of  South  Carolina. 

The  NANCY  P.  MOORE  SCHOLARSHIP  for  $500  was  established  to  honor  Dr.  Nancy  Moore  for  her  commitment  to 
scholarship  and  teaching  at  USC  Upstate  and  her  service  in  the  upstate  community.  Recipient  must  be  a  full-time  English 
major  who  has  sophomore  or  upper  class  standing  with  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5.  Recipients  must  also  be  in- 
volved in  some  type  of  volunteer  work. 

NATURAL  SCIENCES  AND  ENGINEERING  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awarded  in  the  spring  and  fall  semester  to 
students  enrolled  in  programs  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  biology,  including  pre-professional  tracks  and 
chemistry.  A  maximum  of  one-half  semester  tuition  may  be  awarded  to  an  applicant.  The  requirement  is  a  minimum 
cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  on  at  least  60  semester  hours  credit  by  the  end  of  the  term  in  which  the  application  is  submitted. 
At  least  30  credit  hours  must  have  been  earned  at  USC  Upstate. 

NATURAL  SCIENCES  AND  ENGINEERING  PRE-PROFESSIONAL  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awarded  in  the  spring 
and  fall  semester  to  students  enrolled  in  pre-professional  tracks  in  which  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  not  completed  at 
USC  Upstate.  A  maximum  of  one-quarter  semester's  tuition  may  be  awarded  to  an  applicant.  The  requirement  is  a  minimum 
cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  on  at  least  30  semester  hours  credit  by  the  end  of  the  term  of  which  the  application  was  submitted.  At 
least  15  credit  hours  must  have  been  earned  at  USC  Upstate  by  the  end  of  the  term  in  which  the  application  was  submitted. 

The  RICK  O'BRIEN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  scholarship  of  $400  awarded  to  a  full-time  junior  or  senior  busi- 
ness administration  major  with  a  concentration  in  accounting.  The  recipient  must  have  a  cumulative  3.0  grade  point  average 
and  be  employed  a  minimum  of  10  hours  per  week.  Preference  is  given  to  a  student  involved  in  community  volunteer  work. 

The  PIEDMONT  DISTRICT  NURSES  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  a  $500  scholarship  for  a  nursing 
major  who  is  enrolled  in  at  least  six  credit  hours.  Recipients  must  be  a  South  Carolina  resident  with  at  least  a  3.0  high 
school  or  college  cumulative  GPA. 

The  SONYA  K.  RUPPE  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  $500  award  given  to  a  new  freshman  education  major  from 
Gaffney  High  School. 

The  MATTHEW  POLl  AKOFF  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  is  an  award  of  $  1 ,000  to  a  junior  with  financial  need, 
who  has  a  cumulative  3.0  GPA,  and  is  majoring  in  political  science  or  business  administration,  or  is  following  a  pre-law  pro- 
gram. Preference  is  given  to  students  who  demonstrate  an  interest  in  and  plan  to  participate  in  governmental  processes. 

The  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  SCHOLARSHIP  for  $200  is  awarded  during  the  spring  semester  to  a  student  who  is  a  full- 
time  junior  political  science  major  with  an  overall  cumulative  GPA  of  3.25.  Candidate  must  show  potential  for  graduate 
work  in  a  political  science-related  field. 

ROTC  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awards  that  pay  partial  tuition  and  textbook  costs.  A  $1,000  subsistence  allowance  may  be 
used  to  assist  with  other  miscellaneous  academic  expenses. 

The  SPARTANBURG  ROTARY  CLUB  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  $1,000  annual  award  to  a  full-time  Spartanburg  County 
resident  who  is  from  a  non-Rotarian  family,  has  financial  need,  and  has  proven  scholastic  aptitude. 

The  OLIN  &  MUFFET  SANSBURY  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  of  $1,000  to  a  student  with  academic  ability,  finan- 
cial need,  and  potential  as  a  contributing  citizen  of  school  and  community.  Preference  is  given  to  those  students  planning 
a  career  in  public  affairs. 

Financial  Aid  33 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


The  D.L.  SCURRY  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS:  Several  $500  scholarships  awarded  to  South  Carolina  residents 
who  demonstrate  academic  ability,  have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.0,  and  have  financial  need. 

The  SIMOTON  SCHOI..\RSHIP  provides  S250  a  year  financial  assistance  to  the  president  ofthe  African  American  As- 
sociation at  use  Upstate.  The  recipient  will  also  serve  as  an  active  member  ofthe  Executive  Board  ofthe  East  Spartanburg 
Branch  ofthe  N  A  ACP 

The  CLINTON  RICHARD  SMITH  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  is  awarded  to  a  full-time  .lohnson  College  of 
Business  student  who  has  financial  need.  Preference  is  given  to  a  married  student  whose  parents  are  engaged  in  a  local 
small  business  or  industry. 

The  FRANCES  SMITH  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  provides  an  award  annually  to  a  full-time  nursing 
student  who  has  financial  need.  Preference  is  given  to  non-traditional  students. 

The  SPARTANBURG  COUNTS'  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  a  four-year  scholarship  of  $1,000  each 
academic  n  ear  to  a  new  freshman.  The  recipient  must  reflect  academic  promise,  financial  need,  be  a  resident  of  Spartanburg 
Countv  and  be  a  graduate  of  a  Spartanburg  County  secondary  school. 

The  TERESA  TILLER  SPL.4WN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  to  a  nursing  student  who  has  previously 
worked  in  a  nonprofessional  health  ser\  ice  position. 

The  JOHN  C.  STOCKWELL  AND  DIANE  C.  VECCHIO  INTERNATIONAL  AWARD  is  a  $6,000  scholarship  es- 
tablished to  fund  a  summer  of  international  travel  and  study  for  a  full-time  USC  Upstate  junior  who  is  a  South  Carolina 
resident.  The  recipient  must  have  at  least  a  .^.0  cumulative  USC  Upstate  GPA  by  the  end  of  his/her  sophomore  year.  Ap- 
plications with  full  criteria  may  be  obtained  from  the  director  ofthe  Office  of  International  Studies.  November  1  ofthe 
applicant's  junior  year  is  the  deadline. 

The  N.A.  STIRZAKER  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  for  a  full-time  USC  Upstate  junior  with  high  academic  standing. 
The  award  is  renewable  for  the  recipient's  senior  year  if  a  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  3.0  is  maintained.  Dr.  Norbert  A. 
Stirzaker  was  the  first  director  of  USC  Upstate,  and  this  scholarship  was  created  by  his  colleagues  and  friends  in  tribute  to 
his  many  years  of  service  to  the  University. 

The  EDITH  THROWER  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  made  to  an  associate  degree  or  baccalaureate  nursing 
student  who  is  enrolled  either  full-time  or  part-time.  Recipients  must  have  a  proven  academic  ability  and  financial  need. 
Preference  is  given  to  a  non-traditional  student  (25  or  older)  who  has  family  responsibilities. 

The  DENISE  TONE  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  was  established  by  the  ftiends  and  family  of  Denise  Tone,  The  proceeds 
from  the  endowment  will  be  awarded  by  the  scholarship  committee  ofthe  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing  to  students  enrolled  in  a 
nursing  program  in  recognition  of  academic  excellence.  Preference  will  be  given  to  a  student  with  a  chronic  illness. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIPS  are  awards  of  varying  amounts  made  to  fresh- 
men from  the  several  judicial  circuits  in  South  Carolina  and  from  metropolitan  areas  outside  the  state.  The  awards  are 
based  on  academic  ability  and  are  renewable.  Note:  There  is  a  specific  application  for  this  scholarship,  and  it  must  be 
sent  to  USC  Alumni  Association  in  Columbia,  SC. 

The  UPSTATE  FAMILY  SCHOLARSHIP  FUND  provides  financial  assistance  to  a  full-time  or  part-time  student  that  is 
ofthe  USC  Upstate  family-employee  spouse  or  dependent.  A  $1000  annual  scholarship  shall  be  distributed  in  increments  of 
$500  per  semester  for  the  student  who  closely  meets  the  criteria  of  member  ofthe  USC  Upstate  family:  employee,  spouse 
or  dependent;  must  be  employed  at  USC  Upstate  a  minimum  of  1  year;  financial  need;  2.5  or  higher  GPA. 

The  USC  FACULTY/STAFF  DEPENDENTS'  SCHOLARSHIP  is  open  for  application  to  any  dependent  child  or  spouse 
of  a  full-time  University  of  South  Carolina  system  employee.  There  is  competition  for  this  scholarship,  and  only  a  limited 
number  of  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year.  To  be  eligible  for  consideration,  the  applicant  must  be  enrolled  or  accepted 
for  enrollment  as  a  full-time  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  on  one  ofthe  University's  eight  campuses  and  have  attained 
a  minimum  cumulative  .1.0  GPA.  Freshman  eligibility  is  determined  by  high  school  class  rank  and  SAT  or  ACT  scores. 
The  scholarship  is  renewable  for  up  to  four  years  for  those  students  pursuing  a  baccalaureate  degree  provided  the  recipient 
maintains  a  minimum  cumulative  .1.0  GPA.  In  some  cases,  graduate  students  may  receive  the  scholarship  until  receipt  of 
their  graduate  degrees.  Note:  There  is  a  specific  application  for  this  scholarship  that  must  be  sent  to  USC  Columbia. 

The  MATHEMATICS  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  FUND  is  awarded  to  an  incoming  freshman  interested  in 
pursuing  a  degree  in  mathematics.  Recipient  must  have  at  least  a  3.5  cumulative  high  school  grade  point  average  and  SAT 
score  of  at  least  1 100.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  full-time  students  and  may  be  renewable  for  up  to  seven  semesters 

34  Financial  Aid 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


provided  the  student  eontinues  to  major  in  mathematics,  maintains  a  cumulative  overall  GPA  or3.(),  and  a  cumulative  GPA 
of  3.0  in  mathematics  courses. 

WESLEY  K.  WILBER  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  endowment  created  to  assist  male,  non-traditional  students  majoring  in 
business,  with  financial  need,  and  not  eligible  lor  state  merit  based  scholarships.  The  student  must  complete  the  FAFSA, 
and  can  be  enrolled  full  or  part-time. 

The  ED  AND  CONNIE  WILDE  ENDOWMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  is  given  to  provide  a  S500  annual  award  to  a  player 
on  the  use  Upstate  Men's  Soccer  team.  The  recipient  must  be  a  returning  member  of  the  men's  Varsity  Soccer  Team, 
have  demonstrated  good  character  and  achieved  academically.  Preference  is  given  to  a  player  who  has  been  involved  in 
community  service. 

ED  WILDE  WOMEN'S  SOCCER  SCHOLARSHIP  goes  to  fund  a  $500  annual  award  to  a  player  on  the  USC  Upstate 
Women's  Soccer  team.  The  recipient  must  be  a  returning  member  of  the  Women's  Varsity  Team,  should  have  demon- 
strated good  character  and  achieved  academically.  Preference  is  given  to  a  player  who  has  been  involved  in  community 
service. 

The  DONALD  W.  YATES  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  $1000  of  annual  assistance  to  a  part-time  or  full-time  business 
major,  with  an  emphasis  on  marketing,  that  does  not  qualify  for  any  state  merit  based  scholarships.  The  student  must  also 
have  financial  need  (as  defined  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education)  and  be  a  non-traditional  student,  rising  senior  with 
more  than  90  hours  of  credit  and  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher. 

CAREER  CENTER  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  S 1 000  to  an  Upper  division  Nursing  student  with  financial  need. 

MARJORIE  BOURKE  MEMORIAL  NURSING  ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP  assist  a  full-time  student  enrolled  in 
the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing,  carrying  12  or  more  hours  per  semester  with  a  USC  Upstate  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  and 
completed  the  FAFSA. 

BILLIE  WEISS-MCABEE  SCHOLARSHIP  FUND  was  established  to  assist  a  full-time,  non-traditional  student.  The  re- 
cipient must  complete  the  FAFSA  form,  carry  12  or  more  hours  per  semester  and  not  be  eligible  for  any  state  scholarships. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA  ASSOCIATION  OF  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  /  PIEDMONT  CHAPTER 
SCHOLARSHIP  provides  assistance  to  a  full-titne  student  who  wants  to  pursue  a  career  in  accounting.  Recipient  must  be  a 
rising  junior  with  60  hours  of  earned  credit  with  a  minimum  3.0  GPA,  business  major  in  accounting,  and  have  demonstrated 
financial  need  (must  complete  FAFSA  form). 

CURTIS  R.  HARLEY  ART  GALLERY  FUND  provides  up  to  $1000  of  tuition  assistance  to  a  full-time  art  major,  cur- 
rently enrolled  in  art  courses,  who  is  a  graduate  of  a  public  Spartanburg  County  secondary  school,  and  has  at  least  30  credit 
hours  with  a  minimum  3.0  cumulative  GPA. 

The  RACHEL  SUZANNE  WEST  MEMORIAL  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  financial  assistance  to  a  full-time 
student  accepted  into  the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing,  who  is  pursuing  a  career  in  the  health  field.  Student  must  have 
completed  90  credit  hours,  demonstrate  financial  need  by  completing  FAFSA  and  maintain  3.0  GPA. 

CRAIG  PRESSLEY  GIEGERICH  '02  MEMORIAL  ACCOUNTING  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  financial  assis- 
tance to  a  full-time  student  that  wants  to  pursue  a  career  in  the  accounting  field.  Recipient  must  be  a  business  major 
with  emphasis  in  accounting,  have  completed  90  credit  hours  with  a  cumulative  3.2  GPA,  expressed  financial  need,  and 
S.C.  resident. 

JERRY  BENNETT  SCHOLARSHIP  ENDOWMENT  is  awarded  to  a  transfer  student  from  the  state's  technical  college 
system,  with  preference  given  to  students  from  Spartanburg  Community  College  and  Greenville  Technical  College,  to  help 
pursue  a  major  in  accounting  at  USC  Upstate.  Recipient  must  be  a  full-time  student,  business  major  with  financial  need  as 
defined  by  the  Department  of  Education  (must  complete  FAFSA). 

The  MARTIE  G.  CHASTAIN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  is  an  award  to  a  ftjll-time  junior  or  senior  business  ad- 
ministration major  with  a  2.5  cumulative  GPA  and  who  is  employed  at  least  15  hours  per  week. 

The  PAUL  FOERSTER  EXCELLENCE  IN  NURSING  AWARD  goes  each  year  to  a  full-time  senior  nursing  student 
enrolled  in  the  BSN  program  who  has  financial  need,  has  a  record  of  service  to  the  University  and  the  community,  and 
who  has  at  least  a  3.0  cumulative  GPA.  The  award  is  given  in  honor  of  Paul  F.  Foerster's  volunteer  service  to  improve  the 
health  and  wellness  of  the  people  and  communities  of  Spartanburg  County.  The  scholarship  is  supported  by  the  Mary  Black 
Foundation,  Mary  Black  Hospital,  and  the  Spartanburg  Regional  Medical  Center. 

Financial  Aid  35 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


TheSEYMOURROSENBERGSCHOl.ARSHIPENDOWMENTisawardedtostudcnts  on  the  basisofacademic  ability, 
leadership  qualities,  and  school  and  community  involvement.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  who  have  demonstrated 
an  active  interest  in  print  and  or  broadcast  media.  To  qualify  for  renewal  the  recipient  must  maintain  a  3.0  cumulative 
GPA  and  demonstrate  acti\e  involvement  with  campus  publications  or  journalism-related  activities.  To  qualify  for  third- 
or  fourth-year  renewal,  a  student  must  maintain  a  cumulative  3.0  grade  point  average,  demonstrate  active  involvement  in 
journalism-related  activities,  and  pursue  upper  division  studies  in  journalism. 

The  UNIVERSITY  BUSINESS  SOCIETY  SCHOLARSHIP  is  awarded  to  a  full-time  senior  in  the  Johnson  College 
of  Business  who  has  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  and  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding  service  to  campus  and  community, 
academic  aptitude,  character  and  leadership. 

The  CHICK-FIL-A  BASKETBALL  SCHOLARSHIP  awards  $500  to  a  male  student  basketball  player  with  a  GPA  of 
2.75  of  higher.  The  student  must  be  determined  as  having  need  (does  not  require  completion  of  FAFSA)  and  preference  is 
given  to  either  a  partial  or  non-athletic  scholarship  recipient.  The  USC  Upstate  men's  basketball  coach  will  assist  with  the 
selection  process. 

The  JOSEPH  L.  BALINTFY  ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP  awards  a  full-time  student  with  academic  status  as  a  junior 
with  a  declared  major  in  either  mathematics  or  computer  science.  The  scholarship  may  be  renewed  in  the  student's  senior 
year  providing  the  student  remains  enrolled  full-time  and  continues  in  the  mathematics  or  computer  science  major. 

The  LEON  AND  M  ALIAKA  WILES  FAMILY  ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP  awards  up  to  $750  to  an  incoming  fresh- 
man with  a  2.75  GPA  or  above;  preference  is  given  to  a  person  active  in  their  church  or  community  and  a  resident  of  SC, 
Ohio  or  Oklahoma;  must  have  demonstrated  financial  need  according  to  FAFSA. 

The  MICHAEL  AND  DIANA  IRVTN  SCHOLARSHIP  is  awarded  to  a  full  time  student  who  closely  meets  the  criteria 
of:  earned  a  minimum  of  30  USC  Upstate  hours,  minimum  GPA  of  3.0.  financial  need  (as  defined  by  the  Department  of 
Education  -  complete  FAFSA)  and  not  eligible  for  state  scholarships. 

The  WACHOVIA  BANK  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  $500  award  to  a  senior  business  major.  The  recipient  must  be  a  SC  resident. 
In  the  event  of  a  tie,  the  selection  shall  be  based  on  demonstrated  need,  leadership  and  community  service. 

The  CAROLINA  FIRST  BANK  SCHOLARSHIP  is  a  $500  annual  award  given  to  a  Johnson  College  of  Business  student 
who  meets  the  following  criteria:  full-time  student;  earned  a  minimum  of  60  hours  and  has  a  3.0  GPA;  completed  FAFSA  form; 
and  active  in  the  Upstate  community. 

The  USC  UPSTATE  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIP  provides  financial  assistance  to  a  full-time  incoming  freshman,  with  a 
minimum  3.25  high  school  GPA  and  financial  need  (as  defined  by  the  Department  of  Education  -  completed  FAFSA ).  Recipients 
are  selected  by  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

Many  scholarships  and  stipends  may  be  combined  with  other  sources  of  financial  assistance  for  which  a  student  is  eligible. 
However,  a  student  may  not  receive  more  than  one  fiill-tuition  University  scholarship.  Students  wishing  to  be  considered  for 
scholarships  must  be  unconditionally  accepted  for  admission  prior  to  deadlines.  USC  Upstate  students  who  are  awarded  scholar- 
ships or  stipends  are  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing.  These  students  must  also  be  free  of  any  current  discipline  code 
violation  and  may  not  be  on  disciplinary  probation. 

(Scholarship  injormalion  is  accurate  at  the  lime  of  publication.  Availability  offuucls  ami  other  factors  may  change. 
For  further  information  about  scholarships  and  other  financial  aid.  please  contact  the  financial  aid  office.) 


36  Financial  Aid 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


^^■^ 

.»<« 

^kSHB  -*  H 

B  ii^^^S  '  •SHU 

IWofefcitiiBi'ii''^'^#  j^^^^l 

1 

IHjii 

fcs^-/    ■ 

*'  '^tJS^ 

Fees  and  Expenses 


Academic  Fees 

Academic  tees  ai  ihe  L  iii\ersit\  of  South  Carolina 
L'pstate  are  established  bv  the  Unix  ersity  of  South  Carolina 
Board  ofTrustees  and  are  subject  to  change.  Fees  printed 
in  this  publication  are  proposed  tor  2007-2008. 

Application  Fee 

Iacpi  new  degree-seeking  student  is  charged  a  non- 
refundable application  tee  of  S40.  E.xceptions  to  this  charge 
nia\  be  made  for  certain  special  categories  of  admission. 
Non-degree-seeking  students  must  pay  a  non-refundable 
application  fee  of  $10.  .Applications  for  admission  must 
be  accompanied  by  the  application  fee. 

International  Students 

International  students  must  ordinarily  pay  non-resi- 
dent fees  for  the  duration  of  their  enrollment,  unless  they 
qualify  for  permanent  alien  status.  Their  standing  in  this 
category  and  application  for  resident  fees  must  be  cleared 
with  the  residcncv  otTicer  in  the  admissions  otTice. 


Upstate  courses  plus  the  cost  of  the  course  taken  at  Union 
calculated  at  the  Union  rate  per  hour. 

Course  auditing 

Course  auditmg  fees  are  the  same  as  courses  taken 
for  credit. 

Senior  citizens 

Legal  residents  of  South  Carolina  who  have  attained 
the  age  of  dO  and  meet  admission  and  other  standards 
deemed  appropriate  by  the  University  may  attend  classes 
tuition-free  for  credit  or  audit  purposes  on  a  space-avail- 
able basis. 

Meals' 

Each  resident  living  in  Uni\ersity  housing  is  required  to 
purchase  a  meal  plan.  Equivalencies,  available  with  the 
meal  plan,  can  be  used  by  students  for  food  purchases  in 
the  Dining  Hall  and  at  on-campus  eateries  SubConnection 
and  Mochappelli's. 


Examination  Fees 

Special  examinations  to  establish  undergraduate  col- 
lege credit  w  ithout  class  attendance,  or  to  validate  credits 
from  a  non-accredited  college,  cost  $15  per  semester 
hour. 

Estimated  Tuition' 

All  fees  are  payable  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  each 
term. 

Undergraduate^ 

Full-time  students  (12-16  semester  hours) 

SC  residents S4.03  1  per  semester 

Non-residents $8,202  per  semester 

Full-time  students  (17  semester  hours  and  above) 

SC  residents $80  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $160  per  semester  hour 

Part-time  and  summer  school  students 

SC  residents $345  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $699  per  semester  hour 

(.iraduate^ 

Full-time  students  (12-16  semester  hours) 

SC  residents $4.7 1 8  per  semester 

Non-residents $10,168  per  semester 

Part-time  and  summer  school  students 

SC  residents $467  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $992  per  semester  hour 

Certified  Teachers 

SC  residents $320  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $350  per  semester  hour 

Students  taking  courses  at  more  than  one  University 
of  South  Carolina  campus  are  charged  the  appropriate 
campus  rate  per  hour  for  each  course  taken.  These  charges 
may  be  in  addition  to  the  maximum  fees,  if  reached,  at 
the  student's  home  campus.  For  example,  a  student  tak- 
ing 12  hours  (or  more)  at  USC  Upstate  and  three  hours 
at  Union  will  be  charged  the  full-tuition  rate  for  the  USC 

Is 


Carte  Blanche  with  5  equivalencies $1,150 


Housing' 

Palmetto  Villas  npuriitu'ni-snlf  complex  fiv 
upperclassman 

Double  room  (per  semester,  per  student)  SI, 750 

Palmetto  House    Iraditiotml-snU'  complex  for 

freshman 

Single  room  (per  semester,  per  student)    $2,500 
Double  room  (per  semester,  per  student)  $2,050 

Summer  Term  Housing 

for  freshman  ami  upperclassman 

(per  Maymester  term,  per  student) $275 

(per  summer  term,  per  student) $375 

NOTE:  an  advance  room  payment  of  $1(10  ami  $35 
application  fee  are  required  for  both  Palmetto  House 
and  Palmetto  Villas. 

Insurance 

Optional  student  health  and  accident  insurance  is 
available  to  all  full-time  students  paying  full  fees.  It  may 
regularly  be  purchased  only  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall 
semester,  except  in  the  case  of  new  and  transfer  students. 
Contact  the  student  afTairs  office  for  details  on  coverage  and 
fees.  International  students  are  required  to  have  adequate 
health  insurancecoverage.  Ifproofofsuch  coverage  cannot 
be  provided,  students  will  automatically  be  charged  for 
the  University-approved  plan  for  $402  for  fall  semester 
and  $588  for  spring/summer  semester. 


'Fees  are  subject  to  change  as  approved  by  the  USC  Board  of  Trustees. 
Additional  fees  may  he  required  in  specific  majors. 


Fees  and  Expenses 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Other  Fees' 

Matriculation  fee- $75 

Technology  fee $9  per  credit  hour  (part-time) 

$140  per  semester  (full-time) 

Health  fee $5  per  credit  hour  (part-time) 

$50  per  semester  (full-time) 

Replacement  of  diploma  as  originally  issued  ....$25 

Transcript  fee  (each  copy) $8 

Duplicate  registration  certificate  fees 

Replacement  identification  card $10 

Replacement  treasurer's  fee  receipt $5 

Reinstatement $60 

Parking;  Students  are  charged  a  parking/security 
fee  each  semester  as  follows.  Students  must 
display  a  USC  Upstate  parking  sticker  on  each 
vehicle,  and  comply  with  regulations  as  set  forth 
on  Page  45. 

Single  semester $35 

Summer  term $12 

Estimated  Expenses  for  One  Academic  Year' 
Note:  The  following  estimate  represents  a  reasonable 
mininnim  for  full-time  enrollment:  it  does  not  include  meals, 
travel,  room  and  board  and  other  incidental  expenses. 

South  Carolina  residents: 

Academic  fees,  full-time 

($4,03 1  per  semester) $8,062 

Books  (estimate:  $450  per  semester) $900 

Other  fees $450 

Total $9,412 

Non-residents: 

Academic  fees,  full-time 

($8,202  per  semester) $16,404 

Books  (estimate:  $450  per  semester) $900 

Other  fees $450 

Total $17,754 


Parkin}': 

Parking  improperly SI 5 

Parking  decal  or  permit  not  displayed $5 

Parking  in  no  parking  area $15 

Parking  in  loading  or  service  zone $15 

Blocking  sidewalks  or  driveways $15 

No  parking  permit  for  zone $15 

Parking  at  fire  plug,  in  lane $50 

Parking  on  grass $15 

Parking  along  yellow  curbs $15 

Parking  in  reserved  spaces $15 

Failure  to  register  vehicle $15 

Parking  in  handicap  space 

(fine  set  by  state  law) $100 

Blocking  space  or  curb  cut $100 

Refunds 

University  charges  are  to  be  paid  in  full  on  the  date 
they  are  incurred.  Refunds  are  issued  according  to  the 
schedules  in  this  section  to  students  who  withdraw  from 
the  University,  to  part-time  students  who  drop  a  course 
or  courses,  and  to  full-time  students  who  are  reclassified 
as  part-time  students  as  a  result  of  dropping  a  course  or 
courses. 

Based  on  current  federal  regulations,  students  re- 
ceiving federal  Title  IV  financial  assistance  "earn"  that 
assistance  as  they  attend  the  University.  All  federal  Title 
IV  financial  assistance  is  considered  fully  earned  when 
the  student  has  been  enrolled  past  the  60%  point  of  the 
enrollment  temi.  If  a  student  w  ithdraws  from  the  Univer- 
sity prior  to  that  60"  ii  point,  the  unearned  portion  of  the 
federal  Title  IV  financial  assistance  must  be  returned  to 
the  source(s)  of  the  funds.  This  is  an  obligation  of  both 
the  University  and  the  student. 

The  University  is  obligated  to  repay  a  calculated 
amount  of  the  unearned  portion  of  the  student's  Title  IV 
financial  aid,  and  this  repayment  is  made  from  University 
funds.  To  the  extent  this  repayment  e.xceeds  any  applicable 
University  policy  refund,  this  amount  is  the  financial  obli- 
gation of  the  student  to  the  University.  To  the  extent  total 
unearned  federal  Title  IV  financial  assistance  exceeds  the 
portion  repaid  by  the  University,  that  amount  is  a  financial 
obligation  of  the  student  to  the  lender  and  or  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education. 


Fines' 


Bad  checks  or  credit  cards  returned  for 
any  reason:  $30  plus  late  fee  if  used  for 
payment  of  enrollment  fees. 

Damage:  Students  are  charged  for  damage 
to  university  property  or  equipment. 


The  return  of  the  University's  repayment  is  made  in  the 
follow  ing  regulation  prescribed  priority  sequence. 

1 .  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  loans 

2.  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  loans 

3.  Federal  Perkins  loans 

< Continued  on  next  page) 

'Fees  are  subject  to  change  as  approved  by  the  USC  Board  ofTruslees. 
Additional  fees  may  be  required  in  specific  majors. 


.4  one-time  fee  paid  by  new  degree-seeking  students 


Fees  and  Expenses 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


39 


4.  Federal  PLUS  loans  received  on  behalf 
of  students 

5.  Federal  Pell  grants 

6.  Federal  SHOG  program  aid 

7.  Other  Title  IV  funds 

University  policy  refunds  for  withdrawing  students 
who  have  received  non-Title  IV  financial  aid.  will  be 
applied  to  the  source(s)  of  that  financial  aid  before  any 
refund  is  made  to  the  student. 

The  University  administers  refund  policies  for  Title  IV 
financial  aid  recipients  as  required  by  the  Federal  Higher 
Fducation  Act.  ImmediateK  following  is  the  standard 
university  refund  schedule.  Specific  refund  dates  are  pub- 
lished in  the  course  schedule  for  each  semester.  Additional 
information  regarding  federal  refund  policies  is  available 
in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  and  Scholarships. 


Complete 

Withdrawals 


Course 
Drops' 


Kail  and  .Spring  Semesters 

U>  llio  last  clay  ol  ihc  lale  registration  period  100% 

By  Ihe  end  ol"  the  first  week  of  classes  1 00%  1 00% 

By  the  end  of  the  10%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  90%  70% 

By  the  end  of  the  16%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  70%i  70% 

By  Ihe  end  of  the  25%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  50%  0% 

By  the  end  of  the  50%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  25%  0% 

Summer  Terms 

By  the  last  day  of  the  late  registration  period  1 00%i  1 00%> 

By  the  end  of  the  10%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  90%  40%i 

By  the  end  of  the  25%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  50%  40%i 

By  the  end  of  the  .16%i  period  of  the  enrollment  period  40%)  40% 

By  the  end  of  the  50%  period  of  the  enrollment  period  15%  25%) 


State  Residency  Requirements 

The  L)ni\ersit\  of  South  Carolina  Lipstate  assesses 
tuition  and  fees  upon  the  basis  of  slate  residency.  The  rules 
regarding  the  establishment  of  legal  residency  for  tuition 
and  fee  purposes  for  institutions  of  higher  education  are 
governed  by  the  South  Carolina  Code  of  Laws.  A  copy 
of  this  law  in  its  entirety  is  available  from  the  Office  of 
Admissions. 

The  initial  resident  status  detemiination  is  made  at  the 
time  of  admission  and  pre\  ails  until  such  time  that  a  student 
establishes  a  proper  claim  to  residency  as  defined  by  the 
laws  of  South  Carolina.  Any  student  who  is  discovered 
to  have  been  improperly  classified  as  a  South  Carolina 
resident  will  be  reclassified  as  a  non-resident  and  will  be 
required  to  pay  difYerences  in  fees. 

Persons  having  questions  about  residency  are  encour- 
aged to  secure  a  Residency  Application  Package  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions.  Appointments  with  the  director  of 
admissions  to  discuss  residency  requirements  are  also 
encouraged. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  alter  any  charges 
without  notice.  All  charges  are  due  and  payable  on  the  date 
that  they  are  incurred,  or  the  date  indicated  on  the  ticket, 
invoice  or  statement.  Checks  for  the  exact  amount  of  the 
total  charges  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University 
of  South  Carolina  Upstate. 

Students  failing  to  pay  all  required  registration  fees 
on  or  before  the  last  date  to  change  course  schedule  (as 
indicated  in  the  university  calendar)  may  be  dropped  from 
class  rolls. 

Students  failing  to  relieve  any  other  indebtedness  to 
the  University  or  to  any  of  its  auxiliary  agencies  on  the 
date  such  obligations  become  due  and  payable  may  not 
be  permitted  to  attend  classes,  stand  final  examinations, 
or  be  issued  a  transcript,  diploma,  degree  or  any  other 
official  statement. 


'Refunds  for  complete  withdrawals  cover  tuition,  fees,  housing  and 
meal  plans  at  Ihe  appropriate  percentage. 

■Refunds  for  course  drops  cover  tuition  only  at  the  appropriate 
percentage. 


40 


Fees  and  Expenses 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Student  Affairs 


The  co-curricular  program  at  the  Uni\crsity  olSouth 
Carolina  Upstate  is  committed  to  the  total  development  of 
students  as  individuals.  Comprehensive  ser\  ices  and  activi- 
ties are  provided  to  complement  the  students"  academic 
experience.  These  activities  are  organized  to  promote  the 
holistic  development  of  university  students. 

The  Division  of  Student  Affairs 

The  Student  .AlTairs  di\  ision  is  an  integral  component 
of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate.  Its  programs 
and  services  are  designed  to  support  the  overall  mission  of 
the  University  by  enhancing  the  cognitive,  moral,  cultural, 
physical,  social,  civic  and  interpersonal  development  of 
the  institution's  students. 

The  Student  Affairs  Division  sponsors  programs  and 
services  that  are  designed  to: 

•       assist  students  in  the  successful  transition  to  and 
from  college; 

help  students  explore  and  clarify  their  values; 
encourage  students  to  develop  healthy  relation- 
ships with  others  (i.e.,  parents,  peers,  faculty  and 
staff); 

create  opportunities  for  students  to  expand  their 
aesthetic  and  cultural  appreciation; 
teach  students  how  to  resolve  individual  and 
group  conflicts; 

help  students  understand,  respect  and  appreciate 
racial,  ethnic,  gender  and  other  differences; 
provide  opportunities  for  leadership  develop- 
ment; 

offer  programs  that  provide  primary  health  care 
for  students  and  encourage  healthy  living; 
provide  opportunities  for  recreation  and  leisure- 
time  activities; 

help  retain  students  in  school  and  promote  their 
intellectual  development  and  academic  suc- 
cess; 

provide  opportunities  for  students  to  develop  and 
model  responsible  citizenship  behavior; 
enable  students  to  develop  realistic  educational 
and  career  goals: 

promote  the  development  of  ethical  and  respon- 
sible conduct; 

facilitate  personal  and  interpersonal  development 
through  an  increased  capacity  to  understand  one's 
self  and  relate  etTectively  to  others;  and 
establish  activities  and  programs  that  encourage 
students  to  reason;  organize;  plan  and  execute 
complex  tasks:  set  goals;  solve  problems;  make 
sound  decisions;  analyze  complex  situations,  and 
manage  time  and  resources  etTectively. 
Ensure  campus  accessibility  and  protect  the  safety 
of  all  students,  faculty  and  staff. 
The  following  offices  and  functions  are  included 
within  the  Student  and  Diversitv  Affairs  division: 


Student  Affairs  Administration 

Assessment  and  Planning 
Division  Administrative  Compliance 
Overall  Fiscal  Management 
Perfonning  Groups 
Overall  Supervision 
Undergraduate  Assistantships 
Data  Management 
Discipline 

Multicultural  Student  Services 

•  Diversity  Training 
Multicultural  Programs 

Housing  &  Residential  Life 

Facility  Management 
Living/Learning  Communities 
Resident  Assistant  Training 
Student  Housing  Administration 
Summer  Camps 
6  Co-curricular  Activities 

Student  Development 

Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  Programs 

Educational  Workshops 

•  Counseling 

•  Awareness  Events 

•  Referral 

Counseling  Services 

Personal  and  Career  Counseling 

Psychoeducational  Workshops 

Personality  Testing 

Yoga 

MAT  and  Dantes  Administration 

Referral 

Disability  Services 

•  Services  and  Accommodations  for 
students  with  disabilities 

•  Peer  Academic  Coaching 

•  Campus  Accessibility 

•  Access  Issues 

•  ADA  Compliance 

Health  Services 

•  Education 
Health  Screenings 
Primary  Health  Care 

•  Wellness  Promotion 

Wellness  &  Campus  Recreation 

Wellness  Center 
Intramurals  and  Club  Sports 
Healthy  Carolina  Initiatives 


42 


Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Non-Traditional  Student  Services 

•  Advocacy  for  Non-traditional 
students 

•  Consultation  and  Referral 

•  Networking  to  build  support  among 
non-traditional  students 

Student  Life 

Campus  Activities 
Community  Service 
Multicultural  AITairs 
Enrolled  Student  Publications 
Greek  Life 

Student  Organizations 
Leadership  Development 


Housing  &  Residential  Life 

use  Upstate  currently  offers  traditional-style 
housing  for  freshman  and  apartment-style  housing  for 
upperclassman.  Students  residing  on  campus  are  required 
to  purchase  a  meal  plan.  Early  application  for  housing  is 
recommended. 

Palmetto  Villas  is  an  on-campus.  apartment  style 
residential  complex  that  is  operated  and  supervised  by 
the  University.  It  houses  348  upperclassman  in  two-bed- 
room units  that  are  furnished,  air-conditioned,  and  has  a 
kitchen  with  stove,  refrigerator,  dishwater  and  disposal. 
All  units  are  networked  as  part  of  the  USC  Upstate  system. 
A  recreation  area  with  pool,  laundry  and  basketball  and 
volleyball  courts  are  available. 

Palmetto  House  and  Magnolia  House  together  house 
700  freshmen  and  some  upperclassmen  residents.  The 
complexes  consist  of  single  and  double  occupancy  rooms, 
open  areas,  and  three  recreation  rooms.  Each  hall  features 
a  private  study  area  and  laundry  facilities.  In  addition, 
there  is  a  recreation  room  with  three  flat  screen  TVs.  an 
assortment  of  games  (billiards,  ping-pong,  foosball,  air 
hockey)  plus  a  vending  area.  This  coeducational  facility 
has  controlled  access,  full  sprinkler  system,  Internet  access, 
cable  television,  green  space,  and  adjacent  parking. 


Student  Development 

Student  Development,  comprised  of  the  following 
areas;  Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  Programs,  Counseling 
Services,  Disability  Services,  Health  Services  and  Non- 
Traditional  Student  Services,  provides  a  wide  range  of 
support  for  the  USC  Upstate  student  community. 

Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  Programs 

USC  Upstate's  Alcohol  and  Drug  Education  Programs 
promotes  low-risk,  healthy  choices  about  alcohol  and 
other  drugs  by  providing  educational  workshops,  media 
campaigns,  substance-free  events  and  counseling  services. 
The  goal  is  to  promote  low-risk,  healthy  choices  and  to 


prevent  impairments  in  academic  achievement,  personal 
development  and  productivity.  Services  are  provided 
by  certified,  master's-level  counselors  with  experience 
in  alcohol  and  drug  issues.  For  information  about  these 
programs,  please  contact  the  office  at  864-503-5195  or 
visit  the  Campus  Life  Center.  Suite  220.  Office  hours  are 
Monday  through  Friday  from  8:30  a.m. -5  p.m. 

Counseling  Services 

Counseling  is  available  to  assist  students  in  reaching 
personal  and  educational  goals.  Counseling  is  short-term, 
solution  based  and  provided  in  an  atmosphere  focusing 
on  growth  and  change.  The  counseling  staff  includes  four 
Counselors  with  advanced  degrees  and  training.  Additional 
services  include  couples  and  group  counseling,  outreach 
programming,  assistance  in  career  exploration  and  plan- 
ning and  psychoeducational  workshops.  Counseling  is 
confidential,  unlimited  and  provided  free  of  charge  to 
all  students.  Services  are  available  in  the  Campus  Life 
Center,  Suite  224.  Monday  through  Friday,  8:30  a.m. -5 
p.m.  Additional  hours  and  onsite  services  in  Greenville 
are  available  upon  request. 

Disability  Services 

Disability  Services  coordinates  services  and  accom- 
modations for  students,  faculty,  and  staff' with  disabilities 
in  compliance  with  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of 
1 973  and  Title  1 1  of  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  The 
office  works  to  ensure  equal  access  to  University  facilities 
and  programs  in  order  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  all 
members  of  the  campus  community.  Examples  of  possible 
accommodations  include:  sign  language  interpreting  ser- 
vices, alternative  test  administration,  note-taking  services, 
textbooks  in  electronic  format,  Brailled  documents/tests, 
and  priority  registration.  For  information  about  services 
and  eligibility,  please  call  864-503-5 1 99  or  visit  the  Campus 
Life  Center,  Suite  107.  Office  hours  are  8:30  am  -  5:00 
p.m.  Monday-Friday.  Testing  Center  opens  at  8:00  a.m. 
for  scheduled  tests.  Additional  extended  hours  available 
by  advance  appointment  only. 

Health  Services 

Health  Services  provides  students  with  quality  in- 
dividualized health  care,  as  well  as  information  to  help 
students  stay  healthy.  These  services  include  urgent  care, 
physical  exams,  family  planning,  vaccinations,  minor 
laboratory  tests,  health  screenings,  health  education  and 
promotion.  If  necessary,  referrals  are  made  to  area  physi- 
cians and  specialists.  Services  for  students  are  either  free 
or  a  minimal  fee  (physicals,  laboratory'  tests,  flu  shots  and 
other  \accines.  CPR,  etc.).  For  more  information  about 
services,  please  visit  our  Web  site  at  www.uscupstate. 
edu/campus_ser\  ices/health.  To  contact  us  directly,  call 
( 864)  503-5 1 9 1  or  visit  Health  Ser\  ices  in  Palmetto  Villas 
Building  1.  Office  hours  are  8:30  a.m. -5  p.m..  Monday- 
Fridav. 


Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


43 


Non-Traditional  Student  Services 

Non-Traditional  Student  Services  otTers  support  to 
students  who  are  in  any  of  the  tbilovving  categories:  25 
years  of  age  or  older,  married  and/or  parents,  veterans  of 
the  armed  forces,  working  full-time  and  attending  college, 
and  college  or  university  graduates  returning  to  school. 
This  service  focuses  on  assisting  Non-Traditional  Students 
in  transitioning  to  college  and  linking  them  with  appro- 
priate support  services  to  meet  their  diverse  needs.  For 
infomiation,  contact  a  non-traditional  student  advocate. 
Advocates  are  located  in  the  Campus  Life  Center  Suite 
224,  (864)  503-5 195,  and  are  available  from  8;.^()  a.m.-5 
p.m.,  Monday-F-'riday. 

Campus  Recreation  &  the  Wellness  Center 

The  Wellness  Center  is  located  within  the  new  Heath 
Education  Complex,  a  facility  developed  to  impact  the 
health,  wellness,  and  economic  development  iifthc  Upstate. 
The  facility  houses  the  Department  of  Campus  Recre- 
ation, which  oiTers  activities  such  as  intramural  sports, 
outdoor  recreation,  group  fitness,  aquatics,  and  sport  clubs. 
Campus  Recreation  also  provides  a  ropes  course  located  at 
the  Valley  Falls  entrance  to  campus.  The  course  focuses  on 
strengthening  groups  and  energizing  individuals  through 
a  variety  of  high  and  low  ropes  elements. 

The  Wellness  Center  also  otTers  an  eight-lane  25-yard, 
recreational  swimming  pool  for  lap  swimming.  The  pool 
can  also  be  used  for  innertube  water  polo  or  basketball, 
dive-in  movies,  and  water  aerobics. 

The  mission  of  the  Wei  Iness  Center  is  to  provide  a  safe 
and  accommodating  environment  for  the  students,  faculty 
and  staff  of  USC  Upstate.  We  encourage  the  pursuit  of 
a  healthy  lifestyle  to  enhance  the  academic  and  personal 
development  of  the  student  through  physical  activity  and 
employment.  For  more  information  about  the  facility  or 
programs,  contact  the  Campus  Recreation  staff. 

Student  Employment:  Students  who  are  interested 
in  working  at  the  Wellness  Center  at  USC  Upstate  are 
encouraged  to  browse  MySpartanJob.com  for  various  em- 
ployment opportunities  available  each  semester.  Positions 
are  available  throughout  the  facility,  including  lifeguards, 
weight  room  attendants,  facility  supervisors  and  facility 
attendants.  Positions  are  also  available  for  student  sports 
officials  to  officiate  intramural  games. 

Student  Memberships:  Most  students  taking  one 
or  more  semester  hours  automatically  become  Wellness 
Center  Members  when  they  register  and  pay  their  fees. 
Continuing  student  memberships  are  available  to  students 
who  were  registered  for  class  the  previous  semester  but 
are  not  enrolled  for  the  current  semester.  These  are  most 
frequently  utilized  by  students  who  are  in  Spartanburg  for 
the  summer  but  are  not  enrolled  for  classes  at  USC  Upstate 
and  by  students  who  graduated  the  previous  setnester  but 
are  still  living  locally.  Continuing  student  memberships 
are  $25  for  the  summer  session  and  am  from  May  6,  2009 
to  August  19,2009. 


Student  Life 

ln\ol\ement  in  extracurricular  activities  is  an  im- 
portant aspect  of  college  life.  The  Office  of  Student  Life 
in  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs  provides  support  for  a 
wide  variety  of  activities,  clubs  and  organizations  for  the 
student  body. 

Campus  Activities  Board 

The  purpose  of  the  Campus  Activities  Board  (CAB), 
a  student-run  organization,  is  to  involve  in  creating  and 
planning  social  events  for  the  campus  community.  CAB 
aims  to  provide  a  diverse  range  of  programs  for  students 
that  allow  them  to  develop  socially,  while  simultaneously 
attempting  to  create  a  more  unified  campus.  There  are 
three  main  purposes  of  CAB,  including: 

•  Providing  social  programming  for  the  USC  Upstate 
campus  community. 

•  Challenging  its  members  to  be  creative  and  innova- 
tive with  social  programming  events.  With  a  coalition 
between  social  programming  organizations,  CAB 
can  encompass  the  social  desires  of  the  campus  and 
become  diverse  in  its  vision  of  events  through  an 
active  student  voice. 

•  Helping  to  educate  and  unite  various  groups  in  the 
production,  promotion,  and  organization  of  programs, 
as  well  as  in  the  recruitment  and  retention  of  CAB 
members.  These  programs  include  dances,  semester 
concert  series,  comedians,  game  nights,  movie  nights, 
diversity  lectures,  etc. 

IMPA  CT  Community  Sendee  Program 

The  purpose  of  IMPACT  is  to  serve  our  campus 
and  community  by  completing  various  service  projects 
throughout  the  academic  year,  such  as  Freshman  Day  of 
Service.  Haunted  Hallow,  Angel  Tree,  CSL  and  may  more. 
IMPACT  also  sponsors  an  annual  spring  break  service  trip 
for  committed  members  to  service  a  community  outside 
our  own.  If  you  are  interested  in  making  your  mark  in  the 
world,  join  IMPACT,  impactCauscupstate.edu. 

Multicultural  Affairs 

Multicultural  .AtTairs  strives  to  educate,  influence  and 
cultivate  campus  community  by  offering  cultural,  educa- 
tional, and  outreach  programs  and  services.  Further,  these 
programs  and  services  give  all  students,  faculty,  and  staff 
an  opportunity  to  learn,  develop  and  grow  both  personally 
and  interpersonally  as  they  are  challenged  to  interact  with 
individuals  who  are  ditTerent  from  them. 

Multicultural  Affairs  provides  educational  opportuni- 
ties for  the  USC  Upstate  community.  We  engage  members 
of  the  campus  community  in  educationally-structured 
learning  activities  to  challenge  stereotypical  modes  of 
thinking. 

We  also  strive  to  promote  positive  interactions  among 
members  of  the  campus  community  to  foster  intellectual 
and  social  development  that  invites  the  robust  exchange 


44 


Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


of  ideas.  The  office  provides: 

Diversity  Training  -  Our  staff  visits  classrooms, 
staff  training  sessions,  and  workshops  to  facilitate 
discussions  about  how  to  become  more  aware  of 
and  appreciate  the  individual  differences  within  one 
another. 

•  Group  Activities  -  Our  staff  coordinates  activities  to 
assist  your  staff,  group  or  class  with  becoming  more 
acquainted  with  one  another.  We  will  assist  in  helping 
your  team  to  realize  the  strengths  and  perspectives 
they  all  bring  to  the  table. 

Campus  Media 

The  Cawliuian.  the  campus  newspaper,  is  published 
by  students.  It  contains  information  pertaining  to  student 
life,  club  news,  sports  news  and  features. 

WhtersINC.  is  an  annual  literary  and  art  magazine, 
edited  by  students,  that  publishes  the  work  of  students, 
faculty  members  and  others. 


Social  Fraternities  and  Sororities 

use  Upstate  has  chapters  of  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha, 
Alpha  Phi  Alpha.  Delta  Sigma  Theta,  Delta  Zeta,  Kappa 
Alpha  Psi,  Kappa  Sigma,  Omega  Psi  Phi,  Phi  Beta  Sigma, 
Phi  Mu,  Pi  Kappa  Phi.  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon,  Sigma  Gamma 
Rho,  Zeta  Phi  Beta  and  Zeta  Tau  Alpha. 


Academic  and  Honorary  Organizations 

A  number  of  academic  and  honorary  organizations 
are  available  for  students  to  join.  These  include  the 
Accounting  Club,  Alpha  Mu  Gamma,  Chemistry  Club, 
Club  Art  and  Design,  French  Club,  Gamma  Beta  Phi, 
Health  Professionals  Club,  History  Club,  International 
Club,  Kappa  Delta  Pi,  Literary  Club,  Math  Club,  Mock 
Trial  Team,  Pi  Gamma  Mu,  Pi  Sigma  Alpha,  Psychology 
Club,  Science  Club.  Sigma  Tau  Delta,  Sociology  Club, 
Student  Marketing  Association,  Student  Nurses  Asso- 
ciation, Teachers  Educating  All  Children  (TEACh),  and 
University  Business  Society. 

Special  Interest  Organizations 

Among  the  campus  organizations  geared  toward 
special  interests  are  the  Aliya  Urban  Hip  Hop  Dance 
Clique,AmericanHumanics  Student  Association,  Amnesty 
International,  Asian  Club,  Baptist  Collegiate  Ministry, 
Bass  Fishing  Club.  Black  Student  Leaders,  Campus 
Activities  Board,  Campus  Crusade  for  Christ,  Collegiate 
Women,  Hispanic  Awareness  Association  (HAA),  IM- 
PACT, Outdoor  Club,  Softball  Club,  STAND,  Students 
for  the  Ethical  Treatment  of  Animals  (SETA),  Student 
Government  Association,  Upstate  Feminists,  Upstate  Col- 
lege Democrats,  Upstate  College  Republicans,  Women's 
Leadership  Network. 


Performance  Groups 

The  Shoestring  Players,  the  USC  Upstate  theater 
group,  stages  several  major  productions  each  year  in  the 
USC  Upstate  Performing  Arts  Center. 

The  University  has  several  musical  groups — the 
University  Singers,  the  USC  Upstate  Jazz  Band  and  the 
Gordon-Colloms  Gospel  Choir — that  perform  in  concert 
and  for  special  events. 

The  USC  Upstate  Debate  Team  gives  students  the 
opportunity  to  improve  their  research,  reasoning  and  com- 
munications skills  by  competing  with  each  other  and  with 
teams  from  other  colleges  and  universities. 

The  Mock  Trial  Team  helps  students  develop  skills  in 
formulating  and  presenting  legal  theory  and  arguments  as 
well  as  many  other  team  work  and  professional  skills. 

The  USC  Upstate  Cheerleaders  promote  school  spirit 
and  support  for  the  athletic  program  by  cheering  at  pep 
rallies,  basketball  games  and  other  athletic  events. 

The  Model  United  Nations  encourages  a  greater 
awareness  of  the  role  of  the  United  Nations  in  the  peacefiil 
resolution  of  international  conflicts.  Students  are  given 
an  opportunity  to  participate  in  Model  U.N.  programs  and 
develop  their  skills  in  oral  and  written  communication. 

Student  Government  Association 

The  Student  Government  Association  is  the  official 
elected  body  that  represents  all  USC  Upstate  students.  SGA 
officers  work  to  conduct  student  functions  and  to  maintain 
lines  of  communication  among  the  faculty,  the  adminis- 
tration, and  the  student  body.  Students  are  appointed  to 
various  university  committees  upon  the  recommendations 
of  the  SGA.  Student  organizations  are  chartered  upon  its 
recommendations. 

Student  Conduct  Regulations 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  is  an  aca- 
demic community  preserved  through  the  mutual  respect 
and  trust  of  the  individuals  who  learn,  teach  and  work 
within  it.  Inherent  in  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct  is  the 
belief  in  each  individual's  honesty,  self-discipline  and 
sense  of  responsibility. 

Code  of  Academic  Integrity 

It  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  every  student  at  USC 
Upstate  to  obey  and  to  support  the  enforcement  of  the 
Academic  Integrity  Code,  which  prohibits  lying,  cheating 
or  stealing.  For  details  of  the  honor  code,  procedures  for 
handling  complaints,  and  penalties  for  violations,  consult 
the  USC  Upstate  Student  Handbook. 

Code  of  Student  Behavior 

It  is  also  the  responsibility  of  every  student  at  USC 
Upstate  to  abide  by  the  Code  of  Student  Behavior,  to  con- 
duct oneself  so  as  not  to  impair  significantly  the  welfare 
or  the  educational  opportunities  of  others  in  the  university' 


Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


45 


community.  All  non-academic  conduct  that  infringes  upon 
the  rights  and  welfare  of  others  is  thus  embodied  in  the 
Campus  Disciplinar>  Code.  Violations  are  handled  in  the 
same  manner  as  violations  of  the  Academic  Integrity  Code. 
Consult  the  USC  Lpslcile  Sludcni  llanJbook  for  details. 


General  Regulations 

Alcohol  Policy 

USC  Upstate  enforces  a  strong  alcohol  policy  in  order 
to  respect  the  academic  environment  and  protect  the  wel- 
fare of  individuals  accessing  the  campus.  The  University 
complies  v\  ith  the  Drug-Free  Schools  and  Communities 
Act  Amendment  of  1989  in  establishing  and  enforcing 
alcohol  and  drug  policy.  Consult  the  USC  Upstate  Student 
Handbook  for  a  current  copy  of  the  Alcohol  Policy. 


For  Your  Information 

*  use  Upstate  English  Fluency  Grievance  Policy: 

Students  who  feel  that  they  are  unable  to  understand  the 
spoken  and/or  written  English  of  an  instructor  at  USC 
Upstate  shall  schedule  a  meeting  with  the  dean  of  the 
respective  school  and  make  their  concerns  known.  The 
dean  will  conduct  an  investigation  and  report  to  the 
complaining  students  his/her  finding  within  ten  working 
days  of  the  complaint.  In  the  event  student  charges  are 
substantiated,  the  dean  and  the  vice  chancellor  for  aca- 
demic aflairs  will  take  immediate  action  to  rectify  the 
problem.  Such  action  may  take  the  form  of  replacement 
of  the  instructor  immediately,  intensive  remediation  of 
the  problem,  or  any  other  solution  that  protects  the  due 
process  rights  of  faculty  and  students.  Refer  questions  to 
the  Academic  Affairs  Office. 

•  Policy  for  Non-.4cademic  Grievances 

A  grievance  is  defined  as  a  dissatisfaction  occur- 
ring when  a  student  thinks  that  any  condition  affecting 
him/her  is  unjust,  inequitable  or  creates  an  unnecessary 
hardship.  Such  grievances  include,  but  arc  not  limited  to, 
the  following  problems:  mistreatment  by  any  university 
employee,  wrongful  assessment  and  processing  of  fees, 
records  and  registration  errors,  racial  discrimination,  sex 
discrimination,  and  discrimination  based  on  handicaps, 
as  they  relate  to  nonacademic  areas  of  the  University. 
The  grievance  procedure  shall  not  be  used  for  appeals 
of  disciplinary  decisions,  residency  classification  deci- 
sions, traffic  appeals  decisions  or  any  other  type  decision 
where  a  clearly  defined  appeals  process  has  already  been 
established.  The  procedure  is  as  follows: 

The  initial  phase  of  the  student  grievance  procedure 
requires  an  oral  discussion  between  the  student  and  the 


person(s)  alleged  to  have  caused  the  grievance.  This 
discussion  must  take  place  within  ten  working  days  of 
the  incident  that  constituted  the  grievance. 

If  the  student  wishes  to  file  an  official  grievance,  a 
grievance  form  must  be  completed  and  filed  with  the  im- 
mediate supervisor  of  the  person  alleged  to  have  caused 
the  grievance.  The  form  must  be  filed  with  the  person's 
immediate  supervisor  within  five  working  days  of  the 
initial  discussion  referred  to  above.  The  supervisor  shall 
immediately  investigate  the  incident  and  render  a  deci- 
sion. If  the  student  feels  the  grievance  is  resolved,  the 
process  is  complete. 

If  the  grievance  is  unresolved,  the  student  may  bring 
the  matter  before  the  Grievance  Committee  by  present- 
ing a  written  statement  within  ten  working  days  of  the 
supervisor's  decision. 

The  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  and  Di- 
versity Affairs  coordinates  the  grievance  procedure  for 
nonacademic  areas  and  should  be  contacted  for  forms 
and  assistance. 

•  The  Student  Right-to-Know  Act  requires  higher 
education  institutions  that  receive  federal  funds  to  report 
graduation  rates  for  students  who  enter  the  institutions 
as  first-time,  full-time  degree-seeking  students.  In  the 
case  of  four-year  institutions,  the  rate  is  based  on  the 
number  of  those  students  who  graduate  within  six  years 
of  enrolling. 

The  graduation  rate  for  first-time  students  who  entered 
the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  on  a  full-time 
basis  in  the  fall  of  1996  is  36.1%. 

The  figure  does  not  include  students  who  transferred 
from  other  institutions  and  graduated  from  USC  Upstate, 
or  those  who  transferred  from  USC  Upstate  to  other  four- 
year  institutions  and  graduated  from  them. 

The  graduation  rate  is  also  affected  by  students  who 
change  from  full-time  to  part-time  status,  those  who 
discontinue  studies  and  later  return,  as  well  as  those  who 
drop  out  permanently. 


46 


Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Academic  Regulations 


As  the  chief  gcneming  body  of  the  University  of 
South  Carohna.  the  board  of  trustees  delegates  powers 
to  the  chancellor,  the  president,  and  the  faculty  in  accord 
with  its  policies.  Subject  to  the  review  of  the  chancellor, 
the  president  and  the  board  of  trustees,  the  faculty  retains 
legislative  powers  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  standards 
of  admission,  registration,  instruction,  research  and  ex- 
tracurricular activities:  the  requirements  for  the  granting 
of  degrees  earned  in  course;  the  curricula;  the  discipline 
of  students;  the  educational  policies  and  standards  of  the 
University;  and  all  other  matters  affecting  the  conduct  of 
academic  atTairs. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  changes  in 
curricula,  degree  requirements,  course  ofTerings.  and  all 
academic  regulations,  at  any  time  when,  in  the  judgment 
of  the  faculty,  the  chancellor,  the  president  or  the  board 
of  trustees,  such  changes  are  for  the  best  interest  of  the 
students. 

The  University  assumes  that  students,  through  the  act 
of  registration,  accept  all  published  academic  regulations 
appearing  in  this  catalog,  online  course  schedule  or  in  any 
other  otTicial  announcement. 

Unforeseen  circumstances  may  interfere  with  the 
scheduling  of  any  particular  course  or  degree  offering. 
Students  are  expected  to  take  such  developments  into  ac- 
count as  they  arise,  even  if  doing  so  means  a  delay  in  some 
of  their  academic  goals  or  a  modification  of  those  goals. 
Each  academic  unit  concerned  works  closely  with  students 
facing  such  problems  in  an  etTort  to  resolve  them.  Classes 
may  be  cancelled  for  extenuating  circumstances  such  as 
insufficient  enrollment. 

Rights  of  Catalog 

.\n  undergraduate  student  may  choose  to  obtain  a  degree 
in  accordance  with  the  curricular  requirements  in  force  when 
he  or  she  first  enrolls  in  the  University  or  under  subsequent 
requirements  published  while  the  student  is  enrolled. 

The  following  conditions  apply  to  the  selection  of 
degree  requirements: 

1 .  A  student  has  eight  years  continuous  and 
inclusive  to  claim  the  requirements  of  a  specific 
catalog. 

2.  A  student  who  is  absent  for  more  than  five  years 
must  select  the  catalog  in  effect  at  the  time  of  his 
or  her  return. 

3.  The  choice  of  requirements  is  restricted  to  a 
single  bulletin. 

4.  A  student  may  not  appeal  to  requirements 
adopted  and  abandoned  while  he  or  she  was  not 
enrolled  in  the  University. 

A  student  who  is  absent  from  the  University,  for  even 
a  short  time,  may  find  that  there  have  been  drastic  changes 
in  curricula  and  programs.  In  such  cases,  there  may  be  no 
choice  for  the  student  but  to  adopt  the  new  program  or  a 
transitional  program  approved  by  the  dean.  USC  Upstate 
is  not  responsible  for  providing  programs  or  courses  that 
were  deleted  during  the  student's  absence. 

Course  of  Study 

Students  are  expected  to  follow  the  program  outlined  by 
their  college  or  school  as  closely  as  possible,  particularly  in 
the  first  two  years  when  they  are  satisfying  general  educa- 
tion requirements  and  prerequisites  for  advanced  work. 


Students  must  complete  courses  in  the  prescribed 
sequence.  Failure  to  do  so  may  lead  to  future  schedule  dif- 
ficulties, and  students  may  find  that  the  course  for  which 
they  wish  to  enroll  is  not  available. 

Course  Substitutions 

Under  unavoidable  and  exceptional  circumstances,  the 
faculty  may  pennit  a  substitution  or  an  exemption  from  the 
ordinary  processes  to  complete  the  prescribed  curricula. 
Students  requesting  a  deviation  from  the  prescribed  course 
of  study  should  consult  with  their  academic  advisor  before 
preparing  a  petition  listing  the  substitutions  or  exemptions 
sought  and  the  reasons  for  the  requests.  Petitions  are  sub- 
mitted on  forms  obtainable  from  the  deans'  offices  or  the 
Records  Oflice.  They  must  be  returned  to  the  dean  of  the 
school  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

Any  deviation  from  degree  requirements  as  published 
in  the  catalog  must  have  the  approv  al  of  the  dean  of  the 
student's  major.  If  the  petition  is  denied,  students  may  ap- 
peal to  the  senior  vice  chancellor  for  academic  affairs.  The 
petition  must  be  approved  before  a  student  enrolls  in  the 
substitute  course. 

Students  transferring  from  another  college  or  university 
desiring  to  substitute  courses  taken  elsewhere  for  courses 
prescribed  at  USC  Upstate  must  submit  a  petition  to  the  dean 
of  the  college  or  school  in  which  they  expect  to  receive  a 
degree. 

Change  of  Major 

A  student  desiring  to  change  his  or  her  program  of 
study  is  required  to  ( 1 )  obtain  a  change  of  major  fonn  from 
the  current  dean's  office  or  from  the  Records  Office,  (2) 
have  this  fomi  signed  by  the  dean  of  the  current  college  or 
school,  (3)  present  the  form  for  the  approval  of  the  dean 
of  the  college  or  school  in  which  he  or  she  plans  to  enroll 
along  with  a  copy  of  the  academic  record  obtained  from 
the  office  of  the  former  dean,  and  (4)  return  the  completed 
form  to  the  Records  Office  for  processing.  A  change  of 
major  should  be  completed  in  advance  of  registration. 
Students  are  responsible  for  keeping  their  intended  major 
current  and  accurate  by  processing  a  change  of  major  when 
necessary. 

Change  of  Name 

A  student  wishing  a  name  change  must  present  to 
the  Records  Office  proper  legal  documentation  such  as  a 
marriage  license,  a  court  order  approving  a  name  change, 
or  a  divorce  decree  in  which  a  name  change  is  granted. 

Change  of  Address 

Students  are  obligated  to  notify  the  Records  Office 
of  any  change  of  address  and/or  phone  number.  Failure  to 
do  so  can  cause  serious  delay  in  the  handling  of  student 
records  and  notification  of  emergencies  at  home.  Students 
change  their  address  by  using  VIP.  Returned  mail  due  to 
an  incorrect  address  will  result  in  a  "hold"  being  placed 
on  a  student's  record,  preventing  registration. 

Indebtedness 

A  student  who  is  indebted  to  the  university  may  be 
prohibited  from  attending  class,  taking  final  examinations, 
or  registering  for  future  terms.  Indebtedness  to  the  Uni- 
versity may  also  prevent  conferring  of  a  degree,  issuance 
of  a  diploma,  or  issuance  of  a  transcript. 


48 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Students  who  have  a  repayment  obligation  for  federal 
or  state  grant  or  loan  funds  (Pell  (jrant,  Perkins  Loan, 
SEOG,  Supplemental  Loan  for  Students  or  Stafford  Loan ) 
are  not  permitted  to  receive  federal,  state  or  institutional 
financial  aid. 

Chani^e  of  Campus  Within  US C  System 

Students  wishing  to  change  campuses  within  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  system  may  initiate  the 
process  in  the  Records  Oftice.  Eligibility  is  determined 
by  the  campus  and  major  to  which  the  student  wishes  to 
transfer,  and  is  based  on  hours  earned,  GPA,  and  in  some 
cases,  specific  courses.  Students  are  responsible  for  meet- 
ing all  requirements  and  deadlines. 

Registration 

Official  enrollment  in  the  University  requires  that  students 
be  academically  eligible,  complete  the  registration  process, 
and  have  made  payment  of  current  academic  fees. 

Students  are  expected  to  complete  registration  (in- 
cluding the  payment  of  all  required  fees  and  having  an 
ID  card  made  or  validated)  on  the  dates  prescribed  in  the 
university  calendar.  Failure  to  pay  fees  by  the  published 
deadlines  may  result  in  cancellation  of  the  student's  class 
schedule.  To  receive  credit  for  a  course  at  the  end  of  the 
semester,  students  must  be  officially  enrolled  prior  to  the 
last  day  of  late  registration. 

Academic  Advisement 

The  purpose  of  academic  advising  is  to  facilitate  stu- 
dents' progression  in  meeting  educational  goals.  Students 
are  assigned  a  faculty  advisor  early  in  their  first  semester 
of  attendance. 

Academic  advising  is  a  joint  venture  between  the 
faculty  advisor  and  the  student.  The  faculty  responsibili- 
ties include  knowledge  of  the  cuniculum,  of  institutional 
policies,  and  of  services  available  on  campus.  Faculty 
members  assist  students  in  developing  an  educational 
plan  including  selection  of  courses,  scheduling  classes 
and  evaluating  progress  toward  the  degree. 

Students  are  responsible  for  making  educational  deci- 
sions, scheduling  advisement  appointments  and  initiating 
discussions  concerning  academic  difficulty  or  changes  in 
their  plan  of  study.  Students  should  read  all  university 
communication,  both  print  and  online,  and  meet  published 
deadlines. 

A  scheduled  advisement  period  is  held  during  fall  and 
spring  semester  before  priority  registration.  Students  are 
required  to  meet  with  an  advisor  prior  to  their  registration 
appointment  time.  After  advisement,  a  "hold"  is  lifted  al- 
lowing the  student  to  register  through  the  web  registration 
system. 

Advisement  Testing 

New  freshman  must  take  advisement  tests  in  mathemat- 
ics. Advisement  into  first-year  English  courses  is  based 
on  the  student's  score  on  the  writing  portion  of  the  SAT 
or  ACT.  Students  who  score  5  or  below  place  in  English 
101  A,  students  who  score  6-10  place  in  English  101,  and 
students  who  score  11  or  1 2  may  be  considered  for  English 
101  Honors.  Students  who  do  not  have  SAT  or  ACT  writing 
scores  take  the  online  writing  placement  test.  Those  who 
have  not  completed  the  math  requirement  for  their  USC 


Upstate  major  must  take  a  placement  test  in  math.   Refer 
to  the  foreign  language  placement  policy  on  page  62. 

Course  Load 

(jraduation  from  USC  Upstate  in  four  years  assumes 
completing  30  semester  hours  of  course  work  per  year  that 
can  be  applied  to  the  degree  program.  Changing  majors, 
repeating  courses,  or  enrolling  in  less  hours  will  delay 
graduation  past  four  years. 

A  student  may  enroll  in  no  more  than  eighteen 
hours  during  a  fall  or  spring  semester,  three  hours  during 
Maymester,  or  six  hours  during  a  single  summer  session 
(seven  hours  if  one  course  is  a  four-hour  course)  without 
permission  of  his  or  her  dean.  Permission  will  not  be 
granted  for  enrollment  in  more  than  twenty-one  hours  in 
fall  and  spring  semesters.  In  order  to  receive  permission 
for  an  overload,  a  student  must  have  an  overall  GPA  of 
3.0  or  a  3.0  GPA  on  twelve  or  more  hours  for  the  previous 
semester.  Forms  to  request  permission  for  an  overload  are 
available  in  the  deans  office  and  the  Records  Office. 

Semester  Hours  Enrollment: 

Fall  and  Spring  Semesters 

Semester  Hours 

1-11         Part-time  status 

12  Full-time  status/graduate  in  5  years 

15-18      Full-time  status/possible  to  graduate  in  4  years 

1 9-2 1       Must  have  permission  to  overload 

Over  2 1  Not  Permitted 


Summer 

Term                      Part  Time 

Full  Time 

Overload 

Maymester                   1  -2 

3 

over  3 

Summer  I  and  II           1-5 

6-7 

over  7 

Independent  Study 

A  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  an  independent  study 
course  may  do  so  by  engaging  a  supervising  faculty  mem- 
ber, completing  a  contract  in  association  with  that  faculty 
member,  securing  approval  of  the  dean,  and  registering  in 
the  Records  Office.  Independent  studies  forms  should  be 
completed  no  later  than  the  first  week  of  the  semester. 

Internship 

A  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  an  internship  may  do 
so  by  engaging  a  supervising  faculty  member,  completing  a 
contract  in  association  with  that  faculty'  member,  securing 
approval  of  the  dean,  and  registering  in  the  Records  Office. 
Internship  forms  should  be  completed  no  later  than  the  first 
week  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  is  interning. 

Auditing 

Auditing  a  course  means  attending  classes  and  listen- 
ing without  actively  participating  in  the  class.  Students 
must  meet  course  prerequisites.  The  auditor  is  not  respon- 
sible for  class  assignments  or  examinations.  No  academic 
credit  is  earned  for  a  course  \\  hich  is  audited  nor  may  it 
be  eamed  later  through  examination.  A  student  who  has 
audited  a  course  is  not  prohibited  from  taking  the  course 
later  for  credit. 

A  student  who  wishes  to  audit  a  course  must  be 
admitted  to  the  University  and  enroll  in  the  course  as  an 
auditor.  However,  students  taking  the  class  for  credit  are 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


49 


given  preference  o\cr  auditors  where  enrollment  limits 
are  a  concern. 

A  student  w  ho  is  auditing  a  course,  but  w  ho  wishes  to 
take  the  course  for  credit,  may  change  his  or  her  registra- 
tion by  the  end  of  the  late  registration  period. 

Students  wishing  to  audit  a  course  or  to  change  from 
credit  to  audit  may  do  so  only  with  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Each  instructor  may  set  attendance  conditions 
for  the  audit.  Students  not  meeting  those  conditions  will 
be  withdrawn  from  the  audit  after  the  semester  ends,  with 
the  withdrawal  date  listed  on  their  transcript 

1 .  Students  who  wish  to  audit  or  change  from 
credit  to  audit  should  get  an  Audit  form  from 
the  Records  Office. 

2.  The  form  must  be  signed  by  the  professor  with 
any  limiting  attendance  conditions  specified. 

3.  The  form  is  then  signed  by  the  student's  advisor 
and  turned  into  the  Records  Office.  The  last  day 
to  change  credit  to  audit  is  the  same  day  as  the  last 
day  to  withdraw  without  academic  penalty. 

At  the  end  of  the  semester  when  the  faculty  submit 
grades,  any  student  who  has  not  met  the  conditions  of  the 
audit  as  reported  by  the  faculty  member  wi  II  be  withdrawn. 
Faculty  will  submit  a  Withdrawn  from  Audit  fomi. 

Pass-Fail  Option 

A  student  v\ho  has  a  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.0 
and  who  wishes  to  investigate  fields  of  study  other  than 
those  required  by  his  or  her  degree  program  may  choose 
the  pass-fail  option.  The  pass-fail  option  applies  only  to 
elective  courses.  No  more  than  eight  courses  may  be  taken 
on  a  pass-fail  basis  during  a  student's  academic  career 
(excluded  are  credits  granted  for  AP,  CLEP,  or  ACT  PEP). 
The  option  is  ofl'ered  on  all  courses  at  the  undergraduate 
level,  and  nonnal  prerequisites  may  be  waived  on  these 
courses. 

Enrollment  for  a  course  under  the  pass-fail  option 
requires  appro\al  of  the  dean  in  the  student's  major.  The 
option  must  be  elected  or  revoked  no  later  than  the  last 
day  to  withdraw  w  ithout  academic  penalty. 

Courses  taken  on  a  pass-fail  basis  do  not  count  in 
the  student's  GPA  nor  toward  the  hours  required  for  the 
Chancellor's  or  Dean's  honor  lists. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

Grades  earned  in  a  repeated  course  appear  on  the 
transcript  and  are  calculated  in  the  GPA  (see  Grade  For- 
giveness Policy).  Students  may  receive  transient  credit 
for  courses  pre\  iously  attempted  at  USC  Upstate.  (See 
transient  credit  policy). 

Undergraduate  Enrollment  in  Graduate 
Courses  (Senior  Privilege) 

An  undergraduate  senior  in  his  or  her  final  semester 
may  enroll  in  graduate  courses  under  the  following 
conditions: 

1 .  The  student  has  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0. 

2.  The  graduate  course(s)  do  not  create  an 
overload. 

3.  Courses  for  graduate  credit  are  not  be  used  to 
meet  undergraduate  degree  requirements. 


Summer  Sessions 

Summer  sessions  normally  consist  of  a  three-week 
term  ( Maymester)  and  two  four  and  one-half- week  terms. 
Students  regularly  enrolled  in  the  Uni\ersity  may  take  work 
applicable  to  the  degree  during  the  summer  session. 

The  ma.ximum  course  load  permitted  in  the  Maymester 
is  three  semester  hours.  Si.x  semester  hours  per  term  are 
permitted  in  the  four  and  one-half-week  sessions.  A  single 
extra  hour  may  be  carried  if  one  of  the  courses  invoKed 
is  a  four-hour  course. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  any  course 
in  the  case  of  inadequate  enrollment.  Registration  in  any 
course  may  be  closed  w  hen  the  maximum  enrollment  for 
etlectivc  learning  is  reached. 

Changes  in  Registration 

A  change  in  registration  involves  adding  a  course, 
dropping  a  course,  withdrawing  from  a  course,  changing 
from  one  course  section  to  another,  changing  the  number 
of  credits  in  a  variable  credit  course,  or  changing  course 
registration  from  audit  to  credit.  Any  change  in  registration 
must  be  filed  w  ith  the  Records  Otfice  on  the  proper  form 
with  all  required  signatures  by  the  published  deadlines. 

Any  change  involving  adding  a  course,  dropping  a 
course,  changing  a  section,  changing  the  number  of  cred- 
its in  a  variable  credit  course,  or  changing  from  audit  to 
credit  must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  late  registration 
as  published  in  the  university  calendar  Students  may 
elect  or  revoke  the  pass-fail  option  no  later  than  the  last 
day  to  withdraw  without  penalty.  Students  are  urged  to 
consult  w  ith  the  academic  unit  in  which  they  are  enrolled 
concerning  any  change  of  registration. 

With  the  permission  of  both  instructors,  students  may 
make  the  following  schedule  changes  during  the  first  few 
weeks  of  the  semester  (assuming  the  availability  of  the 
course  to  which  the  student  desires  to  move): 
Biology  101  to/from  110 
Chemistry  105  or  111  to/from  101 
French,  German,  and  Spanish  101  to/from 
102,  102  to/from  201,  201  to/from  202  or  210, 
202  or  2 10  to/from  310 
Mathematics  120  to/from  121,  121  to/from 
141,126  to/from  141,  127  to/from  141 

Adding  a  Course,  Dropping  a  Course,  and 
Section  Changes 

Students  may  add  a  course,  drop  a  course  or  make 
a  section  change  through  the  last  day  of  late  registration 
through  the  internet  (https://vip.sc.edu)  Courses  dropped 
through  this  period  are  not  recorded  on  the  permanent 
record  and  are  not  entered  into  the  computation  of  hours 
attempted,  grade  point  hours  or  any  other  totals. 

Course  Withdrawal  after  late  registration 

Course  withdrawal  is  allowed  after  late  registration 
until  the  last  day  to  drop  without  penalty  (the  last  day 
of  the  tenth  week  of  the  regular  semester)  through  VIP, 
with  a  grade  of  W  recorded  on  the  permanent  record, 
the  semester  hours  will  not  enter  into  the  computation  of 
hours  attempted,  grade  point  average  or  any  other  totals. 
In  summer  sessions  or  other  shortened  terms  the  time  al- 
low ed  to  withdraw  from  a  course  is  72  percent  to  the  total 
number  of  class  davs. 


50 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Course  Withdrawal  after  last  day  to  drop 
without  academic  penalty 

Students  who  wish  to  drop  a  course  after  the  last  day 
to  drop  without  penalty  do  so  through  VIP.  A  grade  of 
WF  is  recorded.  A  WF  is  treated  as  an  F  in  the  comput- 
ing of  a  student's  grade  point  average.  Exceptions  to  the 
assignment  of  a  grade  of  WF  are  possible  for  verifiable, 
documented  reasons.  If  a  student  must  either  drop  a 
course  for  medical  reasons  or  other  acceptable  cause 
after  the  last  day  to  withdraw  without  penalty,  the  grade 
of  W  may  still  be  assigned.  A  Request  of  W  Grade  for 
Extenuating  Circumstances  form  originates  with  the  dean 
of  the  student's  academic  major  and  if  approved,  must 
have  a  grade  assignment  by  the  course  instructors,  prior 
to  being  returned  to  the  records  office.  Students  return  the 
completed  form  to  the  records  office  no  later  than  the  last 
day  of  class  for  the  semester  (before  final  exams  begin). 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  officially  from  the 
University  should  obtain  the  form  entitled  Request  for 
Semester  Withdrawal  from  the  Records  Office.  Students 
are  responsible  for  completing  an  exit  interview  with  the 
dean  of  their  major,  obtaining  the  required  signatures, 
and  returning  the  form  to  the  Records  OtTice  for  final  ac- 
tion. Students  who  stop  attending  the  University  without 
following  the  withdrawal  procedure  will  receive  an  F  for 
each  course  which  may  prejudice  any  future  attempt  to 
reenter  the  University. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  priorto  the 
last  day  to  withdraw  without  penalty  have  the  withdrawal 
date  and  the  courses  posted  on  their  transcript  with  a  grade 
ofW. 

Students  withdrawing  after  the  last  day  to  withdraw 
without  penalty,  but  not  later  than  the  last  day  of  class, 
receive  a  grade  of  WF  for  each  course  in  which  they  were 
enrolled.  Students  may  petition  to  receive  a  grade  of  W 
rather  than  WF  by  carrying  out  the  procedures  outlined 
underthe  section  entitled  "Course  Withdrawal:  Following 
the  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  Without  Penalty."  Students  who 
stop  attending  classes  and  fail  to  carry  out  the  procedures 
for  dropping  or  withdrawing  from  their  courses  will  have 
final  grades  calculated  on  both  completed  and  missed 
work.  This  typically  results  in  a  grade  of  F. 

Post-Semester  Withdrawal  (Retroactive).  A  stu- 
dent who  ceases  attending  classes  due  to  medical  or  other 
extenuating  circumstances  so  serious  that  the  student 
was  neither  able  to  attend  classes  nor  initiate  withdrawal 
procedures,  may  request  to  have  each  final  grade  changed 
to  a  W  to  indicate  that  there  was  satisfactory  performance 
before  being  forced  to  stop  attending  classes.  Nomially, 
an  appeal  to  change  a  final  grade  is  considered  only  if 
initiated  within  one  year  after  the  final  grade  is  assigned. 
Withdrawal  must  be  from  all  courses. 

Requests  for  post-semester  withdrawal  are  initiated 
in  the  Records  Office,  where  the  necessary  procedures 
are  explained  and  the  student  is  supplied  with  the  form 
entitled  Request  for  Withdrawal  After  the  Penalty  Date 
for  Medical  Reason  or  Extenuating  Circumstances.  This 
form  and  supporting  documentation  concerning  the 
extenuating  circumstances  are  presented  to  the  dean  of 
the  student's  major,  who  will  make  a  determination  as 


to  the  nature  ol'  the  circumstances  and  the  dates  during 
which  the  student  was  unable  to  participate  in  classes.  The 
dean  makes  a  recommendation  as  to  whether  the  student 
should  be  permitted  a  post-semester  withdrawal  from  the 
University  based  on  the  findings  of  an  investigation  of  the 
facts.  The  recommendation  of  the  dean  will  be  sent  to  the 
registrar,  who  will  then  forward  the  recommendation  to 
the  faculty  member(s)  for  assignment  of  a  final  grade  of 
W  or  WF.  The  final  grade  will  be  based  upon  the  student's 
academic  standing  at  the  time  of  the  initiation  of  the  ex- 
tenuating circumstances.  If  the  instructor  is  no  longer  at 
use  Upstate,  and  a  forwarding  address  is  available,  the 
student  shall,  within  the  time  specified  on  the  extenuat- 
ing circumstances  form,  transmit  copies  of  all  necessary 
materials  to  the  former  faculty  member  by  certified  return 
receipt  mail.  If  the  instructor  fails  to  assign  a  W  or  WF 
within  three  months  of  the  date  of  the  request,  or  if  no 
forwarding  address  is  available,  the  dean  of  the  appropri- 
ate college  or  school  shall  appoint  a  faculty  member  to 
consider  the  request  and  assign  a  W  or  WF. 

The  decision  of  the  dean  of  the  student's  major  con- 
cerning being  allowed  a  post-semester  w  ithdravval  from  the 
University  or  the  assignment  of  a  final  grade  by  the  faculty 
member(s)  may  be  appealed  as  follows:  (1 )  To  appeal  the 
decision  of  the  dean  of  the  student's  major,  the  student 
requests  that  the  Executive  Academic  Affairs  Committee 
review  the  facts  of  the  case.  The  decision  of  this  commit- 
tee will  be  final.  (2)  To  appeal  the  assignment  of  a  grade 
of  WF,  the  student  will  follow  the  procedure  described  in 
the  catalog  section  entitled  "Academic  Grievances." 

Class  Attendance 

The  resources  of  the  University  are  provided  for  the 
intellectual  growth  and  development  of  the  students  who 
attend.  The  schedule  of  courses  is  provided  to  facilitate  an 
orderly  arrangement  of  the  program  of  instruction.  The  fact 
that  classes  are  scheduled  is  evidence  that  attendance  is 
important  and  students  should,  therefore,  maintain  regular 
attendance  if  they  are  to  attain  maximum  success  in  the 
pursuit  of  their  studies. 

All  instructors  will,  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester, 
make  a  clear  written  statement  to  all  their  classes  regarding 
their  policies  concerning  attendance.  Instructors  are  also 
responsible  for  counseling  w  ith  their  students  regarding 
the  academic  consequences  of  absences  from  their  classes 
or  laboratories.  Students  are  obligated  to  adhere  to  the 
requirements  of  each  course  and  of  each  instructor.  All 
matters  related  to  the  student's  absence,  including  the  pos- 
sible make-up  of  work  missed,  are  to  be  arranged  between 
the  student  and  the  instructor.  Students  should  understand 
that  they  are  responsible  for  all  course  content  covered 
during  their  absences  and  for  the  academic  consequences 
of  their  absences. 

Examinations 
Final  Examinations 

Final  examinations  are  scheduled  at  the  end  of  each 
semester  and  temi.  A  calendar  of  examination  times  is  pub- 
lished on  the  use  Upstate  Web  site.  .All  final  examinations 
must  be  administered  during  the  time  period  designated  in 
the  calendar  of  examination  times.  Instnictors  mav  allow 


y\cadem/c  Regulations 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


51 


students  to  switch  from  one  examination  section  to  another 
when  that  instructor  teaches  multiple  sections  of  the  same 
course.  Exceptions  from  this  policy  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Senior  Vice  Chancellor  for  academic  affairs. 

Laboratory  examinations  are  normally  scheduled 
during  the  last  meeting  of  the  lab. 

A  student  who  is  absent  from  a  final  examination  will 
receive  a  grade  of  F  in  the  course  if  an  excuse  acceptable 
to  the  instructor  is  not  offered.  When  the  instructor  excuses 
an  absence  from  the  examination,  a  grade  of  I  ( incomplete) 
is  awarded  until  the  examination  is  made  up.  Please  see 
the  section  on  incompletes  on  page  55.  A  student  who  is 
excused  must  take  the  examination  at  the  convenience  of 
the  instructor.  In  any  case,  the  examination  must  be  made 
up  w  ithin  one  year. 

Reexamination  or  the  assignment  of  additional 
work  for  the  purpose  of  removing  an  F  or  for  raising 
a  grade  is  not  permitted. 

Tests 

Faculty  are  restricted  in  the  scheduling  of  tests  only 
during  the  final  week  of  classes  of  a  regular  semester. 
Restrictions  are  as  follows: 
Class  Meetings 
Per  H'eek  Testing  Restrictions 


1  No  testing  during  the  last  class  meeting 

No  testing  during  the  last  2  class  meetings 
No  testing  during  the  last  2  class  meetings 
4  or  more  No  testing  during  the  last  3  class  meetings 

These  restrictions  do  not  apply  to  laboratory  examina- 
tions which  may  be  adtninistered  during  the  last  week  of 
classes. 

Academic  Standing 

.\l  I  siiideiils  enrol  led  at  USC  Upstate  are  subject  to  the 
same  continuation  standards.  Administration  of  these  regu- 
lations is  the  responsibility  of  the  Senior  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Academic  Affairs  and  is  coordinated  by  the  registrar's 
office.  Students  seeking  relief  from  these  regulations  must 
go  through  the  appeal  process  (see  Academic  Suspension 
Appeal  Process). 

The  following  standards  regarding  scholastic  eligibil- 
ity are  applicable  to  all  undergraduate  students. 

Continuation  Standards 

.\cademic  probation.  The  academic  record  of  every 
student  is  reviewed  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester,  the  end 
of  the  spring  semester,  and  at  the  end  of  the  final  summer 
session.  Students  who  do  not  meet  the  following  cumulative 
GPA  standards  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation: 
24  to  44  grade  hours — a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of 

1 .50  is  required 
45  to  59  grade  hours — a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of 

1.75  is  required 
60  or  more  grade  hours — a  minimum  cumulative  GPA 

of  2.00  is  required 

A  student  who  has  been  placed  on  academic  proba- 
tion must  achieve  a  minimuin  GPA  standard  on  courses 
attempted  after  being  placed  on  probation.  The  GPA 
standard  required  of  students  who  have  been  placed  on 
acadeinic  probation  is  as  follows: 


0-11  grade  hours — no  minimum  GPA  required 
12  or  more  grade  hours — a  minimum  GPA  of 
2.00  is  required 
Academic  probation  may  be  removed  in  the  follow  ing  way: 

1 .  Attempt  12  or  more  grade  hours  while  on 
probation,  and 

2.  Attain  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  that 
meets  the  above  GPA  standards. 

Students  who  leave  the  University  without  completinga 
term  of  probation,  and  are  absent  for  thee  (3 )  or  more  years, 
will  begin  a  new  tenn  of  probation  upon  readmission. 

Academic  suspension.  A  student  who  has  been  placed 
on  academic  probation  but  does  not  achieve  the  required 
minimum  GPA  standard  w  ill  be  placed  on  academic  sus- 
pension. There  are  three  levels  of  academic  suspension. 

Level    Leneth  of  suspension      How  suspension  may  be  removed 

First  2  major  semesters       1 .  Attend  summer  school  at 

USC  Upstate,  enroll  in  at  least  nine 
grade  hours,  and  achieve  a 
minimum  grade  of  "C"  on  all 
courses  attempted,  or 

2.  Successful  appeal  through 
the  suspension  appeal 
process,  or 

3.  Serve  the  suspension 

Second      4  major  semesters       I.  Successful  appeal  through 
the  suspension  appeal 
process,  or 
2.  Serve  the  suspension. 

Third  Indefinite 

A  Student  who  is  serving  a  second  suspension  may 
attend  suinmer  school  at  USC  Upstate.  Grades  earned  in 
summer  school  may  pro  vide  evidence  of  fitness  for  removal 
of  the  second  suspension  through  the  appeal  process. 

A  student  who  has  a  third  ( indefinite)  suspension  may 
not  enroll  in  classes  at  USC  Upstate. 

Suspended  students  will  not  be  admitted  or  allowed 
to  continue  any  program  of  the  university  for  credit  or 
GPA  purposes.  Grades  based  on  credits  earned  at  other 
institutions  while  under  suspension  will  not  be  used  to 
remove  the  suspension.  See  suspension  appeal  process. 

Academic  Suspension  Appeal  Process 

Students  wishing  to  appeal  acadeinic  suspension 
should  contact  the  Records  Office  to  obtain  an  appeal 
form.  Completed  forms  must  be  submitted  to  the  Records 
Office  to  be  considered. 

1 .  The  Admissions  and  Petitions  Committee  may 
grant  students  relief  from  academic  suspension 
only  in  extraordinary  circumstances. 

2.  Decisions  of  the  Admissions  and  Petitions 
Committee  inay  be  appealed  to  the  Senior 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs. 

Returning  to  the  University.  A  student  who  reenters 
the  University  after  having  been  suspended  will  begin  a 
new  term  of  probation.  The  conditions  of  that  academic 
probation  are  those  listed  above.  Students  who  have  been 
granted  relief  through  the  suspension  appeal  process  may 
have  additional  conditions  imposed  on  them.    Students 


52 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


will  be  notified  ol'any  addiluinal  condilKins  by  letter. 

When  a  student  is  granted  relief  from  academic 
suspension  through  the  appeal  process,  the  suspension 
is  not  removed  from  the  permanent  record,  but  continues 
to  appear  on  the  record  and  to  count  as  one  of  the  three 
academic  suspensions  a  student  is  allowed. 

Academic  Grievances 

The  University  ofSouth  Carolina  Upstate  is  committed 
to  the  judicious,  fair  and  impartial  resolution  of  conflicts 
which  arise  between  an  instructor  and  a  student  and  of 
petitions  from  students  who  seek  relief  from  university 
regulations  related  to  their  academic  work.  The  process 
is  designed  to  provide  an  objective  review  of  student 
complaints  regarding  academic  grievances,  including 
acceptance  into  a  program  ( for  example,  nursing  or  educa- 
tion), transfer  credit,  grades  and  other  academic  policies. 
Copies  of  the  Academic  Grievance  Policy  and  the  appeal 
form  are  available  in  the  Records  Office.  Instructors  are 
not  bound  by  the  grade  appeal  recommendations.  Students 
wishing  to  appeal  academic  suspension  should  follow 
the  procedure  under  "Academic  Suspension  Appeals 
Process." 

Transfer  Credit 

Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  USC  Upstate  should 
refer  to  the  admissions  section  on  page  1 7  of  this  catalog. 
All  official  transcripts  must  be  sent  directly  to  USC  Upstate 
from  each  institution  the  student  has  attended,  including 
summers,  transient  or  concurrent  enrollment,  whether  or 
not  the  credit  is  earned  or  applies  to  the  degree  sought. 
All  work  will  be  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  collegiate 
GPA. 

Transient  Credit 

Degree-seeking  students  at  U  SC  Upstate  are  expected 
to  follow  the  progression  of  courses  described  in  their 
program  of  study,  which  builds  academic  skills  through 
course  sequencing.  Students  enrolled  as  degree-seeking 
candidates  will  receive  a  degree  from  USC  Upstate  and 
thus  are  expected  to  complete  course  work  at  USC  Up- 
state. Continuing  students  are  pemiitted  to  take  courses  at 
other  institutions;  however,  not  all  courses  offered  at  other 
colleges  and  universities  are  transferable  and  some  may 
not  count  toward  a  student's  degree  program.  Students 
seeking  transfer  credit  must  complete  the  following  prior 
to  enrollment: 

Obtain  aTransient  Credit  from  a  division  office,  dean's 
office  or  the  Records  Office; 

Obtain  approval  signatures  from  the  student's  advisor 
and  dean  on  the  Transient  Credit  Form;  and 

Submit  the  completed  Transient  Credit  Form  to  the 
Records  Office. 

To  obtain  transient  credit  for  a  course  completed  at  another 
institution,  students  must: 

Earn  a  minimum  course  grade  of  C  for  courses  com- 
pleted at  all  non-USC  system  schools;  and 

Request  an  official  transcript  from  the  transient  in- 
stitution be  sent  to  the  USC  Upstate  Records  Office. 

As  noted  in  the  residency  policy,  the  last  twenty-five 
per  cent  of  the  semester  hours  of  the  degree  program  must 
be  completed  in  residence  at  USC  Upstate.   All  grades 


earned  in  courses  taken  at  other  colleges  or  universities 
will  count  in  the  student's  combined  GPA. 

Credit  by  Examination,  Military  Credit, 
and  Credit  for  Non-collegiate  Programs 

Students  with  a  strong  background  in  a  variety  of 
basic  subjects  may  be  able  to  exempt  courses  and  receive 
credit  hours  for  courses  based  on  their  scores  on  Advanced 
Placement(AP).  International  Baccalaureate  (IB),  College 
Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP),  American  College 
Testing  Proficiency  Examination  Program  (ACT  PEP), 
Defense  Activity  for  Nontraditional  Educational  Support 
( D  ANTES ),  or  by  successfully  passing  a  course  chal  lenge 
examination  prepared  at  USC  Upstate.  Students  may  also 
seek  credit  for  military  schooling  or  training  offered  by 
certain  non-collegiate  organizations.  Normally,  a  maximum 
of  30  semester  hours  earned  in  any  combination  of  cor- 
respondence courses,  AP,  IB,  CLEP,  ACT  PEP,  DANTES, 
USC  Upstate  institutional  credit  by  examination,  military 
and  other  service  schools,  educational  programs  of  non- 
collegiate  organizations,  off-campus  extension  classes,  or 
while  classified  as  a  special  student  are  accepted  as  partial 
fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate.  Ex- 
ceptions to  this  30-hour  rule  may  be  made  at  the  discretion 
of  the  dean  of  the  appropriate  college  or  school.  Students 
planning  to  pursue  work  at  other  institutions  or  planning 
to  take  correspondence  courses  or  off-campus  extension 
classes  must  complete  this  work  before  attaining  senior 
classification  (see  academic  residency  requirements.) 

AR  IB.  CLER  ACT  PER  DANTES.  and  USC  Up- 
state institutional  credit  by  examination  do  not  enter  into 
calculation  of  students"  GPA. 

USC  Upstate  accepts  many,  but  not  all.  AR  IB.  CLEP 
and  ACT  PEP.  and  DANTES  subjects.  Transfer  students  with 
AR  IB.  CLEP  .  ACT  PER  or  D.4NTES  credits  in  subjects 
not  listed  below  must  submit  those  credits  to  the  dean  of  the 
appropriate  school  for  review.  Students  are  not  allowed  to 
earn  CLER  ACT  PER  D.4NTES  andor  USC  Upstate  insti- 
tutional credit  by  examination  for  courses  in  which  they  have 
been  previously  enrolled  either  regularly  or  as  an  auditor. 

Advanced  Placement  (AP) 

All  Advanced  Placement  courses  and  tests  are  ad- 
ministered by  high  schools  and  should  be  completed 
successfully  before  entering  USC  Upstate.  An  entering 
student  who  has  passed  30  hours  of  AP  credit  may  be 
granted  sophomore  standing  upon  enrollment. 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  courses,  students  must 
have  an  original  AP  score  report  sent  directly  to  the  USC 
Upstate  Records  Office. 

The  Advanced  Placement  courses  accepted  by  USC 
Upstate  are: 

Government  &  Politics:  United  States:  Three  credits 
for  Government  and  International  Studies  201  with  a 
minimum  score  of  3. 

Art  History:  Three  credits  for.\rt  History  101  with  a 
minimum  score  of  3. 

Studio  Art:  Drawing:  Three  credits  for  Art  Studio  1 1 0 
with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Studio  Art:  2-D  Design:  Three  credits  for  Art  Studio 
103  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


53 


SiiiJio  All:  3-D  Dcsiiiir.  Three  eredits  tor  Art  104 
with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Biolog}-:  Eight  credits  tor  Biology  101  and  102. 
including  laboratory  credit,  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Calculus . 48:  Four  credits  for  Mathematics  141  with 
a  score  of  at  least  3. 

Calculus  BC:  Eight  credits  for  Mathematics  1 4 1  and 
142  with  a  score  of  at  least  3. 

Chemistiy:  Four  credits  for  Chemistry  1 1 1  w  itli  a 
score  of  3;  eight  credits  for  Chemistry  1 1 1  and  1 12  with 
a  score  of  4  or  5. 

Chinese  Language  &  C  'uliure  or  Japanese  Language  & 
Culture:  Eight  hours  of  university  credit  with  a  minimum 
score  of  3. 

Government  &  Politics:  Comparative:  Three  credits 
for  Government  and  International  Studies  320  with  a 
minimum  score  of  3. 

Computer  Science  A:  Three  credits  in  Computer  Sci- 
ence with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Computer  Science  AS:  Three  credits  in  Computer 
Science  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

English  Language  and  Composition  and  English 
Literature  and  Composition:  Three  credits  for  English 

101  with  a  score  of  3  or  4  on  either  English  AP  exam. 
Three  credits  for  English  1 0 1  and  three  credits  for  English 

102  with  a  minimum  score  of  3  or  4  on  both  English  AP 
examinations.  Three  credits  for  English  101  and  three 
credits  for  English  102  with  a  minimum  score  of  5  on 
either  or  both  English  AP  examinations. 

Environmental  Science:  Four  credit  (3  hours  of  SBIO 
270.  Environmental  Science,  and  I  hour  of  SBIO  270L, 
Environmental  Science  Lab)  with  a  score  of  3  or  better. 

European  Lfistoiy:  Three  credits  selected  for  History 
111  with  a  score  of  3. 

French.  German.  Italian  and  Spanish:  Six  credits  for 

101  and  102  level  courses  with  a  score  of  3  or  4.  Nine 
credits  for  101.  102  and  201  with  a  score  of  5. 

French  Literature:  Six  credits  for  French  101  and 

102  with  a  score  of  3.  Nine  credits  for  French  101.  102 
and  20 1  with  a  score  of  4.  Twelve  credits  for  French  101. 
102,  201  and  202  with  a  score  of  5. 

Human  Geography:  Three  hours  of  lower-level  ge- 
ography credit  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Latin-Veigil  and  Latin  Literature:  Four  hours  of  uni- 
versity credit  with  a  minimum  score  of  3  for  each  test. 

Macroeconomics:  Three  credits  for  Economics  221 
with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Microeconomics:  Three  credits  for  Economics  222 
with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Music  Theory:  Three  hours  of  university  credit  with 
a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Physics  B:  Four  credits  for  Physics  201  with  a  score  of  3; 
eight  credits  for  Physics  201  and  202  with  a  score  of  4  or  5. 

Physics  C:  Mechanical:  Four  credits  for  Physics  2 1 1 
with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Physics  C:  Electricity  and  Magnetism:  Four  credits 
for  Physics  212  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

Psychology:  Three  credits  for  Psychology  101  with 
a  minimum  score  of  3. 


Spanish  Literature:  Three  credits  for  Spanish  202 
with  a  score  of  3,  4  or  5. 

Statistics:  Three  credits  for  Economics  29 1 .  Mathemat- 
ics 102  or  Sociology  201  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

United  States  History:  Three  credits  for  History  1 10 
with  a  score  of  3 

World  History:  Three  hours  of  lower-level  history 
credit  with  a  minimum  score  of  3. 

International  Baccalaureate  (IB) 

The  I  ini\  ersity  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  recognizes 
the  academic  rigor  of  the  International  Baccalaureate  (IB) 
Diploma  Program.  Students  may  be  awarded  college 
credit  for  completion  of  higher-level  IB  examinations, 
as  determined  by  the  appropriate  academic  schools  or 
divisions.  All  International  Baccalaureate  (IB)  courses 
and  examinations  are  administered  by  high  schools  and 
should  be  completed  successfully  before  entering  USC 
Upstate. 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  higher-level  IB  examina- 
tion scores,  students  must  ask  that  official  IB  examination 
results  be  sent  directly  to  the  USC  Upstate  Records  Office. 
Miniminn  scores  for  awarding  credit  for  IB  examinations 
are  detemiined  by  academic  units  responsible  for  course 
content. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP) 

Credit  for  subjects  in  w  hich  students  are  know  ledge- 
able,  but  have  no  class  standing,  can  be  gained  through 
successful  completion  ofthe  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  CLEP  tests. 

Credit  earned  in  CLEP  may  be  applied  to  any  program 
where  the  course  normally  would  be  accepted  as  earned 
credit.  CLEP  credit  is  not  granted  for  courses  that  have 
been  failed  previously,  nor  does  CLEP  credit  raise  a  grade 
earned  previously  in  any  course.  Repeat  examinations  are 
not  allowed.  USC  Upstate  does  not  give  credit  for  the 
CLEP  general  examination. 

The  CLEP  examinations  accepted  by  USC  Upstate  are: 

American  Government:  Three  credits  forGovemment 
and  International  Studies  20 1  with  a  satisfactory  essay  and 
minimum  score  of  50  on  the  objective  section. 

American  Literature:  Three  credits  for  English  279 
or  280  with  satisfactory  completion  ofthe  essay  section 
and  a  minimum  score  of  46  on  the  objective  section. 

Analyzing  and  Interpreting  Literature:  Three  credits 
for  English  102  with  a  satisfactory  essay  and  a  minimum 
score  of  49.  Credit  is  given  after  completion  of  English 
101  with  a  C  or  higher.  If  CLEP  examinations  for  both 
Composition  and  Literature  are  successfully  completed, 
six  hours  of  credit  for  English  101  and  102  are  awarded 
upon  passing  any  300  or  higher  level  English  w  ith  a  grade 
of  C  or  better. 

Biology:  Eight  credits  for  Biology  101  and  102, 
including  laboratory  credit  with  a  minimum  score  of  50. 

Introductory  Business  Law:  Three  credits  for  Business 
■Administration  347  with  a  minimum  score  of  51. 

Calculus:  Three  credits  for  Mathematics  141  and 
three  credits  for  Mathematics  144  v\  ith  a  minimum  score 
of  47. 

Chemistry:  Four  credits  for  Chemistiy  1 1 1  with  a 
minimum  score  of  50. 


54 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Collei^e  Algebra:  Three  eredits  for  Mathematics  1 26 
with  a  minimum  score  ot"45. 

Financial  Accoitnling:  Three  credits  for  Business 
Administration  225  with  a  minimum  score  of47;  6  credits 
for  Business  Administration  225  and  226  with  a  minimum 
score  of  55. 

Freshman  Colleiic  Composition:  Three  credits  for 
Enghsh  101  with  a  satisfactory  essay  and  a  minimum 
score  of48  on  the  objective  section.  Credit  is  awarded  alter 
completion  of  English  102  with  a  grade  of  C  of  better. 

Principles  of  Management:  Three  credits  for  Business 
Administration  371  with  a  minimum  score  of  47, 

Principles  of  Marketing:  Three  credits  for  Business 
Administration  350  with  a  minimum  score  of  50. 

Introdiictmy  Sociology:  Three  credits  for  Sociology 
101  with  a  minimum  score  of  50. 

Principles  of  Macroeconomics :  Three  credits  for  Eco- 
nomics 22 1  with  successful  completion  of  the  essay  section 
and  a  minimum  score  of  48  on  the  objective  section. 

Principles  of  Microeconomics:  Three  credits  for  Eco- 
nomics 222  with  successful  completion  of  the  essay  section 
and  a  minimum  score  of  47  on  the  objective  section. 

Introdiictoiy  Psychology:  Three  credits  for  Psychol- 
ogy 101  with  a  minimum  score  of  50. 

American  College  Testing  Program 
(ACT/PEP) 

Credit  for  subjects  in  which  students  are  knowledge- 
able, but  have  no  college  credit,  can  be  gained  through 
successful  completion  of  the  PEP  tests.  USC  Upstate 
students  may  earn  up  to  30  semester  hours  via  PEP.  Those 
attempting  PEP  must  rank  in  the  70th  percentile  of  the 
scored  population  taking  the  examinations.  Students  wish- 
ing to  take  a  PEP  test  should  notify  their  faculty  advisor 
of  their  intention  to  take  the  test. 

The  specific  ACT/PEP  e.xams  are  currently  under 
review.  Students  may  contact  the  Records  Office  or  their 
dean  for  a  current  list  of  acceptable  tests. 

Defense  Activity  for  Nontraditional 

Education  Support  (DANTES) 

Credit  for  subjects  in  which  students  are  knowl- 
edgeable, but  have  no  class  standing,  can  be  gained 
through  successful  completion  of  the  Defense  Activity 
for  Nontraditional  Education  Support  (DANTES)  tests. 
The  DANTES  Program  is  a  testing  service  conducted 
by  Thompson  Prometric  for  DANTES,  an  agency  of  the 
Department  of  Defense. 

Credit  earned  in  DANTES  may  be  applied  to  any 
program  where  the  course  nomially  would  be  accepted  as 
earned  credit.  DANTES  credit  is  not  granted  for  courses 
that  have  been  failed  previously,  nor  does  DANTES  credit 
raise  a  grade  earned  previously  in  any  course.  Repeat 
examinations  are  not  allowed.  Students  wishing  to  take 
DANTES  tests  should  contact  counseling  services  for  the 
necessary  applications  and  notify  their  faculty  advisor  of 
their  intention  to  take  the  test. 

The  DANTES  examination  accepted  by  USC  Upstate  is: 

Lifespan  Developmental  Psychology-.  Three  credits 
for  Psychology  302  with  a  minimum  scaled  score  of  46. 


Institutional  Credit  hy  Examination 

Students  enrolled  in  the  University  may  obtain  credit 
by  examination  for  courses  in  which  they  have  had  noclass 
attendance  or  semester  standing.  However,  permission 
must  be  obtained  from  the  dean  of  the  college  or  school 
involved.  A  grade  of  not  less  than  B  on  the  examination 
is  necessary  to  receive  credit  for  the  course.  Examinations 
are  not  permitted  in  courses  in  which  students  previously 
have  enrolled  either  regularly  or  as  an  auditor.  Before  the 
examination,  applicants  must  pay  the  Cashier's  Office  a 
fee  of  $1 5  per  semester  hour.  This  fee  is  non-refundable. 
The  Records  Office  issues  a  receipt  which  must  be  shown 
to  the  dean  of  the  college  or  school  conducting  the  exami- 
nation. The  dean  immediately  reports  the  results  of  the 
examination  to  the  Records  Office.  Credits  earned  under 
this  regulation  are  recorded  only  as  hours  earned. 

Military  Service  School  Credit 

Following  enrollment,  a  student  may  obtain  credit  for 
experiences  in  the  armed  serv  ices.  In  order  to  receive  credit 
the  student  must  have  an  American  Cousel  in  Education 
Registry  Transcript.  Students  who  feel  they  qualify  should 
contact  the  Records  Office,  Veteran's  Affairs  Coordinator. 

Following  a  review  by  the  Records  Office  using  A 
Guide  to  the  Evaluation  of  Educational  Experiences  in 
the  Armed  Services,  a  recommendation  for  credit  is  made 
to  the  dean  of  the  student's  major  area.  The  final  decision 
as  to  the  credit  awarded  is  made  by  the  dean  of  the  school 
in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

Credit  for  Non-collegiate  Programs 

use  Upstate  will  consider  credit  awarded  for  non- 
collegiate  educational  programs  as  recommended  by 
the  American  Council  on  Education.  Documentation  is 
required.  Final  detennination  is  made  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  or  school  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

Correspondence  Course  Credit 

USC  Upstate  students  may  receive  credit  for  corre- 
spondence courses  taken  concurrently  with  their  regular 
academic  work.  Students  must  request  permission  to  enroll 
in  such  courses  on  a  form  available  in  the  Records  Office. 
Enrollment  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  dean  of 
the  college  or  school  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

Information  concerning  correspondence  courses 
available  from  the  University  of  South  Carolina  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Records  Office.  A  minimum  grade  of 
C  is  required  in  order  for  correspondence  courses  to  be 
counted  in  a  student's  degree  program. 

Grading  System 

Grade  Symbols 

The  grading  system  outlined  below  is  in  effect  for  all 
students  at  the  Uni\  ersity.  Under  this  system,  undergradu- 
ate course  credit  is  granted  onK  for  earned  grades  of  A. 
B+,  B,  C+.  C,  D+.  D  or  S.  .^ny  of  the  following  symbols 
{ except  N  R )  become  a  permanent  part  of  students'  academic 
records  when  assigned. 

A,  B,  C.  D  and  F  carry  the  traditional  academic  con- 
notations of  excellent,  good,  average,  poor  and  failing 
performance,  respectively. 

S  and  U  indicate,  respectively,  satisfactory  (passing) 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


55 


and  unsatisfactory  ( failing  )pert'ormancc  in  courses  carried 
on  a  pass-fail  basis,  as  indicated  in  the  course  description, 
or  in  courses  for  which  the  pass-fail  option  is  elected 
under  the  conditions  detailed  in  the  section  entitled  Pass- 
Fail  Option.  The  grades  of  S  and  U  do  not  enter  into  the 
calculation  of  the  GPA  nor  are  they  used  in  e\  aluation  for 
probation  or  suspension. 

W  is  assigned  for  withdrawals  after  late  registration 
but  on  or  before  the  last  day  to  withdraw  w  ithout  penalty. 
W  may  be  assigned,  in  exceptional  cases,  to  indicate 
satisfactory  performance  in  courses  from  w  hich  students 
u  ithdraw  after  the  last  day  to  withdraw  without  penalty. 
The  grade  is  used  primarily  in  cases  of  withdrawal  from 
the  University  or  course  withdrawal  for  medical  reasons 
or  other  e.xtenuating  circumstances.  See  the  catalog  sec- 
tion on  "Changes  of  Registration"  for  an  explanation  of 
the  procedures  necessary  for  the  assignment  of  this  grade. 
A  grade  of  W  is  not  u.sed  in  the  evaluation  of  probation  or 
suspension  conditions  and  GPA  computation. 

Wf"  is  assigned  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after 
the  last  day  to  withdraw  without  penalty  and  is  treated 
as  K  in  the  computation  of  GPA  and  in  the  evaluation  of 
probation  and  suspension  conditions. 

"1,"  incomplete,  is  assigned  at  the  discretion  of  the 
instructor  when,  in  the  faculty  member's  judgment,  a 
student  is  faced  w  ith  a  significant  disruption  in  his  or  her 
ability  to  complete  some  portion  of  the  assigned  work  in 
a  course.  The  grade  of  "T"  cannot  be  used  to  give  students 
additional  time  to  complete  course  assignments  unless  there 
is  strong,  clear  e\  idence  that  stated  conditions  or  events 
pre\  ented  the  student  from  submitting  course  assignments 
w hen  they  were  due.  The  faculty  member  must  transmit 
the  prescribed  on-line  "Incomplete  Justification  Form" 
as  part  of  grade  submission.  The  student  can  access  this 
infomiation  on  VI  P.  By  arrangement  with  the  instructor  and 
according  to  the  conditions  on  the  required  form  entered 
by  the  instructor,  the  student  may  have  from  one  week  up 
to  1 2  months  from  the  date  the  "I"  was  given — in  no  case 
can  this  be  longer  than  1 2  months — to  complete  and  submit 
the  work.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  ensure 
all  arrangements  for  removal  of  the  "Incomplete"  have 
been  made  and  that  all  work  to  rectify  the  "Incomplete" 
has  been  accomplished.  If  the  instuctor  of  record  is  no 
longer  at  IJSC  Upstate,  the  student  should,  within  the  time 
specified  on  the  incomplete  grade  form,  transmit  copies  of 
all  necessary  materials  to  that  instructor  by  certified  return 
receipt  mail.  If  the  instructor  fails  to  assign  a  grade  within 
three  months  of  the  date  of  the  request,  if  no  forwarding 
address  is  available,  the  dean  of  the  appropriate  school  or 
chair  of  the  appropriate  department'division  shall  appoint  a 
faculty  member  to  consider  the  request  and  assign  a  grade. 
When  all  required  v\  ork  has  been  completed  and  received, 
the  instructor  may  initiate  the  appropriate  "Make-up  Grade 
for  Incomplete"  fonn  and  file  it  w  ith  the  Records  Otfice.  If 
the  student  does  not  complete  the  necessary  work  by  the 
agreed  upon  and  stated  deadline,  the  faculty  member  can 
submit  a  permanent  grade  change  at  that  time.  Automati- 
cally at  the  one  year  limit,  the  "I"  will  convert  to  an  "F"  or 
to  a  back-up  grade  if  so  designated  by  the  instructor.  The 
changing  of  an  "I"  to  a  letter  grade  requires  notification 
and  processing  at  various  administrative  levels.  It  may  take 
several  weeks  before  the  letter  grade  and  credits  earned 


appear  on  the  students's  transcript,  and  in  some  cases,  may 
delay  approval  for  graduation.  The  grade  of  "I"  does  not 
atTect  the  computation  of  GPA  until  a  permanent  grade  is 
assigned.  Students  who  receive  an  "I"  must  not  register 
for  the  same  course  nor  can  they  later  withdraw  from  the 
course. 

AUD  indicates  the  student  was  enrolled  in  a  course 
on  an  audit  basis. 

NR,  no  record,  is  assigned  by  an  instructor  to  indicate 
a  registration  or  attendance  problem.  It  is  a  temporary 
mark  on  the  transcript  and  must  be  replaced  by  a  grade. 
An  NR  is  changed  to  a  grade  of  F  after  one  semester  if 
no  other  grade  can  be  obtained  from  the  instructor  by  the 
appropriate  dean. 

Grade  Point  Average 

The  grade  point  average  is  coinputed  on  the  basis  of 
all  semester  hours  attempted  for  credit  within  the  Uni- 
versity of  South  Carolina,  except  for  hours  carried  on  a 
pass-fail  basis.  The  GPA  is  not  affected  by  courses  taken 
on  a  non-credit  or  audit  basis. 

The  grade  points  earned  in  courses  carried  with  a 
passing  grade  are  computed  by  multiplying  the  number 
of  semester  hour  credits  assigned  to  the  course  by  a  fac- 
tor determined  by  the  grade.  For  courses  in  which  the 
grade  of  A  is  earned,  the  factor  is  4;  for  B+,  3.5;  for  B,  3; 
for  C+,  2.5;  for  C,  2;  for  D+,  1 .5  and  for  D,  1 .  The  grade 
point  average  is  determined  by  dividing  the  sum  total  of 
all  grade  points  by  the  total  number  of  hours  attempted 
for  credit  (excepting  hours  carried  on  a  pass-fail  basis). 
No  grade  points  are  assigned  to  the  symbols  F,  S,  U,  WF, 
W,  KAUDorNR. 

Grade  Reports 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  students  may  access 
final  grades  through  VIP  on  the  USC  Upstate  Web  page. 

Course  Grade  Forgiveness 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  that 
every  currently  enrolled,  fully-admitted,  degree-seeking 
undergraduate  earning  a  "D+",  "D",  "F"  or  "WF"  in  a 
USC  course  may  take  up  to  two  (2)  undergraduate  courses 
for  a  second  time  for  the  purpose  of  grade  forgiveness. 
Both  the  first  and  second  grades  shall  appear  on  the  USC 
permanent  record,  but  only  the  second  grade  will  be  used 
in  computing  the  University  of  South  Carolina  cumulative 
grade  point  average.  An  explanatory  notice  will  appear  on 
the  record.  Once  grade  forgiveness  is  applied  to  a  repeated 
course,  the  action  may  not  be  revoked. 

Eligible  students  wishing  to  apply  the  course  grade 
forgiveness  policy  to  a  course  enrollment  may  do  so  at 
any  time  during  their  undergraduate  enrollment,  but  no 
applications  will  be  honored  after  the  degree  is  awarded. 
Grade  forgiveness  can  only  be  applied  once  per  course  for 
a  maximum  of  two  courses  (not  to  exceed  8  credits)  on  a 
student's  undergraduate  acadetnic  record,  without  regard 
to  the  number  of  degrees  sought. Under  the  grade  forgive- 
ness policy,  the  forgiven  and  repeated  class  must  both  be 
taken  at  the  same  USC  campus.  Courses  transferred  from 
other  institutions  are  excluded  from  this  policy. 

This  policy  does  not  preclude  students  from  repeat- 
ing classes  multiple  times,  in  accordance  with  program 


56 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


requirements,  hut  only  the  seeoiul  attempt  at  the  class  may 
forgive  the  original  grade  010+,  D,  I',  or  WF. 

Only  a  regular  letter  grade  can  replace  a  forgiven 
grade.  Grades  of  "W".  "1",  "S",  "U",  or  "AUDIT"  may 
not  replace  previous  grades.  Grades  carrying  an  honor 
code  violation  sanction  of  "X"  are  not  eligible  for  grade 
forgiveness. 

Established  requirements  for  repeating  classes,  admis- 
sion to.  or  progression  in,  specific  academic  programs  of 
the  University  take  precedence  over  the  grade  forgiveness 
policy.  Program  or  progression  grade  point  averages  are 
not  affected  by  this  policy.  Refer  to  the  guidelines  for 
each  program  for  specific  requirements. 

Courses  intended  to  be  repeated  for  additional  credit, 
such  as  research  or  applied  music,  are  not  eligible  for  grade 
forgiveness.  Semester  honors  (dean's  or  president's  honor 
list),  academic  standing  (scholastic  deficiency,  probation, 
suspension),  or  previous  grade  point  totals  will  not  change 
retroactively  as  a  result  of  applying  this  policy. 

Students  who  have  been  granted  Academic  Forgive- 
ness to  reset  the  grade  point  average  after  readmission  are 
not  eligible  for  course  grade  forgiveness.  Please  refer  the 
bulletin  entry  for  Academic  Forgiveness  for  Former  USC 
Students  with  Less  Than  a  2.00  Cumulative  GPA. 

Transcripts 

A  transcript  of  students'  records  carries  the  following 
information:  current  status,  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
scholastic  record  showing  courses  pursued  with  semester 
hours  cairied,  semester  hours  earned,  grades,  grade  points, 
and  system  of  grading.  A  pennanent  record  of  all  failures, 
incomplete  grades  and  penalties  such  as  probation,  suspen- 
sion or  other  restrictions  are  also  indicated.  The  transcript 
also  contains  references  to  other  colleges  or  universities 
attended  and  the  total  credits  accepted  by  USC  Upstate. 
No  partial  record  is  issued. 

All  requests  for  transcripts  must  be  written.  Students 
needing  a  copy  of  their  transcript  or  a  certified  copy  of  the 
end-of-semester  grade  report  must  complete  a  transcript 
request  form  at  the  Records  Office.  All  official  transcripts 
are  processed  through  USC  Columbia.  Transcript  costs 
are  $8.00  for  each  copy.  No  transcript  is  issued  to  students 
who  are  indebted  to  the  University. 

With  the  exception  of  copies  made  for  internal  uni- 
versity use,  no  copy  of  a  student's  records  is  released 
anywhere  (including  the  state  department  of  education) 
without  the  student's  written  consent,  unless  required  by 
law  or  court  order. 

Academic  Forgiveness 

A  former  University  of  South  Carolina  undergraduate 
student  who  meets  all  of  the  following  conditions  may 
apply  for  academic  forgiveness: 

1 .  The  student  must  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
less  than  2.0  on  all  University  of  South 
Carolina  course  work. 

2.  The  student  was  not  enrolled  at  any 
University  of  South  Carolina  campus  for 
at  least  48  months. 

3.  The  student  must  be  readmitted  to  a  degree 
program  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
and  must  complete  at  least  24  hours  of 


approved  graded  course  w  ork  prior  to 
applying  for  academic  forgiveness. 

4.  After  readmission  to  the  University,  the 
student  must  earn  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
at  least  2.0  and  meet  the  progression 
requirements  of  his  or  her  degree  program. 

5.  The  student  has  not  previously  been  granted 
academic  forgiveness. 

A  student  who  has  met  these  conditions  and  desires 
academic  forgiveness  must  submit  a  written  request  for 
academic  forgiveness  to  the  dean  of  the  school  in  which 
the  student  is  enrolled.  After  verification  of  the  student's 
eligibility,  the  dean  shall  inform  the  registrar  that  academic 
forgiveness  has  been  granted  to  the  student. 

Once  academic  forgiveness  has  been  granted,  the 
following  apply  to  the  student's  academic  record: 

1 .  All  curriculum  requirements  will  be  in 
accordance  with  those  in  force  at  the  time  of 
or  subsequent  to  the  student's  readmission. 

2.  The  student  may  not  receive  academic 
honors  upon  graduation. 

3.  The  student's  grade  point  average  is 
recalculated  beginning  with  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  was  readmitted  to  the 
University. 

4.  Courses  in  which  the  student  received  a 
passing  grade  prior  to  readmission  and  the 
granting  of  academic  forgiveness  may.  at 
the  discretion  of  the  student's  school,  be 
used  for  academic  credit,  but  are  not  used  in 
the  calculation  of  the  grade  point  average. 

5.  The  following  statement  shall  appear  on  the 
academic  record  of  any  student  granted 
academic  forgiveness:  "This  student  was  grant- 
ed academic  forgiveness  under  the  University 
of  South  Carolina  Academic  Forgiveness  Pro- 
gram. No  courses  taken  prior  to  (date  of  re- 
admission) are  used  in  the  calculation  of  the 
GPA,  but  those  in  which  the  student  recei\ed 

a  passing  grade  may  be  used  to  meet  degree 
requirements." 

6.  The  pennanent  academic  record  will  remain  an 
unmodified  record  of  all  work  attempted  at  the 
University  of  South  Carolina. 

7.  A  cumulative  GPA  of  2.0  is  required  on  all 
work  following  academic  forgiveness  for  pur- 
poses of  graduation. 

Classification  of  Students 

Classification  of  students  is  based  on  the  total  number 
of  semester  hours  earned.  A  student  must  have  earned  30 
semester  hours  to  be  classified  as  a  sophomore.  60  for 
classification  as  a  junior,  and  90  for  classification  as  a 
senior.  Students  are  classified  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester. 

Academic  Honors 

Honor  Lists 

Each  semester,  academic  achievement  is  recognized  by 
entering  students'  names  on  the  chancellor's  honor  list  and 
the  dean's  honor  list.  The  chancellor's  honor  list  requires  a 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


57 


GPA  of  4.0  earned  on  a  niininiuin  0112  credited  semester 
hours.  The  dean's  honor  list  requires  a  grade  point  a\  erage 
of  3.5  or  higher  (3.25  or  higher  for  freshmen)  earned  on 
a  minimum  of  12  credited  semester  hours. 

No  course  carried  on  a  pass-fail  basis  is  counted 
toward  the  12  hours  required  for  either  the  chancellor's 
or  dean's  honor  lists. 

Graduation  with  Honors 

Graduation  with  honors  \\ ill  be  based  on  a  cumula- 
ti\e  GPA  calculated  on  the  basis  of  all  work  for  college 
credit,  including  any  attempted  at  other  institutions  at  any 
time.  This  calculation  includes  all  courses  attempted,  not 
just  those  submitted  in  fulfillment  of  graduation  require- 
ments. 

In  addition  to  their  o\  erall  record,  students  w  ith  o\  erall 
honors  must  show  a  GPA  at  USC  which  meets  the  level 
specified  for  the  honors  being  sought. 

The  follow  ing designations  indicate  a  consistently  high 
level  ofacademic  achievement  through  the  student's  entire 
academic  career.  To  graduate  w  ith  such  honors,  a  student 
must  ha\  e  earned  at  least  60  credit  hours  applicable  to  the 
degree  in  residence  at  the  Univ  ersity.  Courses  taken  by  a 
transient  student  at  other  institutions,  by  correspondence, 
by  examination,  or  by  exemption  are  not  considered  "in 
residence." 

Sumnni  cum  Luiule:  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.95-4.00 
Magna  cum  Lamie:  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.75-3.94 
Cum  Limde:  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.50-3.74 

For  purposes  of  the  graduation  ceremony  and  program, 
academic  honors  are  calculated  on  the  student's  previous 
semester. 

Honor  Societies 

Students  whose  records  demonstrate  superior  aca- 
demic achievement  may  be  inv  ited  to  join  several  honor 
societies  chartered  on  the  USC  Upstate  campus.  These 
organizations  exist  not  only  to  recognize  outstanding 
students  but  also  to  promote  academic  achievement  in  all 
areas  of  the  University. 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta,  the  International  Sociology 
Honor  Society,  was  founded  in  1920.  The  Mu  Chapter 
at  USC  Upstate  was  chartered  in  2009.  AKD  recognizes 
students  with  outstanding  academic  achievements  in 
sociology.  Because  the  mission  statement  of  AKD  is  "To 
investigate  humanity  for  the  purpose  of  service,"  students 
also  engage  in  a  number  of  service  activities  throughout 
the  year.  To  be  a  member,  students  must  be  a  sociology 
major  or  minor,  have  junior  standing  (completed  at  least 
60  hours),  have  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  higher 
-  both  overall  and  in  sociology,  and  must  have  completed 
at  least  four  sociology  courses  at  USC  Upstate. 

In  2005.  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 
was  granted  a  chapter  of  Alpha  Sigma  Lambda  National 
Honor  Society,  the  oldest  and  largest  honor  society  devoted 
to  the  recognition  of  non-traditional  students  pursuing 
higher  education.  Alpha  Sigma  Lambda  National  Honor 
Society  was  established  in  1945  to  honor  superior  scholar- 
ship of  nontraditional  students. 

Alpha  Mu  Gamma,  the  national  collegiate  foreign  lan- 
guage honor  society,  was  founded  in  1 93 1  with  the  primary 


purpose  of  honoring  students  for  outstanding  achievement 
in  foreign  language  studv  during  college.  .Activities  of  the 
society  arc:  biennial  national  corn  entions.  regional  confer- 
ences, chapter  meetings  and  special  chapter  activities  like 
sponsorship  of  National  Foreign  Language  Week. 

AchapterofGamma  Beta  Phi  national  honor  society 
was  chartered  at  USC  Upstate  in  1978.  Membership  is 
open  to  students  who  rank  in  the  top  1 5  percent  of  their 
class  and  w  ho  have  completed  1 5  or  more  semester  hours 
in  residence  at  USC  Upstate. 

A  chapter  of  Kappa  Delta  Pi.  a  national  education 
honorary  fraternity,  w  as  established  at  USC  Upstate  in  the 
spring  of  1 97S.  It  is  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  who  have 
outstanding  academic  records  and  a  strong  commitment 
to  the  profession  of  education. 

The  Mu  Rho  Chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau.  the 
International  Honor  Society  for  Nursing,  was  chartered  in 
March  1992.  Membership  is  open  to  BSN  students  in  the 
top  35  percent  of  the  senior  class  with  a  minimum  GPA  of 
3.0.  This  academic  society  strives  to  promote  excellence 
and  the  advancement  of  nursing  knowledge,  research  and 
leadership. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  and  scholar- 
ship honor  society  atllliated  with  Omicron  Delta  Kappa 
national  fraternity.  Membership  is  open  to  juniors  and 
seniors  who  rank  in  the  upper  20  percent  of  their  class 
and  who  meet  chapter  criteria  for  leadership  and  service 
to  the  campus. 

Phi  Kappa  Phi.  dedicated  to  the  recognition  and 
promotion  ofacademic  excellence  in  all  fields  of  higher 
education,  is  the  nation's  oldest  and  largest  all-discipline 
honor  society.  Membership  by  in  Phi  Kappa  Phi  is  by  invi- 
tation only.  Those  invited  to  membership  include  the  top 
7.5  percent  of  last-term  juniors  and  the  top  10  percent  of 
seniors,  along  with  outstanding  graduate  students,  faculty, 
professional  staff,  and  alumni. 

Pi  Sigma  Alpha  isthe  national  political  science  honor 
society.  The  Nu  Kappa  chapter  was  chartered  at  USC  Up- 
state in  1 982.  Membership  is  open  to  students  who  attain 
a  B  average,  both  overall  and  in  political  science  courses. 
Applicants  must  have  completed  10  semester  hours  in 
political  science  and  be  ranked  in  the  upper  third  of  their 
college  class. 

Psi  Chi.  the  National  Honor  Society  in  Psychology, 
was  founded  in  1929  for  the  purposes  of  encouraging, 
stimulating,  and  maintaining  excellence  in  scholarship 
and  advancing  the  science  of  psychology.  The  chapter  at 
USC  Upstate  was  chartered  in  1993.  To  be  eligible  for 
membership,  students  must  be  psychology  majors  (or  IDS 
bi-disciplinary  psychology  majors)  who  have  completed 
at  least  three  semesters  of  college  work  including  nine 
hours  of  psychology.  Lligible  students  must  rank  in  the 
top  35  percent  of  their  class  and  have  a  minimum  GPA  of 
3.0  in  psychology  courses. 

Graduation 

Requirements  and  Procedures 

Applicants  for  graduation  are  urged  to  confer  with 
the  appropriate  chair  or  dean  about  their  major  program 
and  degree  requirements  before  the  beginning  of  their  last 
semester  of  residence  at  LISC  Upstate. 


5H 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Academic  Residency  Requirements.  The  last 
twenty-five  per  cent  oltlie  semester  horns  olthe  degree 
program  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  the  University. 
In  residence  means  that  students  are  regularly  enrolled  in 
the  University,  are  members  ofa  class  which  is  supervised 
by  a  faculty  member  ofUSC  Upstate,  and  in  other  ways 
conform  to  the  requirements  that  are  normally  connoted  by 
the  term  in  residence,  in  residence  requirements  may  not 
be  met  by  courses  for  which  credit  is  earned  by  exemption 
or  examination,  or  courses  for  which  transfer  credit  was 
awarded.  Students  who  have  not  established  credit  for  the 
prescribed  number  of  hours  in  residency  are  not  eligible 
for  graduation. 

Residency  Requirements  in  the  Major.  To  receive 
a  degree,  students  must  complete  at  least  12  semester 
hours  of  major  course  credit  at  USC  Upstate  or  at  other 
campuses  in  the  USC  system. 

Degree  Applications.  Candidates  for  degrees  must 
file  fomial  applications  prior  to  the  last  academic  term 
before  graduation  with  the  Records  Office  on  forms  ob- 
tained at  that  office.  Applications  must  be  filed  according 
to  the  deadlines  published  in  the  course  schedule.  In  order 
to  graduate  for  the  term  applied  for.  all  academic  work, 
including  transfer  credit,  exemption  exams  and  make  up 
of  incompletes,  must  be  received  in  the  Records  Office 
prior  to  the  end  of  the  semester.  Students  who  have  ap- 
plied for  graduation  but  did  not  meet  degree  requirements 
must  re-apply  for  the  appropriate  term. 

Semester        Applications  due  in       .Applications  due  Ceremony 

Graduating    Deans/Division  Offices  in  Records  Office 

May  December  1  .lanuary  20  May 

(walk  in  May) 

All  course  work  completed  by  the  end  of  (he  spring  semester. 

August  February  15  March  1  May 

(walk  in  May) 

All  course  work  completed  by  the  end  of  summer  II  semester. 


December       April  15  May  1 

(walk  in  December) 

All  course  work  completed  by  the  end  of  fall  semester. 


December 


Graduation  Requirements.  Students  submit  to  their  dean 
a  list  of  courses  meeting  all  regulations  and  requirements 
of  their  school  and  major  department  which  they  claim 
for  graduation  and  for  which  their  overall  GPA  and  their 
GPAon  USC  system  course  work  is  at  least  2.0.  This  list, 
after  verification,  forms  the  basis  for  the  dean's  approval 
or  rejection  of  students"  applications  for  graduation.  (This 
list  contains  only  the  courses  in  which  students  have  per- 
formed at  or  above  the  required  level.  The  list  need  not 
contain  all  courses  attempted  or  passed,  but  only  those 
which  students  wish  to  submit  in  fulfillment  of  graduation 
requirements. )  Students  who  have  been  granted  academic 
forgiveness  must  have  an  overall  GPA  of  at  least  2.0  since 
returning  to  USC  Upstate.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  re- 
quired for  any  course  submitted  for  fulfillment  of  general 
or  intensive  major  requirements  in  most  degree  programs. 
Exceptions  to  this  requirement  are  noted  in  the  description 
of  each  academic  program. 


Second  Undergraduate  Degree 

At  times  the  University  confers  a  second  undergraduate 
degree  upon  candidates  who  have  completed  all  require- 
ments lor  the  desired  degree.  A  second  degree  is  awarded 
provided  thai  the  additional  requirements  for  the  second 
degree  include  a  minimum  of  1 8  semester  hours  beyond 
those  required  fi)r  the  first  degree.  Students  may  pursue 
both  degrees  simultaneously.  A  separate  application  is 
required  for  each  USC  Upstate  degree. 

Student  Responsibility 

The  USC  Upslule  Sliulent  Hundhnok  contains  ad- 
ditional rules  and  regulations  as  well  as  the  Code  of 
Academic  Responsibility.  Students  are  responsible  for 
obtaining  a  copy  of  the  handbook  from  the  Student  Affairs 
Office  upon  registration. 

Notification  of  Student  Rights 
Under  FERPA 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
(FERPA)  affords  students  certain  rights  with  respect  to 
their  education  records.  They  are: 

(1 )  The  right  to  inspect  and  review  the  student's  edu- 
cation records  within  45  days  of  the  day  the  University 
receives  a  request  for  access. 

Students  should  submit  to  the  registrar,  dean,  head  of 
the  academic  division,  or  other  appropriate  official,  written 
requests  that  identify  the  record(  s )  they  wish  to  inspect.  The 
university  official  will  make  anangements  for  access  and 
notify  the  student  of  the  time  and  place  where  the  records 
may  be  inspected.  If  the  records  are  not  maintained  by  the 
university  official  to  whom  the  request  w  as  submitted,  that 
official  shall  advise  the  student  of  the  correct  official  to 
whom  the  request  should  be  addressed. 

(2)  The  right  to  request  the  amendment  of  the  student  s 
education  records  that  the  student  believes  are  inaccurate 
or  misleading. 

Students  may  ask  the  University  to  amend  a  record  that 
they  believe  is  inaccurate  or  misleading.  They  should  write 
the  University  official  responsible  for  the  record,  clearly 
identifying  the  part  of  the  record  they  want  changed,  and 
specify  why  it  is  inaccurate  or  misleading. 

If  the  University  decides  not  to  amend  the  record  as 
requested  by  the  student,  the  University  will  notify  the 
student  of  the  decision  and  advise  the  student  of  his  or  her 
right  to  a  hearing  regarding  the  request  for  amendment. 
Additional  information  regarding  the  hearing  procedures 
will  be  provided  to  the  student  when  notified  of  the  right 
to  a  hearing. 

(3)  The  right  to  consent  to  di.'iclosures  of  personally 
identifiable  information  contained  in  the  student  s  educa- 
tion records,  except  to  the  extent  that  FERPA  authorizes 
disclosure  without  consent. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  will  disclose  in- 
formation from  a  student's  education  records  only  with 
the  written  consent  of  the  student,  except: 

(a)  To  school  officials  with  legitimate  educational 
interests: 

•A  school  official  is  a  person  employed  by 
the  University  in  an  administrative. 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


59 


supervisory,  academic  or  research,  or 
support  start" position:  a  person  or 
company  with  whom  the  University 
has  contracted  (such  as  an  attorney,  auditor, 
or  collection  agent );  a  person  serving  on  the 
Board  of  Trustees:  or  a  student  serving  on 
an  orticia!  committee,  such  as  a  disciplinary 
or  grievance  committee,  or  assisting  another 
school  ofiicia!  in  performing  his  or 
her  taslcs. 

•A  school  otiicial  has  a  legitimate 
educational  interest  if  the  official  needs  to 
review  an  education  record  in  order  to  ful 
fill  his  or  her  professional  responsibility. 

(b)  To  officials  of  other  institutions  in  which  the 
student  seeks  or  intends  to  enroll  provided  that 
the  student  has  previously  requested  a  release 
of  his/her  record: 

(c)  To  authorized  representatives  of  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education,  the  Comptroller 
General  of  the  United  States,  state  educational 
authorities,  organizations  conducting  studies 
for  or  on  behalf  of  the  University,  and  accredit- 
ing organizations; 

(d)  In  connection  with  a  student's  application 
for.  and  receipt  of.  financial  aid: 

(e)  To  comply  with  a  judicial  order  or  lawfully 
issued  subpoena: 

( 0    To  parents  of  dependent  students  as  defined  by 

the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  Section  152; 
(g)  To  appropriate  parties  in  a  health  or  safety 

emergency;  or 

To  the  alleged  victim  of  any  crime  or  violence 

of  the  results  of  any  disciplinary  proceedings 

conducted  by  the  University. 

The  University  may  disclose  the  result  of  a 
disciplinary  proceeding  to  a  parent  or  guardian 

so  long  as  the  student  is  under  the  age  of  2 1  at 
the  time  of  the  incident  and  the  proceeding 
has  resulted  in  a  violation  of  University  daig  or 
alcohol  policies,  or  any  federal,  state,  or  local 
law. 
(j)    To  students  currently  registered  in  a  particular 

class,  the  names  and  email  addresses  of  others 

on  the  roster  may  be  disclosed  in  order  to 

participate  in  class  discussion. 


(h 


(i) 


written  request  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  not  to  release 
directory  information  pertaining  to  them.  Requests  will 
be  processed  within  24  hours  after  receipt.  Directory  in- 
formation will  be  withheld  from  student  directories  and 
telephone  hooks  only  if  notification  is  received  prior  to  the 
publication  of  these  documents.  The  electronic  directory  is 
updated  each  weekend:  requests  for  non-disclosure  will  be 
honored  with  the  ne.xt  update  afterthe  request  is  processed 
by  the  start"  of  the  Oilice  of  the  Registrar 

(4)  The  right  to  file  a  complaint  with  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Education  concerning  alleged fiiilures  by  the 
University  to  comply  with  the  requirements  ofFERPA. 

The  name  and  address  of  the  office  that  administers 
FERPA  is:  Family  Policy  Compliance  Office,  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Education,  600  Independence  Avenue,  SW, 
Washington  DC  20202-4605. 

Questions  concerning  this  law  and  the  University's 
procedures  concerning  release  of  academic  information 
may  be  directed  to  the  Ortice  of  the  Registrar  at  864- 
503-5220. 


The  University  of  South  Carolina  has  designated  the 
following  items  as  directory  information:  a  student's 
name,  electronic  mail  address,  local  and  permanent 
mailing  addresses  and  telephone  numbers,  semesters  of 
attendance,  enrollment  status  (full-  or  part-time),  date  of 
admission,  date  of  graduation,  school,  majors  and  areas 
of  concentration,  whether  or  not  currently  enrolled,  clas- 
sification (freshman,  etc.),  type  of  degree  being  pursued, 
degrees,  honors,  and  awards  received  ( including  scholar- 
ships and  fellowships),  weight  and  height  of  members  of 
athletic  teams,  and  whether  the  student  has  participated 
in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports  sponsored 
by  the  University. 

The  University  may  disclose  any  of  these  items  without 
prior  written  consent,  unless  the  student  has  submitted  a 


60 


Academic  Regulations 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Academic  Programs 


Curricula 

The  curricula  established  for  all  bachelor's  degrees 
include,  usually,  a  set  ofcourses  that  fulfill  the  general 
education  requirements,  a  set  ofcourses  that  comprise 
a  departmental  major,  a  set  ofcourses  that  comprise  a 
cognate  or  minor,  and  several  electi\e  courses. 

General  Education 

A  competency  based  general  education  program 
offers  students  a  common  academic  experience  and 
stimulates  an  appetite  for  life-long  education  while  serv- 
ing the  overarching  purposes  of  general  education — to 
collect  and  evaluate  information,  integrate  and  draw 
conclusions  from  this  information,  and  comnnmicate 
this  new  know  ledge  to  others — pro\  iding  students  with 
the  skills  and  abilities  necessary  to  becoming  responsible 
citizens.  A  competency  based  system  is  predicated  on 
outcome-based  education  and  the  concept  of  focusing 
and  organizing  learning  around  what  is  essential  for  all 
students  to  be  able  to  do  successfully  at  the  end  of  their 
learning  experiences.  (Revised  February  2009). 

A  set  of  general  education  requirements  is  included 
in  each  baccalaureate  program.  The  purpose  of  such 
requirements  is  to  provide  a  broadly  based  education 
foundation  upon  which  an  area  of  specialization  may 
be  developed.  For  this  reason,  students  are  encouraged 
to  select  various  courses  outside  their  major  area  of 
study. 

To  help  ensure  common  educational  competencies 
and  skills  in  all  students,  the  faculty  has  adopted:  A)  a 
set  of  general  education  competencies — the  fundamental 
skills  students  will  possess  upon  graduation  from  the 
University,  and  B)  a  general  education  course  distribu- 
tion— the  courses  a  student  must  take  to  gain  these  compe- 
tencies— that  apply  across  all  curricula  of  the  University. 
However,  the  options  provided  in  the  general  education 
course  distribution  have  been  limited  and  structured  to 
meet  the  needs  of  each  major.  Students  are,  therefore, 
advised  to  follow  the  specific  requirements  listed  in 
the  catalog  under  the  individual  majors. 


A.  General  Education  Competencies 

Competency  1:  The  USC  Upstate  graduate  should 
demonstrate  an  ability  to  communicate  in  English,  both 
orall>  and  in  v\riting. 

1.1  Students  are  able  to  create  and  deliver  coherent, 
grammatically  correct  oral  presentations. 

1 .2  Students  are  able  to  create  coherent,  grammatically 
correct  written  responses  to  prompts  and  questions. 

Competency  2:  The  USC  Upstate  graduate  should 
demonstrate  an  understanding  of  and  an  ability  to  ap- 
ply scientific  investigation  and  quantitative  and  logical 
reasoning. 

2. 1  Students  demonstrate  an  ability  to  apply  scientific 
reasoning  by  drawing  appropriate  conclusions  from 
scientific  data. 

2.2  Students  demonstrate  an  ability  to  apply  quantita- 
tive and  logical  reasoning  by  producing  solutions  to  or 
analyses  of  appropriate  problems. 


Competency  3:  The  USC  Upstate  graduate  should  be 
able  to  integrate  and  critically  evaluate  information. 

3.1  Students  are  able  to  evaluate  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses of  varying  points  of  view. 

3.2  Students  demonstrate  the  ability  to  distinguish 
between  pertinent  and  irrelevant  information. 

Competency  4:     The  USC  Upstate  graduate  should 

understand  and  demonstrate  an  awareness  of  distinctive 

features  of  language  and  cultures. 

4.1     Students  demonstrate  knowledge  of  linguistic  and 

cultural  diversity  and  contributions  of  such  diversity  to 

society. 

Competency  5:  The  USC  Upstate  graduate  should  dem- 
onstrate responsible  and  appropriate  use  of  information 
technologies. 

5.1  Students  are  able  to  gather  and  correctly  process  in- 
formation through  appropriate  use  of  technological  tools. 

5.2  Students  demonstrate  the  ability  to  use  information 
technologies  to  communicate  information  to  others. 


B.  General  Education  Course  Distribution* 

The  general  education  requirements  listed  below  are 
incorporated  into  all  majors  at  USC  Upstate.  This  distribution 
represents  a  minimum  level  ofintroduction  to  various  subdi- 
visions in  the  liberal  arts,  providing  a  common  educational 
experience  for  all  USC  Upstate  graduates.  A  course  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  only  one  general  education  requirement. 

I.  Communication  Courses 

English 6 

Speech 3 

II.  Mathematics  &  Logic  Courses 

One  mathematics  course,  and 3 

One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics 3 

III.  Information  Technology  Course 

One  information  technology  course 3 

IV.  Natural  Sciences  Courses 

Two  courses  including  one  laboratory  course 
Selected  from  the  following;  astronomy,  biology, 
chemistry,  geography,  geology,  physics 7-8 

V.  Arts  &  Humanities  Courses 

One  fine  arts  course:  art  history,  music,  theatre  or 

African  American  studies 3 

One  course  from  the  following:** 3 

Literature.  African  American  studies,  American  studies, 
linguistics,  film,  philosophy,  religion,  theatre. 
**Si>  nioiv  ihan  ihive  credit  hours  firmi  a  specific  discipline 
will  he  accepted  for  the  general  education  recfiiiremenl 
under  the  Arts  and  Humanities  distrihulion. 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture 

The  minimum  acceptable  lev  el  of  competency  is  comple- 
tion of  the  1 02  level  of  a  language.  Student  who  place  into 
the  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language  satisfy  the  language 
requirement  but  will  have  additional  hours  in  electives,  if 
hours  are  required  by  their  degree  program 3 


62 


Academic  Programs 
20092010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


VII.  History  Course 

Histoiy 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  Courses 

Courses  from  two  oIiIk-  I'ol  lowing,  with  two 

disciplines  represented;  6 

African  American  studies.  Anthropology,Economics, 
Government  &  International  studies.  Geography, 
Psychology,  Sociology.  Women's  studies 

Total  General  Education  Requirements 

43-46  Credit  Hours 

*For  specific  courses  lluil  niecl  the  major's  dislrihution 
requirement,  consult  the  degree  worksheets. 

Assessment  Participation 

The  University  ofSouth  Carolina  Upstate  is  committed 
to  offering  programs  and  activities  that  encourage  students  to 
develop  both  academically  and  socially.  In  order  to  evaluate 
and  continuously  improve  the  ctTectiveness  of  our  efforts, 
faculty,  administrators,  and  staff  conduct  ongoing  assess- 
ments. Also,  many  of  the  University's  assessment  activities 
are  mandated  by  external  agencies.  Consequently,  student, 
faculty,  and  staff  participation  in  assessment  activities  is  a 
University  priority  and  responsibility. 

Therefore,  all  students  wishing  to  receive  a  degree 
from  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  are  required 
to  participate  in  assessments  of  general  education  compe- 
tencies, their  major  and/or  area  of  concentration,  and  other 
programs  and  activities  sponsored  by  the  University.  If  a 
student  fails  to  participate  in  a  required  assessment  activity, 
a  hold  may  be  placed  on  the  student's  records.  The  results  of 
any  University  assessment  activity  will  be  reported  in  ag- 
gregate and  may  not  be  used  for  the  evaluation  of  a  student's 
progress  in  a  course  or  progress  toward  a  degree. 

For  more  information  contact  the  Office  of  Institu- 
tional Effectiveness. 

Foreign  Language  Placement  Policy 

I .  Placement  into  the  following  courses  based  on  scores  on 
the  Foreign  Language  Placement  Exam  administered 
at  use  Upstate  on  orientation  dates: 

French German Spanish 


101 

101 

101 

102 

102 

102 

201 

201 

201 

202 

202 

202 

II.  Placement  into  201  level  course  with  the  appropriate 
score  on  the  College  Board  SAT  II  Subject  Test  in 
French,  Gemian  or  Spanish.    The  following  tables 
summarizes  placement; 
French  German  Spanish  Placement 

480  or  below   450  or  below    450  or  below      101 
490-530  460-500  460-510  102 

540-580  510-560  520-560  201 

590-630  570-620  570-620  202 

640  or  above    630  or  above    630  or  above     300-level 

course  or 
above 


111.  The  following  table  summarizes  credit  awarded  under 
the  Advanced  Placement  (y\P)  Program.  If  a  student 
has  taken  AP  exams  but  has  not  yet  received  his/her 
results,  he/she  should  register  for  courses  based  on 
assuming  AP  credit. 


Language         Score 

Credit  Awarded  for 

Credit 

use  Upstate  Course(s) 

Hours 

French  Lang    3,4 

FR  101,  102 

6 

French  Lang    5 

FR  lOI,  102,201 

9 

French  Lit       3 

FR  101,  102 

6 

French  Lit       4 

FR  101,  102,201 

9 

French  Lit        5 

FR  101.  102,201.202 

12 

German  Lang  3.4 

GER  101.  102 

6 

German  Lang  5 

GER  101.  102.201 

9 

Spanish  Lang  3,4 

SPAN  101.  102 

6 

Spanish  Lang  5 

SPAN  101.  102.201 

9 

Spanish  Lit       3,4,5 

SPAN  202 

3 

IV.  Students  who  are  multilingual,  who  have  learned 
English  as  a  foreign  language,  or  who  through  fam- 
ily and/or  cultural  background  have  strong  skills  in  a 
foreign  language  should  see  the  chair  of  Languages, 
Literature,  and  Composition  or  the  coordinator  of 
foreign  languages  to  determine  if  they  will  be  exempt 
without  credit  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  of 
their  majors.  An  exemption  form  will  be  placed  in  each 
student's  file  and  copy  sent  to  records.  Such  students 
will,  at  the  discretion  of  the  chair  or  coordinator  of 
foreign  languages,  be  allowed  to  take  upper  division 
courses  in  their  native  language  and  receive  credit. 

V.  While  colleges  and  universities  are  not  obligated  to 
waive  foreign  language  requirements  for  students  with 
learning  disabilities  (according  to  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1 973 ),  USC  Upstate  has  made  the 
following  provision;  students  who  are  certified  by  the 
USC  Upstate  Office  of  Disability  Services  has  having 
learning  disabilities  that  may  interfere  with  learning  a 
foreign  language,  may  fulfill  their  general  education 
requirement  in  foreign  languages  by  taking  a  course  in 
English  on  the  history,  culture,  civilization  or  literature 
of  a  non-English  speaking  country  or  countries. 

Major  Requirements 

Each  baccalaureate  program  includes  courses  to  enable 
students  tospecializeinaparticular  area  of  interest.  Aminimum 
grade  of  C  is  required  for  any  course  submitted  for  fiilfillment 
of  a  major  requirement.  Exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
noted  in  the  description  of  each  academic  program. 

Senior  Seminar 

All  baccalaureate  programs  will  include  a  senior 
seminar  course  that  will  ser\e  as  a  capstone  experience 
for  the  program.  This  experience  will  allow  students  to 
integrate  knowledge  from  their  discipline  and  their  General 
Education  Program.  Senior  seminars  must  also  critically 
evaluate  related  ethical  issues  and  ha\  e  students  articulate 
relevant  topics  in  written  and  oral  presentations.  Senior 
seminars  must  provide  an  opportunit)'  for  the  assessment 
of  program  and  general  education  goals.  These  courses 
are  the  culminating  experience  of  students  in  a  particular 
program  and  may  follow  a  variety  of  formats  such  as 
student  teaching  or  specific  courses. 


Academic  Programs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


63 


Cognates  and  Minors 

Students  seeking  degrees  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Seienees  are  required  to  eomplete  either  a  eognate  or 
a  minor.  Neither  a  cognate  nor  a  minor  is  required  for 
professional  degrees,  (i.e..  nursing,  education,  and  busi- 
ness). Both  cognates  and  minors  are  concentrated  study 
in  an  area  that  complements  work  in  the  major.  Courses 
may  not  be  counted  toward  both  a  cognate  and  a  minor; 
hov\  e\  er.  students  may  apply  up  to  6  hours  of  minor  credit 
toward  general  education  requirements.  See  each  degree 
program  for  cognate  or  minor  regulations  specific  to  a 
degree  program. 

Students  not  pursuing  a  Business  degree  may  earn 
a  maximum  of  29  semester  hours  in  Business  courses, 
excluding  SECO  221.  222.  291.  and  292.  providing  they 
meet  the  course  prerequisites  and  have  earned  5A  credit 
hours  before  enrolling  in  300-level  and  above  courses. 

Cognate 

Cognate  course  requirements  are  selected  by  a  stu- 
dent and  the  major  academic  advisor  to  meet  the  unique 
needs  and  interests  of  the  individual  student.  The  cognate 
consists  of  1 2  semester  hours  of  a  coherent  selection  of 
courses,  typically  300-level  or  higher,  approved  in  advance 
by  the  student's  major  advisor  and  supporting  the  course 
work  in  the  major.  \  cognate  may  be  from  one  or  more 
disciplines  outside  the  major  field. 

To  assist  students  in  the  selection  of  coherent  mul- 
tidisciplinary  cognates,  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
has  suggested  some  options.  Other  multidisciplinary 
cognates  may  be  planned  with  the  advisor. 

Courses  usually  eligible  for  consideration  as  cognate 
credit  include  all  courses  numbered  300  and  above,  as  well 
as  the  following: 

Art  History  and  Art  Studies  200  and  above 

Computer  Science  210;  241;  242  and  above 

Foreign  language  202  and  above 

Geography  200  and  above 

Mathematics  243  and  above 

Philosophy  200  and  above 

Physics  201  and  above 

Possible  Miillidisciplinuiy  Cognates 

Appropriate  internship,  topics,  or  independent 
studies  courses  may  be  used  in  any 
multidisciplinar>'  cognate. 

African/African-American  Studies;  Courses 
primarily  about  Africa,  African-Americans,  or 
race  relations  in  art,  history,  literature,  or 
sociology,  including  Sociology  431,  Social 
Inequality:  Class,  Race  and  Gender  in  the 
United  States. 

Business:  Business  Administration  347.  Legal 
Environment  of  Business;  Business 
Administration  350.  Principles  of  Marketing; 
Business  Administration  35 1 ,  Consumer 
Behavior;  Business  Administration  352, 
Marketing  Communications;  Business 
Administration  369,  Personal  Finance;  Business 
Administration  371.  Organizational 


Management  and  Behavior;  Business 
Administration  374.  Management  of  Human 
Resources;  Business  Administration  377, 
Advanced  Organizational  Behavior;  Business 
Administration  452.  International  Marketing; 
Business  Administration  471.  New  Business 
Enterprise;  Psychology  311.  Industrial  and 
Organizational  Psychology;  and  Sociology  471, 
Organizations  and  Occupations. 

Fine  Arts;  200-level  or  higher  art  studio  (SART), 
or  art  history  (SATH);  300  level  or  higher  theater 
or  music. 

German  Studies:  German  202,  Interinediate 
German,  and  higher;  History  340,  Germany 
Since  1870. 

Leadership  Studies:  Students  are  limited  to  two 
courses  from  any  one  discipline.  Business 
Administration  371,  Organizational 
Management  and  Behavior;  Business 
Administration  374,  Management  of  Human 
Resources;  Business  Administration  377, 
Advanced  Organizational  Behavior;  Government 
and  International  Studies  370,  Introduction  to 
Public  Administration;  Philosophy  310.  Ethics 
for  the  Professions;  Psychology  307,  Social 
Psychology;  Psychology  311,  Industrial  and 
Organizational  Psychology;  Sociology  445, 
Community  Organization;  Sociology  471 
Organizations  and  Occupations;  Speech  310, 
Principles  of  Interpersonal  and  Group 
Communication;  University  310,  leadership 
Internship. 

Quantitative  Research:  Statistics  courses  in 
mathematics;  Psychology  402,  Experimental 
Topics  in  Psychology;  Sociology  401, 
Sociological  Research  Methods. 

Physical  Sciences:  physics,  200-level;  chemistry  . 
and  geology,  300-level  or  higher. 

Political  Philosophy:  government  and 
international  studies  course  in  political  theory 
or  thought,  300  level  or  higher  including 
Government  and  International  Studies  350, 
Women  and  Politics;  ethics  or  history  of 
philosophy,  200-level  or  higher. 

Women's  Studies:  300-level  or  higher  courses 
listed  within  women's  studies  (SWST)  and  courses 
primarily  focused  on  women  in  areas  such  as  art, 
English,  history,  literature,  government  and 
international  studies,  psychology,  sociology, 
or  criminal  justice. 

Minor 

Minor  course  requirements  are  predetermined  by 
academic  disciplines  or  by  multidisciplinary  committees. 
The  minor  should  develop  a  coherent  basic  preparation  in 
a  second  field  of  study  or  introduce  students  to  the  interdis- 
ciplinary examination  of  an  important  area  of  learning.  It 


64 


Academic  Programs 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


is  a  minimum  of  IS  semester  hours  of  prescribed  courses 
with  at  least  12  semester  hours  at  the  300  level  or  higher. 
No  more  than  six  semester  hours  may  be  earned  in  general 
education  courses.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in 
each  course  used  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  a  minor. 

While  many  degree  programs  include  the  option 
of  a  minor  as  part  of  the  degree  program,  not  all  degree 
programs  include  the  option  of  a  minor.  Even  in  these 
latter  programs,  however,  any  student  pursuing  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  may  also  pursue  a 
university-approved  minor.  Note  that  particular  degree 
programs  may  have  restrictions  on  choice  of  minors. 
Completing  the  degree  with  a  minor  may  require  more 
than  the  minimum  120  credit  hours  to  graduate. 

use  Upstate  offers  the  following  minors: 

African-American  Studies 

American  Studies 

Art  History 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Chemistry 

Commercial  Music 

Communication 

Computer  Science 

Conflict  Resolution 

Criminal  Justice 

Economics 

English 

Film  Studies 

French 

German  Studies 

History 

Information  Management  &  Systems 

International  Studies 

Jazz  Studies 

Journalism 

Mathematics 

Nonprofit  Administration 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Spanish  Translatioii/lnterpretation 

Speech  Communication 

Theatre 

Women's  Studies 

Electives 

Most  degree  programs  allow  students  the  opportunity 
to  take  a  limited  number  of  courses  that  do  not  fulfill  any 
specific  academic  requirements.  Normally,  any  course  can 
be  counted  as  an  elective,  but  some  restrictions  may  be 
imposed  by  particular  degree  programs.  Elective  credits 
for  participation  in  group  performance  music  activity 
courses  (SMUS  126,  127,  128,  129,  131,  and  327)  may 
be  counted  up  to  a  maximum  of  eight  credits.  Elective 
credits  for  special  university  courses  (SUNV)  may  be 
counted  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Special  Programs 

Three-  Year  Dej^ree  Prof^ram 

use  Upstate  offers  students  the  opportunity  to 
complete  programs  of  study  to  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
just  three  years.  This  accelerated  program  is  available  in 
early  chi  Idhood  education,  elementary  education,  criminal 
justice,  psychology  and  sociology. 

Participants  in  the  Three- Year  Degree  program  are 
expected  to  indicate  their  interest  at  the  time  they  apply 
as  freshmen.  Students  may  graduate  in  three  years  by 
meeting  all  academic  requirements  and  by  following  the 
suggested  course  sequence  requiring  students  to  earn  1 6  to 
18  hours  per  semester  and  9  to  12  hours  each  summer. 

See  the  section  on  the  School  of  Education  for  further 
information  on  early  childhood  education  and  elementary 
education.  More  information  on  majors  in  criminal  justice, 
psychology  and  sociology  are  available  under  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

It  may  be  possible  to  complete  other  majors  in  three 
years.  Contact  the  appropriate  college  or  school. 

Pre-engineering 

The  use  Upstate  pre-engineering  program  is  designed 
to  meet  the  entrance  requirements  for  the  USC  Columbia  and 
Clemson  University  schools  of  engineering.  The  pre-engi- 
neering program  is  a  two-year  course  of  study  that  includes 
basic  engineering  courses,  science  and  mathematics  courses, 
and  humanities  and  social  science  courses.  After  comple- 
tion of  the  two-year  pre-engineering  curriculum,  students 
must  transfer  to  another  institution  to  complete  the  last  two 
years  of  the  baccalaureate.  Entry  to  these  degree-completion 
programs  is  on  a  competitive  basis.  For  more  information 
on  the  pre-engineering  program,  contact  the  chair  of  the 
Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering. 

Health-related  Fields 

In  addition  to  nursing,  USC  Upstate  offers  other 
opportunities  to  students  interested  in  health-related 
careers.  Different  advisement  tracks  are  available  forpre- 
chiropractic,  pre-medical.  pre-dental,  pre-veterinary  and 
pre-optometry  students.  Typically,  a  student  completes  a 
four-year  baccalaureate  in  the  sciences  at  USC  Upstate 
before  entering  a  postgraduate  professional  program.  A 
student  must  seek  admission  to  a  school  that  offers  the 
desired  professional  degree.  Entry  into  these  professional 
programs  is  on  a  competitive  basis. 

USC  Upstate  also  otTers  advisement  programs  to 
students  interested  in  allied  health  professions  (e.g.,  pre- 
physical  therapy,  pre-occupational  therapy,  pre-speech 
pathology).  After  completion  of  two  or  more  years  of 
course  work  at  USC  Upstate,  students  must  apply  for 
admission  to  a  school  that  offers  the  specific  professional 
baccalaureate  completion  program.  The  number  of  credit 
hours  to  be  earned  at  USC  Upstate  is  dependent  upon  the 
specific  pre-professional  program.  The  Medical  University 
of  South  Carolina  ( MUSC )  offers  the  greatest  diversity  of 
allied  health  baccalaureate  and  graduate  programs  in  the 
state.  Entry  into  MUSC  programs  or  other  professional 
degree  completion  programs  is  on  a  competitive  basis.  More 

'Students  desiring  a  postgraduate  professional  degree  should  note 
requirements  for  the  Three-Plus-One  Program  (Page  66). 


Academic  Programs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


65 


information  on  health-related  programs  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering. 

Pre-law' 

use  Upstate  provides  ad\isement  and  infonnation 
about  various  law  school  programs  through  the  chair 
of  Historv,  Political  Science.  Philosophy  and  American 
Studies.  Because  most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe  a 
specific  curriculum.  USC  Upstate  does  not  offer  a  pre- 
law major  While  students  interested  in  law  often  major 
in  political  science,  a  variety  ofother  disciplines  such  as 
history,  English,  economics,  business  and  math  provide 
excellent  backgrounds.  Law  schools  want  students  w  ho 
have  mastered  written  and  spoken  English  and  w  ho  have 
the  ability  to  analyze  and  think  critically.  They  prefer  a 
\ariety  of  learning  experiences  since  the  practice  of  law 
encompasses  knowledge  in  many  fields.  In  addition  to 
certain  requirements  in  the  general  education  program, 
such  as  speech,  math,  computer  science,  lab  science, 
American  go\ernment,  the  following  courses  represent 
the  broad  base  of  knowledge  preferred  by  most  law 
schools: 

•  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

Psychology  101 
Foreign  language 
Sociology  101 
Economics  22 1 
History  112 
Accounting  (SBAD  225) 

•  Junior  and  Senior  Years 

Logic  205  and  207 

International  Law  (SGIS  460) 

Literature  Course 

Legal  Environment  of  Business  (SBAD  347) 

Judicial  Process  (SGIS  452) 

Constitutional  Law  (SGIS  450) 

Civil  Rights  and  Civil  Liberties  (SGIS  451 ) 

Students  should  understand  that  taking  specific 
courses  is  not  nearly  as  important  in  gaining  entrance  to 
law  school  as  maintaining  a  solid  grade  point  average 
(GPA )  and  attaining  a  respectable  score  on  the  Law  School 
Aptitude  Test  ( LSAT).  Students  in  any  major  or  program 
interested  in  attending  law  school  should  contact  the  chair 
of  History,  Political  Science,  Philosophy  and  American 
Studies  for  assignment  of  a  pre-law  advisor 

Pre-pharmacy 

USC  Upstate  provides  advisement  serv  ices  to  pre- 
pharmacy  students  through  faculty  members  in  chemistry. 
Each  fall,  representatives  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
of  Pharmacy  are  invited  to  campus  to  meet  with  inter- 
ested USC  Upstate  pre-phannacy  students.  USC  Upstate 
provides  the  course  work  required  for  admission  into  the 
South  Carolina  College  of  Phanriacy  but  does  not  award 
a  degree  in  pharmacy.  The  South  Carolina  College  of 
Pharmacy  considers  applications  from  students  w  ho  com- 
plete a  minimum  of  67  semester  hours  of  pre-pharmacy 


course  work  at  USC  Upstate.  Pre-phamiacy  students  are 
encouraged  to  consider  completion  of  a  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence in  Chemistry  or  Biolog>  to  improxc  their  chances 
of  admission  into  a  pharmacy  school.  The  following 
recommended  sequence  of  courses  has  been  developed 
through  consultation  between  the  South  Carolina  College 
of  Phannacy  and  USC  Upstate. 

Recommended  Courses  for  the  South  Carolina 

College  of  Pharmacy 

•       First  Pre-pharmacy  Year 

Biology  101;  Biological  Science  1 

Biology  102:   Biological  Science  11 

Chemistry  111:  General  Chemistry 

Chemistry  1 12:  General  Chemistry  and 
Qualitati\e  Analysis 

English  101,  102:  Composition  and  Literature 

Mathematics  143:  Calculus  I 

Psychology  101:   Introduction  to  Psychology 

Electives  (6  semester  hours) 

Second  Pre-pharmacy  Year 

Biology  232:  Human  Anatomy 

Biology  242:  Human  Physiology 

Chemistry  331:  Organic  Chemistry 

Chemistry  33 IL:  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Chemistry  332:  Organic  Chemistry 

Chemistry  332L:  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Mathematics  102:  Elementary  Statistics 

Physics  201 :  General  Physics  I 

Physics  202:  General  Physics  II 

Economics  221:  Principles  of  Macroeconomics 

or  Economics  222:  Principles  of  Microeconomics 

Speech  201 

Electives  (3  semester  hours) 

As  soon  as  possible,  students  interested  in  pursu- 
ing a  career  in  pharmacy  should  contact  the  chair  of 
the  Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering  for 
assignment  to  a  pre-pharmacy  advisor. 

Three-Plus-One  Program 

USC  Upstate  awards  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies  to  a  stu- 
dent who  has  satisfactorily  completed  at  least  90  semester 
hours  of  undergraduate  work  and  one  year  (30  semester 
hours)  of  work  in  an  approved  accredited  professional 
school,  provided  the  applicant  has: 

made  application  to  the  interdisciplinary  studies 
program  at  USC  Upstate; 
satisfied  all  general  education  and  B.  A.  or  B.S.  option 
requirements  forthe  interdisciplinary  studies  degree, 
with  all  minimum  grade  requirements  met; 
completed  a  minimum  of  1 5  semester  hours  of  ju- 
nior- and  senior-level  courses  at  USC  Upstate; 
completed  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  under- 
graduate work  at  USC  Upstate; 
submitted  a  notice  of  intent,  approved  by  the 
dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  prior 
to  leaving  USC  Upstate  to  enter  the  professional, 
postgraduate  school;  and 
submitted  official  documents  from  the  approved 
professional  school  demonstrating  satisfactory 


66 


f^cademic  Programs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


completion  of  the  first  year  of  full-tmie  study 
leading  to  a  post-baccalaureate  degree. 

A  degree  other  than  interdisciplinary  studies  may  be 
awarded  if  the  combination  of  course  work  taken  at  USC 
Upstate  and  the  professional  school  is  equivalent  to  the  work 
required  for  another  bachelor's  degree  program  at  USC 
Upstate.  In  such  a  case,  the  school  in  which  the  degree  is 
offered  may  recommend  awarding  that  bachelor's  degree. 

Army  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps 
(ROTC) 

Participation  in  ROTC  is  voluntary.  Semester  hours 
earned  with  the  department  can  be  applied  toward  an 
academic  degree  program.  Uniforms,  textbooks  and 
equipment  required  for  the  ROTC  program  are  provided 
at  no  expense  to  the  student.  For  ROTC  scholarship 
students,  the  Army  pays  tuition  and  other  expenses  (see 
description  under  "Scholarships" ).  The  ROTC  program  is 
normally  four  years  of  instruction;  however,  a  two-year 
program  is  also  offered.  The  four-year  program  of  instruc- 
tion is  divided  into  the  Basic  Program  and  the  Advanced 
Course. 

The  Basic  Program.  Acceptance  may  be  considered 
when  one  of  the  following  programs  have  been  completed: 
six  semester  hours  in  the  Basic  Program,  two  years  of 
active  military  duty  with  an  honorable  discharge,  or 
three  years  of  JROTC.  Students  must  show  leadership 
potential  and  meet  the  necessary  physical  and  academic 
standards.  Students  participating  in  the  Basic  Program 
have  no  military  service  obligation. 

The  Advanced  Program.  Satisfactory  completion 
of  six  semester  hours  in  the  Basic  Program,  substitute 
military  experience  (two  years  of  active  duty  with  an 
honorable  discharge),  or  three  years  of  JROTC  qualifies 
students  for  entrance  into  the  Advanced  Program,  if  they 
have  also  shown  leadership  potential  and  have  met  the 
necessary  physical  and  academic  standards.  The  student 
must  be  an  academic  junior  or  senior  with  acceptance  to 
graduate  school  to  qualify  for  the  advanced  program. 

Normally  taken  during  the  student 'sjunior  and  senior 
years,  the  Advanced  Program  offers  a  maximum  of  12 
semester  hours.  It  provides  instmction  in  techniques  of 
effective  leadership,  tactics,  military  law.  logistics,  ad- 
ministration, responsibility  of  the  officer,  and  the  exercise 
of  command.  It  is  designed  to  further  the  development 
of  the  student's  leadership  qualities.  Advanced  Program 
students  receive  a  tax-free  subsistence  allowance  of  $  1 50 
per  month  for  1 0  academic  months  per  year,  and  are  paid 
approximately  $800  for  the  five- week  Summer  Camp  they 
are  required  to  attend  after  completion  of  their  junior  year. 
The  total  subsistence  and  pay  amounts  to  more  than  $3,000 
while  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Program.  Cadets  graduat- 
ing from  the  ROTC  program  receive  a  second  lieutenant's 
commission  upon  completing  their  undergraduate  degree 
requirements. 

The  Advanced  Program  cadet  may  elect  to  enter 
active  duty  for  three  years  or  participate  in  the  Reserve 
Force  Duty  Program  (R.F.D.)  as  means  for  fulfilling  the 
incurred  obligation  for  military  service.  Under  the  R.F.D. 


program,  students  are  commissioned  in  either  the  National 
Guard  or  the  U.S.  Army  Reserves  for  a  total  of  eight  years, 
during  which  time  they  attend  monthly  paid  drill  periods. 
This  enables  individuals  to  pursue  civilian  careers  and 
serve  their  nation  at  the  same  time.  The  R.F.D.  program 
can  be  guaranteed  if  the  student  desires.  Moreover,  stu- 
dents' preferences  concerning  the  occupational  specialty 
in  which  they  wish  to  serve  arc  taken  into  consideration 
prior  to  assignment.  The  options  offered  are  numerous 
and  attractive. 

ROTC  Activities.  In  addition  to  normal  classroom 
instruction,  the  Military  Science  Department  sponsors 
numerous  extracurricular  activities.  These  activities  are 
designed  to  complement  and  reinforce  classroom  skills 
and  techniques.  Participation  is  voluntary  and  noacademic 
credit  is  awarded.  The  activities  presently  ofTered  are  the 
rifle  team,  and  the  Rangers.  A  chapter  of  the  National 
Military  Honor  Society  of  Scabbard  and  Blade  is  avail- 
able for  student  participation.  Adventure  activities  such  as 
rappelling,  orienteering,  mountaineering  and  white  water 
rafting  are  open  for  participation. 


Academic  Programs 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


67 


Majors,  Minors,  and  Programs 


Bachelor  'v  Dearees 

Art  Education 

Art  Studio  (Graphic  Design) 
Biology 

Business  Administration  and  Kconomics 
(concentrations  in  accounting,  economics/finance,  busi- 
ness administration,  management  and  marketing) 
Chemistry 

Communication  (concentrations  in  electronic  media, 
journalism,  speech  and  theater) 
Computer  Information  Systems 
Computer  Science 
Criminal  Justice 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Elementary  Education 
Engineering  Technology  Management 
English 

Experimental  Psychology 
History 

Information  Management  and  Systems 
Interdisciplinary  Studies 
Mathematics 
Middle  Level  Education 
Nonprofit  Administration 
Nursing 

Physical  Education 
Political  Science 

Secondary  Education  (concenn-atiom  in  hiolog\\  chemistry, 
English,  mathematics,  social studies/histoiy.  cmdSpanish) 
Sociology 

Special  Education:  Learning  Disabilities 
Spanish 

Master  !s  Decrees 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Elementary  Education 

Special  Education:  Visual  Impairment 

Certification 

Earh'  Childhood  Education 
Elementary  Education 
Middle  Grades  Education 
Physical  Education 
Secondary  Education 
Special  Education:  Learning  Disabilities 
Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English  to 
Speakers  of  Other  Languages 

6S 


Minors 

African-American  Studies 

American  Studies 

Art  History 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Commercial  Music 

Communication 

Commercial  Music 

Computer  Science 

Conflict  Resolution 

Chemistry 

Criminal  Justice 

Economics 

English 

Film  Studies 

German  Studies 

History 

International  Studies 

Information  Management  &  Systems 

Jazz  Studies 

Journalism 

French 

Mathematics 

Nonprofit  Administration 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Spanish  Interpreting 

Speech  Communications 

Theatre 

Women's  Studies 

Pre-professional  Programs 

Pre-Chiropractic 
Pre-Dental 
Pre-Engineering 
Pre-Law 
Pre-Medical 
Pre-Optometry 
Pre-Occupational  Therapy 
Pre-Pharmacy 
Pre-Physical  Therapy 
Pre-Physician  Assisting 
Pre-Speech  Pathology 
Pre- Veterinary  Medicine 


Academic  Programs 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Honors  Program 


Vision 

The  use  Upstate  Honors  Program  underscores  the 
commitment  of  USC  Upstate  to  academic  excellence: 
excellent  teaching,  excelleni  learning,  and  excellent 
programming.  The  Honors  Program  cultixates  academic 
excellence  by  olTering  enhanced  educational  oppoilunilies 
tailored  to  the  special  needs,  aspirations,  and  moti\  ations 
of  students  \\ ilh  outstanding  intellectual  and  creative 
abilities.  The  Honors  Program  enriches  the  honors 
learning  experience  by  pla\  ing  an  active  role  in  raising  the 
intellectual  and  cultural  caliber  of  the  entire  campus. 

Mission  Statement 

The  Honors  Program  creates  a  community  of  scholars  that 
achieves  the  highest  standards  of  academic  excellence. 
The  goals  are  as  follows: 

•  to  encourage  an  intellectual  orientation  by  providing 
a  challenging  curriculum  that  emphasizes  critical 
thinking,  creative  and  acti\  e  learning,  integration  of 
academic  disciplines,  in-depth  exploration  of  new 
fields  of  study,  and  application  of  learning  to  other 
environments; 

to  develop  the  skills  and  qualities  necessary  for 
leadership  both  at  USC  Upstate  and  in  the  larger 
community  through  an  emphasis  on  service 
orientation:  and 

•  to  provide  a  center  of  identity  to  meet  the  needs  of 
outstanding  students  and  to  cultivate  a  self-image  as 
honors  students. 

Admission 

Admission  to  the  Honors  Program  is  selective  and 
competitive.  Great  care  is  taken  to  admit  the  best-qualified 
applicants. 

Elifiihility  for  Admission  to  the  Honors  Program 

First  year  students,  sophomore-level  and  above 
students,  and  transfer  students  are  eligible  for  admittance 
in  the  Honors  Program  upon  re\ iew  and  approval  by  the 
Director  of  the  Honors  Program  and  the  Honors  Faculty 
Council. 

1.  A  first-year  student  is  eligible  to  apply  to  the  Honors 
Program  if  the  student  meets  at  least  two  of  the 
following  criteria: 

•  a  minimum  SAT  score  of  1 100  or  ACT  of  24; 

•  a  ranking  in  the  top  ten  percent  of  high  school 
graduating  class; 

•  a  cumulative  high  school  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  .'i.5  on  a  4.0  scale; 

•  a  Merit  Award  Program  finalist; 

•  a  Chancellor  or  Valedictorian  Scholar: 

•  evidence  of  motivation  and  commitment  to 
academic  excellence. 

2.  A  current  USC  Upstate  sophomore  or  junior  is 

eligible  to  apply  to  the  Honors  Program  if  the 
student  meets  the  following  criteria: 

•  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher  on  a 
minimum  of  30  hours  from  USC  Upstate; 

•  evidence  of  motivation  and  commitment  to 
academic  excellence. 


3.     A  transfer  student  is  eliuible  to  apply  to  the 

Honors  Program  if  the  student  meets  the  following 
criteria: 

•  a  cumulativ  e  GPA  of  3.2.^  or  higher  from  other 
academic  institutions; 

•  evidence  of  motivation  and  commitment  to 
academic  excellence. 

Application  Process 

Students  apply  for  the  Honors  Program  by  submitting 
the  following: 

•  an  application  that  includes  student's  academic 
record;  significant  extracurricular,  community, 
and  service  activities  (including  employment); 
accomplishments,  awards,  and  talents;  and  any 
involvement  in  academic  research; 

•  a  500-word  essay  discussing  the  goals  and 
aspirations  for  an  honors  college  experience: 
and 

•  two  letters  of  recommendation  attesting  to 
academic  eligibility. 

•  an  interview  with  the  Director  of  the  Honors 
Program  may  be  required. 

Exceptions  to  these  requirements  may  be  considered 
by  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program. 

Students  who  have  not  been  admitted  to  the  Honors 
Program  but  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.25  may 
participate  in  honors  courses  with  the  permission  of  the 
Director  of  the  Honors  Program  in  consultation  with  the 
faculty  member  teaching  the  honors  course. 

Honors  Credits  from  Other  Institutions 

Up  to  9  credit  hours  or  three  courses  from  other 
National  Collegiate  Honors  Council  institutions  may  be 
accepted  for  honors  credit  into  the  USC  Upstate  Honors 
Program.  These  courses  must  be  compatible  with  the 
USC  Upstate  Honors  Program.  A  syllabus  or  complete 
description  of  courses  offered  for  acceptance  into  the 
program  may  be  required  for  review  by  the  Director  of 
the  Honors  Program.  All  credits  must  be  approved  by  the 
Director  of  the  Honors  Program. 

Completion  Requirements 

To  complete  the  Honors  Program,  honors  students 
must  earn  a  USC  Upstate  degree,  satisfy  all  major  and 
Honors  Program  requirements,  and  remain  in  good 
standing  throughout  their  college  careers. 

Honors  students  must 

•  maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.00  each 
semester  and  achieve  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
3.25  at  the  time  of  graduation; 

•  complete  a  minimum  of  two  honors  courses 
each  year;  and 

•  demonstrate  significant  contributions  to  honors 
actiyities  either  by  serving  on  the  Honors 
Student  Council  or  by  participating  in  the 
programming  of  the  Honors  Program. 

Students  who  fall  below  the  required  minimum 
cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  in  any  semester  are  placed  on 
honors  probation.  At  the  end  of  the  probationary  semester, 
students  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  or  hisjherare  returned 


70 


Honors  Program 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


to  regular  honors  status.  Students  with  a  cumulative  GPA 
lower  than  3.0  but  with  a  semester  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0 
or  higher  remain  on  honors  probationary  status.  Students 
whose  probationary  semester  cumulative  GPA  is  lower 
than  3.0  are  dismissed  from  the  1  lonors  Program.  Students 
may  apply  forreadmission  to  the  Honors  Program  if  their 
cumulative  GPA  is  3.0  or  higher. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  graduate  from  the  Honors  Program,  honors 
students  must: 

•  complete  the  First  Year  Honors  Experience  in 
the  case  of  first  year  honors  students,  or 
complete  the  Honors  Colloquium  in  the  case 
of  other  USC  Upstate  students  and  transfer 
students; 

•  complete  at  least  1 8  hours  of  honors  credit  and 
3  hours  of  a  senior  thesis  or  project  directed  by 
an  honors  faculty  member;  the  thesis  or  project 
must  be  presented  to  a  public  audience; 

•  complete  a  minimum  of  60  hours  of  service 
learning  or  community  service  at  the  time  of 
graduation.  Honors  students  complete  service 
learning  or  community  service  hours  either  as 
a  course  requirement  or  by  serving  the 
university  or  community,  independent  of 
coursework.  Service  learning  or  community 
service  is  approved  by  the  Director  of  the 
Honors  Program;  and 

•  demonstrate  significant  contributions  to  honors 
activities  either  by  serving  on  the  Honors 
Student  Council  or  by  participating  in  the 
programming  of  the  Honors  Program. 


Curriculum 

To  enroll  in  honors  courses,  students  must  be 
members  of  the  Honors  Program  or  granted  approval  by 
the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program  in  consultation  with 
the  faculty  teaching  the  course. 

To  teach  an  honors  course,  faculty  members  must  apply 
to  the  Honors  Program  and  be  approved  by  the  Faculty 
Honors  Council  (see  section.  Faculty,  below).  The  honors 
course  must  also  be  approved  by  the  Honors  Council. 
The  course  application  must  include  a  description  of  the 
proposed  honors  course  that  emphasizes  participatory 
classroom  styles,  intense  and  in-depth  study  of  subject 
matter,  the  use  of  primary  source  material,  team  or  group 
teaching,  an  interdisciplinary  theme,  and  an  element  of 
independent  study.  Honors  courses  include  intensive 
reading,  writing,  and  research.  Faculty  are  encouraged 
to  offer  courses  encouraging  civic  responsibility,  global 
awareness,  service  learning,  or  community  service.  All 
honors  courses  are  limited  to  a  maximum  enrollment  of 
20  students. 

Priority  enrollment  in  honors  courses  is  given  to 
students  in  the  Honors  Program,  but  students  meeting 
the  admission  criteria  for  the  Honors  Program  may  enroll 
in  honors  courses  with  permission  of  the  Director  of  the 
Honors  Program  and  the  approval  of  faculty  teaching  the 
courses. 


Honors  Sections  o/Keffular  Courses  or  Labs 
(0-4  credit  hours) 

An  open  call  for  honors  courses  is  issued  each 
semester  to  faculty.  Proposals  are  reviewed  by  the  Honors 
Faculty  Council  and  approved  through  the  course  approval 
process  outlined  in  the  Faculty  Manual. 

Courses  designated  as  honors  courses  can  substitute 
for  non-honors  courses.  Honors  courses  cover  the  same 
material  as  regular  courses,  but  they  must  be  different 
from  regular  courses  by  requiring  coursework  that  is  more 
challenging  and  enriching  for  honors  students.  Honors 
sections  may  involve  a  different  teaching  approach, 
additional  readings,  or  special  requirements.  Course 
descriptions  for  honors  sections  must  show  greater  rigor, 
more  in-depth  study,  higher  expectations,  intensive 
reading,  writing,  and  research  than  non-honors  courses. 
Honors  courses  are  not  necessarily  taught  every  semester, 
although  some  courses  may  be  offered  regularly. 

Special  Honors  Courses  (1-3  credit  hours) 

An  open  call  for  special,  one-time-only  honors 
courses  is  issued  each  semester  to  faculty.  Proposals  are 
reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Honors  Faculty  Council 
and  the  standard  approval  process  for  one-time-only 
courses. 

Special  honors  courses  may  substitute  for  regular 
courses  or  may  be  new  courses.  Special  honors  courses 
cover  topics  not  covered  in  existing  courses,  allow  faculty 
to  experiment  with  new  teaching  methods,  incorporate 
new  ideas,  take  risks,  introduce  cutting-edge  material, 
and  develop  individual  research.  Course  descriptions 
must  show  greater  rigor,  more  in-depth  study,  higher 
expectations,  more  intensive  reading,  writing,  and 
research  than  non-honors  courses. 

Special  honors  courses  may  meet  general  education, 
major,  cognate/minor,  or  elective  requirements.  Honors 
Faculty  Advisors  recommend  to  deans  course  substitutions 
that  allow  incorporation  of  honors  courses  into  the 
curriculum. 

HONS  101.  First  Year  Honors  Experience 
(3  credit  hours) 

First  Year  Honors  Experience  is  a  facilitated  seminar 
course  taught  by  multiple  faculty  w  ith  an  interdisciplinary 
theme.  The  First  Year  Honors  Experience  is  required  of 
all  first  year  honors  students.  Facult>'  members  propose 
the  theme  of  the  course  and  outline  the  format  of  the 
class.  Courses  must  include  intensive  reading,  writing, 
and  research. 

The  First  Year  Honors  Experience  may  meet  general 
education,  cognate/minor,  or  elective  requirements. 
Honors  Faculty  Advisors  recommend  to  deans  course 
substitutions  that  allow  incorporation  of  honors  courses 
into  the  curriculum. 

HONS  301.  Honors  Colloquium 
(300-level  or  higher)  (3  credit  hours) 

The  Honors  Colloquium  is  a  facilitated  course  taught 
by  multiple  faculty.  The  course  has  an  interdisciplinary 
theme.  Faculty  members  propose  the  theme  of  the  course 
and  outline  the  format  of  the  class,  give  assignments,  and 
evaluate  students.  Course  must  include  intensive  reading. 


Honors  Program 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


71 


w  riting.  and  research.  Upper-level  and  transfer  students 
\v  ho  do  not  complete  the  First  Year  Honors  Experience 
must  enroll  in  the  Honors  Colloquium.  Honors  students 
who  complete  the  First  Year  Honors  Experience  may 
enroll  in  the  Honors  Colloquium  for  honors  credit.  The 
Honors  Colloquium  may  be  repeated  once  if  the  theme 
of  the  Colloquium  changes. 

The  Honors  Colloquium  may  meet  general  education, 
major,  cognate/minor,  or  elective  requirements.  Honors 
Faculty  Advisors  recommend  to  chairs,  deans,  or  the 
general  education  committee  course  substitutions 
that  allow  incorporation  of  honors  courses  into  the 
curriculum. 

HO.\S  399.  Honors  Independent  Study  (3-4  credit  hours) 

Directed  research  and  reading  of  a  complex  and 
extensive  nature  in  keeping  with  the  student's  major 
interests.  A  written  report  or  work  is  required  at  the  end  of 
the  term.  Research  involves  both  primary  and  secondary 
sources.  Consent  of  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program. 
May  be  repeated  with  the  consent  of  the  Director  of  the 
Honors  Program  for  a  total  of  no  more  than  eight  hours  of 
undergraduate  Honors  credit.  A  university  contract  must 
be  completed  with  all  required  signatures. 

HONS  401.  Honors  Thesis  (3-6  credit  hours) 

To  graduate  from  the  Honors  Program,  a  student 
must  complete  a  final  thesis  or  project  as  an  independent 
tutorial  directed  by  an  appropriate  faculty  member  chosen 
by  the  student  and  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Honors 
Program.  Students  are  eligible  for  the  Honors  thesis  or 
project  when  they  accumulate  a  minimum  of  12  honors 
credits.  Begun  as  early  as  the  junior  year,  the  thesis  or 
project  must  be  completed  and  submitted  to  the  Director 
of  the  Honors  Program  in  the  senior  year.  After  approval 
by  the  Honors  Faculty  Council,  students  must  present  the 
thesis  or  project  to  a  public  audience.  Honors  theses  are 
filed  in  the  Journal  of  Honors  Papers. 

The  honors  thesis  or  project  may  help  to  fulfill  the 
requirement  of  the  Senior  Seminar  in  honors  students' 
major  disciplines;  students  work  with  faculty  members 
directing  the  thesis  or  seminar  and  with  the  faculty 
member  teaching  the  senior  seminar  to  determine  its 
feasibility. 

The  honors  thesis  or  project  may  meet  general 
education,  major,  cognate/minor,  or  elective  requirements. 
Honors  Faculty  Advisors  recommend  deans  course 
substitutions  that  allow  incorporation  of  honors  courses 
into  the  curriculum. 

Faculty  members  who  act  as  advisors  for  honors 
students  completing  honors  theses  or  projects  receive 
course  release  time  according  to  the  university  policy  on 
faculty  release  time. 

Orientation  and  Advising 

The  Director  of  the  Honors  Program  assists  the 
academic  Chair  or  Dean  in  identifying  at  least  one  faculty 
advisor  in  each  academic  unit  to  advise  honors  students 
in  the  unit.  The  Honors  Program  provides  an  advising 
workshop  to  honors  advisors  each  semester. 


Extracurricular  A  ctivities 

The  Honors  Program  sponsors  a  full  range  of 
activities  open  to  both  honors  students  and  the  entire 
uni\  ersity  communit\'.  Such  activities  include  new  honors 
student  luncheons;  guest  lecturers  and  speakers;  coffees 
with  use  Upstate  faculty  lectures;  field  trips;  cultural 
events;  dinners  at  faculty  houses;  receptions;  Honors  Day 
ceremonies;  and  research  symposia. 

Special  Benefits 

Benefits  for  honors  students  niclude  availability  of  the 
Honors  House,  participation  in  honors  activities,  priority 
registration,  faculty  research  mentors,  library  privileges, 
and  the  opportunity  to  attend  Honorary  Society  meetings. 
Students  graduating  in  the  Honors  Program  receive  special 
notation  on  their  diplomas  and  transcripts,  an  Honors 
Certificate,  and  special  recognition  at  graduation.  Honors 
students  are  identified  by  a  stole  at  graduation.  The  name 
of  each  honors  graduate  is  engraved  on  a  plaque  displayed 
at  the  Honors  House. 

Honors  Faculty  Council 

The  Honors  Faculty  Council  is  a  committee  of  seven 
use  Upstate  faculty  members.  Four  of  the  members  are 
elected  by  the  faculty  at-large  at  the  last  general  faculty 
meeting  of  the  year.  Three  of  the  members  are  appointed 
by  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program  in  consultation 
with  the  Senior  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs. 
The  Director  of  the  Honors  Program  is  an  ex  officio 
member.  The  Council  elects  its  own  chair.  Terms  are  for 
three  years.  Initial  terms  are  staggered  with  the  length  of 
term  determined  by  lot. 

The  Council  makes  recommendations  on  admissions, 
faculty,  honors  courses,  honors  requirements,  means 
of  assessment,  and  other  matters  related  to  the  Honors 
Program,  in  accord  with  faculty  governance  procedures. 
The  Council  forms  the  examination  committee  for  the 
honors  thesis  or  experimental  project.  At  the  last  general 
faculty  meeting  each  year,  the  Chair  of  the  Council 
provides  a  report  on  the  status  of  the  Honors  Program. 
The  report  includes  the  numbers  of  students  enrolled  in  the 
program,  the  numbers  of  students  eligible  for  participation 
in  the  Honors  Program,  the  number  of  honors  courses 
offered  (including  the  type  of  course,  i.e.,  honors  sections, 
one-time-only),  the  number  of  faculty  who  taught  honors 
courses,  and  the  number  of  academic  units  represented  by 
the  faculty  who  taught  in  the  honors  program. 

Honors  Student  Council 

The  Honors  Student  Council  is  an  honor  student 
committee  serving  as  a  liaison  with  the  Honors  Faculty 
Council.  The  Honors  Student  Council  represents  the  needs 
and  concerns  of  honors  students  to  the  Honors  Faculty 
Council  and  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program.  The 
Honors  Student  Council  assists  the  Director  in  arranging 
academic,  social,  cultural,  and  service  activities. 


72 


Honors  Program 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Academic  Centers 


Center  for  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

Recognizing  the  growing  economic  and  cultural  di\ersitN  ot  the  Upstate  region  of  South  Carolina,  interdisciplinary 
studies  (IDS)  pro\  ides  students  the  opportunity  to  concentrate  in  a  single  discipline,  combine  course  work  from  two  or  more 
disciplines,  or  de\elop  an  indi\  idualized  curriculum  based  on  persona!  interests,  the  desire  for  self-improvement,  career 
advancement,  or  in  preparation  for  study  in  a  profession  such  as  law  or  medicine.  Addressed  is  the  mature  student  with 
clearly  defined  educational  goals.  Students  with  a  variety  of  courses  from  other  colleges  and  universities,  but  who  fail  to 
ha\e  adequate  credits  for  a  traditional  degree,  may  also  find  opportunities  in  the  IDS  program  otTered  on  the  USC  Upstate 
campus  and  at  the  University  Center  of  Greenville.  The  program  conforms  to  all  general  university  academic  regulations. 

The  interdisciplinary  studies  program  permits  students  to  appl>'  credits  earned  through  independent  study  toward  the 
degree.  Students  may  also  be  permitted  to  apply  up  to  30  semester  hours  earned  in  correspondence  courses,  the  U.S.  Armed 
Forces  Institute,  selected  college-le\el  examination  programs,  and  ofT-campus  extension  classes  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the 
degree.  Students  desiring  a  postgraduate  professional  degree  should  note  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  after  three 
undergraduate  years  and  one  >ear  of  professional  school  outlined  under  the  Three-Plus-One  Program  in  this  catalog. 

Admission 

IDS  program  applicants  must; 

•  be  admitted  to  L'SC  Upstate,  and  have  earned  30  or  more  semester  hours  in  transfer; 

•  ha\e  earned  30  or  more  semester  hours  at  USC  Upstate  andyor  in  transfer;' 

•  complete  the  IDS  program  application; 

•  if  currently  enrolled  in  another  degree  program  at  USC  Upstate,  obtain  a  signed  change  of  major  fomi  in  the  office  of  the 
academic  dean; 

•  ha\e  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  on  all  courses  to  be  considered  for  program  admission; 

•  choose  a  concentration  option  from  1 )  single  discipline.  2)  bidisciplinary.  3)  multidisciplinary  or  4)  individualized  plan; 

•  if  an  indiv  idualized  program  applicant,  submit  a  1-2  page  typed  statement  of  purpose,  an  indication  of  the  grouping  of  courses 
that  will  be  used  to  meet  the  concentration  area  requirements,  and  an  approved  endorsement  by  a  faculty  member;' 

•  apply  to  the  IDS  Academic  Affairs  Committee  for  an  individualized  plan  to  be  appro\ed.- 


Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102  6 

;^^^     SSPH201  3 

II.  Mathematics 

One  math  course:  3 

SMTH  120,  121.  122.  126.  127 

141,  142,231 

One  course  from  math,  logic  or  stalls  tics:         3 
SECO  291;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  121,  122.  126.  127.  141.  142. 

202,  23 1;  SPSY  225;  SSOC  201 

III.  Information  Technology 

SCSC  138.  150;  SIMS  101  3 

IV.  Natural  Science 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least        7-8 

one  with  the  associated  lah) 

SAST  IlI/L;SBIO  lOI/L.  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

lOI/L.  105.  106.  107,  I09/L,  111/L, 
1I2/L;SGEG201,202;SGEL  lOI/L, 
102/L.  I03/L,  120,  121,  I23/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L.2Ol/L.2O2/L,2Il/L,212/L 


V.  Arts  and  Humanities 

One  fine  arts  course:  3 

SAAS204;SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110.  I40;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more  3 

than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  "lOl,  102;  SATH 

101,  105.  106;  SEGL  250.  252,  275,  279.  280.  283,  289, 
290.  291;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 

Continued  on  next  page 

'For  further  information  on  acceptable  credit,  see  the 
transfer  credit  section  in  this  catalog. 

'Final  acceptance  into  the  individualized  plan  requires 
approval  of  the  IDS  Academic  .Affairs  Committee. 


74 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


VII.  History 


Option  3  -  IVIultidisciplinarv 


SHSr  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with 

two  disciplines  represented: 

S  ANT  1 02;  SA  AS  20  USE- CO  22 1, 

222;SGEG  101.  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SPSY  IOI;SSOC  I01;SWST101 


Concentration' 

(25-29  hours  of  junior-  and  senior-  level  courses 
as  outlined  in  the  options  below) 


Option  1  -  Single  Discipline 


Courses  are  selected  from  25-29 

a  single  discipline  in  which  USC  Upstate  does 
not  currently  oH'er  a  major;  must  include  a  methods 
or  theory  course  where  required  by  the  discipline, 
and  must  include  a  senior  seminar  selected  from 
an  allied  area  and  approved  by  an  advisor;  B.A. 
or  B.S.  determined  by  the  discipline 


Option  2  -  Bidisciplinarv 


Primary  discipline  (must  15-21 

include  a  methods  or  theory  course  where 
required  by  the  discipline  and  must  include  a 
senior  seminar);  B.A.  or  B.S.  option  determined 
by  the  primary  discipline 


Secondary  discipline 


■10 


Courses  are  selected  from  a  single  group 
concentration  area  with  three  disciplines 
represented.  The  minimum  junior-  and  senior- 
level  hour  requirements  for  the  three  disciplines 
are  as  follows: 

Primary  discipline  12-13 

(must  include  a  methods  or  theory  course  where 
required  by  the  discipline) 


Second  discipline 


Third  discipline  6 

Senior  seminar  (to  be  selected        I  -4 
from  one  of  the  three  areas  or 
an  interdisciplinary  senior  seminar 
from  that  group 


Group  Concentration  Areas  for  Option  3 

Social  Sciences  (criminal  justice,  economics, 
geography,  government,  history,  logic, 
philosophy,  psychology,  recreation/health, 
religion,  sociology;  B.A.  degree) 

Humanities  (art,  English,  foreign  language, 
history,  journalism,  logic,  music, 
philosophy,  religion,  speech,  theatre; 
B.A.  degree) 

Sciences  and  Analysis  (astronomy,  biology, 
chemistry,  computer  science,  geology,  logic, 
mathematics,  physics,  statistics;  B.S.  degree) 

Applied  Emphasis  (business/economics  or 
foundations  of  education  would  be  used  as  one 
of  the  disciplines  in  conjunction  with  two 
disciplines  from  one  of  the  above  groups; 
B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  determined  by  the 
combination  of  disciplines  selected) 


See  academic  regulations  at  tlie  end  of  this  section. 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


75 


Option  4  -  Individualized' 

A  program  of  stud\  \\  inch 
includes  a  methods  or  theorv'  course 
and  a  senior  seminar  from  the  same 
area;  B.A.  or  B.S.  detemiined  by 
primary  emphasis 


25-29 


Electives 


32-37 


Junior  and  Senior  Level  Hours^  11 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


' See  program  admission  requirements  for  details 

^See  cognate  section  of  this  catalog  and  IDS  program 
academic  regulations. 


Academic  Regulations 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  (including  hours  meeting  the  general  education  requirement,  course  grade 

requirement,  junior  and  senior  level  hours  requirement,  and  area  of  concentration  requirement)  must  be  completed 

with  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  or  better. 

Course  work  completed  prior  to  acceptance  into  the  interdisciplinary  studies  program  is  not  automatically  accepted 

as  part  of  a  degree  program.  Such  work  is  reevaluated  to  determine  if  it  is  applicable  to  the  student's  program. 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  USC  Upstate  after  acceptance  into  the  IDS 

program. 

Developmental  courses  do  not  count  toward  the  1 20-hour  degree  requirements. 

All  course  work  within  a  concentration  is  selected  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  advisor  assigned  from  the  primary 

or  first  discipline  in  the  concentration  area.  Specific  required  course  work  is  listed  on  a  program  of  study  which 

is  then  approved  by  the  director  of  the  IDS  program  and  the  dean  of  arts  and  sciences. 

All  concentration  hours  must  be  junior-  and  senior-level  work  completed  in  residence  at  USC  Upstate. 

A  minimum  of  1 5  hours  of  the  concentration  must  be  taken  after  the  completed  IDS  application  has  been  received 

in  the  IDS  office. 

No  course  may  simultaneously  meet  the  general  education  and  concentration  hour  requirements. 

Technical,  non-college  parallel,  and  military  science  courses  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  concentration  hour 

requirement. 

A  maximum  of  30  semester  hours  of  upper  and  lower  level  courses  (including  transfer  work)  may  be  taken  in 

business  admini,stration  and  economics  (excluding  Economics  221  and  222). 

Prior  course  work  transferred  from  another  four-year  institution  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  junior-  and  senior-level 

hours  requirement. 

A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  in  each  course  used  to  fulfill  the  concentration  area  requirements  and  the 

12-hour  junior-  and  senior-level  requirement. 


76 


USC  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Center  for  Nonprofit  Leadership 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Nonprofit  Administration  prepares  graduates  for  careers  in  management  and  administrative 
positions  within  a  wide  variety  of  nonprofit  organizations  such  as  social  services,  youth  activities,  heahh.  the  environment, 
and  the  arts.  The  major  combines  an  academic  focus  with  an  experiential  learning  approach,  giving  students  an  advantage 
in  competing  for  positions  in  the  "Third  Sector" — a  term  that  distinguishes  nonprofit  from  the  business  and  government 
sectors.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Nonprofit  Administration  is  a  multidisciplinary  degree  which  builds  upon  a  strong  general 
education  foundation  and  a  core  of  nonprofit  courses.  It  draws  upon  disciplines  such  as  business,  sociology,  psychology, 
government  and  communications  to  give  students  a  well-rounded  education. 

Basic  leadership  and  management  principles  are  stressed  in  the  major  courses,  including  strategic  planning,  board 
and  committee  development,  nonprofit  financial  administration,  assessment,  marketing,  volunteer  recruitment  and  coordi- 
nation, grant  writing,  special  event  planning,  and  risk  management.  In  addition  to  actual  supervised  work  experiences  in  a 
nonprofit  organization,  students  receive  a  solid  grounding  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of  philanthropy  and  the  nonprofit 
sector  in  the  United  States. 

use  Upstate  is  affiliated  with  American  Humanics  (AH),  a  national  alliance  of  colleges,  universities  and  nonprofit 
organizations  dedicated  to  preparing  undergraduates  for  careers  in  nonprofit  leadership.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Nonprofit 
Administration  includes  the  competencies  required  byAH  for  national  certification.  Othercertification  requirements  include 
active  participation  in  the  American  Humanics  Student  Association  and  attendance  at  one  AH  Management  Institute. 

Bachelor  of  Arts 
Major  in  Nonprofit  Administration 
Student  Worksheet 
General  Education  Courses 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL102 


SSPH  201 


122,  126,  127 


Mathematics 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  121, 

141,  142 
One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics: 
SMTH  102;  SPSY  225;  SSOC  201 


9  VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 
SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
5.7  language  course  (Students  placing 

into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 

will  have  additional  hours  in 

electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the 

major). 


III. 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 


VII.       History 


SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


IV.        Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SASTlll/L;SBIO  lOl/L,  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

lOI/L,  105.  106,  107,  I09/L,  IIl/L, 
1I2/L;SGEG20I,202;SGEL  lOl/L, 
102/L,  I03/L,  120,  121,  I23/L,  131; 
SPHS  lOl/L,  201/L,  202/L,  21 1/L, 
2I2/L 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 


SGIS  201 
SSOC  101 


Arts  and  Humanities  3 

One  fine  arts  course: 

^     SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  no,  I40;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  ft-om  the  following:  (no  more  3 

than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  IIO,  140;  SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 


'  Mmimum  grade  ofC  required 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


77 


Major  Requirements' 

SNPA  301 ;  The  nonprofit  sector        3 

in  the  U.S. 

SNPA  302:  Nonprofit  Admin.  3 

SNPA  303:  Nonprofit  Financial         3 

Administration 
SNPA  304:  Fund  Raising  for  3 

Nonprofit  Organizations 

SNPA  499:  Nonprofit  Internship       3 

SBAD350orSBAD371  3 

SBAD  374:  Management  of  3 

Human  Resources 
SPSY  302,  303,  304,  305,  307,  308  3 

309,310,311,330.350.351,442 

or  460 
SSPH301,31(),  315.  333,448.  or     3 

450 
SSOC  311,  320,  321,323,325,         3 

333,  335,  337.  or  341 

SNPA  495:  Senior  Seminar  3 


Nonprofit  majors  may  select  a  cognate 
(12  hours)  or  a  minor  (18-21  hours)- 


Cognate'  12 

(Courses  selected  in  conjunction  with  advisor) 


Minor'  18-21 

(Courses  selected  in  conjunction  with  advisor) 


Supporting  Courses 

" SPSY  101  Intro  to  Psychology  3 

SBAD  225  Financial  Accounting  3 

SEGL  245  Professional  Writing  3 

SAMS  101,  102:  SHST  110,  302,  3 

306,311  or  321 
SEGL  371  Grant  Writing  3 


Electives 


7-17 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'Minimum  grade  ofC  required 

-No  business  courses  may  he  taken  as  pari  of  the  minor  or 

the  cognate. 


Minor  in  Nonprofit  Administration 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements' 

SSOC  1 0 1  -Introduction  to  Sociology  3 

SNPA  301-The  Nonprofit  Sector       3 

in  the  United  States 
SNPA  302-Introduction  to  3 

Nonprofit  Administration 
SNPA  303-Nonprofit  Financial  3 

Administration 
SNPA  3n4-Fundraising  for  3 

Nonprofit  Organizations  or 

SEGL  371  Grant  Writing 
SNPA499-Internshipin  3 

Nonprofit  Administration 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Up  lo  3  hours  of  General  Education  (less  than  300-le\'el) 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor  Minimum 
grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 


7S 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Center  for  Women  !v  &  Gender  Studies 

The  Center  for  Women's  &  Gender  Studies  (CWGS)  familiarizes  students  with  an  interdisciplinary  theoretical  frame- 
work in  which  gender  is  the  central  category  of  analysis.  Courses  and  cultural  events  encourage  critical  thinking,  writing, 
and  speaking  about  gender  issues  throughout  history,  around  the  world,  and  across  the  disciplines.  Through  curricular  and 
co-curricular  programming,  the  CWGS  provides  opportunities  for  the  campus  community  to  examine  cultural  assumptions 
about  gender  as  it  intersects  with  race,  class,  ethnicity,  age,  and  se-xual  orientation,  facilitating  critical  thinking  about  the 
interrelationship  of  gender  and  power.  The  CWGS  serves  as  the  coordinating  site  for  coursework  in  Women's  and  Gender 
Studies,  use  Upstate  offers  a  minor  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies.  Specific  requirements  are  listed  below. 

Minor  in  Women's  &  Gender  Studies' 
Student  Worksheet 


Introductory  Course^  3 

SWSTlOl:  Introduction  to  Women's 

&  Gender  Studies 

Theory  Course  3 

SWST  301 ;  Feminist  Theory 

and  Methods 


Additional  Courses  12 

12  credit  hours  from  the  following  list,  with  no  more 
than  two  courses  from  any  individual  discipline  (except 
SWST),  and  no  more  than  one  course  from  within  the 
students'  major  program  (cannot  be  counted  toward 
both  the  major  and  minor).' 

□  SATH30I:  Women  and  Art 

□  SCRJ382:    Women  and  Crime 

Q  SEGL  369:  Gender  &  Autobiography 

□  SEGL  389:  Gay  &  Lesbian  Literature 

□  SEGL  437:  Women  Writers 

□  SGIS  350:    Women  and  American  Politics 


SGIS  420:  Women  and  Politics: 

A  Global  Perspective 

SHST351:  Women  in 

Early  Modem  Europe  and  America 

SHST  352:  Women  in  Modem  Europe 

and  America 

SHST  496:  Topics  in  Women's  History 

SJOU  450:  Women  in  the  Media 

SPSY  442:  Psychology  of  Women 

SSOC  335:  Sociology  of  Women 

SSOC  337:  Gender  &  Society 

SSOC  339:  Women  &  Armed  Conflict 

SWST  355:  U.S.  Women's  Movement 

SWST  398:  Special  Topics  in 

Women's  Studies 

SWST  399:  Independent  Study 

SWST  490:  Senior  Seminar  in 

Women's  Studies 

SWST  498:  Outreach  Practicum 

SWST  499:  Internships 

Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Minimum  grade  of  "C  "for  all  courses  required. 

-Course  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  general  education 
requirements.  If  used  for  general  education,  students  will 
have  satisfied  the  requirement  for  the  minor  and  will  he 
excused  from  the  credit  hour  requirements  for  the 
preparatoiy  course. 

'With  the  written  approval  of  a  Women's  Studies  faculty 
member,  students  may  apply  relevant  special  topics 
courses,  one-lime  only  courses,  internships  and  independent 
studies  to  the  minor. 

'No  more  than  si.\  hours  of  SWST  4V,S  and  499  in  any 
combination  may  be  used  to  satisfy  minor  requirements. 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


79 


Watershed  Ecology  Center 


Serving  the  upstate  metropolitan  region  of  South  Carolina,  the  Watershed  Ecology  Center  collects,  analyzes,  and 
disseminates  sound  scientific  information  on  the  ecology  of  the  region.  The  Center  places  special  emphasis  on  watershed 
conservation,  water  quality,  and  the  study  of  organisms  living  in  the  area  encompassed  by  a  watershed. 

The  Center  serves  as  a  repository  for  regional  ecological  information,  providing  education  and  research  assistance  to 
individuals,  communities,  and  governmental  organizations.  The  Center  is  also  dedicated  to  providing  research  opportunities 
for  the  faculty  and  students  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate. 


Watershed  Ecology  Center  -  Research 

•  Water  Quality  • 

Pacolet  Ri\er 
Lawson's  Fork 
Upper  Broad  River 


Biodiversity  Studies 
Cowpens  Battlefield 
King's  Mountain 


Population  Studies 

Nerodia  (Water  Snakes) 

Turtles  (Duncan  Park.  Spartanburg 


Watershed  Ecology  Center  -  Service 

Education  programs  arc  provided  for  the  Spartanburg  Water  System,  Startex,  Jasper,  Duncan  Water  District,  Greer  Public 
Works  and  Spartanburg  County. 

Watershed  Ecology  Center  -  Educational  Programs 

Under  the  direction  of  Dr.  .lack  Turner,  the  Watershed  Ecology  Center  began  its  educational  outreach  program  in  2001, 
serving  students  in  K-8th  grade.  Each  year  the  Center  contacts  more  than  10,000  students  in  Spartanburg  County  and 
offers  a  variety  of  water-related,  grade-specific  programs  designed  to  meet  and  correlated  to  the  South  Carolina  science 
standards,  including: 

Hurray  for  Habitats!  (First  grade) 

This  hands-on  program  uses  live  animals  to  introduce  students  to  the  concept  of  habitat  and  the  need  to  preserve  our 

local  aquatic  habitats. 

Hater,  Hater  Everywhere  (Second grade) 

In  this  activity  from  Access  Nalitre.  participants  raise  their  awareness  about  how  little  water  is  actually  available  for 
human  use,  discuss  how  humans  use  water,  and  formulate  ideas  to  conserve  water.  Two  hands-on  activities  reinforce 
concepts  covered. 

Marsh  Munchers  (Third grade) 

This  program  uses  a  salt  marsh  as  an  example  of  the  interconnectedness  of  aquatic  ecosystems.  The  program  teaches  the 

concepts  of  food  webs,  camouflage,  and  mimicry  through  a  fun  Project  Wild  Aquatic  game  involving  the  entire  class. 

The  Water  Cycle  -  Art  Incredible  Journey  (Fourth  grade) 

Through  the  use  of  an  engaging  game  from  the  Project  Wet  curriculum,  students  are  challenged  to  answer  questions  like 

"Where  will  the  water  you  drink  today,  be  tomorrow?"  in  their  quest  to  understand  the  water  cycle. 

Wise  up  About  Watersheds  (Fifth  grade) 

In  this  hands-on  program,  students  learn  about  the  watershed  we  live  in  and  are  introduced  to  the  concept  of  non-point 
source  water  pollution.  Using  "Waste  Not,  Want  Not"  from  the  Water  Sourcebook  curriculum  and  the  EnviroScape 
watershed  model,  students  see  how  a  watershed  becomes  polluted  as  each  student  is  asked  to  add  various  pollutants  to 
the  models. 

Talkin '  Trash  (Sixth  grade) 

Using  an  Env  iroScape  landfill  model,  students  get  an  in-depth  look  at  how  a  landfill  is  designed.  They  learn  about  what 
happens  to  their  garbage  when  it  leaves  the  curb.  They  will  also  be  introduced  to  the  innovative  process  of  converting 
waste  to  energy  used  by  BMW  and  Waste  Management. 

From  H  to  OH.'  (Seventh  <&  eighth  grades) 

In  this  activity  from  Healthy  Water  Healthy  People,  students  simulate  the  creation  of  acids  and  bases;  manipulate  acidic 
and  basic  solutions  and  discuss  how  acid  rain  is  formed.  Students  explore  runoff  pollution  and  how  pH  of  water  can 
affect  weathering  of  the  Earth's  surface  and  stream  health. 

Other  educational  outreach  programs  of  the  Watershed  Ecology  Center  include:  Rocks  Speak,  H20  Below.  Macro 
What?  and  Green  Driver,  where  high  school  students  learn  about  the  environmental  responsibilities  associated  with 
driving  a  car.  with  particular  emphasis  on  changing  their  oil. 


80 


use  Upstate  Academic  Centers 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  is  comprised  ofthe  following  academic  units:  Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  Communi- 
cation Studies;  Department  of  Languages.  Literature  and  Composition;  Department  of  Informatics;  Division  of  Mathematics 
and  Computer  Science;  Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering;  Department  of  Psychology;  Department  of  History, 
Political  Science.  Philosophy  and  American  Studies  and  Department  of  Sociology.  Criminal  Justice  and  Women's  Studies. 
The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  as  the  cornerstone  ofthe  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate,  provides  curricula  for  the 
general  education  requirements  and  for  diverse  liberal  arts  and  sciences  majors.  Consistent  with  the  University's  mission, 
the  college  pro\  ides  opportunities  for  students  to: 

•  acquire  proficiency  in  communications  and  mathematics; 
deselop  the  ability  to  reason,  critically  and  ethically; 

•  obtain  historical,  scientific,  social  and  cultural  perspectives; 

attain  a  high  level  of  scholarship  in  the  humanities  and  sciences  degree  programs;  and 

•  regard  learning  as  a  continuing  process  of  intellectual  growth. 

Enrichment  programs  resulting  from  these  educational  endeavors  ofthe  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  benefit  the  intel- 
lectual and  cultural  life  ofthe  entire  community. 

Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies 

The  aim  ofthe  Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies  (FACS)  is  to  support  the  overall  mission  of  USC 
Upstate  by  enhancing  the  intellectual,  ethical,  cultural  and  professional  development  of  fine  arts  and  communication  students. 
The  faculty  is  committed  to  preparing  students  to  become  competent  professionals  in  art.  media  arts,  journalism  and  mass 
communication,  music,  speech  communication  and  theatre.  FACS  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  communication 
with  concentrations  in  electronic  media,  journalism  and  mass  communication,  speech  and  theatre  as  well  as  the  Bachelor 
of  Fine  Arts  in  art  studio  with  an  emphasis  in  graphic  design  and  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Art  Education. 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  Communication 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics  &  Logic 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  12 

141 


6-8 


122,  126.  127 


III. 


IV. 


142.231 
One  additional  math,  logic  or  statistics  course: 

SECO  291;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  121,  122,  126.  127,  141,  142, 
202,  23 1 ;  SPSY  225;  SSOC  201 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138.  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lah) 

SAST  lll/L;SBIO  101/L,  102/L, 

I10/L,206,  240,  242/L,  270;SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107.  109/L,  Ill/L, 
112/L;SGEG201,202;SGEL  lOI/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201 /L,202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 


V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS   101,  102;  SATH 

101.  105.  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279.  280.  283,  289,  290.  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,  21 1; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

^     SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102  or  placement  in  a  201  or 
higher  level  language  course** 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher 
level  of  a  language  have  satisfied  this 
requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required 
in  the  major). 


VII.  History 


SHST  101.  102.  105.  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 
disciplines  represented: 

SANT  102;  SAAS  201;  SECO  221, 

222;SGEG  101,  I03;SGIS20I,30I 

320;  SPSY  101;  SSOC  lOhSWSTlOl 


Continued  on  next  pa^e 


82 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Major  Requirements 
All  students  must  complete  the 
following  six  courses  with  a  minimum 
grade  of  "C" 


SSPH  301 :  Theories  and  Principles 

of  Human  Communication 

SSPH  340:  Voice  and  Diction 

SJOU  305:  Mass  Commimication  Tlieory 

STHE  301 ;  Dramatic  Theory  and 

Criticism  or  STHE  385:  Theatre 

History  1  or  STHE  386:  Theatre 

History  II 

SCOM  375:  Communication 

Research  Methods 

SCOM  490:  Senior  Seminar 


Students  must  complete  the  required  credit 
hours  from  eitherGroup  A:  Theatre,  Group  B:  Speech, 
Group  C:  Journalism  or  Group  D:  Electronic  IVIedia 
and  earn  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  courses. 

Group  A:  Theatre 

Students  must  take  a  minimum  of  3  hours  from 
each  of  the  three  following  categories,  an  additional  3 
hours  from  either  the  technical  or  performance  areas, 
and  an  additional  9  hours  from  any  of  the  categories 
for  a  total  of  21  hours. 

History.  Theory.  Writing  and  Literature:       3-12 
G  STHE  301 :  Dramatic  Theory 

and  Criticism  (if  not  used  to  satisfy 

the  Communication  core  requirement) 

STHE  378:  Playwriting 

STHE  385:  Theatre  History  I 

(if  not  used  to  satisfy  the  Communication 

core  requirement) 

STHE  386:  Theatre  History  II 

(if  not  used  to  satisfy  the  Communication 

core  requirement) 


□ 


□ 


□ 

SEGL  405 

Shakespeare  Survey 

u 

SEGL406 

Studies  in  Shakespeare 

u 

SEGL  422 

Modem  Drama 

Technical  and  Produc 

tion:                          3-15 

□ 

STHE  377 

Stagecraft 

u 

STHE  379 

Lighting  Design 

u 

STHE  380 

Scene  Design 

u 

STHE  381 

Stage  Management 

Performance: 

3-15 

□ 

STHE  370 

Voice  for  the  Actor 

u 

STHE  373 

Play  Directing 

u 

STHE  374 

Intermediate  Acting 

u 

STHE  376 

Stage  Movement 

u 

STHE  382 

Theatre  for  Youth 

u 

STHE  383 

Stage  Combat 

u 

STHE  401 

Classical  Styles  in  Acting 

u 

STHE  402: 

Alternative  Styles  in  Acting 

u 

STHE  473 

Advanced  Play  Directing 

Note:  STHE  39H:  Selected  Topics  in  Theatre 
or  STHE  3W:  Internship  or  Independent 
Study  in  Threatre  may  he  used  in  any  category, 
if  appropriate. 

Group  B:  Speech 

Students  must  complete  a  minimum  of  3  hours 
from  the  following  categories,  an  additional  course 
from  the  Skills  area  and  from  the  Theory  area,  and 
one  additional  course  from  the  category  list  for  a  total 
of  21  credit  hours. 

Writing:  3 

□  SSPH  333:  Advanced  Public  Speaking 

□  SJOU  334:  Writing  for  Broadcasting 

□  SEGL  3 18:  Writing  and  Computers 

Professional  Practices:  3 


□  SJOU  303:  Law  and  Ethics  of  Mass 
Media 

□  SSPH  303:  Ethics  in  Human 
Communication 

Q      SCOM  375:  Communication  Research 
Methods 

Skills:  6 

□  SSPH  310:   Interpersonal  Communication 

□  SSPH  415:   Mediation 


□  SSPH  4 15L:  Mediation  Laboratory 

□  SJOU  325:  Speech  for  Radio  and 
Television 

Q  SCOM  399:  Internship  or  Independent 
Study  in  Mass  Communication  (may  be 
counted  only  once) 

□  SSPH  440:  Argumentation  &  Debate 

□  SSPH  441:  Debate  Laboratory 

Q  SIMS  345:  Technical  Presentation  and 
Communication 

Theory:  6 

□  SSPH  315:  Conflict  Resolution: 
Application  &  Strategies 

□  SSPH  398:  Topics  in  Speech 
Communication  (Rhetorical  Theory) 

□  SSPH  448:  Organizational 
Communication 

□  SSPH  450:  Communicating  for  Social 
Change 

Q      SIMS  346:  Communication  and  New 
Technology 

One  additional  course  3 

from  the  above  categories 

Note:  SSPH  398:   Topics  in  Speech 
Communication  may  be  used  in  any  category 
with  approval  of  advisor 

Group  C:  Journalism 

Students  must  take  all  journalism  core  courses 
with  a  minimum  of  three  hours  from  each  of  the  follow- 
ing four  catagories  for  a  total  of  24  credit  hours. 

Journalism  Core:  9 


SJOU  201 :  Suney  of  Mass  CommunicatiMi 
SJOU  303:  Law  &  Ethics  of  the  Mass  Media 
SJOU  304:  Writing  for  the  Media 

Continued  on  next  page 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


83 


Writing:  6-9 

SJOU  329:  Public  Relations  Writing 
SJOU  333:  Newswriting  and 
Reporting 

SJOU  334:  Writing  for  Broadcasting 
SJOU  335:  Feature  Writing 

History  and  Theory:  3-9 

SJOU  302:  History  of  Journalism 

SJOU  310:  Mass  Media  and  Society 

SJOU  424:  History  of  American 

Broadcasting 

SJOU  450:  Women  in  the  Media 

SJOU  480:  Minorities  and  the  Media 

3-9 


Film: 

SFLM  342:  Film  Genre 
SFLM  360:  Film  Directors 
SFLM  425:  Film  History  to  1967 
SFLM  435:  Film  History  since  1967 
SFLM  475:  International  Film 
SFLM  481:  Cultural  Diversity  and 
Difference  in  Film 
Q      SFLM  482:  Film  Theory  and  Criticism 
Note;  SJOU  398:  Special  Topics  in  Journalism 
may  be  used  in  any  category  if  appropriate. 

3-12 


Professional  Options: 

SJOU  325:  Speech 

for  Radio  and  Television 

SFLM  326:  Motion  Picture  and 

Video  Techniques 

SJOU  328:  Public  Relations  and 

Persuasion 

SFLM  426:  Advanced  Video  Production 

SJOU  430:  Media  Management 

SCOM  399:  Internship  (may  be  taken 

twice  with  appropriate  consent) 

SBAD  350:  Principles  of  Marketing 

S ART  214:  Graphic  Design  I 

SART  261 :   Introduction  to  Photography 

SART  314:  Graphic  Design  II 

SART  315:  Graphic  Design  III 

SART  361:  Photography  II 

SEGL  318:  Writing  and  Computers 

SIMS  345:  Technical  Presentation  in 

Communications 

SIMS  346:  Communication  and  New 

Technology 


Note:  SJOU  398:  Special  Topics  in  Journalism 
may  be  used  in  any  category  if  appropriate. 


Group  D:  Electronic  Media 
Students  must  take  a  minimum  of  3  hours  from 
each  of  the  following  categories,  and  all  electronic 
media  core  courses  for  a  total  of  21  hours. 

Electronic  Media  Core:  9 

□  SJOU  201 :  Survey  of  Mass  Communication 

□  SJOU  303:   Law  &  Ethics  of  Mass  Media 

□  SJOU  304:  Writing  for  the  Media 


Media  History  &  Theory: 


3-9 


□  SJOU  310:  Mass  Media  and  Society 

□  SJOU  424:  History  of  American  Broadcasting 

□  SJOU  450:  Women  in  the  Media 

□  SJOU  480:  Minorities  in  the  Media 

Note:  SJOU  398:  Special  Topics  in  Journalism 
may  be  used  in  any  categoiy  if  appropriate. 


Film: 


3-9 


a      SFLM  342:  Film  Genre 

□  SFLM  360:  Film  Directors 

□  SFLM  425:  Film  History  to  1967 

□  SFLM  435:  Film  History  since  1967 

□  SFLM  475:  International  Film 

□  SFLM  48 1 :  Cultural  Diversity  and 

Difference  in  Film 
G      SFLM  482:  Film  Theory  and  Criticism 

Note:  SJOU  398:  Special  Topics  in  Journalism 
may  be  used  in  any  category  if  appropriate. 

Professional  Options:  6 

□  SJOU  325:  Speech  for  Radio  and  Television 

□  SFLM  326:  Motion  Picture  and  Video 
Techniques 

□  SJOU  334:  Writing  for  Broadcasting 

Q      SFLM  426:  Advanced  Video  Production 

Q      SCOM  399:   Internship  or  Independent  Study 

in  Mass  Communication  (may  be  taken  twice) 
Q      SIMS  345:  Technical  Presentations  in 

Communication 
Q      SIMS  346;  Communication  and  New 

Technology 

Cognate'  12-21 

(with  approval  of  advisor)  or  Minor 


Supporting  Courses 

Any  Foreign  Culture  course  200 

level  or  above 

Electives 


6-20 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


84 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  Major  in  Art  Studio 

with  an  Emphasis  in  Graphic  Design 

Student  Worksheet 

The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree  in  Art  Studio  with  an  emphasis  in  graphic  design,  is  intended  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  graphic 
design  as  well  as  graduate  worl<  in  graphic  design.  The  program  integrates  the  content  areas  of  design  theory,  design  production,  design  history, 
design  criticism,  and  design  aesthetics. 

As  understanding  the  nature  of  a  design  problem  is  prerequisite  to  implementing  any  technical  application,  instruction  provides  a  foundation 
in  creativity,  critical  thinking  and  problem  analysis.  The  prograin  integrates  traditional  art  techniques  with  computer  technology  and  courses  are 
offered  in  the  exploration  of  new  media  design.  Graduates  from  the  BFA  program  are  prepared  to  locate  employment  in  creative  departments  in 
major  corporations,  retail  stores,  and  advertising  design  or  publishing  firms.  Portfolio  review  is  required  for  admission  into  the  graphic  design 
program.  Deadlines  and  submission  requirements  for  the  portfolio  may  be  obtained  from  the  US( '  Upstate  Admissions  Office  and  the  Department 
of  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies.  Portfolio  review  requirements  also  pertain  to  all  transfers  or  students  changing  majors. 

General  Education  Courses 

VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 
disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO22], 

222;SGEG  101,  103:  SGIS  201.  301 
320;  SPS Y  1 0 1 ;  SSOC  101;  S WST  1 0 1 


I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


II. 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


SSPH201 


Mathematics  «&  Logic 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120.  121,  122,  126,  127 

141,  142,231 

One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics: 

SECO  29 1 ;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  120,  121,  122,  126,  127,  141, 
202,  231;  SPSY  225;  SSOC  201 


6-8 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138.  150;  SIMS 


01 


7-8 


Natural  Science 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  111/L;SBI0  101/L.  102/L, 

1 1 0/L.  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107.  109/L.  111/L, 
1 12/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L.  120.  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L,  21 1/L,  212/L 

Arts  &  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

^     S  ATH  1 05  or  S  ATH  1 06 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS204;SAMS10i,102;SEGL250, 

252. 275, 279, 280, 283, 289, 290, 291 ; 
SFLM240;SMUS  110, 140;SPHL  102, 
211;SREL103;STHE  161,  170 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHfl02;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.       History 


3 


Major  Requirements' 
Art  History 

S  ATH  105:  History  of  Western  3 

Art:  Pre-History-Middle  Ages 
SATH  106:  History  of  Western 
Art:  Renaissance-Present 

SATH  306:  History  of  20th  3 

Century  Art  or  (with  advisor  approval 
another  upper-level  art  history  may  be 
substituted  for  SATH  306) 

Art  history  elective  3 

with  advisor  approval  any  200-level 
or  above  SATH  course  not  repeated 
from  the  major  requirements 


Art  Studio 

S ART  103:  Fundamentals  of  3 

Two  Dimensional  Design 
S ART  104:  Fundamentals  of  3 

Three  Dimensional  Design 

SART  108:  Computer  Graphics  I      3 

SART  110:  Drawing  I  3 

SART  203:  Color  &  Composition     3 

SART  206:  Illustration  I  3 

SART  210:  Drawing  II  3 

SART  214:  Graphic^Design  I  3 

SART  23 1 :  Introduction  to  3 

Life  Drawing 
SART  26 1 :  Introduction  to  3 

Photography  or  SART  262: 

Digital  Photography 

SA^RT  318:  Interface  Design  I  3 

SART  314:  Graphic  Design  11^  3 

SART  315:  Graphic  Design  III  3 

SART  414:  Graphic  Design  IV  3 

Electives  in  art  studio  with  9 

advisor  approval  any  200-leveI  or 

above  SART  course  not  repeated 

from  the  requirements 
'A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  major  courses. 
-Students  must  successfully  pass  portfolio  review  to  register 


SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


for  SART  i  14. 


Continued  on  next  page 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


85 


Supporting  Courses 

SBAD  350:  Principles  of  Marketing  3 

SJOU  201 :  Sun,ey  of  Mass  3 

Communication 

Professional  Options  12 

(Stiuicnts  choose  12  credits  from  the 
following  list  of  courses.  At  least  6 
hours  must  be  300-level  and  above  with 
advisor's  approval. ) 

SART205:  Digital  Art  I  3 

SART  207:  Printmaking  1  3 

SART  21 1 :  Introduction  to  Painting     3 

_SART  350:  Art  Study  Abroad  3 

SART  305:  Digital  Art  11  3 

SART  306:   Illustration  II  3 

SART  311:  Painting  11  3 

SART  3 12:   Painting  HI  3 


_SART  450:  Art  Study  Abroad  11  3 

_SART  361:   Photography  11  3 

SART  391:  Motion  Graphic  Design  3 

SART  4 18:  Interface  Design  11  3 

SART  499:  Art  Studio  Internship  3 

Any  200-level  or  above  Art  Studio  3 
with  advisor's  approval 

Senior  Seminar 

\  SART  489:  Senior  3 

Portfolio  Development 

_  SART  490:  Senior  Seminar  3 

Graphic  Design 


Total  Hours  Required 


127 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Art  Studio  with  Emphasis  in  Graphic  Design 
Recommended  Curriculum  Schedule 


Portfolio  Review  for  acceptance  into  major. 

Freshman  Year — Fall 

*SART  104-Fundamentals  of  Three  Dimensional  Design 

*SART  110-Dravving  1 

SATH  105-History  of  Western  Art:  Pre-History-Middle 

Ages  (Group  V) 

English  101 

Math  &  Logic 

*should  be  taken  in  year  1. 

Freshman  Year — Spring 

*SART  103-Fundamentals  of  Two  Dimensional  Design 

*SART  108-Computer  Graphics  I 

SATH  106-History  of  Western  Art:  Renaissance-Present 

English  102 

Information  Technology  (Group  111) 

*shouId  be  taken  in  year  1. 

Freshman  Year — Summer 

General  Education  (Group  VII) 

Sophomore  Year — Fall 

SART  203-Color  and  Composition 

SART  214-Graphic  Design  1 

SATH  306-History  of  20th  Century  Art 

Natural  Science  (Group  IV) 

Foreign  Language  Culture  (Group  VI) 

Sophomore  Year — Spring 

SART  2 10- Draw  II 
SART  314-Graphic  Design  II 
Social  Science  (Group  Vlll) 
Math  &  Logic  (Group  11) 
Art  Elective 


Sophomore  Year — Summer 

SART  231 -Introduction  to  Life  Drawing 

Junior  Year— Fail 

SART  206-Illustration  I 
SART  315-Graphic  Design  III 
SART  318-Interface  Design  I 
Natural  Science  (Group  IV) 
Speech  201 

Junior  Year — Spring 

SART  261 -Introduction  to  Photography  or  SART  262 

Digital  Photography 

SART  414  Graphic  Design  IV 

SART  Professional  Option 

Social  Science  (Group  VIII) 

Humanities  (Group  V) 

Senior  Year — Fall 

SART489-Senior  Portfolio  Development 
SART  Professional  Option 
SART  Professional  Option 
Art  Elective 
Supporting  Course 

Senior  Year — Spring 

SART  49()-Senior  Seminar  Graphic  Design 
SART  Professional  Option  Course 
SATH  Art  History  Elective 
Art  Elective 
Supporting  Course 


86 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Art  Education 
Student  Worksheet 

The  Bachelor  ol'Arts  Degree  in  Art  Education  is  intended  to  prepare  students  for  careers  as  K-12  art  teachers,  for 
graduate  work  in  art  education  and  for  employment  in  schools,  museums,  community  art  organizations  and  libraries.  During 
the  semester  that  a  student  completes  60  hours,  he/she  must  apply  to  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies 
to  be  admitted  to  the  professional  art  education  program  which  comprises  his  or  her  junior  and  senior  years.  Admission  of 
applicants  is  based  on  individual  consideration.   Ivach  applicant  must  fulfill  the  following  requirements: 

•  Completion  of  English  101  and  102,  Speech  201  and  Art  103  or  their  equivalents,  with  grades  of  "C"  or  better; 

•  Successful  completion  of  Math  121  or  equivalent; 

•  GPA  of  at  least  2.5  on  at  least  60  hours  earned; 

•  The  achievement  of  passing  scores  on  all  three  sections  of  the  Praxis  Pre-Professional  Skills  Test  (PPST); 

•  Two  letters  of  recommendation  from  faculty 

•  Clear  criminal  record  from  South  Carolina  Law  Enforcement  Division. 

When  the  student  completes  the  required  content  course  work  and  practicum  hours,  he/she  will  apply  for  admission 
to  a  directed  (student)  teaching  course.  The  following  criteria  must  be  met: 

•  Admission  to  the  Professional  Program 

•  Mimimum  2.5  GPA 

•  90  semester  hours  completed  (at  end  of  the  current  semester) 

•  100  hours  of  practicum  in  the  schools 

•  A  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  the  Professional  Education  courses 

•  FBI  fingerprint  card 

Detailed  guidelines  and  rec/iiiivmeiUs  may  be  obtained  from  the  USC  Upstate  Admissions  Office  and  the  Department 
of  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies. 


General  Education  Requirements: 


Communication 

English  101  and  102 
Speech  201 


II.  Mathematics  &  Logic 

SMTH  121;  College  Algebra 

SMTH  102,  122.  126.  127,  141,  142,201, 

231;  SLGC  205,  207;  SECO  291;  SPSY  225 

SSOC  201 

III.  Information  Technology 

Computer  Science   138 

IV.  Natural  Science 

Two  courses  from  the  following: 

SAST  111/L;  SBIO  lOl/L,  102/L 
UO/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 
101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109L/  lll/L, 
112/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 


9  VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level  3 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 
6-7  Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 

language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in 
electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the 
major). 


VII.       History 


SHST  101,  102.  105.  or  106 


VIII. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

One  courses  from  the  following: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO221, 

222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;  SSOC  101;  SWST  101 
SPSY  101 


V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SATH  105 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SEGL  250,  252, 

275,  279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM  240; 
SMUS  110.  140;SPHL  102.  2II;SREL  103; 
STHE  161.  170 


Continued  on  next  page 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


87 


Content  Concentration*  (39  hours) 

SART  103  Fundamentals  of  Two  Dimensional  Design 

SATH  106  History  of  Western  Art:  Renaissance-Present 
SATH  306  History  of  20th  Century  Art 

Art  History  elective  200  or  above 

SART  104  Fundamentals  of  Three  Dimensional  Design 

SART  108  Computer  Graphics  I 

SART  no  Drawing  I 

SART  210  Drawing  II 

SART  211  Introduction  to  Painting 

SART  207  Printmaking  I 

SART  229  Introduction  to  Crafts 

SART  203  Color  and  Composition 

Art  Studio  Elective 


Professional  Education*  (39  hours) 

SEDF  210  Foundations  of  Educatiori**  3 

SAED  330  Foundations  in  Art  Education**  3 

SEDF  333  Educational  Development  3 

of  the  Lifelong  Learner** 

SATH  307  Interpreting  Art**  3 

SAED  429  Art  for  Elementary  3 

and  Middle  Schools 

SAED  430  Secondary  Art  Methods  3 

SAED  450  School  Art  Program  3 

SEDF  341  Education  Procedures  3 

for  Exceptional  Children           ** 
SAED  460  Directed  Teaching  15 

Total  hours  for  major  78 

Total  credit  hours  for  degree  122-126 


*must  have  a  "C"  or  above  in  the  courses 

**Does  not  have  to  he  admitted  to  the 
Professional  Program 


88 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  in  Art  History 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses''^"^ 

SATH  105:  History  of  Western  Art:    3 

Prehistory  -  Middle  Ages 
SATH  106:  History  of  Western  Art:    3 

Renaissance  -  Present 

Select  four  courses  from  the  Ibllowing:        12 

SATH  301 :  Women  and  Art:  Prehistory 

-Middle  Ages 

SATH  304:  Southern  Folk  Art 

SATH  305:  American  Art 

SATH  306:  History  of  20th  Century  Art 


SATH  308: 
SATH  309: 

~SATH3I0: 
SATH  350: 
SATH  352: 

^SATH  398: 

SATH  399: 

SATH  400: 
_SATH  450: 
SATH  499: 


History  of  Design 
History  of  Photography 
African  Art 

Art  History,  Study  Abroad 
Art  History,  Field  Study 
Selected  Topics  in 
Art  History 

Art  History  Independent 
Study 

Art  Theory  &  Criticism 
Art  History,  Study  Abroad  II 
Art  History  Internship 


/  Up  lo  6  hours  of  General  Educalion  (<30fl  level)  may  be  used  lo 
satisfy'  requirements  of  a  minor 

2  Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 

3  A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 


Minimum  Hours  Required 


18 


Minor  in  Journalism 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses' 

SJOU  201:  Survey  of  Mass  3 

Communication 
SJOU  303:  Law  &  Ethics  of  the  3 

Mass  Media 

SJOU  304:  Writine  for  the  Media  3 


Professional  Options 

(one  of  the  following) 

^SJOU  325.  SFLM  326,  SJOU  328.  SJOU  398, 

SCOM  399,  SFLM  426,  SJOU  430 


History  and  Theory 

(one  of  the  following) 

^  SJOU  301,  302,  305,  310,  398,  424,  450, 

480 

Writing 

(one  of  the  following) 

' '  SJOU  329,  333,  334.  335 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 


Minor  in  Speech  Communication 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses* 

SSPH  301 :  Theories  and  Principles 

of  Human  Communication 
SSPH  303:  Ethics  in  Human 

Communication  or  SCOM  375: 

Communication  Research  Methods 
SSPH  333:  Advanced  Public  Speaking 

or  SSPH  340:  Voice  and  Diction 
SJOU  325:  Speech  for  Radio 

and  Television  or  SIMS  345: 

Technical  Presentation 

and  Communication 
SSPH  310:  Interpersonal  Communication 

or  SSPH  450:  Communicating 

for  Social  Change 


SSPH  315:  Conflict  Resolution.  3 

SSPH  448:  Organizational  Communication 

or  SIMS  346:  Communication  and 

Technology 

SSPH  440:  Argumentation  &  Debate  or      3 

SSPH  415:  Mediation 


Total  Hours  Required 


21 


'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


89 


Minor  in  Theatre 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses 

STHE  161 

STHE  170 


1.2,3.4 


Introduction  to  Theatre  Art      3 
Fundamentals  in  Acting         3 
STHE  301:  Dramatic  Theory  and  3 

Criticism  or  STHE  385:  Theatre 
History  I  or  STHE  386:  Theatre  History  11 
STHE  377:  Stagecraft  3 

or  STHE  379:   Lighting  Design 
or  STHE  380:  Scene  Design 
STHE  370:  Voice  for  the  Actor  3 

or  STHE  376:  Stage  Movement  for  the 
Actor  or  STHE  383:  Stage  Combat  or 
STHE  373:  Fundamentals  of  Play  Directing 


_STHE  374:   Intermediate  Acting  3 

or  STHE  401:  Classical  Styles  in  Acting 
orSTHE402:  Alternative  Styles  in  Acting 
or  STHE  378:   Piaywriting 

_  Minimum  Hours  Required         18 


1  Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  l<300  level)  may  he  iixeJ  to  satisfy 
requirements  of  a  minor 

2  Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 

3  A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 

4  Any  course  taken  to  satisfv  the  requirements  for  the  Communication 
major  may  not  also  he  counted  timard  the  requirements  for  the  minor 
in  Theatre 


Minor  in  Jazz  Studies' " 

Student  Worksheet 


Requirements 

SMUS  310:  Jazz  History 

SMUS  325:  Jazz  Theory 


SMUS  127(1)  and/or 
SMUS  327:  Jazz  Band  (1) 


SMUS  130  and/or  330: 
Applied  Music 


SMUS  345.  Jazz  Improvisation  1  3 

SMUS  346:  Jazz  Improvisation  11  3 

SMUS  398:  Selected  Topics  in  Music       3 


Total  Hours  Required 


21 


'Up  to  6  hotirs  of  General  Education  (<3I)0  level)  may  he  used  to 
satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 
-Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
'a  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 


Minor  in  Commercial  Music'-' 


Requirements 

SMUS  125:  Music  Theory  3 

SMUS  361:  Music  Business  3 

SMUS  364:  Music  Entrepreneurship  3 


Student  Worksheet 

3  credits  selected  form  the  following:       3 


SBAD  350:  Principles  of  Marketing 
SMUS  398:  Selected  Topics  in  Music 
SMUS  11 1/311:  Applied  Music  (1-3) 
SMUS  325:  Jazz  Theory 


One  class  selected  from  the  follow  ing:      3 

SMUS  140:  History  of  Rock  Music  -^ 
SMUS  310:  Jazz  History 
SMUS  302:  Music  History  II 

Any  1 00-  or  300-level  music  3 

performance  group  (3  semesters 
for  one  credit  each) 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  l<  300  level)  may  he  used  to 

satisfj,-  requirements  of  a  minor 
■Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
'a  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 
''Students  taking  SMUS  140  must  take  300-level  performance  courses 

in  order  to  meet  the  required  12  hours  of  upper-division  coursework. 


90 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  in  Conflict  Resolution''^'-'''* 
Student  Worksheet 


Requirements 


12 


SSPH  315:  Connict  Resolution: 
SSPH4I5:  Mediation 
(Prerequisite:  SSPH  315) 
SSPH  41 5L:  Mediation  Laboratory 
(Prerequisite:  SSPH  415) 

Students  must  complete  12  credit  hours 
from  either: 

Group  A:  Interpersonal  Relations, 
Group  B:  Workplace  Relations,  or 
Group  C:  Legal/Law  Relations 


Group  A:  Interpersonal  Relations 

Q  SSPH  44S:  Organizational  Communication      3 

(Prerequisite:  SSPH  201) 

□  SPSY  307:  Social  Psychology  3 
(Prerequisite:  SPSY  101) 

□  SPSY  311:  Industrial  and  Organizational  3 
Psychology  (Prerequisite:  SPSY  101) 

□  SPSY  420:  Psychology  of  Men  3 
(Prerequisite:  SPSY  101) 

□  SPSY  442:  Psychology  of  Women  3 
(Prerequisite:  SPSY  101) 

U  SSOC341:  Sociology  of  Families  3 

(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  381:  Sociology  of  Aging  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  433:  Race  and  Ethnic  Relations  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  435:  Sociology  of  Women  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SBAD  377:  Advanced  Organizational  3 
Behavior  (Prerequisites:  Junior  Standing 

and  SBAD  371) 

Group  B.  Workplace  Relations 

G  SSOC  372:  Community  Organization  3 

(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  471:  Sociology  of  Organizations  3 

and  Work  (Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  441:  Sociology  of  Education  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

Q  SPSY  311:  Industrial  and  Organizational  3 

Psychology  (Prerequisite:  SPSY  101) 

□  SNPA  301 :  Nonprofit  Sector  in  the  3 
United  States  (Prerequisite:  Sophomore 
Standing) 

□  SNPA  302:  Introduction  to  Nonprofit  3 
Administration  (Prerequisite:  SNPA  301  or 
consent  of  instructor) 

□  SBAD  347:  Legal  Environment  3 
of  Business  (Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing) 

□  SBAD  348:  Issues  in  Commercial  Law  3 
(Prerequisites:  Junior  Standing  and  SBAD  347) 

Q  SBAD  371:  Organizational  Management         3 

&  Behavior  (Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing) 

□  SBAD  374:  Management  of  Human  3 
Resources  (Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing) 


□  SBAD  377:  Advanced  Organizational  3 
Behavior 

(Prerequisites:  Junior  Standing  and  SBAD  37 1 ) 

□  SBAD  477:  Organization  Theory  3 
(Prerequisite:  SBAD  371) 

Q  SSPH  448:  Organizational  Communication     3 

(Prerequisite:  SSPH  201) 

Group  C:   Legal/Law  Relations 

G  SCRJ  310:  Policing  in  America  3 

(Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101) 
O  SCRJ  330;  Institutional  Corrections  3 

(Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101) 
Q  SCRJ  333:  Coinmunity-Based  Corrections       3 

(Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101 ) 
Q  SCRJ  470:  Criminal  Justice  Management         3 

and  Organizations  (Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101 

or  SSOC  101) 

□  SCRJ  472:  Policing:  Theories  and  Programs     3 
(Prerequisite:  SCRJ  310) 

□  SSOC  43 1 :  Social  Inequality  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

□  SSOC  433:  Race  and  Ethnic  Relations  3 
(Prerequisite:  SSOC  101) 

G  SBAD  347:  Legal  Environment  of  Business     3 

(Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing) 
Q  SBAD  348:  Issues  in  Commercial  Law  3 

(Prerequisites:  Junior  Standing  and  SBAD  347) 


Total  Hours  Required 


19 


'  Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (less  than  300  level) 
may  be  used  to  satisfi'  requirements  of  a  minor 

-Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 

^A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is 
required. 

''Students  may  not  use  a  course  to  fulfill  a  major  and  minor 
course  requirement. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


91 


Languages^  Literature  and  Composition 

The  Department  of  Latiguages,  Literature  and  Composition  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  otTers  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  with  majors  in  l-.nglish  and  Spanish  and  minors  in  Film  Studies,  French,  German  Studies,  International  Stud- 
ies, Spanish,  and  Spanish  Translation/Interpreting.  In  general,  assignments  for  courses  numbered  300  or  above  are  more 
rigorous  and  the  grading  standards  more  demanding  than  for  courses  numbered  299  or  lower. 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  English 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


III. 


IV. 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics  i 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  121,  122,  126,  127 

141,  142,231 
One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics^ : 
SECO  291;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  121,  122,  126,  127,  141,  142, 
202,  231;  SPSY225;  SSOC  201 

Information  Technology  '. 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 


VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.  History 


SHST  101,  105,  or  106 


Natural  Science 


7-8 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO22I, 

222;SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;  SPSY  101 ;  SSOC  101 ;  SWST  101 


Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  lll/L;SBIO  101/L,  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  111/L, 
112/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L,202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course:  3 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more  3 

than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;SEGL250,  252,  275,279,  280, 
283,  289,  290,  29 1 ;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  1 1 0,  1 40; 
SPHL102,211;SREL103;STHE161,  170 


Major  Requirements^ 

Core  Courses-*  24 

The  following  courses  are  required  for 
all  majors: 

English  300  3 

English  301  3 

Any  Shakespeare  course  300  or  above  3 

Any  cultural  diversity  &  difference  3 

in  literature  course  300  or  above 

Any  linguistics  course  300  or  above 3 

Any  writing  course  300  or  above      3 

English  459,  483  or  Film  482^  3 

English  490:  Senior  Seminar  3 

continued  on  next  page 


'Stalislics  is  recommended  for  majors  who  plan  an  Applied 
Writing  Emphasis. 
^A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 
^English  459  is  required  for  majors  with  a  Writing 
Emphasis.  Film  482  is  required  for  majors  who  select 
the  Film  Emphasis.   English  483  is  required  for  all  other 
English  majors. 


92 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


All  majors  must  choose  one  focus  area: 

Literature  Focus  Area  1 2 

Any  four  courses  from  one  of  the 

following  sequences: 

English  400,  409,  4 11,  4 1 2.  4 17, 

419,423.424, 

or 
English  425,  426,  427,  428,  429,  430 


Creative  Writing  Focus  Area  1 2 

Any  four  courses  from  the  following: 

English  308,  368.  370,  397,  468 


Applied  Writing  Focus  Area  1 2 

Any  four  courses  from  the  following: 

English318,  345,346,  352,  371, 

373,  397 


Cognate  or  Minor^ 

(in  consultation  with  advisor) 


Supporting  Courses^ 

English  279  &  English  280  or 

English  289  &  English  290 

History  102 

Foreign  language  201  and  202 

or  above (except  204) 


Electives 


Total  Hours  Required 


12-18 


4-14 


120 


Film  Focus  Area  12 

Any  four  courses  from  the  following: 

Film341,342,  360,475,  480, 

481,491 


General  Focus  Area  1 2 

Any  four  300  or  400  level  English 

or  film  courses 


'Stalislics  is  recommemled for  majors  with  an  Applied  Writing 

Focus  Area. 

-A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 

^English  459  is  required  for  majors  with  a  Writing  Emphasis. 

Film  482  is  requiredfor  majors  with  a  Film  Emphasis.  English 

483  is  requiredfor  all  other  English  majors. 


Minor  in  English 
Student  Worksheet 


Courses  Required  for  the  Minor'--^-^'^ 
Two  of  the  following: 

English  208,  245,  250,  252,  275,  279,  280, 
283,289,290,291,300 


A  minimum  of  1 2  hours  from  any  1 2 

combination  of  the  following  300  or  400-level 
English  courses: 

Writing 

English  308,  318,  345,  346,  352,  368,  370, 

371.373,397,468 


'Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<300  level)  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 
-Minimum  grade  ofC  is  requiredfor  all  coursework. 
^A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  course»'ork  is 

required. 
''With  approval,  students  may  apply  relevant  SEGL  special 
topics  courts,  one-time  only  courses,  internships,  and  indepen 
dent  studies  to  the  minor 

^A  course  taken  in  the  minor  cannot  also  be  counted  toward 
the  major 


Literature 

American:  English  383,  391,  425,  426.  427, 

428,  429,  430,  447 

Brilish:  English  400,  401.  405,  406,  408,  409, 

411,412,417,419.423.424 

Literature  and  Culture 

SEGL  307,  322.  422.  436.  437.  484,  485 

Language/Linguistics 
English  451,  453.  455,  459 

Film 

Film  341.  342,  360,  475,  480,  481,  482.  491 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


Co/lege  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


93 


Minor  in  International  Studies  '-^ 
Student  Worksheet 


General  requirement  3 

Select  one  from: 
SGIS  310:  International  Politics 
SGIS  320:  Comparative  Politics 
SGIS  330:  International  Organizations 

Language  requirement  *  6 

Two  courses  (201  and  202)  of  either  French, 
German  or  Spanish 

Other  required  courses 

At  least  one  course  in  each  of  the 
following  areas: 

History  3 


Any  300-  or  400-level  history  course  examin- 
ing an  international  topic  or  countrv'  other  than 
the  United  States 

Culture  &  Cultural  3 


Understanding 

SSPN  204:  Latin  American  Culture 

SFRN  204:  French  Culture 

SGRM  204:  Gennan  Culture 

or  any  other  appropriate  course  approved  by 

advisor  and  the  director  of  Interdisciplinary 

Studies 

Global  Issues 


SCRJ  471 :  Comparative  Criminal  Justice 

Systems 

SGIS  326:  Middle  East  Politics 

SGIS  327:  East  Asian  Politics 


SGIS  380:  lin\  ironmental  Policy 

SGIS  420:  Women  and  Politics: 

A  Global  Perspecti\  e 

SGIS  460:  International  Law 

SSOC  375:  Population  Dynamics 

SSOC  474:  Social  Change 

or  any  other  appropriate  course  approved  by 

advisor  and  the  director  of  Interdisciplinary 

Studies 

Experiential  Learning 


Opportunity 

Independent  Study,  Internship.  Study  Abroad 
or  some  other  opportunity  approved  by  advisor 
and  the  director  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 


Total  Hours  Required 


18-21^ 


'Up  to  6  hours  oj  General  Ediicalkm  (<300  level)  may  he 

used  to  satisfy'  requirements  of  a  minor 
'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
•'This  minor  requires  language  proficiency  at  the  202  level 
or  ahove.  No  language  courses  helow  the  201  level  count 
toward  the  minor  Students  may  lake  courses  through  the 
202  level  or  attempt  a  placement  lest  in  any  foreign 
language.  Students  who  test  at  the  201  level  must  take  202. 
Students  who  have  already  completed  202  or  test  at  the 
202  level  have  hvo  options:  take  an  additional  language 
course  (including  culture  course  taught  in  a  foreign 
language,  conversation  course,  translation  course,  etc.)  or 
take  an  additional  course  from  the  accepted  courses  for  the 
minor 
''Students  exempt  from  the  language  requirement  will  need 

IS  hours.  Otherwise  the  requirement  will  be  21  hours. 


94 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  in  Film  Studies''^'^'*'^ 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses  6 

SKLM  240:   Introduction  to  Film 

SFLM  425:  Film  History  to  1%7  or 

SFLM  435:  Film  History  after  l%7 

Four  courses  from  the  following:  1 2 

□  SFl.M  326:  Motion  Picture  and 
Video  Techniques'' 

□  SFLM  34 1 :  Literature  and  Film 

□  SFLM  342:  Film  Genre  (may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  topic  changes) 

□  SFLM  360:  Film  Directors  (may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  topic  changes) 

□  SFLM  398:  Special  Topics  in  Film 
(may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  topic 
changes) 

□  SFLM  425:  Film  History  to  1967  (if 
not  taken  as  a  requirement) 

□  SFLM  475:  International  Film 

□  SFLM  480:  Interdisciplinary 
Approaches  to  film  (may  be  repeated 
for  credit  if  topic  changes) 

□  SFLM  48 1 :  Cultural  Diversity  and 
Difference  in  Film  (may  be  repeated 
for  credit  if  topic  changes) 

□  SFLM  482:  Film  Theory  &  Criticism 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Up  lo  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<}()()  level)  may  he 

used  10  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 
-Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
-'a  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper-division  coursework  is 

required. 
''With  approval  of  advisor,  students  may  apply  relevant 

courses  to  the  minor  if  the  topic  relates  to  film:  special  topic 

courses:  one-time  only  courses,  internships:  and 

independent  studies. 
^A  course  taken  in  the  minor  cannot  also  he  counted  toward 

the  major 
''Be  sure  to  check  prerequisite  for  this  course. 


Minor  in  French* 
Student  Worksheet 


The  minor  in  French  will  require  18  hours  with  12  hours  of  upper  division  courses:  3  credit  hours  from  one  of  the 
following  courses:  SFRN  202,  SFRN  204,  SFRN  210  (Can  be  exempted  by  placement  test  or  consent  of  the  instructor); 
15-18  credit  hours  from  the  300  level  French  courses  or  above. 


One  of  the  following  (May  be  exempted  by 
placement  test  or  consent  of  instructor): 

French  202:  Intermediate  French  3 

French  204:  French  Culture  3 

French  210:   French  3 

Oral  Communication 

Five  (or  six  if  200-leveI  exempted) 
of  the  following: 

French  308:  Business  French  3 

French  309:  French  Grammar  3 

and  Composition 

French  310:  French  Conversation  3 

French  320:  French  Civilization  3 

French  330:  Survey  of  3 

French  Literature  I 


French  33 1 :  Survey  of 

French  Literature  II 
French  250  or  350:  Selected  French 

Studies  Abroad 
French  398:  Topics  in 

French  Language  or  Literature 
French  399:  Independent  Study 

or  Internship 
French  402:  Masterpieces 

of  French  Drama 
French  403:  Masterpieces  of  the 

French  Novel 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


95 


Minor  in  German  Studies' 
Student  Worksheet 

The  minor  in  German  Studies  will  require  a  minimum  of  18  hours  with  12  hours  of  upper  division  courses:  6  credit  hours 
from  SGRM  202  and  SGRM  210;  12  credit  hours  from  SGRM  204  or  300  level  German  courses. 


Required  Courses  6 

German  202:  Intermediate  German 

German  210:  German  Oral 

Communication 

Four  of  the  following  12 

German  204:  German  Culture  3 

German  250  or  350:  Selected  3 

German  Studies  Abroad 

German  308:  Business  German  3 

German  310:  3 

German  Conversation 


German  325:  Modem  German  3 

Literature  in  Translation 

German  398:  3 

Topics  in  German  Literature/ 

Language 

German  399:  Independent  Study      3 

or  Internship 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


Minor  in  African  American  Studies ''^'^''*'^'^ 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements 

SAAS  20 


Introduction  to  3 

African  American  Studies 
SAAS  204:  African  American  3 

Culture 

One  of  the  following:  3 

SEGL  39 1 :  African  American 
Literature  or 

SEGL  429:  Harlem  Renaissance 
One  of  the  following:  3 

SHST  3 1 0:  African  American 
History  to  1865  or  SHST  31 1 : 
African  American  History  Since  1860 


'  Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<300  level)  may  be  used 
to  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 
'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
Ki  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 
''English  102  must  he  completed  before  taking  courses  in  the 
minor 

^There  are  additional pre-requisites  for  courses  in  Criminal  Jus- 
tice, Sociology,  and  Government  which  may  be  met  with  general 
education  or  elective  credit. 

^Topics  courses  numbered  398  may  be  used  when  the  subject  mat- 
ter pertains  to  African  American  Studies. 


Two  of  the  courses  selected  from  the  following 

disciplines: 

SAAS  398:  Topics  in  African  3 

American  Studies 

SATH210:  African  Art  3 

SATH304:  Southern  Folk  Art         3 

SCRJ380:  Minorities,  Crime  and    3 

Criminal  Justice 
SCRJ451/SGIS  451:  Civil  Rights    3 

and  Civil  Liberties 
SHST  495:  Topics  in  African  3 

American  History 

SJOU  480:  Minorities  in  the  Media  3 

SMUS  310:  Jazz  History  3 

SSOC433:  Race  and  Ethnic  3 

Relations 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


96 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Arts 
Major  in  Spanish 
Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


VIII. 


SSPH201 


Mathematics  6-8 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  121,  122,  126,  127 

141,  142,231 
One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics: 
SECO  29 1 ;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  120,  121,  122,  126,  127,  141, 
202,  23 1 ;  SPSY  225;  SSOC  201 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  111/L;SBI0  101/L,  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  111/L, 
112/L;SGEG201,202;SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,201/L,202/L,211/L, 
212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

S AAS  204;  S ATH  1 0 1 ,  1 05,  1 06; 

SMUS  110.  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,  211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 
SSPN  102orSCHI  102 


VII.      History 


SHST  101  or  102 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT  102;  SAAS  201;  SECO  221, 

222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;  SPSY  101;  SSOC  101;SWST101 


Major  Requirements' 


Core  Courses  21 

(The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  majors) 

□  SSPN  301 
a  SSPN  309 

□  SSPN 310 

□  SSPN  330  or  331 

□  SSPN  332  or  333 

□  SSPN  453  or  454 

□  SSPN  490  (Senior  Seminar) 


Any  five  courses  from  the  15 

following  (with  at  least  one  from  each 
area  of  emphasis) 


Language 

□  SSPN331, 312,315,350,  453, 454 

Culture 

□  SSPN  320,  32 1 ,  350,  398  (culture  topic) 

Literature 

□  SSPN  330,  33 1,332,  333,  398  (literature 
topic),  420,  431 


Cognate  or  Minor  12-18 

(in  consultation  with  advisor) 


Supporting  Courses 

Three  semesters  of  a  second 
foreign  language 


Electives 


8-20 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


97 


Minor  in  Spanish''^-' 
Student  Worksheet 


The  minor  in  Spanish  will  require  1 8  hours  with  1 5  hours  of  upper  division  courses:  3  credit  hours  from  SSPN  202 
(may  be  exempted  by  placement  test  or  consent  of  the  instructor);  15  credit  hours  from  upper  division  courses. 


Required  Course  (May  be  exempted  by  placement 
test  or  consent  of  instructor): 

Spanish  202;  Intemiediate  Spanish  3 


Any  five  300  or  400  level  courses 

(except  Spanish  451) 


'/4  minimum  grade  o/C  is  required. 
■Up  lo  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<3()()  level)  may  he 
used  lo  satis/}'  requirements  of  a  minor 
^With  approval,  students  may  apply  relevant  Spanish  special 
topics  courses,  one-time-only  courses,  internships,  and  inde 
pendent  studies  to  the  minor 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


Minor  in  Spanish  Translation/Interpreting''^'-^''* 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses  9 

SEGL  245;  Professional  Writing       3 

or  SEGL  252;  Understanding 

English  Grammar 
SSPN  311;  Introduction  to  Non         3 

Literary  Translation 
SSPN  312;  Introduction  to  3 

Interpreting 

One  of  the  following:  3 

SEGL  318:  Writing  &  Computers  3 

SEGL  345;  Advanced  Professional  3 

Writing 

SEGL  346:  Technical  Writing  3 

SEGL  352:  Text  Editing  3 

SEGL  371;  Grant  Writing  3 

Any  400-level  English  Course  3 

or  Internship 
SEGL  245:  Professional  Writing  3 

or  SEGL  252:  Understanding 

English  Grammar  (if  taking  both) 


Two  of  the  following: 

Any  two  upper  division  Spanish  courses 

300-level  or  higher 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<3(I0  level)  may  be 
u.ied  to  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 
'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 
^A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper-division  coursework  is 

required. 
''SSPN  ill.  312.  and  other  upper  division  Spanish  courses 

require  SSPN  202  as  a  prerequisite. 


98 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Department  of  Informatics 


The  Bachelor  ofArts  in  Information  Management  and  Systems  is  a  muhidisciplinary  degree  integrating  an  understanding  of  computer 
technology,  information  processing  technology,  communications,  discipline-specific  knowledge,  information  resources  administration, 
and  the  ability  to  recognize  relationships  between  technical  systems  and  social  structures.  The  program  prepares  graduates  to  design, 
implement,  analyze,  and  manage  information  resources  and  use  information  technology  to  solve  problems  in  healthcare,  industry, 
government,  and  educational  settings.  The  curriculum  for  the  B.A.  in  Information  Mangagement  and  Systems  includes  includes  43-44 
hours  in  general  education,  42  hours  in  the  information  technology  core  and  informatics,  12  hours  in  digital  media,  and  IX  hours  in  a 
concentration  area.  The  application  areas  provide  instruction  in  the  application  of  technology  in  one  of  four  fields:  healthcare,  media  and 
communication,  education,  and  business. 

Students  who  have  received  an  associate  degree  from  an  accredited  healthcare  information  management  program  and  hold  the 
registered  health  infonnation  technician  (RHIT)  certification  may  enroll  in  the  accredited  healthcare  informatics  application  area  (ac- 
creditation by  the  Commission  on  Accreditation  for  Health  Informatics  and  Information  Management  Education  [CAHIIMJ  is  pending). 
Students  completing  the  accredited  program  of  study  must,  in  addition  to  all  other  requirements  for  the  healthcare  informatics  application 
area,  perform  a  practicum  in  a  healthcare  setting  (SHIM  498),  take  an  approved  statistics  course,  and  take  a  course,  and  take  a  course 
in  department  management  (SHIM  250),  Upon  completion,  students  are  eligible  to  take  the  registered  health  information  administrator 
(RHIA)  certification  exam. 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  Information  Management  and  Systems 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  and  SEGL  102 

SSPH  201 


II. 


III. 


IV. 


Mathematics 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  121 


122,  126,  127,  141.  142, 


One  statistics  course: 

SECO  291;  SMTH  102;  SPSY  225; 

SSOC  201 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  1 1 1/L;  SBIO  101/L,  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  11 1/L, 
112/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L,202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS204;SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101.  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252.  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211; 
SREL103;STHE  161,  170 


VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture  6 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN 102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.      History 


SHSTlOl,  102,  105,  or  106 


VIII. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT  102;  SAAS  201;  SECO  221. 

222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;  SPSY  101;  SSOC  101;  SWST  101 


Major  Requirements' 


39 


Information  Technology  Core 

Foundation 

SIMS  201:  Concepts  of  3 

Information  Management  &  Systems 
SCSC  139:  Visual  BASIC  3 

Programming  I 
SIMS  21 1:  Microcomputer  3 

Organization 
SIMS  303:  Organizational  3 

Informatics 

SIMS  305:  Social  Informatics  3 


Networking  Technology 

SCSC  315:  Networking  Technology  3 

SIMS  415:  E-Commerce  and  the       3 

Internet 

Continued  on  next  page 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


99 


Database  Technology 

SCSC  325:  Fundamentals  of  3 

Relational  Databases 
SIMS  42 1 :  Data  Warehousing  3 

and  Decision  Support  Systems 

Icchnology 
IT  Management 

SIMS  441 :   IT  Project  Management  3 

SIMS  450:  Executive  IT  Managment  3 


Capstone 


SIMS  499:  Senior  Seminar 


Technical  Electives  '  (choose  two)  6 

SIMS  498:  Experiential  Learning      3 

SIMS  422:  Knowledge-Based  3 

Systems 
SIMS  423:  Human/Machine  3 

Interaction 
SIMS  440;  Workflow  &  Business     3 

Process  Re-Engineering 
SHIM  417:  Healthcare  Information  3 

Security 
SHIM  498:  Practicum  in  Healthcare  3 

Information  Management 

Digital  Media  and  Communication  12 

SEGL  245:  Professional  Writing       3 

SIMS  345:  Technical  Presentation    3 

SIMS  346:  Communication  and       3 

New  Technology 
SIMS  347:  Web  Page  Construction  3 


Application  Areas  ^ 

(Student  chooses  one  focus  area) 


18 


Business  Informatics 

SBAD  225:  Financial  Accounting      3 

SBAD  226:  Managerial  Accounting  3 

SBAD  371:  Organizational  3 

Management  and  Behavior 
SBAD  390:  Business  Information     3 

Systems 
SIMS  440:  Workflow  &  Business       3 

Process  Re-Engineering 
Choose  one  upper  level  business        3 

or  economics  course 

Healthcare  Informatics  18 

SHIM  201:  Understanding  3 

Healthcare  Organizations 
SHIM  301:  Healthcare  Information  3 

Systems 
SHIM  302:  Information  Trends         3 

in  Healthcare  Systems 
SHIM  413:  Network  Applications     3 

for  Healthcare 
Choose  two  courses  from  the  following: 
SHIM  412:  Ethics  and  Risk  3 

Management  in  Healthcare  Info  Syst. 


SHIM  417:  Healthcare  Information  3 

Security 
SHIM  450:  Healthcare  Database       3 

Systems  and  lnfi)rniatioii  Retrieval 
SIMS  422:  Knowledge-Based  3 

Systems 

Education  Informatics  18 

SEDF  210:  Foundations  in  3 

Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341:  Educational  3 

Procedures  for  Exceptional  Children 
SEDT  420:  Information  Systems      3 

in  Education 
SEDT  430:  Instructional  Design        3 

and  Methods  for  Information  Systems 

Training 
SEDT  497:  Information  Systems       3 

Education  Internship 

Media  Informatics  18 

SSPH  30 1 :  Theories  and  Principles    3 

of  Human  Communication 
SJOU  201:  Survey  of  Mass  3 

Communication 
Choose  four  courses  from  the  following:         1 2 
SSPH  303:  Ethics  in  3 

Communication 
SSPH  310:  Interpersonal  3 

Communication 

SSPH  315:  Conflict  Resolution  3 

SSPH  333:  Advanced  Public  3 

Speaking 
SSPH  448:  Organizational  3 

Communication 
SSPH  450:  Communication  for  3 

Social  Change 
SJOU  303:    Law  and  Ethics  of  3 

the  Mass  Media 
SJOU  310:  Mass  Media  and  3 

Society 
SJOU  326:  Motion  Picture  and  3 

Video  Techniques 
SJOU  328:  Public  Relations  and         3 

Persuasion 
SEGL  3 18:  Writing  and  Computers    3 

of  the  Mass  Media 
SEGL  345:  Advanced  Professional     3 

Writing 
SEGL  346:  Technical  Writing  3 

Supporting  Course  3 

Cultural  Studies  selected  with  3 

approval  of  advisor 


Electives 


SHIM  250:  Department  Admin, 
in  Healthcare 


2-3 

~  3 


Total  Hours  Required 


120-122 


'StuJenis  in  accredited  healthcare  informatics  must  take  SPSY  225.  SHIM  498  and  SHIM  250. 
-A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required 


100 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  in  Information  Management  and  Systems' 

Student  Worksheet 


Foundation  9 

SCSC  139:  Visual  BASIC  Programming  I      3 

SIMS  201 :  Concepts  of  Information  3 

Management  &  Systems  or 

SIMS  211;  Microcomputer  Organization 

SIMS  303:  Organizational  Informatics  or       3 

SIMS  305;  Social  Informatics 

Networking  Technology  3 

SCSC  315;  Networking  Technology  3 

'a  miiumiim  grade  ofC  is  required 


Database  Technology  3 

SCSC  325:  Fundamentals  of  Relational         3 

Database  Management  Systems 

Capstone  9 

SIMS  450;  Executive  IT  Management  or       3 

SIMS  499:  Senior  Seminar  in  Information 
Management  and  Systems 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


101 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

The  Division  of  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence degree  in  mathematics  and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  computer  information  systems  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
computer  science  (ABET  accredited).   Minors  are  offered  in  mathematics  and  computer  science. 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Mathematics 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

Communication  9 

SEGL  101  and  SEGL  102 

I^m     SSPH  201 

Mathematics'  8 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  n\o 

disciplines  represented: 

SAAS201;SANT  102;SECO221, 

222;  SGEG  101.  103;  SGIS  201, 301 
320;SPSY  101;SSOC  101;SWST101 


SMTH  141  Calculus  I 
SMTH  142  Calculus  II 


III.  Information  Technology 
SCSC  150 

IV.  Natural  Science 


SBIO  101/L,  102/L;orSCHM  111/L, 
112/L;orSPHS211/L,212/L 


V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

^     S AAS  204;  S ATH  1 0 1 ,  1 05.  1 06; 

SMUS  110;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  ioi,  102;  SATH 

101,  105.  106;  SEGL  250.  252,  275,  279,  280,  283,  289, 
290,  291;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  110;  SPHL  102, 21 1;  SREL 
103;STHE  161.  170 

VT.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.      History 


Major  Requirements' 

" SMTH  340:  Mathematical 

Structure  and  Proof 
SMTH  344:  Matrix  Algebra 

SMTH  346:  Introduction  to 

Modem  Algebra 

SMTH  354:  Real  Analysis  1 

SSTA410:   Introduction  to 

Probability  Theory 
SMTH  599  or  SCSC  599^ 


Choose  one  of  the  following  3  areas  of  focus: 
Pure,  Computation  or  Industrial  Mathematics 

Pure  Mathematics: 


Two  of  ■ 

SMTH  544: 

Linear  Algebra 

SMTH  546: 

Algebraic  Stuctures 

SMTH  554: 

Real  Analysis  II 

SMTH 
SMTH 

— 

3 

3 

SHST  101,  102.  105.  or  106 


Three  additional  400  level  or  higher  mathemat 
ics/statistics  courses: 

SMTH/SSTA 3 

SMTH/SSTA 3 

SMTH/SSTA 3 

Computation  Mathematics: 

Five  approved  SMTH,  SSTA,  or  SCSC  courses 
for  majors.  One  300-level  or  higher,  and  four 
400-  level  or  higher. 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 


Continued  on  next  page 


102 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Industrial  Mathematics: 

SMTH  345:  Applied  Partial  3 

DitTerential  Equations 
SSTA413:   Introduction  to  3 

Stochastic  Processes 
SMTH  444:   Elements  of  3 

Optimization 

SMTH  561:  Numerical  Analysis  11  3 

SMTH  579:   Introduction  to  3 

Industrial  Mathematics 


Cognate'or  Minor'         12-21 


Supporting  Courses' 


Pure  Emphasis:  Cognate  courses  totaling  12  hours  require 
approval  by  major  advisor.  Minors  may  require  18-21  hours, 
of  which  6  hours  may  be  applied  toward  general  education 
requirements. 


Computation  or  Industrial  Mathematics  Emphasis'* 


SCSC  300:  Computer  Science  II 
SCSC  321:  Computer  Science  III 
SCSC  42 1 :  Design  &  Analysis 
of  Algorithms 

300-level  or  higher  SCSC  course 
for  majors.^ 


SMTH  241:  Calculus  III 
SMTH  245:  Elementary 
Differential  Equations 
SCSC  200:  Computer  Science  I 
SCSC  560:  Numerical 
Analysis  I 


13 

4 
3 

3 
3 


Eiectives^ 


7-16 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'a  minimum  ^rade  ofC  is  required  in  each  course  indicated. 
■Students  in  Pure  Mathematics  focus  must  take  SMTH  599 
^Excluding  SCSC  315.  325  and  441. 

''A  minor  in  Computer  Science  is  completed  by  two  additional  300 
level  Computer  Science  courses  in  the  cognate  or  as  an  elective. 
^Recommended  eleclives  for  the  Compulation  Emphasis 
include  Mathematics  3  74,  English  245.  and  English  346. 


Minor  in  Mathematics' 
Student  Worksheet 

The  mathematics  minor  may  be  utilized  by  students  in  any  major. 


Mathematics 

(General  Education  Requirement) 

Mathematics  141 

Mathematics  142 


8  Minor  Requirements 

four  courses  numbered  24 1  or  above        12-13 

4 

4 


Total  Hours  Required 


20-21 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


103 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  Computer  Information  Systems 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics* 

SMTH  102 

SMTH  126 


VIII.     Social  and  Beha\  ioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  follow  inti  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SAAS201;SANT102;SECO221. 

222:  SGEG  101.  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SPSY  101;SSOC  101;SWST101 


III. 


IV, 


VI. 


Information  Technology'  3 

SCSC  150 

Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  1 1 1  /L;  SBIO  1 0 1  /L,  1 02/L, 

1 10/L,  206,  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  111/L, 
112/L:  SGEG  201;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101.  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,  280.  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110;SPHL  102,  211;SREL 
103;STHE  161,  170 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  KG;  SGRM  102;  SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in 
electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the 
major). 


VII.       History 


SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


Core  Major  Requirements'  42 

' SCSC  200:  Computer  Science  1        3 

SCSC  234:  Visual  BASIC 

Programming  or  SCSC  238:  C++ 

Programming  3 

SCSC  300:  Computer  Science  II      3 

SCSC  311:  Information  Systems      3 

Hardware  and  Software 

SCSC  412:  Computer  Networks  1     3 

SCSC  455:  Computer  Security         3 

SCSC  520:  Database  System  3 

Design 
SCSC  52 1 :  Database  Implementation, 3 

Application  &  Administration 
SBAD  371:  Organizational  Mgmt.    3 

and  Behavior 

SBAD  390:  Business  Info  Systems  3 

SEGL  245/252/346  3 

or  SJOU  301/304/335 

SMTH  174:  Discrete  Mathematics    3 

SMTH  202:  Elemtry.  Statistics  11      3 

or  SMTH  315:  Statistical  Methods  1 

or  SMTH  127:  Pre-Calculus  II 

SCSC  599:  Senior  Seminar  3 


One  of  the  following  .^/rus  of  Focus: 

Networking  and  Information  Security'       24 

' SCSC  512:  Networking  II  3 

SCSC  555 :  Advanced  Computer  3 

Security  &  Information  Assurance 
Two  courses  to  be  selected  from  the  following:  6 
SCSC  355:  Digital  Forensics;  or 
SCSC  356:  Cryptography;  or 
SCSC  515:  Wireless  Networking 
SCSC  516:  Distributed  and  Network 

Programming;  or 
Any  SCSC  300  level  or  above  course 
for  majors^: 


'a  minimum  grade  o/C  is  required. 
'Excluding  SCSC  SI 5.  325  and  441. 


104 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Twelve  hours  from  the  Following:  12 

SBAD  347:  Legal  Environment  of  Business:  or 
SCRJ  101 :  Intro  to  Criminal  Justice;  or 
SCRJ  420^:  Criminal  Procedure;  or 
SCRJ  325^  Criminal  Trial  Practice;  or 
SCRJ  301^:  Crime  in  America;  or 
SCRJ  321^:  Criminal  Law;  or 
Required  courses  for  Computer  Technology 

programs  at  technical/community  colleges;  or 
Advisor  approved  courses  selected  from 

Computer  Science 


SCSC  450:  E-Business  Web  3 

Application  Development 

Any  upper  level  SCSC  course  for  majors-3 

SBAD  225:  Financial  Accounting        3 

SBAD  226  or  any  upper  level  3 

Business  or  Economics  course 
Two  additional  300  level  or  above  SBAD  courses  6 


Electives 


10- 


System  Analysis'  24 

SCSC  321:  Computer  Science  III         3 

SCSC  440:  Object  Oriented  Systems   3 

Analysis  and  Design 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  each  course  indicated 
■Excluding  SCSC  315.  325  and 441. 
^SCRJ  101  is  required  as  a  prerequisite. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


105 


Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Computer  Science 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH201 


II.  Mathematics'  8 

SMTH  141 

SMTH  142 

III.  Information  Technology'  3 

SCSC  150 

IV.  Natural  Science  8 

SBIO  101/L,  102/L;orSCHM  111/L, 

112/L;orSPHS211/L,212/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 
One  fine  arts  course: 

^     SAAS  204;  SATH  1 0 1 ,  1 05,  1 06; 

SMUS  110;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101.  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275,  279,  280, 
283,  289,  290.  291;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  110; 
SPHL  102.  211;SREL  103;  STHE  161.  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.  History 


SHST  101,  102.  105,  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SAAS201;SANT102;SECO221, 

222;SGEG  101.  103;  SGIS  201.  301 
320;SPSY  lOUSSOC  lOhSWSTlOl 


Core  Major  Requirements'  33 

SCSC  200:  Computer  Science  1        3 

SCSC  210:  Computer  3 

Organization 

SCSC  234:  Visual  BASIC  3 

Programming  or  SCSC  238: 
C++  Programming 

SCSC  300:  Computer  Science  II       3 

SCSC  310:  Introduction  to  3 

Computer  Architecture 

SCSC  32 1 :  Computer  Science  111     3 

SCSC  356:  Cryptography  or  3 

SCSC  42 1 :  Design  &  Analysis  of 
Algorithms 

SCSC  511:  Operating  Systems         3 

SCSC  530:  Programming  3 

Language  Structures 

SCSC  540:  Software  Engineering     3 

SCSC  599:  Senior  Seminar  3 


One  of  the  following  three  areas  of  focus' 


Scientific  Computing: 

Three  courses  from  the  following: 

SCSC  314:  Introduction  to  Robotics 

SCSC  370:  Fundamentals  of 

Bioinformatics 
SCSC  525:   Knowledge  Discovery 

&  Data  Mining 
SCSC  580;  Introduction  to  Artificial 

Intelligence 
SCSC  585:  Introduction  to  Computer 

Vision 

SCSC  399:  Independent  Study  or 
SCSC  499:  Directed  Research 

Enterprise  Solutions: 

Three  courses  from  the  following: 

SCSC  412:  Computer  Networks  I 

SCSC  440:  Object  Oriented  Systems 

Analysis  and  Design 
SCSC  450:  E-Business  Web 

Application  Development 


SCSC  455 
SCSC  520 
SCSC  525 


Computer  Security 
Database  System  Design 
Knowledge  Discovery 


&  Data  Mining 

General^: 

Any  three  SCSC  300-level  or  above  for  majors 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  each  course  indicated. 
^Excluding  SCSC  315.  325  and  441. 


Continued  on  next  page 


106 


College  of  Ai^s  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Cognate '  12 


Supporting  Courses'  13-14 

SMTH  174:  Elements  of  Discrete     3 

Math 

SMTH  315:  Statistical  Methods  1      3 

Math  Elective  (241  or  higher)        3-4 

SBIO  101  orSCHM  111  or  4 

SPHS211 


Electives  6-7 


Total  Hours  Required  120 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 
•Excluding  SCSC  311.  315.  325.  441. 


Minor  in  Computer  Science' 
Student  Worksheet 

Mathematics  ^'"*^''  Requirements 

fViatnematlCS  .      ,^,        .,     „  ,  Computer  Science  300  3 

Mathematics  1 2 1  w,th  a  B  3  Computer  Science  321  3 

or  higher,  or  Math  126  SCSC  234  or  SCSC  238  3 


Computer  Studies 

Computer  Science  200 


Computer  Science  courses  300-level  or 
above 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required.  Total  Hours  Required  27 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  107 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 

The  Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering,  in  the  College  olArts  and  Sciences.  otTeis  the  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence degree  in  biology  and  chemistr>'  and  engineering  technology  management.  Minors  are  also  offered  in  biology  and 
chemistry.  Courses  are  offered  in  the  areas  of  engineering,  geology,  physical  science,  physics  and  astronomy.  Students 
interested  in  the  following  professional  programs  typically  pursue  eoursework  under  this  division;  chiropractic,  dental, 
engineering,  medical,  optometry,  occupational  therapy,  pharmacy,  physician  assisting,  physical  therapy,  speech  pathology, 
and  veterinary  medicine. 

In  general,  assignments  for  courses  numbered  300  or  above  are  more  rigorous  and  the  grading  standards  more  demand- 
ing than  for  courses  numbered  299  or  lower 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Biology 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 
I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  and  SEGL  102 

SSPH201 


Mathematics 


SMTH  126 
SMTH  127 


III. 


IV. 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science 


SCHM  111/L 
SCHM  112/L 


Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS  204;  S ATH  1 0 1 ,  1 05,  1 06; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  firom  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  1 0 1 ,  1 02;  SATH 

101,  105,  I06;SEGL250,  252,  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  I03;STHE  161.  170 


VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Lunguagc  minimum  102  level 

SCHri02;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in   electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 

VII.  History  3 

SHST  101.  102.  105.  or  106 

VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  fi-om  the  fi)llowing  with  tuv 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO221, 

222;SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SPSY10I;SSOC  101;SWST101 


Conlinued  on  next  page 


'The  successful  completion  of  Mathematics  141  with  a 
minimum  grade  ofC  fulfills  Group  II  requirements.  The 
additional  three  hours  are  made  up  as  electives. 


108 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Major  Requirements^'^''* 

" Biology  101,  102 


Biology  201,  202 


Biology  350 

One  Field  Course  selected  from: 

SBIO305,380,  525,  570 
Biology  ( four  courses  at  the  15- 

200/500  level  excluding  Biology  206,  240, 
270,  270L,  399).  At  least  three  of  the  four 
courses  must  have  an  associated  lab. 


Biology  majors  mayselecta  cognate  (12  hours) 
OR  a  minor  (18-24  hours) 


Cognate^'^  0orl2 
(with  approval  of  advisor) 

Physics  201  +  202  recommended  8 

Other  4 


OR 


Biology  599:  Senior  Seminar 


Minor^'^'^  0  or  1 8 

(with  approval  of  advisor) 


Supporting  Courses  14 

Chemistry  331 +331 L  4 

Chemistry  332  +  332L  4 

Statistics  (Mathematics  102  or  3 

Psychology  225) 


Electives 


0-11 


Total  Hours  Required 


120-122 


^A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 
^To  receive  a  biology  degree,  students  must  complete  at 
least  15  hours  of  major  course  credit  at  USC  Upstate. 
^A  minimum  of  two  500  level  courses  (excluding  599)  must 
becompleted.  A  maximum  of 4  hours  from  SBIO  54 1 , 
54 IL,  or  542  may  he  counted  as  major  credit.  A  total  of  II 
courses  in  the  major  are  required. 


A  cognate  is  required  for  all  students  not  fulfilling 
requirements  for  a  minor  that  has  been  approved  by  their 
advisor 

^Up  to  6  hours  (8  hours  if  lab  courses)  of  General 
Education  (<300  level)  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
requirements  of  a  minor 


Minor  in  Biology 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses''^'-' 

SBIOWIOI 


SBIOWIOIL  4 

SBIO  W102  + SBIO  W102L  4 

300-Ievel  Biology  +  lab  4 

500-level  Biology  +  lab  4 

300-level  or  above  Biology  +  lab  4 


Total  hours  required 


20 


'Up  to  6  hours  (8  hours  if  lab  courses)  of  General 
Education  f<300  level)  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
requirements  of  a  minor 

-A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  courscHork. 

^A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework 
is  required. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


109 


Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Chemistry 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


SSPH201 


Mathematics'  8 

SMTH  141  and  SMTH  142 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science  8 

SCHM  Ill/Land  SCHM  112/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  fi-om  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  fi-om  ci  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101.  105.  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SFLM 
240:  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in  electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


Major  Requirements''^ 

Chemistry  33 1 ,  332: 

Organic  Chemistry 

Chemistry  331  L,332L: 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Chemistry  321: 

Quantitative  Analysis 
Chemistry  321 L: 

Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

Chemistry  397:  Junior  Seminar 

Chemistry  511:  Inorganic 

Chemistry 
Chemistry  54 1 ,  542 : 

Physical  Chemistry 
Chemistry  54 1 L,  542L: 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Chemistry  581:  Biochemistry  I 

Chemistry  599:  Senior  Seminar 


Four  hours  selected  from  4 

the  following: 

Chemistry  522:  Instrumental 

Analysis 

Chemistry  530:  Spectrometric 

Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 

Chemistry  582:  Biochemistry  II 

Chemistry  583L:  Biochemistry 

Laboratory 

Chemistry  534:  Introductory 

Polymer  Chemistry 


Supporting  Courses 

Mathematics  241 

Mathematics  315 

Physics  201  and  202 

or  Physics  211  and  212 


VII.      History 


SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Two  courses  fi-om  the  following  with  tviv 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO221, 

222;SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SPSY  101;SSOC  101; 
SWST  101 

'/)  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 
'To  receive  a  chemistry  degree,  students  must  complete  at 
least  15  hours  of  major  course  credit  at  USC  Upstate 


Continued  on  next  page 


110 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Chemistry  majors  may  select 
a  cognate  (12  hours)  OR 
a  minor  (18-21  hours) 

Cognate'  12 

Upper  division  courses  selected  with 
advisor's  approval 


Electives 


OR 

Minor''2  18-21 

1 2  hours  must  be  upper-division  coursework 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  alt  coursework 

■Up  lo  6  hours  of  General  Education  {less  than  300  level) 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  requirements  of  a  minor 


Minor  in  Chemistry 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements''^'^ 

Chemistry  111,  lllL 

Chemistry  112.  112L 

Chemistry  331 

Chemistry  332 


Students  must  take  a  minimum  of  10  hours 
from  at  least  three  of  live  fields  below: 

Organic  Chemistry 

□  Chemistry  33 IL:  1 
Organic  Chemistry  I  Lab 

□  Chemistry  332L:  1 
Organic  Chemistry  II  Lab 

Q  Chemistry  530:  Spectroscopy  3 

□  Chemistry  534:  Polymer  Chemistry  3 


Biochemistry 

Chemistry  58 1 :  Biochemistry  I  3 

Chemistry  582:  Biochemistry  II  3 

Chemistry  583L:  Biochemistry  Lab  1 


Analytical  Chemistry 

u 

Chemistry  321: 
Quantitative  Analysis 

3 

□ 

Chemistry  32 IL: 
Quantitative  Analysis  Lab 

1 

u 

Chemistry  522  and  522L: 
Instrumental  Analysis 

Physical  Chemistry 

4 

u 

Chemistry  541: 
Physical  Chemistry  1 

3 

□ 

Chemistry  54 IL: 
Physical  Chemistry  I  Lab 

1 

u 

Chemistry  542: 
Physical  Chemistry  11 

3 

□ 

Chemistry  542L: 
Physical  Chemistry  II  Lab 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

1 

a 

Chemistry  511: 
Inorganic  Chemistry 

3 

Total  Hours  Required 

24 

'Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (less  than  300  level) 
may  he  used  to  satisfy'  requirements  of  a  minor 

-Minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  coursework. 

A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  tipper  division  coursework  is 
required. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


111 


Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Engineering  Technology  Management' 

Student  Worksheet 

This  Bachelor's  program  requires  an  ABET  Accredited  associate  degree  in 
Engineering  Technology  before  fiill  acceptance  into  the  degree  program. 


General  Education  Requirements^ 
I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


VIII. 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics 


SMTH  127 
SMTH  141 


Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101 

Natural  Science  8 

Two  courses  from  the  following: 

SAST  lll/L;SBIO  101/L,  102/L, 

1 10/L,  242/L;  SCHM  101/L,  109/L, 

111/L,112/L;SGEL  101/L,  102/L, 
103/L;  SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L, 
211/L, 212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

^     SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291;  SPLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  1 02  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher 
level  of  a  language  have  satisfied  this 
requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,ifhours  are  required 
in  the  major). 


VII.      History 


SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  '  6 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO221, 

222;SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SPSY101;SSOC  101;SWST  101 

'  Program  Entry  Requirements:  Students  must  possess  an  ABET  Accredited 
associate  degree  in  Engineering  Technology.  Students  may  he  admitted  to 
the  program,  hut  may  take  no  more  than  12  hours  of  SETM  courses  with- 
out the  ABET  accredited  associate  degree  in  Engineering  Technology. 


Major  Requirements''^'^'^ 

Technical  courses  in  discipline**         31 


(transfer  in  block  with  Associate's  Degree) 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  320:  lingineering 

Cost  Analysis 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  330:  Engineering 

Work  Analysis 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  370:  Systems 

Decision  Making 

Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  410:  Engineering 

Teams  Theory  and  Practice 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  415:  Quality 

Practices 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  420:  Engineering 

Project  Mgt. 
Eng.  Tech  Mgt.  499:  Senior  Seminar 

Senior  Seminar 


Supporting  Courses  9 

Economics  29 1 :  Probability  and        3 

Statistics 

Economics  292:  Statistical  Inference  3 

Technical  Communications  Course''   3 

Cognate^'^  12 

Four  courses  from  the  following  (with  at  least 

two  SBAD  courses): 

SBAD347,  348,350,351,352,  371, 

372,  374,  377,  378,  452,  456,  457, 
458,  47 1 ,  475,  476;  SECO  32 1 ,  326; 
SEGL  345.  371;  SGIS  370,  380,  571, 
572;  SIMS  346,  347;  SPSY  311; 
SSOC  347;  SSPH  3 1 5,  380,  448 

OR 

Minor  in  Business  Administration"*'^'^  18 


Total  Hours  Required 


124-130 


^  A  maximum  of  76  hours,  including  31  hours  of  technical  courses,  may 
be  transferred  from  a  technical  college  curriculum.  Alt  courses  trans- 
ferred for  degree  credit  must  be  a  minimum  grade  of  "C. " 
■*  The  succes.sful  completion  of  Mathematics  141  with  a  minimum  grade 
of  C fulfills  Croup  II  requirements.  The  additional  hours  are  electives. 
■*  SECO  221  or  SECO  222  is  recommended  for  a  Six-ial  and  Behavioral  Sciences 
electiv'e  for  students  choosing  to  complete  a  minor  in  Business  Administration. 
■'  SECO  222  is  recommended  for  a  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 
elective  for  students  planning  to  take  SECO  321  and/or  326  for  the 
cognate  or  minor  in  Business  Administration. 
"  A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 

'  To  receive  an  Engineering  Technology  Management  degree,  students 
must  complete  at  least  15  hours  of  major  course  credit  at  USC  Upstate. 
"  Technical  content  transfers  in  from  the  associate  degree  in  an  Engi- 
neering Technology  area. 

'  College-level  technical  communications  course  (e.g..  SEGL  346  Tech- 
nical Writing  or  SIMS  345  Technical  Presentation  &  Communication). 


112 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  Technology  Management 
Suggested  Course  Sequence 

Freshman  and  sophomore  level  eourses  are  taken  as  part  of  a  required  ABET  Accredited  associate  degree  in 
engineering  technology.  A  grade  of  "C"  or  better  is  required  for  all  courses  transferred  for  degree  credit. 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years  (57  semester  hours) 
The  following  courses  are  typically  completed  during  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  years  in  Engineering 
Technology  programs.  Consult  your  technical  college  course  schedule  for  specific  engineering  technology 
program  requirements  and  optimuin  course  sequencing. 

English  101 3 

Speech  201  or  English  102  or  Technical  Communications 3 

Precalculus  II 3 

Information  Technology 3 

Natural  Science 4 

Natural  Science 4 

Fine  Arts  (art,  music,  theater) 3 

Social  and  Behavioral  Science 3 

Technical  content Minimum  of  31 

Junior  Year  (34  semester  hours) 
An  ABET  Accredited  associate  degree  in  Engineering  Technology  must  be  completed  within  12  semester 
hours  of  admission  to  the  B.S.  degree  program. 

Fall  ( 1 7  hours) 

Technical  Communication  (or  Speech  201  if  Tech.  Comm.  ah-eady  completed) 3 

Calculus  I  (SMTH  141) 4 

Probability  and  Statistics  (SECO  291) 3 

Cognate 3 

Engineering  Cost  Analysis  (SETM  320) 4 

Spring  ( 1 7  hours) 

English  102  (or  Speech  201  if  English  102  already  completed) 3 

Statistical  Inference  (SECO  292) 3 

Cognate 3 

Engineering  Work  Analysis  (SETM  330) 4 

Systems  Decision  Making  (SETM  370) 4 

Senior  Year  (33  hours) 
Fall  (17  hours) 

Arts  and  Humanities 3 

Social  and  Behavioral  Science 3 

Cognate 3 

Engineering  Teams  Theory  and  Practice  (SETM  410) 4 

Quality  Practices  (SETM  4 15) 4 

Spring  ( 1 6  hours) 

Foreign  Language  102 3 

History  111  or  112 3 

Cognate 3 

Engineering  Project  Management  (SETM  420) 4 

Senior  Seminar  (SETM  499) 3 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  113 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Psychology 


The  Doparlment  of  Psychology,  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  otTers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degrees  in  psychology.  A  minor  is  also  oflered  in  psychology.  In  general,  assignments  for  courses  numbered  300 
or  above  are  more  rigorous  and  the  grading  standards  more  demanding  than  for  courses  numbered  299  or  lower. 

Bachelor  of  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Arts' 
Major  in  Psychology 
Student  Worksheet 
General  Education  Courses 


I.  Communication 

SEGLlOl'andSEGL  102- 


U. 


III. 


IV. 


SSPH20I 


6 

3 

3-4 


Mathematics 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  121.  122.  126.  127. 

141.  142.231 
One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics:      3-4 

SMTH  122.  127,  141,  142.  202,231: 

SLGC  205,  207 

Information  Technology 

SCSC  138.  150;  SIMS  101  3 

Natural  Science 

Two  courses  from  the  foUowing  (at  least        7-8 
one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  111/L;SBI0  lOl/L.  102/L. 

1 10/L.  206.  240.  242/L,  270;  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  111/L. 

112/L;SGEG201,202;SGEL  101/L, 

102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 

SPHS  101/L,  201/L,202/L,  211 /L, 

212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities* 

*no  more  than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific 
discipline  will  he  accepted  for  the  General 
Education  Requirement  under  Arts  &  Humanities 

One  fine  arts  course:  3 

^     SAAS  204;  SATH  101 

SMUS 


05,  106; 
10,  140;STHE  161,  170 


One  course  from  the  following  3 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;SEGL250,  252,  275, 
279.  280.  283,  289.  290.  291;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110.  140;SPHL  102,211; 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 


VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level  3 

SCHri02;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

or  placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course**  (placement  in  a 
higher  level  language  course  satisfies 
this  requirement  but  does  not  provide 
3  hours  of  credit  toward  graduation) 


VTI.       History 


SHST  101,  102,  105  or  106 


VTI  I.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 
disciplines  represented: 

SAAS201;SANT102;SECO221, 

222;SGEG  101.  103;SGIS201.301 

320;SSOC  101;SWST  101 


_iVIajor  Requirements^''* 

Psychology  101 

Psychology  225 

Psychology  325 


At  least  FIVE  CORE  courses 

fi"om  the  follow  ing: 

One  from  the  Experimental  Core 

Psychology  303:   Psychology 

of  Learning  and  Memory 

Psychology  304:  Cognitive 

Psychology 

Psychology  305:  Sensation  and 

Perception 

Psychology  308:  Physiological 

Psychology 

Continued  on  next  page 


'Normally  sludenls  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  Sludenls  who  wish  lo  pursue  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  must  complete  foreign  language  201  and  202. 
'A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


'.-)  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  major  courses. 

''IS  credit  hours  of  psychology'  (12  credit  hours  from 
core  courses,  three  credit  hours  from  courses  at  the 
400  -level  and  three  credit  hours  front  senior  seminar) 
applied  toward  graduation  must  he  awarded  by  USC 
Upstate.  In  order  to  enroll  in  senior  seminar  a  student 
must  have  completed  all  of  the  prerequisite  courses  with  a 
minimum  grade  ofC. 


114 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


One  from  the  Social  Core 

G      Psychology  302:  Developmental 
Psychology 

□  Psychology  307:  Social  Psychology 

□  Psychology  309:  Personality 
Psychology 

□  Psychology  310:  Abnormal 
Psychology 

Q      Psychology  311:   Industrial  and 
Organizational  Psychology 
Three  additional  core  courses 


One  400-level  psychology  course  (except  spsy  499)     3 


Minor  Option^  18-21 

See  Minor  section  of  catalog  for  description 
and  requirements 


Electives  13-25 

(for  a  B.A.  degree  6  hours  of  elective  credit 
must  be  Foreign  Language  201-202) 


Elective  psychology  courses 

selected  from  core  and/or  other  psychology 

courses 


Total  Hours  Required^ 


120 


Senior  Seminar:' 
SPSY  502 


Psvchology  majors  may  select  either  a  cognate 
(12  hours)  OR  a  minor  (18-21  hours) 


Cognate  Option^  12 

(Courses  selected  in  conjunction  with 
psychology  advisor.  See  Cognate  section  of 
catalog  for  description) 


'  In  order  lo  enroll  in  senior  seminar,  a  student  must  have 
completed  all  the  prerequisite  courses  with  a  minimum 
grade  ofC. 

-A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 

■'!S  credit  hours  of  psychology-  (12  credit  hours  from 
core  courses,  three  credit  hours  from  courses  at  the 
400  -level  and  three  credit  hours  from  senior  seminar) 
applied  toward  graduation  must  be  awarded  by  USC 
Upstate.  In  order  to  enroll  in  senior  seminar,  a  student 
must  have  completed  all  of  the  prerequisite  courses  with  a 
minimum  grade  ofC. 


Minor  in  Psychology''^ 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses 

Psychology  101 


Two  Courses  from  the  Experimental  Core 
'  (courses  numbered  303,  304,  305,  308) 


Two  Courses  from  the  Social  Core  6 

[  (courses  numbered  302.  307,  309,  3 1 0,  3 1 1 ) 

One  Advanced  Course  numbered  at  the  3 

400-level  (except  Psychology  499) 


Total  hours  required 


21 


'a  minimiiin  grade  ofC  is  required  for  all  courses. 

-  Nine  credit  hours  of  psychology  (three  credit  hours  from 
experimental  core,  three  credit  hours  from  social  core,  and 
three  credit  hours  from  advanced  courses)  applied  toward 
graduation  must  be  awarded  by  USC  Upstate. 


One  Elective  Course  at  the  300-level 
or  above 


CoHege  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


115 


Historyy  Political  Science^ 
Philosophy  and  American  Studies 

The  Department  of  History,  Political  Science.  Philosophy  and  American  Studies  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  history  and  political  science.  Minors  are  offered  in  history,  political  science,  philoso- 
phy and  American  studies.  Courses  are  also  offered  in  the  areas  of  anthropology,  logic,  military  science  and  religion.  In 
general,  assignments  for  courses  numbered  300  or  above  are  more  rigorous  and  the  grading  standards  more  demanding 
than  for  courses  numbered  299  or  lower. 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  History 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication  9 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102  6 


VII.      History 


SHST  102 


SSPH  201 


II.  Mathematics  6-8 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  121,  122,  126,  127 

141,  142,231 

One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics: 

SECO  291;  SLGC  205,  207;  SMTH 

102,  120,  121,  122,  126,  127,  141, 
202,  231;  SPSY225;  SSOC  201 

III.  Information  Technology 

SCSC  138,  150;  SIMS  101  3 

rv.        Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  fr)llowing  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  1 1 1/L;  SBIO  101/L,  102/L, 

1 1 0/L,  206.  240,  242/L,  270;  SCHM 
101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  11 1/L, 
112/L;SGEG201;SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  lOI/L,  201/L,  202/L,  21 1/L, 
212/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course:  3 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110;STHE  161,  170 

One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more  3 
than  3  credit  hours  fi-om  a  specific  discipline) 
SAMS  101,  102;  SEGL  250,  252, 

275,  279,  280,  283,  289,  290,  291; 

SFLM240;SPHL  102,211; 

SREL  103 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102  or  placement  in  a  201  or 
higher  level  language  course. 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

Two  courses  fi-om  the  following  with  two 

disciplines  represented: 

SAAS  201;  SANT  102;  SECO  221, 

222;  SGEG  101, 103;  SGIS  201, 301 
320;  SPSY  101;  SSOC  101;SWST101 


Major  Requirements''^ 

SHST  300 

History  courses  numbered  301  or  higher 
At  least  one  course  must  be  taken  in  each 
of  the  following  areas: 


3 

21 


United  States  history  (courses 

numbered  301-323,  351-352,  492, 

495,  496) 

European  history  (courses  numbered 

330-355,493,496) 

Non- Western  history  (courses 

numbered  313,  360-391, 494, 496 


History  500:  Senior  Seminar 


Continued  on  next  page 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  major  courses. 
^Fifteen  credit  hours  of  history,  including  senior  seminar, 
applied  toward  graduation  must  be  awarded  by  USC 
Upstate.  In  order  to  enroll  in  senior  seminar  a  student 
must  have  completed  all  the  prerequisites  with  a  minimum 
grade  o/C. 


116 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


History  majors  may  select  a  cognate  ( 1 2  hours) 
OR  a  minor  (18-21  hours) 


Supporting  Courses 


Cognate' 


12 


OR 
Minor' 


18-21 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  cognate  or  minor 
courses. 


History  101  3 

Government  and  International  3 

Studies  320 

History  1 05  3 

History  106  3 

One  course  selected  from  3 

the  following:  American  literature; 
American  Studies;  art:  English 
literature,  linguistics,  or  literary 
theory;  history;  literature  in  a 
foreign  language;  music:  philosophy; 
religion;  speech,  theatre;  world 
literature 


Electives 


11-23 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


Minor  in  History' 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements 

History  105  or  106- 

History  101  or  102^ 

Five  history  courses  15 

at  300-level  or  above. 

At  least  one  course  must  be  taken  in  each 

of  the  following  areas^: 

G  United  States  history 

(courses  numbered  30 1-323, 35 1-352, 

492,495) 
□  European  history 

(courses  number  330-355,  493) 
G  Non- Western  history 

(courses  number  313,  360-39 1 ,  494) 


Total  Hours  Required 


21 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  courses. 

-Courses  may  also  be  used  as  general  education  credit. 

-*  l^'ith  approval,  students  may  apply  relevant  400-le\'el 
special  topics  courses,  one-time-only  courses,  internships, 
and  independent  studies  to  the  minor. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


117 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Major  in  Political  Science 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 
I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH201 


II.  Mathematics  7-8 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120.  121.  122.  126,  127 

141.  142.231 

One  course  from  math,  logic  or  statistics: 

SECO291;SLGC205. 207:SMTH 

102.  121,  122.  126.  127.  141,  142, 
231;SPSY225;SSOC201 

III.  Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138.  150;  SIMS  101 


IV.        Natural  Science 


7-8 


Two  courses  from  the  following  fat  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  111/L:SBI0  101/L,  102/L. 

1 1 0/L.  206.  240.  242/L.  270:  SCHM 

101/L,  105,  106,  107,  109/L,  111/L, 
112/L;SGEG201,202;SGEL  101/L, 
102/L.  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L,  201/L.202/L,  211/L, 
212/L 


Arts  and  Humanities 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SATH  101,  105.  106 


One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more  3 

than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SEGL252;SPHL  102,  211; 

SREL  103 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102  or  placement  in  a  201  or 
higher  level  language  course 

VII.  History  3 

SHST  101,  102,  105,  or  106 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  two 
disciplines  represented: 

SECO  22 1  or  SECO  222 

SG1S201 


Major  Requirements 


Government  and  3 

International  Studies  210 
Government  and  3 

International  Studies  300 
Government  and  International  3 

Studies  301,  349,  385  or  403 
Government  and  International  3 

Studies  310  or  320 

One  course  From  three  9 

of  the  following  four  sub-fields 

American  Politics 

(SGIS  238,  312,  324,  350,  360,  361, 

363,  364,  365, 450,  45 1 ,  452, 462  or 

463) 

International  and  Comparative 

Politics  (SGIS  310.  320. 

326.  327.  330,  340,  400,  420  or  460) 

Public  Administration  (SGIS  370, 

374,380.445,571  or  572) 

Political  Theory  (SGIS  385,  386,  403, 

481) 


Other  Government  and  International 
Studies  courses 


Government  and  International 
Studies  500:  Senior  seminar 


Political  Science  majors  may  select  either  a 
cognate  (12  hours)  OR  minor  (18-21  hours). 


Cognate  Option' 


12 


'a  minimum  i;nije  ofC  is  required. 


Continued  on  next  page 


lis 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  Option'  (Discipline) 


18-21 


Electives 


7-17 


Supporting  Courses 

An  additional  lOO-lcvel  history         3 

course  or  American  Studies  course 

Three  courses  selected  from  9 

the  following:  history,  philosophy, 

American  studies,  religion, 

economics,  sociology,  anthropology, 

psychology 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


'/(  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


Minor  in  Political  Science* 
Student  Worksheet 


Introductory  Course 

SGIS  201  American  National  Government      3 

Required  Course 

SGlS  301  Introduction  to  Political  Science     3 

Course  Options  12 

12  credit  hours  from  the  following  list,  with  no  more  than 
two  courses  from  any  subfield. 

American  Government 


□  SGIS  350: 

Women  and  American  Politics 

□  SGIS  363:  Southern  Politics 

□  SGIS  364: 

State  and  Local  Government 

□  SGIS  380:  Environmental  Policy 

□  SGIS  450:  Constitutional  Law 

□  SGIS  451: 

Civil  Rights  and  Civil  Liberties 

□  SGIS  463: 

The  American  Presidency 


International  and  Comparative  Politics 

□  SGIS  3 1 0:  International  Politics 

□  SGIS  320:  Comparative  Politics 

□  SGIS  326:  Middle  East  Politics 

□  SGIS  327:  East  Asian  Politics 

□  SGIS  330:  International 
Organizations 

□  SGIS  420:  Women  and  Politics: 
A  Global  Perspective 

□  SGIS  460:  International  Law 

Political  Process 

□  SGIS  340:  U.S.  Foreign  Policy 

□  SGIS  36 1 :  Political  Behavior 

□  SGIS  452:  Judicial  Process 

□  SGIS  462:  Legislative  Process 

Political  Theory 

□  SGIS  300:  Intro  to  Political  Theory 

□  SGIS  385:  American  Political 
Thought 

□  SGIS  403:  History  of  Western 
Political  Thought 


'/4  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  courses. 


Public  Administration 

□  SGIS  370:  Intro  to 
Public  Administration 

□  SGIS  374:  Intro  to  Public  Policy 

Total  Hours  Required 


18 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


119 


Minor  in  American  Studies''^ 
Student  Worksheet 


Note:  a  minimum  gracie  of  "C"  is  required  in  all 
courses.  A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper-level  course- 
work  is  required 

Minor  Requirements 

SAMS  101  or  102'  3-6 

Any  SAMS  Course  numbered 

300-level  or  above-  3-9 

Additional  Coursework  3-12 

No  more  than  6  hours  from  a  single  group.  Only  one 
course  from  the  student's  major,  and  the  course  cannot 
be  counted  for  both  major  and  minor  credit. 

Group  A:  History 

SHST  301,  302,  303,  304,  305,  306,  307,  310, 
31 1,  312,  313,  320,  321.  322,  323,  380,  381 

Group  B:  Literature 

SEGL  307,  342,  383,  391,  425,  426,  427, 428, 429, 
430,  447,  455,  480,  48 1 ,  482,  483 


Group  C:  Fine  Arts,  Journalism  and  Languages 

SATH  205,  206,  304;  SJOU  302,  303,  360,  424, 
425;  SMUS  310;  SSPN  204,  332,  333;  STHE  301 

Group  D:  Social  and  Other  Sciences 

SANT  102;  SGEG  340.  424;  SGEL  120,  121,  241; 
SCRJ  310,  320.  321,  342;  SECO  301;  SGIS  300, 
340,  350,  361,  363,  364,  374,  385,  386,  450,  463; 
SNPA  301;  SSOC  301,  310,  31 1,  320,  321,  323, 
325,  327,  328.  329,  330,  333,  335,  337,  341,  343, 
345,  347,  351,  353,  355,  357,  372;  SWST  301,  355 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'  Students  may  lake  both  SAMS  101  and  102  if  all  other 
coursework  is  at  the  300-level  or  above. 
'  SAMS  398,  Topics  may  be  used  more  than  once  with  a 
change  of  topic. 


Minor  in  Philosopliy* 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses 

Logic  (Either  SLGC  205  or  207)       3 

History  of  Philosophy 

(Either  SPHL  201  or  SPHL  202)  3 
Ethics 

(Either  SPHL  2 1 1  or  SPHL  311)       3 

'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


Additional  Philosophy  Courses 

(numbered  201  or  above) 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


Minor  in  Religion' 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses 

SREL  103:  Comparative  Religion 

SREL  300:  Asian  Religious  Traditions 

SREL  301 :  Western  Religious  Traditions 

SREL  399:  Topics  in  Religion 

(May  be  repeated  when  topics  vary) 

A  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


Additional  Courses 

Two  courses  from  the  following: 


SREL  360:  Modem  Islam 

SREL  399:  Topics  in  Religion 

(May  be  repeaded  when  topics  vary) 

SPHL  211:  Contemporary  Moral  Issues  or 

SPHL  311:  Ethics 

SSOC  345:  Sociology  of  Religion 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


120 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Sociology,  Criminal  Justice  and  Women  \s  Studies 

The  Department  of  Sociology,  Criminal  Justice  and  Women's  Studies  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  sociology  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  criminal  justice.  Minors  are  offered  in  sociol- 
ogy, criminal  justice,  geography  and  women's  studies.  In  general,  assignments  for  courses  numbered  300  or  above  are  more 
rigorous  and  the  grading  standards  more  demanding  than  for  courses  numbered  299  or  lower. 

Bachelor  of  Arts 
Major  in  Sociology 
Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 
I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 

SSPH20I 


II.         Matiiematics 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  1 20  or  SMTH  1 2 1 

One  course  from  malh,  logic  or  statistics: 
SSOC201  or  SMTH  102 


VI.        Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

. SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN 102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in   electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.       History 


SHST  101  or  102 


III.        Information  Technology 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 


IV. 


Natural  Science 


7-8 


Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 
one  with  the  associated  lab) 

S AST  1 1 1  /L;  SBIO  1 1 0/L,  206.  240, 

270;  SCHM  101/L,  105,  106,  107, 

109/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SPHS  lOI/L 


Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

^     SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SEGL 

250,  252, 275,  279,  280,  283,  289. 
290,  291 ;  SFLM  240;  SPHL  102, 
211;SREL  103;  STHE  161,  170;  SATH 
101,  105,  106;  SMUS  110,  140 


VIII.      Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  < 

Two  courses  from  the  following  with  fuo 

disciplines  represented: 

SANT102;SAAS201;SECO221, 

222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  301,  320; 

SPSYIOUSSOC  lOUSWSTlOl 


Major  Requirements* 

Four  core  sociology  courses 

Q  Sociology  101 

G  Sociology  301 

□  Sociology  302 

Q  Sociology  499:  Senior  Seminar 

Seven  additional  upper-level  sociology 
courses 


12 


Continued  on  next  page 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


121 


Sociology  majors  may  select  either  a  cognate  Supporting  Courses 

(12  hours)  OR  minor  (18-21  hours).  S(.lS20l  3 

SLGC  205  or  SLCG  207  3 

Cognate  Option  12  Two  courses  from  the  following  6 

with  two  disciplines  represented: 

SANT  1 02;  SEGL  275, 279, 283. 29 1 ,  30 1 .  307, 322, 325, 

341. 346. 352, 368. 371  :SGEG  121, 212. 340;  SGIS  310, 

320.  364;  SHST  310.  320,  333,  338,  351,  355,  360,  361, 

370. 371 ,  372. 380. 381 .  390. 391 ;  SREL  103;  art  history; 
SWST  101;SAAS201 


Minor  Option^'^  18-21 


Electives  4-20 


Total  Hours  Required  120 


'a  minimum  gnidc  ofC  is  required. 

Note:  15  credit  hours  of  sociology  (beyond  SSOC  101) 
including  senior  seminar,  applied  toward  graduation, 
must  be  awarded  by  USC  Upstate. 

-18  hours  minimum. 
12  htnirs  of  upper  division  coursework. 


Minor  in  Sociology 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements' 


SSOC  101 
"SSOC  301 
SSOC  302 


Introductory  Sociology  3 

Sociological  Theory  3 

Sociological  Research  Methods      3 


Three  upper-level  sociology  courses  (303  or  above)      9 


Total  Hours  Required  18 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  coursework. 


122  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science 

Major  in  Criminal  Justice 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Courses 

I.  Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


II. 


IV. 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics 


One  math  course: 
SMTH 


20orSMTH  121 


One  course  from  mulh,  logic  or  slalislics: 
SLGC  205  or  SLGC  207 

III.        Information  Technology 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 


Natural  Science 


7-8 


Two  courses  from  ihe  following  (at  least 

one  with  the  associated  lab) 

SAST  1 1 1  /L;  SBIO  1 1 0/L,  206,  240, 

270;  SCHM  101/L,  105,  106,  107, 

109/L;  SGEG  201,  202;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L,  120.  121,  123/L,  131; 
SPHS  101/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  fine  arts  course: 

S AAS  204;  S ATH  1 0 1 ,  1 05.  1 06; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161.  170 
One  course  from  the  following:  (no  more 
than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,275, 
279,  280,  283,  289, 290, 291 ;  SFLM 
240;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102, 
SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 

^     SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course  (Students  placing 
into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but 
will  have  additional  hours  in   electives, 
if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.      History 


SHST  106 


VIII.     Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 


SPSY 101 
SSOC  101 


Major  Requirements' 


SCRJ  101:  Introduction  to 

Criminal  Justice 

SCRJ  210:  Policing  in  America 

SCRJ  220:  The  Criminal  Courts 

SCRJ  230:  Introduction  to 

Corrections 

SCRJ  361:  Criminal  Justice 

Research  Methods 

SCRJ  371:  Theories  of  Crime 

SCRJ  501:  Criminal  Justice 

Senior  Seminar 


15 


Additional  upper-level 
criminal  justice  courses 
{A  maximum  of  6  hours  may  be  earned  from 
SCRJ  391:  Field  Study  or  SCRJ  490:  Internship) 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  is  required  in  all  major  courses. 

Note:  Fifteen  credit  hours  of  criminal  justice  (beyond  SCRJ 
101),  including  senor  seminar,  applied  toward  graduation 
must  be  awarded  by  USC  Upstate.. 

Continued  on  next  page 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


123 


Criminal  justice  majors  may  select  a 
cognate  (12  hours)  OR  a  minor 
(18-21  hours) 

_  Cognate*  12 


Supporting  Courses 


12 


Minor '  (Discipline) 


18-21 


SGIS  201 :  American  National 

Government 

Statistics':  SMTH  102  or 

SPSY225orSSOC201 

Ethics:  SPHL  21 1,  311,  or  321 

One  course  of  the  following: 

SANT  102;  SEGL  275;  SGEG  121, 

2 1 2,  340;  SGIS  3 1 0,  320;  SHST  335, 

338,340,341,360,361,370,371, 

380,  38I;SREL  103 


Electives 


4-17 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  ;.v  i-equired. 


Total  Hours  Required  120 


Minor  in  Criminal  Justice 
Student  Worksheet 


Minor  Requirements' 

SCRJ  101:  3 

Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 

SCRJ  371:  3 

Theories  of  Crime 


Total  Hours  Required 


21 


Select  two  of  the  following  three  courses:      6 

SCRJ  210:  Policing  in  America 

SCRJ  220:  The  Criminal  Courts 

SCRJ  230:  Introduction  to  Corrections 


Additional  upper-level  9 

Criminal  Justice  courses 

A  maximum  of  3  hours  may  be  earned  from  any  combi- 
nation of  the  following:  SCRJ  391:  Field  Study  or  SCRJ 
490:  Internship 


'a  minimum  grade  ofC  i.i  required. 


124 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Minor  in  Women's  &  Gender  Studies' 
Student  Worksheet 


Introductory  Course^ 


SWST  101:  Introduction  to  Women's 
&  Gender  Studies 


Theory  Course  3 

SWST  301 :  Feminist  Theory 

and  Methods 


Additional  Courses  12 

12  credit  hours  from  the  following  list,  with  no  more 
than  two  courses  from  any  individual  discipline  (except 
SWST),  and  no  more  than  one  course  from  within  the 
students'  major  program  (cannot  be  counted  toward 
both  the  major  and  minor). -^ 

□  SATH301:  Women  and  Art 

□  SCRJ382:    Women  and  Crime 

□  SEGL  369:  Gender  &  Autobiography 

□  SEGL  389:  Gay  &  Lesbian  Literature 

□  SEGL  437:  Women  Writers 

□  SGIS  350:    Women  and  American  Politics 


SGIS  420:  Women  and  Politics: 

A  Global  Perspective 

SHST35I:  Women  in 

Early  Modem  Europe  and  America 

SHST  352:  Women  in  Modern  Europe 

and  America 

SHST  496:  Topics  in  Women's  History 

SJOU  450:  Women  in  the  Media 

SPSY  442:  Psychology  of  Women 

SSOC  335:  Sociology  of  Women 

SSOC  337:  Gender  &  Society 

SSOC  339:  Women  &  Armed  Conflict 

SWST  355:  U.S.  Women's  Movement 

SWST  398:  Topics 

SWST  399:  Independent  Study 

SWST  490:  Senior  Seminar  in 

Women's  Studies 

SWST  498:  Outreach  Practicum 

SWST  499:  Internships 

Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Minimum  grade  of  "C  "for  all  courses  required. 

^Course  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  general  education 
requirements.  If  used  for  general  education,  students  will 
have  satisfied  the  requirement  for  the  minor  and  will  be 
excused  from  the  credit  hour  requirements  for  the 
preparatoiy  course. 

^Wilh  the  written  approval  of  a  Women  's  and  Gender  Studies 
faculty  member,  students  may  apply  relevant  special  topics 
courses,  one-time  only  courses,  internships  and  independent 
studies  to  the  minor. 

'^No  more  than  six  hours  of  SWST  498  and  499  in  any 
combination  may  be  used  to  satisfy  minor  requirements. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


125 


George  Dean  Johnson,  Jr. 
College  of  Business  &  Economics 


Accreditation 

Business  programs  are  accredited  by  The  Association 
to  Advance  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (AACSB 
International). 

Vision 

The  vision  ofthe  Johnson  College  olBusiness  and  Econom- 
ics (JCBH)  is  to  become  the  school-of-first-choice  for  an 
excellent  baccalaureate  business  administration  education 
for  students  of  the  Upstate  of  South  Carolina. 

Mission 

use  Upstate's  Johnson  College  of  Business  and 
Economics  provides  and  delivers  excellent  undergradu- 
ate business  education  to  a  diverse  student  population.  In 
support  of  this  mission. 

•  Our  educational  programs  prepare  graduates  to 
enter  and  succeed  in  a  variety  of  business  careers  in  an 
expanding  global  environment  through  a  focus  on  current 
and  ethical  business  practices. 

•  Our  faculty  isengagedin  intellectual  pursuits  that  focus 
primarily  on  applied  scholarship  and  teaching  excellence. 

•  Our  community  and  service  activities  are  developed 
in  partnership  with  business  and  professional  constituencies 
to  enhance  the  quality  of  life  and  economic  well  being  in 
the  upstate  metropolitan  region. 

•  As  a  school,  we  hold  our  faculty,  staff  and  students 
accountable  for  practicing  a  high  degree  of  personal  and 
professional  excellence,  integrity  and  civility. 

Program  Goals 

The  goals  of  the  JCBE  for  the  accomplishment  of  the 
mission  are  to: 

•  Provide  an  excellent  education  to  a  diverse 
student  body 

•  Implement  the  curriculum  with  a  high  quality 
faculty 

Degree  Programs 

The  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics  offers 
programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Business  Administration.  Minors  in  business  administration 
and  economics  are  also  offered .  I  n  addition  to  the  Spartanburg 
campus,  courses  are  also  offered  at  the  University  Center  of 
Greenville.  Students  are  invited  to  visit  the  Johnson  College 
of  Business  and  Economics  on  the  USC  Upstate  campus  to 
explore  career  opportunities. 

All  Johnson  College  students  are  required  to  take  the 
specified  general  education  courses.  All  students  then  take 
a  common  business  and  economics  core  sequence,  spanning 
the  full  range  of  business  fijnctions.  Finally  students  select 
a  concentration. 

Students  should  begin  with  the  recommendedcurriculum 
as  early  as  possible.  This  sequence  includes  a  combination 
of  business,  economics  and  general  education  courses  sug- 
gested for  each  semester  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled.  It 
is  imperative  that  students  begin  their  mathematics/statistics 
sequence  in  the  first  semester  of  their  freshman  year  and  con- 
tinue this  sequence  each  semester  to  make  adequate  progress 
in  any  of  the  business  concentrations.  Students  in  business 
administration  and  economics  are  advised  by  the  faculty  from 
the  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics. 

Students  not  pursuing  a  Business  degree  may  earn  a 
maximum  of  29  semester  hours  in  Business  courses,  exclud- 
ing SECO  221,  222,  291,  and  292,  pro\  iding  they  meet  the 
course  prerequisites  and  have  earned  54  credit  hours  before 
enrolling  in  300-level  and  above  courses. 


Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Busi- 
ness may  also  pursue  any  university  approved  minor  except 
the  economics  minor  and  the  business  administration  minor. 
See  catalog  section  concerning  minors.  Usually,  completing 
the  degree  with  a  minor  will  require  more  than  the  minimum 
1 20  credit  hours  to  graduate. 

Admission  to  the  Professional  Program 
(Upper  Division) 

Students  seeking  a  degree  in  business  must  be  admit- 
ted to  the  Professional  Program  (upper  division)  before 
enrolling  in  300-level  or  above  business  administration 
(SBAD)  and  economics  (SECO)  courses. 

Application  Process 

The  professional  program  application  form  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 
(JCBE)  Office  of  Student  Services  or  on  the  Upstate  Web 
site.  The  application  must  be  filed  with  the  JCBE  Office  of 
Student  Services  no  earlier  than  the  term  in  which  students 
anticipate  completing  54  credit  hours. 

Application  Deadlines 

During  the  fall  semester  the  deadline  is  October  I ;  during 
the  spring  semester,  February  I . 

Admission  Requirements 

Admission  of  applicants  is  based  on  individual  consider- 
ation. Each  applicant  must  fulfill  the  following  require- 
ments: 

•  Successful  completion  of  54  credit  hours 
Cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.0 

•  Completion  with  a  C  or  better:  SEGL  101.  SEGL  1 02, 
SSPH201,andSMTH  122 

Successful  completion  of  SBAD  225  and  SECO 
221  or  222 

Conditional  Approval 

Students  are  conditionally  approved  for  professional 
program  admission  during  the  semester  of  application 
to  facilitate  registration  for  the  following  semester.  If 
the  student's  final  academic  performance  for  the  semes- 
ter does  not  meet  the  admission  requirements,  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  make  the  necessary  schedule 
adjustments. 

Transfer  Students  and  Conditional  Approval 

Transfer  students  who  have  met  the  54-credit  hour  and 
GPA  requirements  at  time  of  admission  may  be  granted 
conditional  admission  for  one  semester  in  orderto  complete 
the  specific  course  requirements. 

Graduation  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  curriculum  requirements  for 
a  degree  in  business  administration,  graduation  requires  a 
minimum  cumulative  GP.Aof  2.0  and  a  minimum  grade  of 
C  ( S  in  SBAD  499 )  on  all  upper  division  Business  courses. 
(A  grade  of  D  or  higher  is  acceptable  for  meeting  a  course 
prerequisite  requirement  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the 
catalog  course  description.)  The  highest  grade  earned  on 
any  course  in  business  and  economics  is  applied  toward  the 
degree.  At  least  50  percent  of  the  business  and  economics 
credit  hours  applied  toward  graduation  must  be  awarded 
by  USC  Upstate. 


Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


127 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
Student  Worksheet 

The  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics  is  accredited  by  AACSB  International.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Busi- 
ness Administration  otTers  concentrations  in  Accounting,  Economics/Finance,  General  Business  Administration,  Manage- 
ment, and  Marketing. 


General  Education  Courses 

I.     Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH201 


11. 


Mathematics 

SMTH  122orSMTH  141 


6-7 


*Students  not  placing  into  SMTH  122  or  141 
must  complete  the  prerequisites  before  taking 
the  required  math  class.  The  college  level 
prerequisite(s)  will  count  as  free  elective(s). 
SEC0  291 


VII.  History 

SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SEC0  221 

One  course  selected  from  the  following 

SAAS  201;  SANT  102;  SGEG  101, 

103;SG1S201,SPSY  101;SSOC  101; 
SWST  101 


Major  Course  Requirements 


III.  Information  Technology 

SCSC  138 


IV.  Natural  Science  7-8 

Two  courses  from  the  following  (at  least 
one  with  the  associated  lab) 

S AST  1 1 1  /L;  SBIO  1 1 0/L,  206,  240, 

270;  SCHM  101/L,  105,  106,  107/L,  109/L; 
SGEG  201/L,  202;  SGEL  101/L,  I02/L,  103/L, 
120,121,  123/L,  131;SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L 


V.     Arts  and  Humanities  ( 

One  fine  arts  course: 

SAAS  204;  SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following  representing 
a  different  discipline  from  the  above  fine  arts 
course. 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH 


Business  Core 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SBAD 

SECO 

SECO 


(required  in  all  majors) 

225  Financial  Accounting  3 

226  Managerial  Accounting  3 
290  Intro  to  Business  Info  Systems  3 
347  Legal  Environment  of  Business  3 
350  Principles  of  Marketing  3 
363  Business  Finance  3 

371  Organizational  Mgmt.  &  Behavior3 

372  Operations  Management  3 
478  Business  Policy  (Senior  Seminar) 3 
222  Principles  of  Microeconomics  3 
292  Statistical  Inference  3 


101,  105,  106;SEGL250,  252,  275,279,  280, 
283,  289,  290,  291 ;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  110, 
140;SPHL  102,211;SREL  103;STHE  161,  170 


Concentration  Areas 

A  ccounting'  - 

O  SBAD  331   Intermediate  Accounting  1  3 

□  SBAD  332  Intermediate  Accounting  11  3 

□  SBAD  333  Cost  Accounting  3 

□  SBAD  335  Individual  Tax  Planning  3 
Q  SBAD  433  Accounting  Controls  Systems  3 

□  SBAD  435  Auditing  3 
G  SBAD  461    International  Business  Finance 

or  SECO  303  International  Economics  3 


VI.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  3 

Foreign  Language  minimum  102  level 
SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

Students  not  placing  in  the  102  level  of  a 
foreign  language  must  complete  the  prerequisite  (101). 
This  prerequisite  will  count  as  a  free  elective.  Students  who 
place  into  the  201  or  higher  level  of  a  foreign  language  are 
exempt  from  the  foreign  language/culture  general  education 
requirement  but  w  ill  have  additional  hours  in  electives. 


'To  be  eligible  to  take  the  CPA  e.xam  in  South  Carolina,  a 
person  must  have  120  .lemesler  credit  hours,  including  24  hours 
of  accounting  and  24  hours  of  other  business  courses.  To  qualify 
for  the  CPA  license  in  South  Carolina,  a  person  must  have  150 
semester  credit  hours  with  a  baccalaureate  or  higher  degree  with 
36  hours  in  accounting  (with  at  least  24  hours  at  the  junior  level 
or  above)  and  36  hours  of  other  bu.<iiness  courses.  Please  see  an 
accounting  advisor  concerning  additional  requirements. 

'Students  planning  to  take  the  Certified  Public  Accountant 
examination  should  take  SBAD  43  7  Advanced  Accounting  in  ad- 
dition to  the  accounting  concentration  courses. 


128 


Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Economics/Finance 


□  SHCO30I   Commercial  &  Central  Banking     3 

□  SECO  303   International  Fxonomics  3 

□  SECO  322  Intermediate  Macro  Theory  3 
Q  SECO  326  Managerial  Economics  3 
Q  one  of  the  following:  3 

SBAD  364  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets 
SBAD  365  Principles  of  Investments 

□  one  of  the  following:  3 
SBAD  378  International  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  452  International  Marketing 

SBAD  461    International  Business  Finance 
G  one  of  the  following:  3 

SECO  3 1 1   Issues  in  Economics 
SECO  499  Topics  in  Economics 
SBAD  333  Cost  Accounting 
SBAD  390  Business  Tech  &  Info  Systems 
SBAD  499  Business  Internship 

General  Business  Administration 

□  SBAD  333  Cost  Accounting  3 

□  SBAD  351   Consumer  Behavior  3 

□  SBAD  374  Mgmt.  of  Human  Resources  3 

□  SECO  326  Managerial  Economics  3 
□SBAD  398  Topics  in  Metro  Bus.  Studies  3 
□one  of  the  following  international  courses:  3 

SBAD  378  International  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  452  International  Marketing 
SBAD  461   International  Business  Finance 
SECO  303  International  Economics 
□one  of  the  following:  3 

SBAD  335  Individual  Tax  Planning 
SBAD  365  Principles  of  Investment 
SBAD  390  Business  Tech  &  Info  Systems 
SBAD  457  Marketing  Research 
SBAD  471   New  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  499  Business  Internship 


SBAD  499  Business  Internship 
SECO  303   International  liconomics 
SECO  326  Managerial  Economics 

Marketing 


□  SBAD  351  Consumer  Behavior  3 

□  SBAD  352  Marketing  Communications    3 

□  SBAD  452  International  Marketing  3 

□  SBAD  457  Marketing  Research  3 

□  SBAD  458  Marketing  Management         3 
Two  of  the  following:  6 

□  SBAD  377  Adv.  Organizational  Behavior 

□  SBAD  390  Business  Technology  & 

Information  Systems 
SBAD  455  Topics  in  Marketing 
SBAD  456  Business  Marketing 
SBAD  459  Personal  Selling  &  Sales  Mgmt. 
SBAD  471  New  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  499  Business  Internship 
SECO  326  Managerial  Economics 


Electives 


21-23 


Total  Hours  Required 


120 


Management 

□SBAD  374  Mgmt.  of  Human  Resources  3 

□SBAD  377  Advanced  Organizational  Behavior3 
□SBAD  471  New  Business  Enterprise  3 

□SBAD  475  Advanced  Operations  Mgmt.  3 

□one  of  the  following:  3 

SBAD  378  International  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  452  International  Marketing 
SBAD  461    International  Business  Finance 
SECO  303  International  Economics 

□  two  of  the  following,  if  not  taken  to  6 

□  fulfill  above  requirements: 

SBAD  378  International  Business  Enterprise 
SBAD  390  Business  Tech  &  Info  Systems 
SBAD  398  Topics  in  Metropolitan  Business  Studies 
SBAD  452  International  Marketing 
SBAD  461   International  Business  Finance 
SBAD  476  Statistical  Process  Control 


Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


129 


Minor  in  Economics' 
Student  Worksheet 


Required  Courses' 

SEC0  22I  Principles  of  Macroeconomics-  3 

SECO  222  Principles  of  Microeconomics-  3 

SECO  322  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  3 

Theory 
SECO  326  Managerial  Economics  3 

'Minimum  grade  o/C  in  all  courses 

•6  hours  may  he  used  to  salisjy  general  education  credit 


Six  additional  credit  hours  to  be  selected 
from  Economics  301 ,  303,  3 1 1 ,  or  499 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


Required  Courses'" 

SBAD  225  Financial  Accounting 

SBAD  221  Principles  of  Macroeconomics 

or  SECO  222  Principles  of  Microeconomics 

SBAD  350  Principles  of  Marketing 

SBAD  371  Organizational  Management 

and  Behavior 


Minor  in  Business  Administration 
Student  Worksheet 

Two  additional  courses  to  be  selected 
from  300-level  SBAD  or  SECO  courses 
Recommended  courses:  SBAD  347,  351. 
and  390 


369,  374, 


Total  Hours  Required 


18 


'Up  to  6  hours  of  General  Education  (<300  level)  may  he  used  to  satisfy-  requirements  of  a  minor 

■Minimum  grade  ofC  in  all  coursework. 

'A  minimum  of  12  hours  of  upper  division  coursework  is  required. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
Recommended  Curriculum  Schedule 


Freshman  Year — Fall 

English  101 

Mathematics  121  or  122 
Computer  Science  138 
Foreign  Language 
History  101  or  102 

Freshman  Year — Spring 

English  102 

Mathematics  122  or  elective 

Natural  Science 

Foreign  Language  or  free  elective 

Business  290 


Sophomore  Year- 
Speech  201 
Fine  Arts 
Economics  221 
Economics  291 
Business  225 


-Fall 


Sophomore  Year — Spring 

Arts  and  Humanities 
Economics  222 
Economics  292 
Business  226 
Free  elective 

Junior  Year — Fall 

Natural  Science 

Business  350 

Business  371 

Business  concentration  course 

Free  elective 

Junior  Year — Spring 

Social  Science  elective 

Business  347 

Business  363 

Business  372 

Business  concentration  course 


Senior  Year — Fall 

Free  elective 

Free  elective 

Business  concentration  course 

Business  concentration  course 

Business  concentration  course 

Senior  Year — Spring 

Business  478 

Free  elective 

Free  elective 

Business  concentration  course 

Business  concentration  course 


130 


Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


School  of  Education 


The  School  of  Education  is  a  nationally  accredited 
professional  school  with  the  chief  responsibility  of  prepar- 
ing teachers  for  early  childhood,  elementary,  middle  and 
secondary  school  certification.  The  School  of  Education 
exercises  responsibility  for  decisions  directly  affect- 
ing the  teacher  education  curriculum  and  each  major 
aspect  of  the  teacher  education  process.  The  School  of 
Education  otTers  programs  in  early  childhood  education, 
elementary  education  and  middle  grades  education  lead- 
ing to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  in  physical  education 
and  special  education  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  and  in  secondary  education  leading  to  either  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  unit 
offers  Master's  of  Education  degrees  in  early  childhood 
education,  elementary  education  and  special  education 
with  a  concentration  in  visual  impairment.  In  addition  to 
their  basic  responsibility  of  teaching  professional  edu- 
cation coursework,  the  faculty  of  the  school  undertake 
research  projects  that  contribute  to  improvement  in  the 
theory  and  practice  of  teacher  education.  Faculty  members 
conduct  research,  publish  scholarly  articles,  and  engage 
in  service  activities  designed  to  assist  teachers,  students, 
administrators,  and  other  educators.  They  sponsor  various 
workshops  and  conferences  planned  specifically  for  the 
staffs  of  elementary,  middle  and  secondary  schools;  often 
these  are  cooperative  efforts  with  other  agencies.  They  also 
cooperate  with  a  number  of  bureaus  and  clinics  developed 
to  augment  public  school  programs  and  to  provide  special- 
ized educational  services  to  the  community. 

use  Upstate  has  formed  a  partnership  with  USC 
Sumter  to  serve  students  in  the  Sumter  area  who  are  in- 
terested in  pursuing  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  either  early 
childhood  or  elementary  education.  Students  interested 
in  becoming  certified  teachers  will  complete  their  first 
two  years  of  general  education  at  USC  Sumter  and  then 
complete  the  professional  education  program  of  USC 
Spartanburg.  Junior-  and  senior-level  professional  edu- 
cation courses  w  ill  be  offered  either  on  the  USC  Sumter 
campus  via  distance  education  technology  or  in  the  public 
schools  in  the  Sumter  area. 

The  School  of  Education  maintains  a  curriculum 
resources  center  for  the  use  of  USC  Upstate  students, 
faculty,  staff  and  area  public  school  teachers.  This  facility 
provides  curriculum  aids  for  instructors  at  all  levels. 

The  Burroughs  Child  Development  Center  gives  stu- 
dents an  opportunity  to  observe  and  to  work  with  children 
ages  three  months  to  six  years  in  a  laboratory  setting.  It 
offers  high  quality  child  care  to  students  and  citizens  of 
the  community. 

USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  Conceptual 
Framework  Summary 

According  to  the  National  Council  for  the  Ac- 
creditation of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE),  a  conceptual 
framework  is:  "...an  underlying  structure  in  a  professional 
education  unit  that  gives  conceptual  meanings  through  an 
articulated  rationale  to  the  unit's  operation,  and  provides 
direction  for  programs,  courses,  teaching,  candidate 
performance,  faculty  scholarship  and  service,  and  unit 
accountability." 

The  following  are  components  of  the  USC  Upstate  School 
of  Education  conceptual  framework: 


The  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  V  ision 

The  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  aims  to  be 
recognized  nationally  for  its  outstanding  teacher  prepa- 
ration programs  whose  graduates  are  excellent,  learner- 
centered  practitioners  and  professionals. 

The  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  Mission 

To  prepare  effective  teachers  who  are  reflective 
practitioners  and  professionals. 
To  serve  the  needs  of  schools  in  the  state  of 
South  Carolina,  particularly  the  upstate,  working 
collaboratively  with  K-12  school  personnel. 
To  advance  understanding  of  how  teaching  and 
learning  occur  etTectively. 

The  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  Core  Dispositions 

The  faculty  and  candidates  of  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education  value  reflective  teaching 
practice. 

The  faculty  and  candidates  of  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education  value  learner-centered 
pedagogy. 

The  faculty  and  candidates  of  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education  value  performance-based 
assessment. 

The  faculty  and  candidates  of  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education  are  committed  to  and  affirm 
diversity. 

The  faculty  and  candidates  of  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education  are  committed  to  profes- 
sional responsibility. 

The  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  Philosophy 

The  faculty  members  and  administrators  of  the  SOE 
have  developed  a  set  of  consistent  principles  and  values 
that  serves  as  the  foundation  of  the  school's  approach  to 
curriculum,  pedagogy  and  program  development. 

•  A  general  exposure  to  and  an  appreciation  of 
the  traditional  liberal  arts  and  sciences  of  both 
western  and  non-western  traditions. 

•  A  specific  exposure  to  the  most  up-to-date  peda- 
gogical theories  and  practices. 

•  A  set  of  ethical  principles,  values,  and  dispositions. 

•  A  commitment  to  the  principle  of  equality  of 
educational  opportunity  for  all  students  regard- 
less or  group  or  individual  differences. 

•  A  commitment  to  knowledge  of  both  theory 
and  practice  and  an  understanding  of  how  one 
informs  and  strengthens  the  other. 

Theoretical  Underpinnings  of  the 

USC  Upstate  School  of  Education  Program 

The  philosophy  of  the  SOE  is  consistent  with  the  ten- 
ants of  progress!  vism  and  constructivism.  Practices  and 
behaviors  consistent  with  these  approaches  include: 

Application  of  problem-solving  and  scientific  inquiry; 

Use  of  cooperative  learning  experiences  and 

self-discipline; 

Emphasis  on  how  to  think  not  what  to  think  with 

the  teacher  serving  as  a  guide; 

Appreciation  of  the  interdisciplinary  nature  of 

learning; 

Preparation  of  all  students  for  full  participation 

in  a  democracy. 


132 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Guiding  Principles  of  the 

use  Upstate  School  of  Rducation 

In  accordance  with  its  mission,  philosophy,  and 
theoretical  orientation,  the  SOH  follows  these  guiding 
principles  based  on  the  Interstate  New  Teacher  Assess- 
ment and  Support  Consortium  (INTASC)  and  the  South 
Carolina  Assistance,  Development  and  Kvaluation  of 
Professional  Teaching  (ADEPT)  standards.  Teachers 
prepared  at  USC  Upstate: 

•  demonstrate  competence  as  effective  long-range 
instructional  planners; 

demonstrate  competence  as  effective  daily  in- 
structional planners; 

•  demonstrate  competence  in  the  areas  of  student 
assessment  and  reflective  self-assessment; 

•  establish  high  expectations  for  all  learners; 

•  are  knowledgeable  of  and  capable  of  implement- 
ing a  variety  of  instructional  strategies  which 
utilize  state  of  art  instructional  technology; 

•  possess  thorough  and  accurate  knowledge  of 
the  content  they  teach; 

•  effectively  monitor  student  learning  and  provide 
meaningful  feedback  to  students; 

•  maintain  a  classroom  environment  that  promotes 
and  facilitates  learning; 

•  manage  their  classrooms  effectively  with  equity, 
firmness,  and  fairness; 

•  strive  to  develop  as  a  teacher  both  professionally 
and  personally. 

Guiding  Principles  of  USC  Upstate 
Graduate  Education  Programs 

Using  the  model  teacher  paradigm  captured  in  the 
propositions  of  the  National  Board  for  Professional  Teach- 
ing Standards,  USC  Upstate  graduate  programs  are  built 
around  these  propositions.  Teachers  completing  USC 
Upstate  graduate  programs: 

•  are  committed  to  students  and  their  learning; 

•  are  knowledgeable  of  their  subject  matter  and 
related  pedagogy; 

•  manage  and  monitor  student  learning; 

•  reflect  on  their  practice; 

•  participate  in  learning  communities. 

Multicultural/Diversity  Perspectives  in  USC  Upstate 
Teacher  Education  Programs 

Its  mission,  philosophy,  principles  and  organizing 
themes  serve  as  the  root  of  the  USC  Upstate  School  of 
Education's  commitment  to  multicultural  education. 
Graduates  of  SOE  programs  as  reflective  teachers: 

•  believe  that  all  children  can  learn; 

•  create  a  learning  environment  that  is  anti  dis- 
criminatory; 

•  understand,  respect,  and  accommodate  for  group 
and  individual  differences; 

•  instruct  for  empathy  and  tolerance; 

•  instruct  for  altruism; 

•  promote  justice. 

Performance  Assessment  in  USC  Upstate  Teacher 
Education  Programs 

The  USC  Upstate  SOE  assessment  systems  moni- 
tor and  measure  candidate  progress  through  both  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  on  a  continuous 


basis.  At  both  levels,  portfolios  are  the  major  tool  used 
to  assess  both  the  performance  of  the  candidates  and 
the  quality  of  programs.  Portfolios  for  undergraduate 
students,  introduced  in  SKDF  210:  Foundations  of  Edu- 
cation, are  aligned  with  INTASC  and  ADEPT  standards; 
undergraduate  portfolios  are  developed  over  the  course  of 
programs  and  finally  completed  during  the  student  teach- 
ing semester.  Graduate  portfolios,  introduced  during  the 
Portfolio  Introduction  and  Training  Session,  are  aligned 
with  propositions  of  the  National  Board  for  Professional 
Teaching  Standards  (NBPTS).  Graduate  portfolios  are 
presented  and  defended  before  a  five-member  panel  dur- 
ing the  respective  seminar  classes;  a  successful  defense 
is  required  for  graduation. 

Admission  to  the  Professional  Proffram 

Students  must  apply  to  the  School  of  Education  for 
admission  to  the  professional  program,  which  covers  the 
junior  and  senior  years.  The  professional  program  applica- 
tion form  may  be  obtained  from  the  school  office  and  must 
be  filed  with  that  office  at  the  conclusion  of  the  term  in 
which  students  complete  60  semester  hours  of  study. 

Admission  of  applicants  is  based  on  individual 
consideration.  Each  applicant  must  fulfill  the  following 
requirements: 

•  completion  of  English  101  and  102  and  Speech 
201  or  their  equivalents,  with  grades  of  C  or 
better; 

•  successful  completion  of  the  prerequisites  for 
Mathematics  121; 

•  grade  of  C  or  better  in  support  courses  com- 
pleted; 

•  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.5  on  at  least  60 
hours  earned; 

•  the  achievement  of  passing  scores  on  the  Praxis 
Pre-professional  skills  test  (PPST)  or  received 
a  South  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education  ap- 
proved score  on  the  SAT  or  ACT  examination; 

•  two  satisfactory  recommendations  with  one 
coming  from  the  general  faculty  and  one  from 
the  School  of  Education  faculty;  and 

•  personal  affirmation  of  non-criminal  back- 
ground 

Action  is  taken  on  a  student's  application  for  admis- 
sion to  the  professional  program  as  soon  as  the  academic 
records  are  available.  Students  who  are  accepted  enter 
the  professional  program.  Students  whose  applications 
are  denied  are  advised  of  their  alternatives. 

Students  who  plan  to  meet  the  requirements  for  a 
teaching  certificate  in  secondary  education  while  enrolled 
in  another  school  of  the  University  should  consult  with 
the  dean  of  the  School  of  Education.  The  dean  assigns  an 
advisor  in  the  School  of  Education  to  guide  the  student 
through  the  professional  sequence  of  courses.  Such  consul- 
tation should  be  held  as  early  as  possible  in  the  student's 
undergraduate  career  to  ensure  adequate  familiarity  with 
teacher  education  requirements.  Students  enrolled  in  other 
schools  of  the  University  should  take  particular  care  to 
inquire  about  the  School  of  Education  and  state  certifica- 
tion requirements. 

Education  courses  at  the  400-level  and  above  may  be 
taken  only  after  admission  to  the  professional  program. 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


133 


Students  who  complete  the  professional  program,  pass  the 
Praxis  I!  Content  Area  Hxamination.  complete  ohsenations 
using  the  Assistance.  Development,  and  Evaluation  of 
Professional  Teaching  (ADEPT)  instrument,  and  receive 
FBI  fingerprintclearance  fulfill  initial  certification  require- 
ments of  the  South  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education. 

Post-Baccalaureate  Work  toward 
Teacher  Certification 

Students  w  ith  a  baccalaureate  degree  attending  USC 
Upstate  to  complete  South  Carolina  requirements  for 
initial  teacher  certification  (referred  to  as  "certification 
only  students")  have  their  record  of  college/university 
coursework  e\  aluated  by  the  Associate  Dean  ofthe  School 
of  Iklucation.  Credit  is  granted  for  all  general  education 
courses(\vith  thee.vception  ofgeneral  education  mathemat- 
ics coursework  for  the  Early  Childhood.  Elementary,  and 
Special  Education  programs).  For  all  students  evidence 
of  a  "C"  or  better  must  appear  on  the  student's  transcript 
fora  two-course  English  composition  sequence  and  public 
speaking.  All  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  majors 
must  satisfactorily  complete  a  course  in  Children's  Litera- 
ture. .Ml  Special  Education;  LD  majors  must  satisfactorily 
complete  a  course  in  Children's  Literature  or  Adolescent 
Literature.  In  addition  "certification  only  students"  must 
complete  ALL  specific  requirements  in  professional  edu- 
cation and.  for  middle  grades  and  secondary  majors.  ALL 
specific  requirements  in  the  area(s)  of  academic  content 
concentration.  The  Dean  may  e.xercisehis/herprerogative 
in  accepting  coursework. 

An  individual  holding  a  baccalaureate  degree  who 
wishes  to  earn  certification  through  the  USC  Upstate 
"certification  only"  program,  must  have  a  cumulative 
undergraduate  GPA  of  2.5  and  have  passed  all  parts  of 
PRAXIS  1. 

An  individual  holding  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  a 
cuniulati\e  GPA  between  2.0  and  2.5  may  be  considered  for 
conditional  admission  to  the  "certification  only"  program  if 
( 1  )the  degree  wasawardedthreeormore  years  earlier  and 
(2)  the  individual  has  passed  all  three  parts  of  PRAXIS  I. 
To  gain  full  admission,  the  individual  must  earn  a  2.5  GPA 
on  the  first  1 2  hours  of  coursework  and  complete  all  other 
requirements  for  admission  to  the  professional  program. 
To  continue  in  the  professional  program,  candidates  must 
maintain  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.5. 

Admission  to  Directed  Teaching 

Students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  directed  teaching 
must  apply  a  year  in  advance  ofthe  intended  semester  of 
student  teaching.  The  following  are  requirements  for  all 
students  admitted  to  directed  teaching: 

•  prior  admission  to  the  professional  program; 

•  completion  ofat  least  three-fourths  of  all  content 
concentration  course  work  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  each  course  completed; 

•  grade  of  C  or  better  in  support  courses  com- 
pleted; 

•  completion  of  90  semester  hours; 

•  2.5  cumulative  GPA; 

•  completion  of  all  education  methods  courses 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each;  and 

•  completion  of  Mathematics  23 1 .2.12  and  233  with 


a  grade  of  C  or  better  for  early  childhood  educa- 
tion majors,  elementar>'  education  majors  and 
special  education:  learning  disabilities  majors; 

•  successful  presentation  of  portfolio; 

•  submission  of  an  FBI  fingerprint  card  and  receive 
clearance  prior  to  student  teaching; 

•  completion  of  a  South  Carolina  Department  of 
Education  application  for  teacher  certification. 

In  addition  to  these  general  requirements,  there  are 
specific  course  prerequisites  for  each  major  field.  No  edu- 
cation course  may  serve  as  a  prerequisite  for  a  subsequent 
education  course  until  it  has  been  completed  with  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  These  prerequisites  may  be  changed  from 
time  to  time  at  the  discretion  ofthe  school. 

Students  are  responsible  for  enrolling  in  the  appropri- 
ate corequisite  coursework  with  directed  teaching.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  students  to  secure  from  the  school  office 
an  updated  list  of  prerequisites  for  directed  teaching  in 
their  major  and  to  arrange  their  courses  of  study  with  their 
education  advisor  so  as  to  meet  those  prerequisites. 

Transfer  Admission 

Transfer  students  with  fewer  than  60  semester  hours 
of  credit  may  take  courses  in  the  School  of  Education  if 
they  meet  all  university  admission  requirements.  Transfer 
students  who  have  earned  60  hours  or  more  must  meet  the 
admission  criteria  for  the  professional  program  at  the  time 
of  their  initial  application  for  admission  to  the  School  of 
Education  as  a  major.  Criteria  are  available  in  the  school 
office.  Only  64  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  accepted 
for  transfer  from  a  two-year  institution  and  applied  toward 
the  professional  degree. 

Undergraduate  Transfer  Credit 

Education  majors  from  other  colleges  and  universi- 
ties wishing  to  transfer  courses  into  any  ofthe  education 
programs  must  have  all  transcripts  evaluated  by  the  dean 
or  associate  dean  in  the  School  of  Education.  The  dean 
and  associate  dean,  following  the  USC  Upstate  School  of 
Education  Policy  Manual  guidelines,  detennine  the  courses 
accepted  to  fulfill  requirements  of  any  undergraduate 
education  program.  Any  professional  education  courses 
considered  for  transfer  must  have  been  completed  within 
seven  years  ofmatriculating  at  USC  Upstate.  Professional 
education  courses  more  than  seven  years  old  will  not  be 
accepted  for  transfer. 

Continuation  Standards 

After  being  admitted  to  the  professional  program, 
students  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.5  GPA  for  retention  in 
the  program;  this  is  in  excess  ofthe  minimum  GPA  required 
bytheUniversity  for  continuing  enrollment.  Students  who 
do  not  maintain  a  2.5  GPA  cannot  enroll  in  any  education 
courses  above  the  400-level. 

Academic  Requirements 

No  education  course  may  serve  as  a  prerequisite  for  a 
subsequent  education  course  until  it  has  been  successfully 
completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  for  any  course 
submitted  for  fulfillment  of  professional  education,  major 
concentration  and  support  course  requirements. 


134 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Students  who  I'ail  to  achieve  a  ininimum  grade  ofC 
in  any  professional  education  course  will  be  dismissed 
from  the  program.  Students  may  reapply  to  the  program  by 
submitting  a  letter  of  petition  for  readmission  to  the  Dean 
ofthe  School  of  F.diication  for  consideration  by  the  School 
of  Education  Appeals  Committee.  Readmitted  students 
who  subsequently  receive  a  second  grade  of  below  C  in 
any  professional  education  course  will  be  permanently 
dismissed  from  the  program. 

Evaluation 

In  addition  to  evaluations  described  in  course  syllabi, 
students'  competencies  relative  to  national,  state,  and 
School  of  Education  objectives  and  criteria  are  evalu- 
ated both  in  professional  education  courses  and  during 
directed  teaching.  Every  applicant  for  admission  to  the 
professional  program  undergoes  an  appraisal  by  the 
advisor.  This  appraisal  provides  a  source  of  evaluation 
on  non-academic  as  well  as  academic  factors  relative  to 
teaching  potential.  Poilfolio  assessment  provides  further 
evidence  of  each  student's  professional  growth  and  de- 
velopment over  time. 

Degree  Programs 

The  School  of  Education  has  developed  curricula  lead- 
ing to  the  baccalaureate  in  si.\  broad  fields:  early  childhood, 
elementary,  middle  grades,  secondary,  physical,  and  special 
education.  Although  the  number  of  credit  hours  required 
for  graduation  varies  to  some  extent  w  ith  the  subject  that 
the  student  prepares  to  teach,  a  minimum  of  120  hours  is 
required  for  any  baccalaureate  in  the  School  of  Education. 
Students  are  assigned  an  advisor  with  whom  they  should 
plan  in  advance  their  program  of  study  for  each  semester 
or  summer  session. 

The  School  of  Education  reserves  the  right  to  change 
requirements  and  modify  programs  as  necessary  to  fulfill 
national  accreditation  and  state  certification  requirements. 
Students  must  periodically  request  updated  information 
from  the  school. 

Early  Childhood  Education.  The  early  childhood 
education  program  provides  preparation  for  teaching  in 
four-  and  five-year  kindergartens  and  in  the  primary  grades 
(PK-3).  A  substantial  portion  ofthe  curriculum  consists 
of  course  work  in  the  liberal  arts  to  establish  a  broad  edu- 
cational background  prior  to  the  professional  sequence  of 
courses.  The  professional  sequence  provides  content  and 
direct  opportunities  for  field  clinical  experience.  The  final 
experience  is  a  semester-long  student  teaching  assignment 
of  which  half  is  in  a  pre-primary  (4K  or  5K)  setting  and 
half  in  a  primary  setting  (grades  I.  2  or  3). 

Elementary  Education.  The  program  prepares  stu- 
dents to  teach  in  grades  2-6.  The  program  consists  of  a 
general  liberal  arts  background,  professional  educational 
coursework  and  clinical  field  experiences. 

During  the  semester  in  which  students  are  enrolled 
in  directed  teaching  (SEDL  468).  they  spend  all  of  each 
school  day  for  a  period  of  fifteen  weeks  in  the  elementary 
school  to  which  they  are  assigned. 

Middle  Level  Education.  The  program  in  middle  lev  el 
education  prepares  students  to  teach  in  grades  5-S.  The 
program  emphasizes  the  particular  physical,  emotional. 


attitudmal.  and  intcl  Icctual  needs  of  adolescents  as  well  as 
the  organizational,  curricular.  and  pedagogical  practices 
ofthe  middle  school.  This  is  achieved  through  a  core  of 
general  liberal  arts  coursework,  professional  education 
coursework  (which  includes  field-based  practicum  ex- 
periences in  middle  schools),  student  teaching  in  middle 
school  settings,  and  intensive  coursework  in  two  areas  of 
academic  concentration. 

.Secondary  Education.  The  program  in  secondary 
education  prepares  students  to  teach  in  grades  9-12  and 
does  so  through  a  core  of  general  liberal  arts  course  work, 
professional  education  course  work,  including  field-based 
clinical  experiences,  a  student  teaching  experience,  and 
intensive  course  work  in  a  specific  area  of  subject  special- 
ization. The  secondary  education  curriculum  may  lead  to 
either  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree, 
depending  upon  the  chosen  area  of  subject  specialization. 
The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees  in  English  and  in  social  studies 
education  require  two  semesters  of  foreign  language  study. 
Areas  of  subject  specialization  in  secondary  education  at 
use  Upstate  include  biology,  chemistry,  English,  history, 
mathematics  and  Spanish. 

Special  Education:  Learning  Disabilities.  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Special  Education/Learning  Dis- 
abilities prepares  future  teachers  to  serve  the  needs  of 
special  education  students  with  learning  disabi lities  in  both 
regular  classrooms  and  special  education  resource  rooms. 
Preparation  for  teaching  students  w  ith  learning  disabilities 
emphasizes  appropriate  services,  curricula,  assessment, 
and  instruction  required  by  students  with  special  needs  to 
facilitate  their  participation  in  the  K-12  general  education 
curriculum.  Technology,  collaborative  and  consultation 
skills,  applications  of  research,  and  parent  consultation 
skills  are  stressed  throughout  the  program. 

Practicum  experiences  begin  the  first  semester  of 
the  professional  program  and  continue  throughout  the 
program.  Content  disabilities  instructors  and  their  stu- 
dents collaborate  with  regular  education  content  methods 
instructors  and  their  students,  modeling  the  collaboration 
expected  in  professional  settings.  In  addition  to  working 
with  individual  students  with  specific  disabilities  and 
working  as  aides  in  special  education  settings,  students 
have  two  seven-week  field  placements:  one  placement  in 
a  special  education  resource  setting,  the  other  placement 
in  a  regular  education  classroom  that  includes  students 
with  learning  disabilities. 

Physical  Education.  The  Physical  Education  major 
has  two  areas  of  concentration.  The  Physical  Education 
Teacher  Education  ( PETE)  concentration  prepares  students 
to  teach  physical  education  in  grades  K-12.  In  addition 
to  a  core  program  in  the  liberal  arts,  students  undertake 
studies  in  the  professional  education  area  as  well  as  in- 
depth  study  in  physical  education.  Directed  teaching 
for  PETE  majors  is  arranged  at  both  the  elementary  and 
secondary  levels. 

For  students  desiring  a  program  in  physical  educa- 
tion that  is  not  oriented  toward  K-12  classroom  teaching, 
the  School  of  Education  offers  the  Fitness-Recreation 
concentration. 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


135 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Education 
Major  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
Student  Worksheet 
General  Education  Requirements 


I.         Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


Mathematics  and  Logic 

SMTH  121  and  231 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138 


II. 


III. 


IV.  Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SPHS  101/LorSCHM  101/L, 

105.  106,  107/L,  109/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  course  selected  from: 

SATH  101.  105,  106;  SMUS  110; 

STHE  161 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SPHL  102,  211;  SAMS  101.  102; 

SREL  103;  or  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,280,283,289,290.291 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  ot'a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives.  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VHI. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SGIS201 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 


SEDF  210:  Foundations  of  Education  3 

SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Life-long 

Learner 

SEDF  341:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 

SEDF  485:  Diversity,  Management 

and  Assessment  3 

SEDC  300:   Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 

SEDE  410:  Clinical  1  in  Early  2 

Childhood  Education 

SEDE  420:  The  Young  Child:  3 

Behavior  and  Development  in  Early 

Childhood 

SEDE  422:  Survey  of  3 

Early  Childhood  Education 

SEDE  424:  Parent  Family  involvement  3 

in  Early  Childhood  Education 

SEDE  440:  Clinical  II  2 

in  Early  Childhood  Education 

SEDE  445:  Language  Development    3 

and  Communicative  Skill 

SEDE  446:  Math  for  the  3 

Young  Child 

SEDE  447:  Social  Studies  3 

for  the  Young  Child 

SEDE  448:  Science  for  the  3 

Young  Child 

SEDE  449:  Creativity  and  Play  3 

SEDR  414:  Emergent  and  3 

Early  Literacy 

SEDE  468  Education  of  the  3 

Young  Child:  An  Ecological 

Approach 

SEDE  469:  Directed  Teaching  1 2 

in  Early  Childhood  Education 


Support  Courses 

SMTH  232  and  SMTH  233  6 

SEGL  484:  Children's  Literature  3 

SHED  221  3 

SPSY  101  3 

One  additional  arts  and  humanities  3 

course,  not  repeating  discipline 
selected  from  general  ed.  requirements 


Total  Hours  Required 


123 


136 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Education 

Major  in  Elementary  Education 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


I.         Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


SSPH  201 


II.       Mathematics  and  Logic 

SMTH  121  and  23! 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138 

Natural  Sciences 

SBIO  110/L 

SPHS  101/LorSCHM 

105,  106,  107/L,  109/L 


01/L, 


Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  course  selected  from: 

SATH  101,  105,  106;SMUS  110; 

STHE  161 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SPHL  102,  211;  SAMS  101,  102; 

SREL  103;  or  SEGL  250,  252,  275, 
279,280.283,289,290,291 

Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


Vll.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


Professional  Education 


SEDF  210;  Foundations  of  Education  3 
SEDF  333:  Educational  Development  3 
of  the  Life-long  Learner 
SEDF  34 1:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 

3 


VIII. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SGIS201 

SSOC  101  orSPSYlOl 


SHED  331:  Health  and  Physical 

Education  for  the  Elementary 

School  Child 

SEDL  441 :  Elementary  School  3 

Curriculum  and  Organization 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 

SEDF  483:  Organization  and  3 

Management  of  the  Diverse  Classroom 

SEDL  447:  Teaching  Social  3 

Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 

SEDL  450:  Fine  Arts  3 

in  the  Curriculum 

SEDL  455:  Clinical  I  in  2 

Elementary  Education 

SEDR442:  Literacy  L  3 

Learning  to  Read  and  Write 

SEDF  487:  Student,  Teacher,  3 

and  School  Assessment 

SEDL  446:  Teaching  Math  3 

in  the  Elementary  School 

SEDL  448:  Teaching  Science  3 

in  the  Elementary  School 

SEDL  460:  Clinical  II  in  2 

Elementary  Education 

SEDR443:  Literacy  II:  3 

Reading  and  Writing  to  Learn 

SEDR444:  Literacy  III:  3 

Addressing  Literacy  Problems 

SEDL  468;  Directed  Teaching  1 5 

in  the  Elementary  School 


Support  Courses 

SMTH  232  and  SMTH  233  6 

Geology  or  Astronomy  4 

SEGL  484;  Children's  Literature  3 

One  additional  arts  and  humanities  3 

course,  not  repeating  discipline 
selected  from  general  ed.  requirements 


Total  Hours  Required 


124 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


137 


III. 


IV. 


VI. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Education 

Major  in  Middle  Level  Education 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSHGL  102 


SSPH201 


6-7 


Mathematics  and  Logic 

SMTH  120,  121,  122,  126,  127, 

141,  142 
SMTH  102':SPSY225;orSSOC201 


Information  Technology 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS 


01 


Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST  1 1 1/L;  SCHM  101/L,  105,  106, 

107/L,  109/L;  SGEL  101/L.  102/L. 

103/L;  SPHS  lOI/L,  20 1/L,  202/L; 

211/L,212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  course  selected  from: 

SATH  101.  105.  106;SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 
SPHL  102orSPHL211 

Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


SEDS  440:  Clinical  11  in  Middle         1 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  441:  Middle  School  4 

Curriculum  and  Methodology 
Middle  School  Methods  U\*  3 

Middle  School  Methods  #2*  3 

♦Select  from  SEDS  445  (language 
arts),  SEDS  446  (mathematics),  SEDS 
447  (social  studies)  and  SEDS  448 
(science)  to  match  Concentration  Area 
#1  and  Concentration  Area  #2 
SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle       1 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  480:  Directed  Teaching  in 
Middle  School  15 


_  Content  Concentration^'-^ 

Area#l 


_  Content  Concentration^-^ 

Area  #2 


15 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

15 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


Support  Courses 

SHED  221:  Lifelong 

Health  and  Wellness 

Elective 


Total  Hours  Required 


123-124 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  3 

of  Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEDS  342:  Clinical  I  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDR4I8:   Literacy  in  the  Middle    3 

and  Secondary  Schools 


'Math  102  required  for  stuJeiUs  with  nuilh  concentration. 

'Coursework  is  determined  in  cieeordanee  with  requirements 
tnailahle  from  student's  academic  advisor 

-'For  Social  Studies  concentration,  SHST  III  and  112  are 
required.  Course  may  not  duplicate  VII  History  general 
education  course. 


138 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Science  in  I£ducation 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (English) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  F^ducation  Requirements 

Comniunicatiun 

SEGL  101  andSLGL  102 


SSPH  201 


II.  Mathematics  and  Logic  6-7 

SMTH  120.  121.  126,  127,  141.  142 

\  SMTH  102;SPSY225;orSSOC'201 

III.  Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

IV.  Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST  111/L;SCHM  101/L,  105,  106, 

107/L,  109/L;  SGEL  101/L,  102/L, 
103/L;  SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L, 
211/L,212/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101,  105,  106;SMUS  110.  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  102orSPHL211 


SEDR  418:  Literacy  in  the  Middle 
and  Secondary  School 
SEDS  445:  Teaching  Middle  and 
Secondary  English/Language  Arts 
SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  473:  Directed  Teaching 
in  Secondary  School  English 


_  Content  Concentration 

SEGL  275:  Masterpieces 

of  World  Literature 

SEGL  29 1 :  African  American 

Literature  or  other  approved 
course  in  minority  literature 

Genre  or  period  elective 

(300  level  or  above) 


American  Literature 
(300  level  or  above) 


15 


SEGL  300:  Introduction  to  the 
Study  of  Literature 


VI.      Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN 102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and 

Technology  in  Teaching 

SEDF  210:  Foundations  of  Education 

SEDF  333:  Educational  Development 

of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341:  Introduction  to        3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 


SEDS  342:  Clinical  I  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  440:  Clinical  II  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  442:  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  and  Methodolotiv 


British  literature 
(300  level  or  above) 


SEGL  405:  Shakespeare's  Early 
Plays  or  SEGL  406: 
Shakespeare's  Late  Plays 
SEGL  45 1 :  Introduction  to  the 
Study  of  Language.  SEGL  455: 
Language  Study  Applications, 
or  SEGL  252:  English  Grammar 
SEGL  453:  Development  of  the 
English  Language 
Writing  course 
(200  level  or  above) 


SEGL  485:  Adolescent  Literature 
SEGL  490:  Senior  Seminar 


Electives 


Total  Hours  Required 


126-127 


Scboo\  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


139 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Education 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (Spanish) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


II. 


Mathematics  and  Logic  6-7 

SMTH  120.  121,  126.  127,  141,  142 

SMTH  102;  SPSY  225;  or  SSOC  201 


III.      Information  Technology 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 


IV. 


Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST  111/L;SCHM  101/L,  105,  106, 

107/L,  109/L;  SGEL  101/L,  102/L, 
103/L;  SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L, 
211/L,212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101.  105,  106;SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  I02orSPHL211 


VI 


Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  102;SFRN  102;SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


3 


VIM.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  3 

of  Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEDS  342:  Clinical  1  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondar>'  Education 
SEDS  440:  Clinical  11  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondarv  Education 


SEDS  442:  Secondary  School  4 

Curriculum  and  Methodology 
SEDR418:   Literacy  in  the  Middle    3 
and  Secondary  Schools 
SEDS  449:  Teaching  Foreign 
Language  in  Secondary  Schools  3 

SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle       1 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  474:  Directed  Teaching  in 
Secondary  School  Foreign  Language  1 5 


Content  Concentration 

SSPN  32 1 :  Latin  American 

Civilization 
SSPN  202:  Intermediate 

Spanish  or  a  Spanish  literature 

course 

One  or  two  courses  selected 

from  the  following: 

SSPN  310:  Spanish  Conversation 

SSPN  315:  Spanish  for  Professions 

SSPN  250  or  350:  Selected 

Studies  Abroad 
SSPN  309:  Spanish  Grammar 

and  Composition 
SSPN  301 :  Introduction  to 

Spanish  Lit 


3-6 


Two  Spanish  literature  courses 


SSPN  320:  Spanish  Civilization         3 

SSPN  45 1 :  Second  Language  3 

Acquisition 

SSPN  453:  Introduction  3 

to  Romance  Linguistics  or 

SSPN  454:  Introduction  to 

Spanish  Linguistics 

SSPN  490:  Senior  Seminar  3 


Support  Courses 

SEGL  275:  Masterpieces 

of  World  Literature 

SEGL  45 1 :  Introduction  to 

Linguistics 

Total  Hours  Required 


123-127 


140 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (Biology) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH20I 


Mathematics  and  Logic  6 

SMTH  126 

SMTH  102;SPSY225;orSSOC201 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  lOl/L 

SCHM  lU/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101,  105,  106;  SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  102orSPHL211 


VI.      Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


III. 


IV. 


V. 


VII.    History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  3 

of  Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  34 1 :  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEDS  342:  Clinical  1  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondary  Education 


SEDS  440:  Clinical  II  in  Middle 

Grades/Secondary  Education 

SEDS  442:  Secondary  School 

Curriculum  and  Methodology 

SEDR  418:  Literacy  in  the  Middle 

and  Secondary  School 

SEDS  448:  Teaching  Middle  and 

Secondary  Science 

SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle 

Grades/Secondary  Education 

SEDS  48 1 :  Directed  Teaching 


15 


in  Secondary  School  Natural  Science 

Content  Concentration 

SBIO  102:  Biological  Science  II         ^ 

SBIO  201 :  Introduction  to  ^ 

Ecology  &  Evolutionary  Biology 
SBIO  202:  Introduction  to  ^ 

Cell  &  Molecular  Biology 

SBIO  310:  Invertebrate  Zoology         '■ 

SBIO  3 15:  Comparative  '■ 

Vertebrate  Anatomy 
SBIO  320:  Botany  or 

SBIO  380:  Plant  Geography  or 

SBIO  525:  Plant  Taxonomy 
SBIO  330:  Microbiology  '■ 

SBIO  350:  Genetics  ^ 


Support  Courses 

SPHS  201:  General  Physics  I  4 

SGEL  101:  Physical  Geology  4 

SCHM  112:  General  4 

Chemistry  and  Quantitative  Analysis 


Total  Hours  Required 


128 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


141 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (Chemistry) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH201 


Mathematics  and  Logic  7 

SMTH  142 

SMTH  102;  SPSY  225;  or  SSOC  201 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  101/LorSBlO  IIO/L 

SPHS201/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101,  105,  106;SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  102orSPHL211 


VI.      Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102:SFRN  102;SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  ifhours  are  required  in  the  major). 


II. 


ill. 


IV. 


V. 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  of  3 

Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341 :  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 


SEDS  342:  Clinical  1  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  440:  Clinical  11  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  442:  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  and  Methodology 


SEDR418:  Literacy  in  the  Middle 

and  Secondary  Schools 
SEDS  448:  Teaching  Middle  and 

Secondary  Science 
SEDS  450:  Clinical  III  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  481 :  Directed  Teaching 


15 


in  Secondary  School  Natural  Science 
Content  Concentration 

SCHM  111:  General  Chemistry  4 

SCHM  112:  General  Chemistry  4 

and  Qualitative  Analysis 
SCHM  321:  Quantitative  3 

Analysis 
SCHM  32 1/L:  Quantitative  1 

Analysis  Lab 
SCHM  331:  Organic  3 

Chemistry  1 
SCHM  33 1/L:  Organic  1 

Chemistry  I  Lab 
SCHM  332:  Organic  3 

Chemistry  II 
SCHM  332/L:  Organic  1 

Chemistry  II  Lab 
SCHM  541:  Physical  3 

Chemistry  I 
SCHM  54 1/L:  Physical  1 

Chemistry  I  Lab 

Chemistry  581:  Biochemistry  3 

Chemistry  583/L:  Biochemistry  Lab   1 

Chemistry  elective  (499  or  higher)     4 


Support  Courses 

SPHS  202:  General  Physics  II 

SGEL  101:  Physical  Geology, 

SGEL  102:  Historical  Geology, 

or  SGEL  103:  Environmental 

Earth  Science 

SMTH  241:  Calculus  111 


Total  Hours  Required 


129 


142 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (Mathematics) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SFCiL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH20I 


III. 


IV. 


Mathematics  and  Logic  6 

SMTH  127 

SMTH  174 

Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST  111/L;SCHM  101/L 

105,  106,  107/L,  109/L;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L;SPHS  101/L,  201/L, 
202/L.  211/L.  212/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101.  105.  106;SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  102orSPHL211 


VI.      Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  102;SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.    History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


SEDS  442:  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  and  Methodology 
SEDR418:  Literacy  in  the  Middle 
and  Secondary  Schools 
SEDS  446:  Teaching  Middle 
and  Secondary  Mathematics 
SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle 
Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  478:  Directed  Teaching 
in  Secondary  School  Mathematics 


Content  Concentration 

SMTH  141:  Calculus  I 

SMTH  142:  Calculus  II 

SMTH  241:  Calculus  III 

SMTH  315:  Statistical 

Methods  or  SMTH  5 12: 

Probability  and  Statistics 
SMTH  340:  Mathematical 

Structures  and  Proof 

SMTH  53 1 :  Geometry 

SMTH  344: 

Matrix  Algebra 
SMTH  346:  Introduction 

to  Modem  Algebra 
SMTH  501:  History 

of  Mathematics 

SMTH  599:  Senior  Seminar 


Support  Course 

SEGL  275:  Masterpieces 

of  World  Literature 

Electives 


Total  Hours  Required 


123 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  3 

of  Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341 :  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEDS  342:  Clinical  1  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  440:  Clinical  II  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondary  Education 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


143 


Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Secondary  Education  (Social  Studies/History) 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


III. 


IV. 


Mathematics  and  Logic  6 

SMTH  120,  121.  122  or  127 

SMTH  102;  SPSY  225  or  SSOC  201 

Information  Teciinology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST  111/L;SCHM  101/L 

105,  106,  107/L,  109/L;  SGEL  101/L, 
102/L,  103/L;  SPHS  101/L,  201/L, 
202/L,211/L.2I2/L 

Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101,  105,  106;SMUS  110,  140; 

orSTHE  161 

SPHL  102orSPHL211 


VI 


Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHSTlOl 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 
SEDF  210:  Foundations  3 

of  Education 
SEDF  333:  Educational  3 

Development  of  the  Lifelong  Learner 
SEDF  341:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEDS  342:  Clinicail  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  440:  Clinical  II  in  Middle  1 

Grades/Secondarv  Education 


SEDS  442:  Secondary  School 

Curriculum  and  Methodology 
SEDR418:   Literacy  in  the  Middle 

and  Secondary  Schools 
SEDS  447:  Teaching  Middle 

and  Secondary  Social  Studies 
SEDS  450:  Clinical  111  in  Middle 

Grades/Secondary  Education 
SEDS  475:  Directed  Teaching         1 

in  Secondary  School  Social  Studies 

Content  Concentration 

SHST  102:  World  History  II 


SHST  360  or  36 1 :  History  of  Africa   3 

SHST  370:  History  of  China  or  3 

SHST  372:  History  of  India  or 
or  SHST  371:  History  of  Japan 
American  history,  pre- 1 865  3 

(300  level  or  above) 

SHST  105:  American  History  I  3 

SHST  106:  American  History  II         3 

European  History  (300-level  or  3 

above) 

Geography  103:  Introduction  3 

to  Geography  or  Geography  121: 
Principles  of  Regional  Geography 

Economics  221:  Principles  3 

of  Macroeconomics  or  Economics 
222:  Principles  of  Microeconomics 


SSOC  329 
SSOC  330 
SSOC  333 


Social  Change;  3 

Social  Inequality; 

Race  and  Ethnic  Relations 


or  SSOC  335:  Sociology  of  Women 

SGIS201  3 

Psychology  or  Sociology  elective  3 

History  500:  Senior  Seminar  3 


Support  Course 

SEGL  275:  Masterpieces 

of  World  Literature 


Total  Hours  Required 


126 


144 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Physical  Education 

Physical  Education  Teacher  Education 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


I.         Communication 

SIXiL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 


II.  Mathematics  and  Logic  6 

SMTH  120 

SMTH  102 

III.  Information  Technology  3 

SCSC  138 

IV.  Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST   111/L;  SBIO  206,  240,  242/L, 

270;SCHM  101/L  105,  106,  107/L,  109/L,  111/L,  112/L; 
SGEG201;SGEL  101/L,  102/L,  103/L,  120,  121,  123/L, 
131;  SPHS  101/L,  201/L,  202/L,  211/L,  212/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  course  selected  from: 

SAAS204;SATH  101,  105,  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following  (no  more  than 
3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH  101, 

105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275,  279,  280,  283,  289,  290, 
291;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211;  SREL  103,  STHE 
161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


SHST  101,  102.  105,  or  106 


VIII. 


Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SAAS  201;  SANT  102;  SECO  221, 
222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201,  301 
320;SSOC  lOLSWST  101 


Professional  Education 

SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 

SEDF  210:  Foundations  of  liducation  3 

SEDF  333:  Educational 

Development  of  the  Lifelong 

Learner  or  SPSY  302: 

Developmental  Psychology  3 
SPED  460:  Issues  and  Trends  in         3 

Physical  Education 
SPED  312:  Teaching  of  Physical         4 

Education 
SEDR4I8:  Reading  in  Secondary     3 

Schools 
SPED  405:  Teaching  Elementary       4 

Physical  Education 
SPED  462:  Physical  Education  3 

for  the  Exceptional  Child  or 

SEDF  341:  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SPED  479:  Directed  Teaching  12 

in  Physical  Education 


Content  Concentration 

SHED  170:  First  Aid  3 

SHED  22 1 :  Lifelong  Health  3 

and  Wellness 
SHED  334:  The  School  3 

Health  Program 

SPED  180:  Swimming  I 

SPED  200:  Foundations  of  Physical    3 

Education 

SPED  235:  Dance  and  Gymnastics  3 

SPED  301 :  Exercise  Physiology  4 

SPED  302:  Biomechanics  3 

SPED  304:  Motor  Learning  3 

SPED  320:  Team  Sports  I  3 

SPED  415:  Individual  Sports  3 

SPED  420:  Team  Sports  II  3 

SPED  445:  Measurement  and  3 

Evaluation 

SPED  453:  Organization  and  3 


Administration  of  Physical  Education 


Support  Course 

SBIO  232:  Human  Anatomv 


Total  Hours  Required 


127 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


145 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Major  in  Physical  Education:  Fitness-Recreation  Concentration 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 


Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH201 


II.  Mathematics  and  Logic 

SMTH  120 

SMTH  102 

III.  Information  Technology 

SCSC  138 


8 


l\.       Natural  Sciences 

SBIO  110/L 

SAST   Ill/L;  SBIO  206,  240.  242/L, 

270:SCHM  101/L105,  106.  107/L,  109/L.  111/L,  112/L; 
SGEG  201;  SGEL  101/L.  102/L,  lOS/L,  120.  121.  123/L. 
IShSPHS  101/L,201/L,202/L,211/L,212/L 


SPED  235: 
SPED  265: 
SPED  301: 
SPED  302: 
SPED  320: 

■  SPED  390: 
SPED415: 

;  SPED  445: 

.  SPED  455: 

SREC  200 

'  SREC  201 

SREC  301 

SREC  401 

■  SREC  462 
"  SREC  480 
"  SREC  485 


Dance  and  Gymnastics 

Oflficiating  of  Sports 

Exercise  Physiology 

Biomechanics 

Team  Sports  I 

Field  Experience 

Individual  Sports 

Measurement  and  Evaluation 

of  Physical  Education 

Fitness  Assessment  and 

Prescription 

;  Introduction  to  Recreation 

;  Programming  in  Recreation 

:  Administration  of  Recreation 

:  Lifetime  Leisure 

:  Special  Populations 

:  Internship 

:  Senior  Seminar 


V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

One  course  selected  from: 

SAAS204;'SATH  101,  105.  106; 

SMUS  110,  140;STHE  161,  170 
One  course  from  the  following  (no  more  them 
3  credit  hours  from  a  specific  discipline) 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;SATH  101, 

105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275,  279,  280,  283,  289,  290, 
291;  SMUS  110,  140;  SPHL  102,211;  SREL  103,STHE 
161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHl  I02;SFRN  102;SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


VII.     History 


3 


SHST  101.  102.  105,  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  6 

SPSY  101 

One  course  from  the  following: 

SAAS  201;  SANT  102;SECO221, 
222;  SGEG  101,  103;  SGIS  201.  301. 
320;SSOC  101;SWST  101 


Major  Requirements 

"sped  120:  Conditioning 

SPED  128:  Aerobics 
]  SPED  140:  Adult  Recreation  Sports 

SPED  180:  Swimming  or 
[  SPED  280:  Swimming  and  Water  Safety 


_  Related  Concentration  Courses       9 

Six  semester  hours  must  be  from 

one  academic  area  and  three  semester 

hours  from  a  different  academic  area. 
Academic  Area  ! 

SPSY  325:  Experimental  Psychology  or 

higher 
Academic  Area  2 

Financial  Accounting  225, 

Managerial  Accounting  226, 
Business  Systems  290,  or  any 
upper  division  business  course 
with  consent  of  instructor 
Academic  Area  5 

Science:  Any  upper  division  biology 

course  or  any  chemistry,  geology,  or 
physics  course 
Academic  Area  4 
Sociology:  any  upper  division  course 


Supporting  Courses 

SHED  170:  First  Aid  3 

SHED  22 1 :  Lifelong  Health  3 

and  Wellness 

SNUR  301:  Nutrition  3 

SPED  270:  Introduction 

to  Athletic  Training  3 

SPSY  302:  Developmental  Psychology  3 


Electives 


lotal  Hours  Required 


125 


146 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Special  Education 

Major  in  Learning  Disabilities 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements 

Communication 

SEGL  101  andSEGL  102 


SSPH  201 

II.  Mathematics  and  Logic 

SMTH  121 

SMTH  231 

III.  Information  Technology 

SCSC  138 


IV.  Natural  Sciences  8 

SBIO  110/L 

SPHS  101/L;  SCHM  lOI/L,  105,  106, 

107/L,  109/L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

SATH  101,  105,  106;SMUS  110:or 

STHE  161 

SPHL102,  211;  SAMS  101,  102;  SREL 

103;  SEGL  250,  252,  275.  279,  280,  283.  289,  290,  291 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture  3 

SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102;  or 

SSPN  102 
Placement  in  a  20 1  or  higher  level  language  course 
(Students  placing  into  201  or  higher  level  of  a  language 
have  satisfied  this  requirement  but  will  have  additional 
hours  in  electives,  if  hours  are  required  in  the  major). 


SEDC  300:  Resources  and  3 

Technology  in  Teaching 

SEED  414:  individualized  3 

Curriculum  Students  with  Disabilities 

SEED  415:  Reading  Disorders  and     3 

Reading  Methods 

SEDR442:  Literacy  1:  3 

Learning  to  Read  and  Write 

SEDR443:  Literacy  II:  3 

Reading  and  Writing  to  Learn 

SEED  440:  Practicum  in  the  3 

Instruction  of  Students  with  Disabilities 

SEED  445:  Language  Disorders  and  3 

Language  Arts  Methods 

SEED  446:  Math  Disabilities  3 

and  Math  Methods 

SEED  449:  Issues  and  Trends  3 

in  Exceptionalities 

SEED  483:  Assessment  of  Students    3 

with  Disabilities 

SEDF483:  Organization  and  3 

Management  of  the  Diverse  Classroom 

SEED  470:  Directed  Teaching  12 

of  Learners  with  Learning  Disabilities 


Concentration  9 

SPSY  302:  Developmental  Psychology 


The  remaining  6  hours  must  be  from  the  follow- 
ing courses:  SPSY  303:  SPSY  304;  SPSY  305; 
SPSY  307;  SPSY  310;  SPSY  351 


VII.     History 


SHST  101  or  102 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SGIS201 


Professional  Education 

SEDF  210:  Foundations  of  3 

Education 
SEDF  341 :  Introduction  to  3 

Exceptional  Learners/Special  Education 
SEED  410:  Methods  of  Teaching        3 

Students  with  LD 
SEED  412:  Characteristics  of  3 

Students  with  LD 


Supporting  Courses 

SEGL  484:  Children's  Literature        3 

or  SEGL  485:  Adolescent  Literature 
SMTH  232:  Basic  Concepts  of         3 

Elementary'  Mathematics  II 
SMTH  233;  Geometry  and  3 

Measurement 
One  additional  arts  and  humanities     3 

course  not  repeating  the  discipline 

selected  from  the  general  education 
requirement: 

SATH  101.  105.  or  106;SMLIS  110; 

STHE  161 


Total  Hours  Required 


122 


School  of  Education 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


147 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Professional  Nursing 


History 

The  Marv  Black  School  of  Nursing  is  named  in  honor 
of  Mrs.  Mar\  Black  Phillips  and  the  late  Miss  Rosa  Black 
in  appreciation  tor  the  generosity  of  the  Black  Family  for 
their  role  in  securing  funds  for  the  bmlding  that  houses  the 
School  of  Nursing.  The  School  began  otTermg  the  Associ- 
ate Degree  in  Technical  Nursing  in  1967  with  the  begin- 
ning of  the  University.  This  program  closed  in  2005.  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  program  began  in  1977  as 
an  upper  division  program  for  registered  nurses.  In  1986, 
the  first  generic  four  year  track  began. 

In  2003  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  opened 
an  additional  campus  for  the  University  in  Greenville, 
South  Carolina  at  the  University  Center  (UCG).  Class- 
rooms, computer  laboratories,  a  learning  resource  center 
and  faculty  offices  support  the  undergraduate  program  at 
the  Green\  ille  site. 

Mission 

The  primary  mission  of  the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nurs- 
ing as  part  of  the  Uni\ersity  of  South  Carolina  Upstate,  is  to 
ser\e  the  citizens  of  the  Upstate  South  Carolina  by  provid- 
ing educational  programs  in  nursing  that  are  of  the  highest 
quality.  A  variety  of  teaching  modalities  are  used  for  stu- 
dents who  are  diverse  in  background,  age,  race,  ethnicity, 
gender,  educational  experiences  and  needs.  Programs  are 
founded  upon  strong  inter-institutional  articulation  agree- 
ments as  well  as  partnerships  with  the  community,  includ- 
ing health  care  organizations  and  health  care  providers  in 
Upstate  South  Carolina  and  surrounding  regions. 

The  faculty  of  the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing  are  com- 
mitted to  excellence  in  teaching,  advising  and  in  providing 
experiential  learning  opportunities  that  empower  students 
to  become  competent  professionals  who  give  high  quality 
nursing  care  to  diverse  populations.  The  faculty  provide 
leadership  in  addressing  nursing  educational  needs  and  in 
promoting  the  health  and  welfare  of  the  citizens  of  Upstate 
South  Carolina  through  educational  outreach,  scholarship 
and  professional  service. 

Philosophy 

Baccalaureate  nursing  education  at  the  Mary  Black 
School  of  Nursing  prepares  individuals  for  professional 
nursing  practice  to  serve  the  people  of  Upstate  South  Caro- 
lina and  beyond.  The  Baccalaureate  Nursing  Program's  phi- 
losophy reflects  the  vision,  mission  and  goals  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  South  Carolina  Upstate  and  the  Mary  Black  School 
of  Nursing.  This  philosophy  includes  the  faculty's  beliefs 
about  human  beings,  the  en\  ironment.  health,  nursing,  bac- 
calaureate nursing  education,  the  teaching-learning  process, 
and  characteristics  of  the  professional  nurse. 

The  faculty  believe  that  human  beings  (individuals,  fami- 
lies, groups,  aggregates,  and  communities)  are  complex, 
interrelated,  and  interdependent  open  systems  composed  of 
multiple  subsystems.  Humans  are  integral  with  and  cannot 
be  separated  from  their  environment.  They  continuously 
receive  and  process  inputs  from  their  environment  and 
provide  outputs  to  that  environment.  Outputs  are  the  result 
of  the  transfonnation  of  inputs  and  are  influenced  by  a  hu- 
man's biological,  cognitive,  psychological,  social,  cultural. 


and  spiritual  subsystems.  Human  beings  strive  to  achieve 
higher  levels  of  functioning  and  complexity  through  de- 
velopmental processes.  Human  beings  are  greater  than  and 
ditTerent  from  the  sum  of  their  parts.  This  holistic  view  of 
human  beings  focuses  on  the  dynamic  interaction,  pattern, 
organization,  and  relationship  of  subsystems  and  supra-sys- 
tems. 

The  faculty  believe  that  environmental  concerns  are 
global  in  nature.  The  environment  includes  but  is  not  lim- 
ited to  the  political,  social,  economic,  technologic,  genetic, 
and  ecological  systems  that  influence  or  are  influenced  by 
human  beings.  The  environment  is  the  context  in  which 
nursing  occurs. 

The  faculty  believe  that  health  is  a  dynamic  process  con- 
stantly changing  and  existing  on  a  continuum  of  wellness 
to  illness  from  birth  to  end-of-life.  The  mutual  interaction 
of  biological,  cognitive,  psychological,  social,  cultural,  and 
spiritual  subsystems  results  in  health.  Culturally  based  be- 
liefs, values  and  lifestyles,  natural  and  social  environments, 
genetic  background,  and  developmental  level  all  atTect  the 
client's  experience  and  definition  of  health.  Optimal  well- 
ness is  achieved  through  self-care  behaviors,  partnerships 
with  families  and  communities,  and  interventions  with 
health  care  providers. 

The  faculty  believe  that  nursing,  a  subsystem  of  the 
health  care  delivery  system,  is  an  open  system.  The  scope 
of  professional  nursing  practice  includes  health  promotion, 
maintenance,  restoration,  rehabilitation,  as  well  as  the  pre- 
vention and  detection  of  health  alterations.  Caring  is  inte- 
gral to  professional  nursing  practice  and  extends  to  self  and 
others  in  the  provision  of  humanistic  health  care.  Profes- 
sional nursing  practice  is  both  a  caring  art  and  an  applied 
science  based  upon  synthesis  of  know  ledge  from  nursing 
and  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences.  Through  partnerships, 
nursing  creates  a  sociopolitical  force  that  promotes  and  en- 
hances health  and  health  care. 

The  faculty  believe  that  teaching-learning  occurs  from 
interactions  and  transactions  between  and  among  students, 
faculty,  and  clients.  Learners  are  diverse  in  their  biologi- 
cal, cognitive,  psychological,  social,  cultural,  and  spiritual 
characteristics.  Learning  is  a  continuous  process  facilitated 
by  self-assessment,  technology,  and  a  variety  of  teaching 
methods  that  accommodate  diverse  learning  styles  and  in- 
dividual learning  needs. 

The  faculty  believe  that  baccalaureate  nursing  education 
is  broad-based  and  consists  of  professional  nursing,  liberal 
arts,  and  science  courses.  The  baccalaureate  program  pre- 
pares the  student  to  synthesize,  think  critically,  and  make 
clinical  judgments  within  ethical,  moral,  and  legal  frame- 
works. The  program  provides  opportunities  for  students  to 
assume  responsibility  for  the  total  scope  of  nursing  prac- 
tice for  diverse  individuals,  families,  groups,  aggregates, 
and  community  clients  in  structured  and  unstructured  set- 
tings. Students  learn  to  function  in  a  variety  of  roles  such 
as:  providers  of  care,  consumers  of  research,  collaborators, 
advocates,  educators,  leaders,  and  managers.  The  goal  of 
baccalaureate  nursing  education  is  to  prepare  innovative 
leaders  in  nursmg  practice.  It  prepares  students  to  integrate 


150 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


cutting-cdgc  knowledge  such  as  geneties,  environmental 
health,  and  eotrrnunity-loeuscd  health  care.  Baccalaureate 
nursing  education  prepares  students  to  access,  critique,  and 
examine  research  for  its  implications  and  utilization  in  evi- 
dence-based nursing  practice  and  provides  the  foundation 
lor  graduate  education  in  nursing. 

The  faculty  believe  that  the  baccalaureate  graduate  syn- 
thesizes and  applies  broad  knowledge  from  the  liberal  arts, 
sciences,  and  nursing  to  provide  theoretical  and  evidence 
-based  nursing  care.  Drawing  upon  cognitive,  atfective,  and 
psychomotor  domains  of  learning,  the  professional  nurse 
uses  critical  thinking  strategies  to  provide  holistic  care  to 
diverse  clients  with  simple  and/or  complex  health  needs. 
The  professional  nurse  is  accountable  for  nursing  care  and 
acts  in  independent,  interdependent,  and  dependent  roles 
to  provide  and  coordinate  health  care.  The  use  of  complex 
communication  skills  by  the  baccalaureate  graduate  facili- 
tates interpersonal  relationships  and  enhances  therapeutic 
nursing  interventions  to  effect  change.  Through  life-long 
learning,  the  professional  nurse  incorporates  new  knowl- 
edge and  technologies  to  improve  care  and  advance  nurs- 
ing practice.  The  baccalaureate  graduate,  as  a  leader  and 
responsible  citizen,  creates  the  social,  economic,  and  politi- 
cal systems  that  impact  global  health. 

Undergraduate  Program  Objectives 

At  the  completion  of  the  program,  the  graduate  will  be: 

1.  A  critical  thinker  who  uses  clinical  nursing  judgement 
and  ethical  decision  making  to  design/manage/coordinate 
nursing  care  based  on  evidence  and  current  research,  a 
broad  knowledge  base  and  standards  of  nursing  practice. 

2.  An  effective  communicator  who  uses  various  modali- 
ties to  provide  caring,  competent  and  holistic  nursing  care 
to  diverse  populations  across  the  lifespan. 

3.  A  competent  pro\  ider  of  nursing  care  who  delivers 
safe,  holistic,  therapeutic  nursing  interventions  with  indi- 
viduals, families  and  communities  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

4.  A  professional  role  model  who  assumes  responsibility 
and  accountability  for  personal  and  professional  behaviors, 
ethical  practice  and  client  advocacy. 

Accreditation 

The  School  of  Nursing  is  accredited  by  the  Commission 
on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education  (CCNE)  and  is  also  ap- 
proved by  the  South  Carolina  Board  of  Nursing.  Inquiries 
can  be  made  to  the  CCNE  at: 

Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education 

I  Dupont  Circle  Northwest,  Suite  530 

Washington,  D.C.  20036 

1-202-463-6903 

Inquiries  may  also  be  made  to  the  South  Carolina  Board 
of  Nursing  at: 

POBox  12367 

Columbia,  South  Carolina  292 II -2367 

803-896-4550 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing 
Program  (BSN) 

This  professional  program  prepares  graduates  to  assume 
entry-level  positions  in  a  variety  of  health  care  settings.  The 
program  is  divided  into  two  components,  entry  as  a  pre- 


nursing  major  focused  on  meeting  course  pre-requisites  and 
entry  as  a  nursing  major  focused  on  the  clinical  and  didactic 
portions  of  the  nursing  curriculum.  Required  pre-nursing 
courses  provide  a  broad  background  in  general  education 
and  form  the  foundation  for  the  professional  nursing  com- 
ponent of  the  program.  Courses  taken  in  the  last  two  years 
ol'  the  program  pro\  ide  the  theoretical  and  practical  basis 
for  nursing  practice  in  an  increasingly  complex  health  care 
system.  In  addition  to  focusing  on  the  essentials  of  nursing 
in  the  hospital,  the  curriculum  also  emphasizes  community 
based  and  primary  care.  Opportunities  to  provide  care  to 
diverse  clients  are  provided.  Use  of  technology  is  integrat- 
ed through  out  the  program.  The  program  prepares  gradu- 
ates for  professional  positions  immediately  after  graduation 
and  provides  a  firm  foundation  for  graduate  study.  Students 
who  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  are  eli- 
gible to  sit  for  the  National  Council  Licensure  Examination 
for  Registered  Nurses  (NCLEX-RN). 

Bachelor 's  Degree  for  Registered  Nurses 
(RN  to  BSN) 

Registered  nurses  who  have  previously  earned  diplomas 
or  associate  degrees  in  nursing  are  admitted  to  the  under- 
graduate program  to  meet  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Nursing  degree.  Students  are  able  to  complete 
all  degree  requirements  on  a  full  time  basis  in  one  calendar 
year  of  study. 

The  School  awards  35  semester  hours  of  validated  nurs- 
ing credit  to  each  registered  nurse  for  past  nursing  courses. 

Distance  Learning 

The  mission  of  the  School  is  to  provide  excellence  in 
teaching  and  as  such  is  dedicated  to  providing  unique  op- 
portunities and  creative  flexible  programs  for  students,  fac- 
ulty and  the  community.  Distance  learning  and  the  use  of 
other  new  educational  technologies  are  part  of  the  future  in 
the  continuing  mission.  The  School  offers  the  RN  to  BSN 
program  in  two  modalities,  traditional  classroom  and  web. 
For  further  infomiation  and  class  offerings,  please  contact 
the  School  of  Nursing  Office  of  Student  Support  Services 
(864)503-5441. 

Facilities 

The  School  of  Nursing  utilizes  the  facilities  and  resourc- 
es of  the  entire  university,  the  community  and  health  care 
agencies.  The  School  of  Nursing  has  two  campuses  that 
offer  the  undergraduate  program  in  nursing,  one  at  the  main 
campus  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  (USC 
Upstate)  and  one  on  the  Greenville  campus  at  the  University 
Center  at  Greenville  (UCG).  The  UCG  campus  is  equipped 
w  ith  state  of  the  art  classrooms,  computer  labs  in  addition 
to  a  separate  Learning  Resource  Center. 

The  School  on  the  main  campus  is  located  in  the  new 
Health  Education  Complex  housing  state-of-the-art  edu- 
cational technology.  The  Learning  Resource  Centers  assist 
students  to  leani  in  multiple  modalities,  including  human 
patient  simulators. 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  a  diversity  of  clinical 
sites  for  student  experiences.  The  Mary  Black  Hospital, 
Spartanburg  Regional  Hospital  Center,  Greenville  Hospi- 
tal University  Medical  Center,  and  Bon  Secours  St  Francis 
Hospital  are  some  of  the  primary  sites  used  for  clinical  ex- 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


151 


periences.  The  School  has  contracts  with  over  60  additional 
health  care  agencies  in  the  upstate  supporting  the  variety  of 
clinical  learning  experiences  tor  all  students. 

Transportation 

Clinical  learning  experiences  are  varied  in  settings  and 
are  located  in  both  Spartanburg  and  Greenville  and  sur- 
rounding counties.  Students  are  expected  to  travel  to  and 
from  all  clinical  experiences.  Students  are  responsible  for 
providing  their  own  transportation  and  carrying  appropri- 
ate insurance.  The  School  of  Nursing  is  not  liable  for  any 
traffic  violations  or  auto  mishaps  during  the  students"  com- 
mute. 

Responsibilities  to  Clinical  Agencies 

Students  are  responsible  for  complying  with  policies  and 
procedures  required  by  clinical  agencies.  Failure  to  meet 
these  requirements  may  lead  to  exclusion  from  required 
clinical  educational  experiences  and  prevent  progression  in 
the  program. 

Computer  Literacy 

The  School  of  Nursing  acknowledges  that  health  care 
delivery  systems  are  evolving  at  an  accelerated  rate  and  be- 
coming increasingly  reliant  on  computer  technology.  Com- 
puter literacy  is  rapidly  becoming  a  basic  communication 
skill.  Prior  to  enrolling  in  nursing  courses,  it  is  required  that 
students  familiarize  themselves  with  basic  computer  skills. 
Students  should  be  able  to  use  a  computer  to  log  onto  their 
email  account  to  communicate  with  other  students  and  fac- 
ulty. They  should  be  able  to  log  on  to  the  Internet  to  access 
class  content.  Ability  to  use  a  word  processing  program  and 
perform  Internet  searches  for  health  care  related  materials 
are  also  required  skills. 

Advising  and  Assistance 

The  focus  of  advising  in  the  School  of  Nursing  is  to  assist 
students  to  successfully  progress  toward  their  educational 
objectives.  The  baccalaureate  degree  program  is  divided 
into  two  components;  the  lower  division  and  the  upper  di- 
vision. All  lower  division  students  will  be  advised  by  per- 
sonnel in  the  Office  of  Nursing  Student  Support  Services. 
All  upper  division  student  are  advised  by  Nursing  faculty. 
It  is  very  important  that  you  meet  with  your  assigned  advi- 
sor each  semester  Your  advisor  will  speak  with  you  about 
your  academic  plan  of  study  as  well  as  future  employment 
and  educational  goals. 

Admission  Policies 
Admission  as  a  Freshman 

Entering  USC  Upstate  freshman  interested  in  nursing  as  a 
career  must  meet  general  entrance  requirements  of  the  uni- 
versity. Each  student  declaring  nursing  as  a  major  are  noted 
as  "pre-nursing  students"  and  are  advised  in  the  Office  of 
Nursing  Student  Support  Serv  ices.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
lower  division  of  the  school  should  meet  with  an  advisor  in 
planning  an  appropriate  program  of  study.  The  program  of 
study  will  ensure  that  each  student  registers  for  the  correct 
prerequisite  courses  for  the  upper  division  courses.  Stu- 
dents must  meet  with  a  nursing  advisor  each  semester  prior 
to  registration.  Students  must  complete  all  prerequisites 
prior  to  enrolling  in  the  upper  division  of  nursing.  For  in- 
formation or  assistance,  call  the  School  of  Nursing  (864) 
503-5441. 


Admission  into  the  nursing  major  is  competitive.  A  sepa- 
rate application  for  the  final  two  \ears  of  the  nursing  major 
must  be  submitted  b>  published  dates  on  the  forms  available 
on  the  University  Web  site  (www.uscupstate.edu);  select 
Academics,  and  then  select  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing. 
The  School  admits  applicants  for  the  non-licensed  portion 
of  the  upper  division  twice  a  year  for  each  campus  for  the 
fall  and  spring  semesters.  Each  semester's  junior  class  is 
selected  from  all  applicants  who  meet  all  the  minimum  re- 
quirements. For  registered  nurse  students,  applicants  are 
selected  for  the  fall  semester  only. 

Admission  to  the  Upper  Division 

The  final  two  years  of  the  nursing  curriculum  are  com- 
posed of  professional  nursing  courses.  In  order  to  be  con- 
sidered for  admission  to  the  professional  nursing  major, 
students  enrolled  at  USC  Upstate  must  complete  a  separate 
application  form  which  is  available  through  the  School  of 
Nursing.  Transfer  students  must  first  apply  to  USC  Upstate 
through  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  then  complete  a  sepa- 
rate application  available  through  the  School  of  Nursing. 

A  faculty  committee  reviews  all  applications  and  admits 
students  to  the  program  based  on  the  stated  requirements. 
Admission  is  competitive  and  is  based  on  the  applicant's 
cumulative  grade  point  average  (GPA)  for  the  pre-requisite 
courses  as  well  as  available  space  in  the  admitted  class. 

Applications  for  admission  for  non-licensed  students 
must  be  submitted  by  published  dates  for  fall  semester  ad- 
missions and  applications  for  spring  semester  admissions 
must  be  submitted  to  the  School  of  Nursing  by  published 
dates.  Students  typically  apply  for  admission  into  the  upper 
division  during  the  first  semester  of  their  sophomore  year. 

Applications  for  admissions  for  the  registered  nurse  pro- 
gram (RN  to  BSN)  must  apply  by  published  dates  prior  to  the 
fall  semester  in  which  they  will  plan  to  begin  the  program. 

Admission  of  Students 

Application  for  admission  to  the  upper  division  for  non- 
registered  nurses  is  competitive.  Each  semester's  class  is 
selected  from  applicants  who  meet  the  minimum  require- 
ments; 

a)  Admitted  to  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate. 

b)  Completion  of  all  pre-requisite  course  (lower  division 
general  education  studies)  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

c)  Minimum  GPA  of  2.5  on  a  4.0  scale. 

d)  Only  one  nursing  course  or  required  science  course 
(SBIO  232,  242,  330,  and  SCHM  109)  may  be  repeated  to 
earn  a  grade  of  C  or  better  If  courses  are  repeated,  both 
grades  will  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  the  GPA. 

Students  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of  less  than  2.5  but 
meeting  all  other  admission  requirements  MAY  be  consid- 
ered for  possible  admission  to  the  program.  If  admitted,  the 
student  will  be  placed  on  probationary  status  and  must  suc- 
cessfully complete  the  semester  with  a  "C"  or  better  in  all 
attempted  coursework.  Failure  to  achieve  a  minimum  of  a 
C  in  all  courses  will  result  in  removal  from  the  program. 

Admission  of  Registered  Nurse  Students 

Application  for  admission  to  the  upper  division  for  reg- 
istered nurse  students  is  selective.  Each  year's  class  is  se- 
lected from  students  who  meet  the  minimum  requirements; 

a)  Minimum  grade  of  C  on  all  required  prerequisite  courses. 

b)  Completion  of  all  lower  division  course  requirements 
as  listed  on  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Nursing  Curriculum 
RN  Track  Student  Worksheet. 


152 


Maij  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


c)  (iiailuation  from  an  associate  degree  or  diploma  pro- 
gram in  nursing. 

d)  Hold  an  unencumbered  license.  Clinical  experiences 
in  states  other  than  South  Carolina  rc(.|uirc  an  active  license 
in  that  state. 

Enrollment  and  Profiression  Policies 
Southern    Council    on    C'olk'uiate    Education    for 
Nursing  (SCCEN)  Core  Performance  Standards 

The  Mary  Black  School  ofNursing  requires  all  applicants 
and  continuing  students  to  meet  core  perl'ormancc  standards 
as  defined  by  the  Southern  Council  on  Collegiate  Education 
for  Nursing  (SCCEN).  These  core  performance  standards 
are  defined  as  follows: 

Standard  I :  Critical  Thinking  and  Related  Mental  Abili- 
ties: Must  have  critical  thinking  ability  sufficient  for  clini- 
cal judgment.  Examples  of  necessary  functional  abilities 
associated  with  this  standard  include  (not  an  all  inclusive 
list):  ability  to  interpret,  investigate,  communicate,  and 
comprehend  complex  situations;  identify  cause  and  effect 
relative  to  clinical  situations;  ability  to  make  decisions  and 
assess  situations  under  varying  degrees  of  stress;  ability  to 
read  and  comprehend  detailed  charts,  reports,  journal  ar- 
ticles, books,  etc;  and  capable  of  performing  all  arithmetic 
functions  (addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  division, 
ratios  and  simple  algebraic  equations). 

Standard  2:  Communication  and  Interpersonal  Abilities: 
Must  be  able  to  read,  write,  speak  and  comprehend  English 
with  sufficient  skill  to  communicate  effectively  verbally 
and  non — verbally;  must  have  interpersonal  abilities  suffi- 
cient to  interact  w  ith  individuals,  families  and  groups  from 
a  variety  of  social,  emotional,  cultural  and  intellectual  back- 
grounds. Examples  of  necessary  functional  abilities  associ- 
ated with  this  standard  include  (not  all  inclusive):  ability 
to  establish  rapport  with  clients  and  their  families,  peers, 
agency  personnel  and  faculty,  explain  treatment  procedures; 
initiate  health  teaching,  and  document  and  interpret  nursing 
actions  and  client  responses. 

Standard  3:  Physical  activities.  Must  have  physical  abil- 
ities sufficient  to  move  from  room  to  room  and  maneuver 
in  small  spaces  with  gross  and  fine  motor  abilities  sufficient 
to  provide  safe  and  effective  nursing  care.  Examples  of 
necessary  functional  abilities  associated  with  this  standard 
include  (not  all  inclusive):  move  around  a  client's  room, 
work  spaces,  treatment  areas  and  administer  CPR;  calibrate 
and  use  equipment;  position  and  transfer  clients;  capable  of 
lifting  up  to  50  pounds  independently;  pushing  up  to  200 
pounds  independently;  reaching  18  inches  above  head  with- 
out the  use  of  mechanical  devises  to  elevate  themselves; 
capable  of  sitting,  standing,  walking  for  extended  periods 
of  time;  experience  no  limitation  when  bending,  stooping, 
sitting,  standing,  walking  (i.e.  uses  no  mechanical  devices 
to  assist  themselves  which  would  impede  the  safety  of  a 
client);  ability  to  move  to  and  respond  to  an  emergency  situ- 
ation in  a  timely  manner  and  able  to  document  in  a  clear, 
legible  manner. 

Standard  4:  Hearing:  Must  have  auditory  ability  suf- 
ficient to  monitor  and  assess  health  needs.  Examples  of 
necessary  functional  abilities  associated  with  this  standard 
include  (not  all  inclusive)  ability  to  hear  auscultor},'  sounds, 
monitor  alamis  and  emergency  signals;  ability  to  hear  soft 
whispers  of  clients  and  families  and  able  to  tolerate  loud 
noise  for  extended  periods  of  time.  Assistive  devices  must 
correct  hearing  to  this  degree  and  be  worn  at  all  times  dur- 
ing clinical  experiences. 


Standards:  Visual:  Must  have  the  visual  ability  sufficient 
for  observation,  assessment  and  intervention  necessary  for 
nursing  care.  Examples  of  necessary  functional  abilities  in- 
clude (not  all  inclusive):  observe  client  responses;  accurate- 
ly read  equipment,  gauges  and  monitors;  vision  correctable 
to  20/40,  normal  depth  perception  and  ability  to  distinguish 
colors;  ability  to  tolerate  offensive  visual  situations. 

Standard  6:  Smell:  Must  have  smelling  ability  to  monitor 
and  assess  health  needs.  Examples  of  necessary  functional 
abilities  include  (not  all  inclusive);  ability  to  differentiate 
between  various  types  of  smells  and  odors  and  ability  to 
tolerate  offensive  odors. 

Please  note  that  students  will  be  accommodated  in  accord 
with  the  American  with  Disabilities  Act. 

Criminal  Background  Checks 

Clinical  agencies  arc  requiring  all  students  to  have  a  crim- 
inal background  check  (CBC).  This  CBC  must  be  submit- 
ted with  the  application  for  the  upper  division  of  the  nursing 
program.  The  CBC  must  be  conducted  within  thirty  days 
of  the  due  date  for  applications.  The  federal  and  state  CBC 
policy  for  USC  Upstate  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing  has 
been  developed  based  on  DHEC  Procedures  for  Conducting 
State  and  Federal  Criminal  Background  Checks  for  Direct 
Caregivers.  If  a  student  has  been  found  guilty  or  has  plead 
no  contest  to  substance  abuse,  child  or  adult  abuse,  sexual  as- 
sault, assault  with  a  deadly  weapon,  neglect  or  mistreatment 
of  residents/patients/clients  or  misappropriation  of  resident/ 
patient/clients  property,  the  facility  cannot  permit  that  stu- 
dent to  work  as  a  direct  caregiver.  The  criminal  background 
checks  are  done  for  a  seven  year  retrospective  screen.  The 
student  assumes  the  cost  of  these  requirements. 

Drug  Screens 

Clinical  agencies  require  students  to  submit  to  a  drug 
screen  prior  to  caring  for  patients.  For  ob\  ious  health  and 
safety  concerns,  nurses  must  conduct  health  care  and  educa- 
tional activities  fully  in  control  of  their  manual  dexterity  and 
skills,  mental  faculties,  and  judgment.  The  presence  or  use 
of  drugs  or  alcohol,  lawful  or  otherwise,  which  interferes 
or  impairs  the  judgment  or  motor  coordination  of  nursing 
students  in  a  health  care  setting  poses  an  unacceptable  risk 
for  patients,  colleagues,  the  University,  and  affiliating  clini- 
cal agencies.  Preventing  and/or  detecting  substance  abuse, 
as  defined  below,  is  particularly  critical  in  the  Mar>'  Black 
School  of  Nursing's  Upper  Division  of  the  BSN  program, 
where  students  spend  a  considerable  amount  of  time  learn- 
ing patient  care  in  a  variety  of  clinical  settings.  The  Mary 
Black  School  of  Nursing  recognizes  its  responsibility  to  en- 
deavor to  provide  a  safe,  efficient  academic  environment 
for  students  and  to  cooperate  with  clinical  agencies  in  pro- 
viding for  the  safe  and  efTective  care  of  their  patients  during 
nursing  students'  clinical  experiences  in  their  facilities. 
Therefore,  the  following  policy  has  been  adopted  to: 

a.  Proscribe  substance  abuse  and/or  activities  or  behav- 
iors a)  that  are  prohibited  by  the  University's  Drug-Free 
Policy,  or  b)  which  may  subject  the  involved  student,  other 
individuals,  and  the  University  to  legal  penalties  or  conse- 
quences, or  c)  which  may  cause  a  deterioration  of  the  atmo- 
sphere and  circumstances  under  which  the  care  of  patients 
and  the  nursing  educational  programs  are  conducted; 

b.  Identify  students  in  the  upper  di\  ision  of  the  BSN  pro- 
gram who  may  have  a  drug  or  alcohol-related  impairment  or 
conviction  that  may  impact  their  ability  to  learn  safe  nurs- 
ing care  practices  or  that  may  create  unacceptable  risks  for 
the  University  or  clinical  agencies  in  which  students  have 
clinical  experiences; 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


153 


c.  Cooperate  with  alliliatiiig  clinical  agencies  b\  requir- 
ing nursing  students  reporting  to  such  agencies  to  consent 
voluntarily  a)  to  allow  those  agencies  to  drug  test  the  stu- 
dent in  accordance  with  their  policies,  and  h)  to  disclose 
any  dnig  testing  results  to  appropriate  Mary  Black  School 
of  Nursing  officials. 

Drii}i  testing  means  the  scientific  analysis  of  urine,  blood, 
breath,  saliva,  hair,  tissue,  and  other  specimens  of  the  hu- 
man bodN  for  the  purpose  of  detecting  a  drug  or  alcohol. 

Illegal driif'  means  any  dnig  which  is  not  legally  obtain- 
able; any  drug  which  is  legally  obtainable  but  has  not  been 
legally  obtained;  any  prescribed  drug  not  legally  obtained; 
any  prescribed  drug  not  being  used  for  the  prescribed  pur- 
pose or  by  the  person  for  w  horn  it  w  as  prescribed;  any  over- 
the-counter  drug  being  used  at  a  dosage  lev  el  other  than  that 
recommended  by  the  manufacturer,  or  being  used  for  a  pur- 
pose other  than  the  purjiose  intended  by  the  manufacturer; 
and  any  drug  being  used  for  a  purpose  or  by  a  person  not 
in  accordance  with  bona  fide  medical  therapy.  Examples 
of  illegal  drugs  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  stimulants, 
depressants,  narcotic  or  hallucinogenic  drugs,  cannabis 
substances,  such  as  marijuana  and  hashish,  cocaine,  heroin, 
methamphetamine,  phencyclidine  (PCP),  and  so-called  de- 
signer drugs  and  look-alike  drugs. 

Impaired  means  that  a  person's  mental  or  physical  ca- 
pabilities are  reduced  below  their  normal  levels  (with  or 
without  any  reasonable  accommodation  for  a  disability). 
An  impaired  student  manifests  deterioration  in  the  level  of 
function  as  compared  to  that  previously  observed,  or  the 
student  does  not  function  at  a  level  normally  expected  under 
the  prevailing  circumstances.  Impainnent  may  exist  in  one 
or  more  multiple  domains,  including  psychomotor  activity 
and  skills,  conceptual  or  factual  recall,  integrative  or  syn- 
thetic thought  processes,  judgment,  attentiveness,  demean- 
or and  attitudes  as  manifested  in  speech  or  actions.  Impair- 
ment will  include  addiction  to  and/or  physical  dependence 
upon  chemical  substances. 

Substance  abuse  means  (a)  the  manufacture,  use,  sale, 
purchase,  distribution,  transfer,  or  possession  of  an  illegal 
drug  by  any  nursing  student  while  on  University  or  affili- 
ated clinical  site  premises  or  while  participating  in  any  Uni- 
versity or  affiliated  clinical  site-sponsored  or  related  activ- 
ity, including  any  nursing-related  course  or  clinical  training 
activity;  (b)  the  consumption,  possession,  or  distribution  of 
alcohol,  unless  approved  by  the  University  or  clinical  agen- 
cy, by  any  nursing  student  while  on  University  or  affiliated 
clinical  site  premises  or  while  participating  in  any  Univer- 
sity-or  affiliated  clinical  site-sponsored  or  related  activity, 
including  any  nursing-related  course  or  clinical  training  ac- 
tivity; and  (c)  a  nursing  student's  use  of  alcohol  or  any  drug 
in  such  a  way  that  the  student's  performance  in  any  nursing 
course,  including  activities  at  any  clinical  site,  is  impaired. 

Students  in  the  Upper  Division  of  the  BSN  program  will 
be  required  to  provide  (among  all  other  items  of  informa- 
tion) a  signed  statement  that  he  or  she  does  or  does  not  en- 
gage in  substance  abuse  activities  as  defined  herein.  Further, 
he  or  she  must  indicate  any  legal  conv  ictions  pertaining  to 
the  manufacture,  use,  possession,  sale  or  other  distribution 
of  illegal  or  legally  controlled  substances;  pertaining  to  or 
related  to  the  abuse  of  alcohol  or  any  other  chemical  sub- 
stance; and  the  consequences  of  any  such  conviction(s). 

Failure  to  provide  the  above-required  information,  past 
legal  convictions  for  activities  related  to  illegal  or  legally 
controlled  substances,  and/or  information  or  evidence  that 
reasonably  establishes  a  past  pattern  of  chemical  substance 


abuse  will  be  grounds  for  dismissal  from  the  program. 
However,  prior  legal  conv  ictions  related  to  chemical  sub- 
stances will  be  considered  along  with  all  other  information 
pertaining  to  the  individual,  and  will  not  produce  automatic 
dismissal  from  the  program.  Discovery  that  false  or  fraudu- 
lent or  misleading  information  was  provided  prior  to  ma- 
triculation will  be  grounds  for  dismissal  from  the  program. 
Students  who  engage  in  substance  abuse  while  currently 
enrolled  in  the  program  will  be  subject  to  dismissal  from  the 
School  of  Nursing. 

Physical  Examinations 

Each  nursing  student  must  hav  e  an  annual  physical  ex- 
amination by  a  physician  or  a  certified  nurse  practitioner. 
You  may  choose  to  hav  e  your  physical  examination  through 
you  personal  health  care  provider  or  through  the  USt'  Up- 
state Health  Service  Office  ( I -864-503-5 1';?).  Reports  of 
this  examination  must  be  submitted  on  forms  provided  from 
the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing  and  must  be  received  by 
the  School  of  Nursing  by  published  deadlines.  Individual 
clinical  agencies  may  require  additional  documentation  for 
specific  health  requirements  which  must  be  met  by  each  stu- 
dent attending  that  agency. 

Immunizations  and  Titers 

To  comply  with  clinical  agency  contracts,  each  student 
must  prov  ide  proof  of  a  series  of  immunizations  and/or  ti- 
ters. Some  of  this  same  infomiation  MUST  also  be  sent  to 
Health  Services  on  the  fonn  sent  to  you  by  the  USC  Upstate 
Admissions  Office).  We  highly  recommend  that  nursing 
students  receive  the  Hepatitis  B  Vaccine  to  develop  immu- 
nity to  this  form  of  viral  hepatitis.  A  series  of  three  doses  is 
required  to  achieve  immunity.  Students  who  do  not  take  the 
Hepatitis  B  Vaccine  are  required  to  sign  a  waiver  stating- 
such  refusal.  The  USC  Upstate  Health  Service  Office  can 
administer  the  vaccine  for  the  published  fee  (if  bom  before 
1978)  or  free  (if  born  after  1978).  Students  must  submit 
proof  of  the  following  immunizations: 

•Tetanus  Diphtheria  Booster  (within  last  10  years) 

•  Varicella  vaccine  or  positive  titer 

•  Mumps 

•  Rubella  vaccine  or  positive 

•  Tuberculosis  (negative)  PPD  (2  step)  of  a  negative  chest  x-ray 

•  Hepatitis  B  vaccine  (see  above) 

Nursing  students  will  be  caring  for  clients  whose  HIV 
status  is  unknown  and  all  students  and  faculty  use  universal 
precautions  when  caring  for  any  client.  Nursing  students 
who  believe  themselves  to  be  at  risk  for  transmission  of 
HIV/AIDS  are  urged  to  voluntarily  infonn  the  University 
Office  of  Disability  Services  who  will  collaborate  with  fac- 
ulty to  determine  if  modifications  in  clinical  courses  can  be 
reasonably  accommodated. 

Health  Insurance 

Clinical  agencies  are  also  encouraging  students  to  possess 
health  insurance.  Hospitals  and  health  agencies  provide 
etiiergency  treatment  to  students  for  injuries  or  illness  oc- 
curring in  the  course  of  the  program  requirements  in  their 
agencies.  Treatment  for  illness  will  be  at  the  expense  of  the 
students.  Treatment  for  injuries  will  be  covered  through 
Workman's  Compensation.  The  University  pays  all  fees 
for  enrollment  in  Worktuan's  compensation,  emergency 
treatment  to  students  for  injuries  or  illness  occurring  in  the 
course  of  the  program  requirements  in  their  agencies. 


154 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Cardio-pulmonary  Resuscitalion  (C'PR) 

To  be  ill  complKMKC  willi  clinical  agency  contractual 
agreements,  all  students  in  must  be  certilied  in  C'PR  (Adult 
and  Child/Infant).  This  certification  must  be  active  for  the 
entire  time  you  are  enrolled  in  nursing  courses  at  USC  Up- 
state. Please  check  requirements,  some  C'PR  certifications 
require  annual  recertification  and  some  programs  require 
recertiiication  every  two  years.  A  C'PR  course  is  offered  at 
use  Upstate  Health  Services  for  a  nominal  fee. 

Liability  Insurance 

Each  student  is  covered  for  malpractice  liability  under 
the  auspices  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate. 
It  is  strongly  suggested  that  registered  nurses  continue  to 
maintain  their  own  liability  policy. 

Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration 
(OSHA) 

Students  must  be  current  with  the  standard  OSHA  re- 
quirements of  infection  control,  fire  safety,  management  of 
hazardous  materials,  and  back  safety.  Annual  testing  of  this 
information  is  required  for  enrollment  progression. 

Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability 
Act  (HIPAA) 

Each  student  must  successfully  complete  the  HIPAA  pro- 
gram and  test  in  order  to  assure  compliance  with  HIPAA 
regulations.  Some  clinical  agencies  may  require  students  to 
complete  agency  specific  HIPAA  programs  and  tests  also. 

Progression  Policies 

1.  Any  student  who  fails  to  take  nursing  courses  in  se- 
quence will  be  removed  from  the  program. 

2.  Students  must  achieve  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  every 
nursing  course  to  progress  in  the  program.  Students  who 
fail  to  achieve  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  any  nursing  course 
(classroom  course  or  clinical/lab  course)  will  be  dismissed 
from  the  program.  Students  may  apply  for  readmission  to 
the  program  and  if  readmitted,  will  be  required  to  repeat 
that  course  prior  to  enrolling  in  any  subsequent  course.  Re- 
admitted students  who  subsequently  receive  a  second  grade 
of  below  "C"  in  any  nursing  course  will  be  permanently 
dismissed  from  the  program. 

3.  Students  who  receive  a  grade  less  than  "C"  in  any  two 
nursing  courses  will  be  permanently  dismissed  from  the 
program. 

4.  Students  must  complete  the  program  of  required  nurs- 
ing course  within  four  years  of  initial  entry  into  the  pro- 
gram. Students  w  ho  exceed  the  four  year  time  limit  may  be 
dismissed  from  the  program. 

Readmission  Policies:  A  student  who  has  been  removed 
from  the  program  for  receiving  a  grade  of  less  than  "C"  in 
one  nursing  course  may  reapply  for  admission  to  the  School 
of  Nursing.  The  student  must  submit  another  admission  ap- 
plication to  the  School  of  Nursing  and  attach  a  letter  of  peti- 
tion for  readmission. 

Graduation  Requirements:  Students  must  meet  all  re- 
quirements for  graduation  as  stated  in  this  academic  catalog. 
Students  graduating  with  a  degree  in  nursing  must  have  a 
minimum  GPA  of  2.0  in  all  required  nursing  courses. 

Transfer  of  Credit:  Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  the 
baccalaureate  program  from  other  institutions  will  ha\e 
their  transcripts  e\aluated  to  detemiine  the  comparability 
with  courses  at  USC  Upstate  and  applicable  to  the  nursing 
program  of  study. 


Auditing  of  Nursing  Courses:  USC  Upstate  guidelines 
are  followed  related  to  auditing  of  courses.  SNUR  301 :  Nu- 
trition and  SNUR  302:  Pharmacology,  may  be  audited.  Af- 
ter admission  to  the  nursing  program,  the  following  courses 
may  be  audited:  SBSN  305:  Health  Promotion  Across  the 
Eifespan,  SBSN  306:  Introduction  to  Professional  Nursing, 
SBSN  420:  Current  Topics,  and  SBSN  497;  Nursing  issues. 
Students  may  not  audit  a  nursing  course  with  a  corequisite 
practicuni.  No  nursing  practica  may  be  audited. 

Credit  by  Examination:  Some  general  education  and 
supporting  courses  may  be  exempted  by  having  successfully 
passed  Advanced  Placement  ( AP)  tests  in  high  school.  College 
Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  tests.  Defense  Nontradi- 
tional  Education  Support  (DANTES)  tests  or  challenge  exami- 
nations prepared  at  USC  Upstate  (see  Credit  by  Examination 
section  of  this  catalog).  More  specific  information  may  be  ob- 
tained form  the  Counseling  and  Career  Development  Center. 
RN  to  BSN  students  must  complete  all  credit  by  examination 
prior  to  the  completion  of  SBSN  350:  Concepts  of  Profes- 
sional Nursing.  Licensed  practical  nurses  may  obtain  credit  for 
SNUR  301  and  SNUR  302,  SBSN  310,  SBSN  3 1  OP,  SBSN 
305,  SBSN  306,  SBSN  320P  and  SBSN  325P  by  successfully 
completing  the  required  validation  examination. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP  or  the 
Defense  Activity'  for  N'ontraditional  Education  .Sup- 
port (DANTES):  Following  general  uni\ersity  policy,  a 
combination  of  CLEP  and/or  DANTES  examinations  may 
be  taken  to  obtain  up  to  30  hours  of  credit.  Junior  and  se- 
nior level  nursing  courses  cannot  by  validated  by  CLEP  of 
DANTES.  CLEP  or  DANTES  examinations  are  not  accept- 
able for  physiology,  anatomy,  chemistry  or  microbiology. 

Professional  and  Pre-professional  Organizations 

Student  Nurses  Association  (SNA) 

The  Student  Nurses"  Association  of  the  Mary  Black  School 
of  Nursing  welcomes  pre-nursing  and  nursing  students  who 
are  enrolled  in  the  baccalaureate  nursing  program  and  the 
RN  to  BSN  program  Through  their  participation  in  vari- 
ous activities,  students  de\ elop  awareness  of  professional 
accountability  and  ethical  standards  mandated  by  the  nurs- 
ing profession.  Planned,  organized  monthly  meetings  that 
focus  on  the  provision  of  quality  health  care  and  advances 
in  nursing  education  contribute  to  the  student's  knowledge 
base.  By  participation  in  SN./'i  the  students  develop  a  lead- 
ership potential  that  w  ill  enable  them  to  be  future  leaders  in 
the  nursing  profession. 

Sigma  Theta  Tau  International  Honor  Society, 

Mu  Rho  Chapter 

Sigma  Theta  Tau  International.  Honor  Society  of  Nursing 
provides  leadership  and  scholarship  in  practice,  education 
and  research  to  enhance  the  health  of  all  people.  They  sup- 
port the  learning  and  professional  development  of  members, 
who  strive  to  improve  nursing  care  worldwide. 

The  Mu  Rho  chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  was  chartered 
in  March  1 992.  Membership  is  open  to  those  students  in  the 
top  35  percent  of  the  senior  class  who  have  attained  a  mini- 
mum cumulative  GPA  of  3.0.  The  specific  purposes  of  the 
Honor  Society  of  Nursing,  Sigma  Theta  Tau  International 
membership  are  to: 

•  Recognize  superior  achie\  ement; 

•  Recognize  the  development  of  leadership  qualities; 

•  Foster  high  professional  standards; 

•  Encourage  creativ  e  w  ork;  and 

•  Strengthen  commitment  to  the  ideals  and  purposes  of  the 
profession. 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


155 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Professional 

Student 
_  General  Education  Requirements' 


I.  Communication  9 

SEGL  101  and  SEGL  102 

SSPH201 

II.  Mathematics  6 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  121%  126 
One  additional  math,  logic,  or  statistics 

course:  SMTH  102;  SPSY  225-;  SSOC  201 

III.  Information  Teclinology  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 

IV.  Natural  Science  8 

SBI0  242/242L 

SCHM  109/109L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

*No  mure  than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific 
discipline  will  be  accepted  fi>r  the  general 
education  requirement  under  Arts  and 
Humanities. 

One  fine  arts  course:  SAAS  204;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;SMUS  110,  140;  STHE 
161,  170 

One  additional  course  from  the  following: 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH  101, 
105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275.  279,  280, 
283,289,290,291;SFLM240;SMUS110, 
140;SPHL  102,211;SREL  103;  STHE 
161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture^  3 

Foreign  language  minimum  102  level 

SCHl  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

or  placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 
language  course.** 
(**Sludenls  placing  into  the  201  or  higher  level  of  a  lan- 
guage have  satisfied  this  requirement  and  will  not  have 
additional  hours  in  elect ives.) 


VII.     History 


SHST  101,  102,  105  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Beiiavioral  Sciences  6 

The  following  2  courses  representing  2  disciplines: 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 

'All  courses  must  be  completed  with  a  minimum  grade  ofC 

or  better 

■SMTH  121  or  hii;her  iv  the  required  prerequisite  for  SPSY  225 


Nursing  Curriculum  Four- Year  Track 

Worksheet 

Major  Requirements' 

SBSN  305:  Health  Promotion  3 

SBSN  306:   Intro  to  Professional  3 

Nursing 
____  SBSN  3 1 0:  Health  Assessment  2 
SBSN  3 1  OP:  Health  Assessment  1 

Practicum 
SBSN  320P:  Foundations  of  Nursing     3 

Practicum 
____  SBSN  325P:  Integrated  Nursing  3 

Practicum 

SBSN  330:  Health  Alterations  I  3 

SBSN330P:   Health  Alterations  1  2 

Practicum 
SBSN  340:  Nursing  of  Childbearing    3 

Families 
SBSN  340P:  Nursing  of  Childbearing  2 

Families  Practicum 

SBSN  360:  Child  Health  Nursing        3 

SBSN  360P:  Child  Health  Nursing      2 

Practicum 

SBSN  370:  Nursing  Research  3 

SBSN  410:  Health  Alterations  II  3 

SBSN  4 1  OP:   Health  Alterations  II        3 

Practicum 


SBSN  420 
SBSN  430 

SBSN 441 


Current  Topics  in  Nursing  3 
Leadership  in  Nursing  Pr   3 


Psychiatric  Mental  3 

Health  Nursing 

SBSN  44 IP:  Psychiatric  Mental  3 

Health  Nursing  Practicum 
SBSN  450:  Health  Alterations  111  3 

^  SBSN  450P:  Health  Alterations  II  2 

Practicum 

SBSN  461:  Community  &  Public  3 

Health  Nursing 

SBSN  461 P:  Community  &  Public        3 
Health  Nursing  Practicum 
SBSN  497:  Issues  in  Professional  2 

Nursing  (Senior  Seminar) 
SBSN499P:  Senior  Practicum  in  3 

Professional  Nursing 


Supporting  Courses' 

SBI0  232/232L  4 

SBIO330/330L  4 

SPSY  302  3 


Electives 


1.3 


Total  Hours  Required 


128^ 


'If  the  101  course  is  required,  it  may  be  counted  as  an  elec- 
tive. If  the  student  places  at  the  201  level,  the  foreign  language/ 
culture  competency  has  been  fulfilled  and  the  student  will  not  be 
required  to  take  an  additional  foreign  language  course  or  elective 
and  can  complete  the  BSN  program  with  125  credit  hours. 


156 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  Suggested  Course  Sequence  Outline:  Four- Year  Track 

Other  course  sequences  are  also  possible;  students  should  seek  guidance  regarding  prerequisites.  SMTH  121  or  higher  is  the  required 

prerequisite  for  SPSY  225:  Pscyhological  Statistics.  Part-time  study  in  nursing  is  available  hut  nursing  courses  must  be  completed 

within  a  imi.\imuin  ofH  semesters:  .students  shimld  consult  with  their  advisor  for  proper  course  sequencing. 

I'Vcshman  Vear 
Fall 

SEGLlOl  3 

SBI0  232/L 4 

SMTH  120,  121,  or  126  3 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101  3 

Elective 3 

Semester  total  16 

Spring 

SHGL102 3 

SCHM  109/L 4 

SHST  1 1 1  or  1 12 3 

SPSY  101 3 

Fine  Art  (see  list  of  approved  courses) 3 

Semester  total  16 

Sophomore  Year 

Fall 

SB10  242/L 4 

SPSY  302 3 

SSPH201 3 

SSOC  101  3 

Elective 3 

Semester  total  16 

Spring 

SB1O330/L 4 

SFRN  102  or  SGRM  102  or  SSPN  102 3 

SMTH  102  or  SPSY  225or  SSOC  201 3 

Humanities  (see  list  of  approved  courses) 3 

Semester  total  13 

Junior  Year  {.idiiiission  lo  the  BSN program  is  required  to  enroll  in  SBSN  courses  306  and  higher). 

First  semester 

SBSN  305 3 

SBSN  306 3 

SBSN  310 2 

SBSN310P  1 

SBSN320P 3 

SBSN325P 3 

Semester  total  15 

Second  semester 

SBSN  330 3 

SBSN330P  2 

SBSN  340 3 

SBSN340P  2 

SBSN  360 3 

SBSN360P 2 

SBSN  370 3 

Semester  total  18 

Senior  Year 

First  semester 

SBSN  410 3 

SBSN410P 3 

SBSN  420 3 

SBSN  430 3 

SBSN  441  3 

SBSN  441 P 3 

Semester  total  18 

Second  semester 

SBSN  450 3 

SBSN  450?  2 

SBSN  461  3 

SBSN  461? 3 

SBSN  497 2 

SBSN499P 3 

Semester  total  16 

Total  Hours  Required  128' 

Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing  157 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Curriculum  Option  for  Registered  Nurses 

The  registered  nurse  track  (RN/BSN)  is  designed  for  graduates  of  associate  degree  and  diploma  programs  in  nurs- 
ing. It  is  comprised  of  courses  in  nursing,  sciences  and  liberal  arts.  Registered  nurses,  who  have  completed  successfully 
the  elective,  general  education,  and  supporting  courses,  and  v\ho  ha\c  met  the  admission  requirements,  may  complete  the 
program  in  one  calendar  year  of  study  as  outlined  in  the  course  sequence.  Students  must  begin  the  program  of  study  in  the 
fall  semester  to  complete  the  one-year  option.  Courses  are  otVercd  via  SC  ETV.  at  the  University  Center  Greenville,  and 
via  the  Internet.  Didactic  classes  on  ETV  and  at  UCG  w  ill  be  held  one  day  per  week,  while  internet  courses  are  ortered  in 
the  asynchronous  mode.  .411  registered  nurse  track  students  will  complete  clinical  practica  at  times  convenient  to  them  and 
their  preceptors.  Students  desiring  part-time  study  or  completion  of  the  program  of  study  on  the  USC  Upstate  campus  will 
require  a  longer  period  of  time  to  complete  the  program. 

All  policies  related  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  four-year  track  program  apply  to  the  registered  nurse  track 
unless  specifically  identified  as  four-year  track  policies. 

Admission  Requirements 

See  Admission  Requirements  in  this  section. 

Advanced  Placement 

Registered  nurse  track  students  may  receive  up  to  35  semester  credit  hours  in  nursing  based  upon  successful  comple- 
tion of  an  associate  degree  nursing  program  or  a  diploma  nursim^  program,  licensure  as  a  registered  nurse,  and  success ful 
completion  at  USC  Upstate  of  SBSN  350. 

Continuation  Standards 

See  C  'onlinualion  Standards  in  this  section. 

Academic  Residency 

RN-BSN  track  students  are  required  to  meet  the  USC  Upstate  academic  residency  requirement.  The  last  25%  (32 
semester  hours)  of  the  curriculum  must  be  courses  offered  through  USC  Upstate. 


RN-BSN  Track  One- Year  Option  Course  Sequence  Outline 

(Part-time  .study  is  also  possible:  students  sliould  seek  guidance  regarding  required  sequencing.) 

Prerequisite  Credit: 

General  Education  Support  Course.  Electives 61 

Advanced  Placement  Credit  for  Nursing  Courses 35 

Fall  Semester 

SBSN  350 3 

SBSN350S 3 

SBSN  3 10 2 

SBSN310P 1 

SBSN  430 3 

Semester  total  12 

Spring  Semester 

SBSN  370 3 

SBSN  420 3 

SBSN435P 3 

SBSN  498 3 

Semester  total  12 

Summer 

SBSN  461  3 

SBSN  461 P 3 

SBSN  497 2 

Semester  total  8 

Total  Hours  Required 128 


158  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Professional  Nursing  Curriculum  RN-BSN  Track 

Student  Worksheet 


General  Education  Requirements' 


I.  Communication  ' 

SHGL  101  and  StiGL  102 

SSPH201 

II.  Mathematics  < 

One  math  course: 

SMTH  120,  1 21-,  126 
One  additional  math,  logic,  or  statistics 

course:  SMTH  102;  SPSY  225-; 

SSOC201 

III.  Information  Technology  '. 

SCSC  138  or  SIMS  101 


IV.  Natural  Science  8 

SBI0  242/242L 

SCHM  109/109L 

V.  Arts  and  Humanities  6 

*No  more  than  3  credit  hours  from  a  specific 
discipline  will  he  accepted  for  the  general 
education  requirement  under  Arts  and 
Humcmities. 

One  fine  arts  course:  SAAS  204;  SATH 

101,  105,  106;SMUS  110,  140;STHE 
161,  170 

One  additional  course  from  the  following: 

SAAS  204;  SAMS  101,  102;  SATH  101, 
105,  106;  SEGL  250,  252,  275,  279,  280, 
283. 289,  290,  291;  SFLM  240;  SMUS  110, 
140;SPHL  102,  211;SREL103;STHE 
161,  170 

VI.  Foreign  Language/Culture^  3 

Foreign  language  minimum  102  level 
SCHI  102;  SFRN  102;  SGRM  102; 

SSPN  102 

or  placement  in  a  201  or  higher  level 

lanijuaiie  course. 


VII.    History 


SHST  101.  102.  105.  or  106 


VIII.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

SPSY  101 

SSOC  101 


Major  Requirements' 


SBSN  350:  Professional  Nursing 

Role  Transition 

SBSN  350S:  Professional  Nursing 

Role  Transition  Seminar 

SBSN  310:  Health  Assessment 

SBSN  31  OP:  Health  Assessment 

Practicum 

SBSN  370:  Nursing  Research 
'_  SBSN  420:Current  Topics  in  Nursing 

SBSN  430:  Leadership  in  Nursing  Pr 
'_  SBSN  435P:  Professional 

Nursing  Role  Transition 

SBSN  461 :  Community  &  Public 

Health  Nursing 

SBSN  461 P:  Community  &  Public 

Health  Nursing  Practicum 

SBSN  497:  Issues  in  Professional 

Nursing  Practice  (Senior  Seminar) 

SBSN  498:  Professional 

Nursing  Role  Transition  Project 


Supporting  Courses' 

SB10  232/232L 

SBIO330/330L 

SPSY  302 


Advanced  Placement 

Advanced  Placement  credit  for 

RN-BSN  track  students  who  meet  the 
advanced  placement  requirement 

Electtves' 


6' 


Total  Hours  Required 


128 


'All  courses  miisl  he  completed  with  a  minimum  grade  ofC 

or  belter 

•SMTH  121  or  higher  is  the  required  prerequisite  for 

SPSY  225 

'If  the  foreign  language  101  course  is  required,  it  may  be 

counted  as  an  elective.  If  the  student  places  at  the  201  level. 

the  foreign  language/culluiv  competency  has  been  fulfilled 

and  the  student  will  not  he  required  to  take  an  additional 

foreign  language  course  or  elective  and  can  complete  the 

BSN program  with  125  credit  hours. 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


159 


Course  Descriptions 


Descriptions 

Descriptions  of'all  courses  offered  for  undergraduate 
credit  are  arranged  alphabetically  by  academic  discipline 
on  the  following  pages.  Not  all  courses  are  available 
every  term.  A  schedule  of  classes  is  available  before  the 
registration  period  for  each  term  as  an  announcement  of 
course  ol'ferings.  Students  are  advised  to  consult  these 
schedules  prior  to  registration.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  withdraw  any  course  on  the  grounds  of  insuf- 
ficient enrollment. 

Course  Numbering 

use  Upstate  courses  numbered  from  00 1  to  599  may 
be  taken  for  undergraduate  credit.  The  following  distinc- 
tions are  made  among  course  numbers: 

101-299  Lower  division  courses  primarily  for 
students  with  freshman  and  sopho- 
more standing. 

300-499  Upper  division  courses  primarily  for 
students  with  junior  and  senior  standing. 

400-599  Upper  division  courses  primarily  for 
students  with  senior  standing. 

With  consent  of  the  advisor,  a  student  may  take 
courses  numbered  above  or  below  the  level  normally  taken 
by  their  academic  classification  (freshman,  sophomore, 
junior  or  senior). 

Course  Credit 

The  credit  \  alue  of  each  course  is  usually  determined 
by  the  number  of  class  meetings  per  week  for  one  semester. 
Two  or  three  laboratory  hours  (one  period)  are  equivalent 
to  one  class  meeting.  The  semester  hour  credit  for  each 
course  is  included  in  each  course  description. 

Prerequisites 

Students  may  be  removed  from  any  class  for  which 
prerequisites  or  other  defined  requirements  have  not 
been  met. 


African  American  Studies  (SAAS) 

SAAS  201.  Introduction  to  African  American  Studies 

(3)  An  introduction  to  the  methods  and  themes  of  African 
American  Studies.  Topics  include  the  development  of  the 
discipline,  major  frameworks,  research  and  writing  in  the 
subject  area.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SAAS  204.  African  American  Culture  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  ideas  and  customs  of  African  Americans 
including  but  not  limited  to  artistic,  anthropological 
psychological,  linguistic,  and  culinary  dimensions.  Pre- 
requisite: SEGL  102. 

SAAS  398.  Topics  in  African    American  Studies  (3) 

Intensive  studv  of  selected  topics.    Prerequisite:    SEGL 

102. 


American  Studies  (SAMS) 

SAMS  101.  American  Studies,  17th-19th  Century  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  historical,  political,  social,  economic  and 
cultural  forces  that  shaped  American  life  from  the  early 
seventeenth  to  the  late  nineteenth  century. 

SAMS  102.  American  Studies,  20th  Century  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  historical,  political,  social,  economic  and 
cultural  forces  that  have  shaped  American  life  in  the 
twentieth  century. 

SAMS  398.  Topics  in  American  Studies  (3)  Interdis- 
ciplinary reading  and  research  on  selected  aspects  of 
American  culture.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  if  the 
topic  is  different.  Prerequisite:  SAMS  101  or  102,  junior 
or  senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SAMS  399.  IndependentStudy  (1-3)  An  individualized, 

contracted  program  of  study  planned  in  conjunction  with 
a  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

Anthropology  (SANT) 

SANT 102.  Understanding  OtherCultures(3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  concepts,  methods  and  data  of  socio-cultural 
anthropology  and  anthropological  linguistics. 

Art  Education  (SAED) 

SAED  330.  Foundations  of  Art  Education  (3)  Intro- 
duction to  art  education  as  a  profession  through  theories, 
historical  references  and  philosophies.  Current  initia- 
tives in  the  field  will  be  reviewed  through  educational 
research.  Prerequisites:  Minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  SART 
103  and  110. 

SAED  429.  Elementary  and  Middle  School  Methods 
for  Art  Education  (3)  Instnictional  strategies  to  construct 
appropriate  curriculum  for  K-8  schools.  The  topics  are 
artistic  growth  of  children,  responding  to  art  works,  stu- 
dio production  and  classroom  management.  A  portion 
of  the  course  includes  a  30  hour  practicum  component. 
Prerequisites:  SAED  330  and  admission  to  the  profes- 
sional program. 

SAED  430.  Secondary  Methods  for  Art  Education  (3) 

Curriculum  designs  for  secondary'  \isual  arts  classroom. 
The  development  of  instaictional  skills  for  various  student 
populations  is  included  in  the  course  of  study  as  well  as 
research  and  current  initiati\  es.  The  course  includes  a  30 
hour  practicum  component  in  the  schools.  Prerequisites: 
SAED  429  and  admission  to  the  professional  program. 

SAED  450.  School  .Art  Program  (3)  Developing  and 
working  with  essential  components  of  \  isual  arts  programs 
in  the  schools,  including  the  national  and  state  standards 
with  assessment  methodology.  .Also  a  supervised  clini- 
cal experience  in  the  school  art  classrooms  of  40  hours 
provides  strategies  to  teach  art  in  grades  K-12.  Obsena- 
tion  and  participation  in  classroom  settings  is  required  to 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


161 


focus  on  classroom  management  and  conflict  resolution. 
Prerequisites:  SA  ED  429  and  admission  to  the  professional 
program  in  art  education. 

SAED  460.  Directed  Teaching  in  Art  Education  (15)  A 

supervised  clinical  experience  consisting  of  15  weeks  in 
school  setting,  normally  w  ith  50%  in  elementary  level  and 
the  remaining  50" o  in  the  middle  or  secondary  level.  In 
addition  to  teaching  in  the  K-12  school  classroom,  candi- 
dates participate  in  regular  seminars  where  they  ( I )  analyze 
problems  relating  to  their  K-12  experiences;  (2)  explore 
ethical  and  legal  issues  and  trends  in  K-12  education;  (3) 
consider  current  issues  and  trends  in  K-12  education;  and 
(4)  complete  their  professional  portfolios.  Prerequisite: 
approved  application  of  directed  teaching.  Pass/Fail. 


Art  History  (SATH) 

SATH  101.  Introduction  to  Art  (3)  Formal,  historical 
and  iconographic  analysis  of  architectural  monuments, 
paintings  and  sculpture;  aspects  of  various  theories  of  art 
and  architecture. 

SATH  105.  History  of  Western  Art:  Prehistory-Middle 

Ages  (3)  Survey  of  the  visual  arts  from  Paleolithic  times  to 
the  Medieval  period,  with  emphasis  on  the  major  civiliza- 
tions of  Egypt,  the  Ancient  Near  East,  Rome,  Byzantium 
and  Medieval  Europe. 

SATH  106.  History  of  Western  Art:  Renaissance-Pres- 
ent (3)  Survey  of  the  visual  arts  in  Western  civilizations 
from  the  Renaissance  to  the  present. 

SATH  30 1 .  Women  and  Art  (3)  Art  by  women  and  about 
women  as  it  relates  to  issues  of  gender  and  sexual  identity 
and  how  these  intersect  with  social  and  historical  construc- 
tions of  race  and  class.  Emphasis  is  on  reading,  research 
and  written  material.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SATH  304.  Southern  Folk  Art  (3)  Techniques  and  tradi- 
tions of  Southern  folk  art  concentrating  on  artists  of  South 
Carolina.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SATH  305.  American  Art  (3)  Colonial  era  to  the  present. 
Particularattention  is  paid  to  the  relationship  of  the  visual  arts 
to  social  and  political  history  and  to  the  way  visual  culture 
shaped  early  ideas  about  nationhood.  Emphasis  is  on  reading, 
research  and  written  material.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SATH  306.  Twentieth  Century  Art  (3)  Major  develop- 
ments in  art  of  the  past  century.  International  perspectives 
are  stressed  as  are  social,  political  and  intellectual  contexts. 
Emphasis  is  on  reading,  research  and  written  material. 
Prerequisites:  SATH  106  or  SATH  305  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

SATH  308.  History  of  Design  (3)  From  the  Industrial 
Revolution  to  the  present.  The  social,  cultural,  economic, 
political,  technical  and  aesthetic  contexts  of  design  are  ex- 
plored. Emphasis  is  on  reading,  research  and  written  material . 
Prerequisites:  SATH  1 06  or  305  or  consent  of  instmctor 


SATH  309.  History  of  Photography  (3)  How  photographs 
create  meaning  in  and  are  given  meaning  by  their  social  and 
historical  contexts  from  the  1 830s  to  the  present.  Emphasis 
is  on  reading,  research  and  written  material.  Prerequisites: 
SATH  106  or  305  or  SJOU  201  or  302. 

SATH  310.  African  Art  (3)  Prehistory  to  the  present. 
Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  complexity  of  African 
cultures  and  to  the  social  roles  that  art  lills  in  the  lives  of  its 
makers  and  consumers.  Emphasis  is  on  reading,  research 
and  written  material.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SATH  350.  Art  History  Study  Abroad  (3-6)  Travel 
in  selected  regions  outside  the  United  States,  and  field 
study  of  historical  and  contemporary  art  and  artists,  with 
emphasis  on  art  history. 

SATH  352.  Art  History  Field  Study  (3)  Critical  examina- 
tion of  major  developments  in  contemporary  art  involving 
travel  to  major  metropolitan  areas  in  the  United  States. 
Course  may  be  taken  twice  if  the  city  is  dilTcrent.  Emphasis 
is  on  reading,  research  and  written  material.  Prerequisite: 
3  hours  of  art  history  credit  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SATH  398.  Selected  Topics  in  Art  History  (3)  Intensive 
study  of  selected  topics  in  art  history. 

SATH  399.  Independent  Study  (3)  Design  and  devel- 
opment of  research  projects  of  a  complex  and  extensive 
nature.  A  student  may  repeat  SATH  399  with  a  differ- 
ent independent  study  contract  description  for  a  total 
of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit. 
Prerequisites:  Junior  level  standing  and  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

SATH  400.  Art  Theory  and  Criticism  (3)  Philosophical 
and  historical  underpinnings  of  art  history,  theory  and 
criticism.  Advanced  readings  address  traditional  analyti- 
cal models  and  new  theories  generated  by  modernism  and 
postmodernism.  Emphasis  is  on  reading,  research  and 
written  material.  Prerequisites:  6  hours  of  art  history  credit 
or  consent  of  instructor 

SATH  450.  Art  History  Study  Abroad  II  (3-6)  Travel  in 
selected  regions  outside  the  United  States,  and  advanced 
field  study  of  historical  and  contemporary  art  and  artists, 
with  emphasis  on  art  history.  Prerequisite:  6  credit  hours 
of  art  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SATH  499.  Art  History  Internship (3-6)  Supervised  work 

experience  in  an  art  history  related  environment,  resulting 
in  a  meaningful  project/activity  for  the  employing  firm 
and  a  scholarly  project  for  the  student.  For  three  intern- 
ship credit  hours,  a  minimum  of  135  hours  of  scheduled 
work,  periodic  class  meetings  and  consultation  with  the 
instructor  are  required.  A  contractual  agreement  signed 
by  the  employer,  the  student,  the  instructor,  the  dean  of  the 
college  is  mandatory.  Standard  grading.  A  student  may 
repeat  SATH  499  with  a  different  internship  description 
for  a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate 
credit.  Prerequisites:  Junior  level  standing  with  6  hours 
in  art  history  or  consent  of  the  instmctor. 


162 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Ari  SriJDio  (SART) 

SART  103.  Fundamentals  of  Two  Dimensional  Design 

(3)  Introduction  to  visual  thinking  and  principles  of  two- 
dimensional  design,  including  line,  form,  space,  texture, 
color  and  basic  technical  skills. 

SART  104.  Fundamentals ofThree  Dimensional  Design 

(3)  Introduction  to  v  isual  thinking  and  principles  ofthree- 
diniensional  design,  including  form,  volume  and  space. 

SART  108.  Computer  Graphics  I  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
hardware  and  software  used  in  creating  graphic  design 
and  illustration. 

SART  110.  Drawing  I  (3)  Introduction  to  the  materials 
and  techniques  ofdrawing,  emphasizing  visual  perception 
and  drawing  skills. 

SART  202.  Ceramics  I  (3)  Process  of  forming,  decorat- 
ing, glazing  and  firing.  Prerequisite:  SART  1 04  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SART  203.  Color  and  Composition  (3)  Color  theory  and 
compositional  systems.  Prerequisite;  SART  103. 

SART  204.  Three  Dimensional  Studies  II  (3)  Mate- 
rials and  techniques  of  three  dimensional  design  and 
sculpture  beyond  the  introductory  level.  Prerequisite; 
SART  104. 

SART  205.  Digital  Art  I  (3)  Creative  approaches  to  de- 
veloping fine  art  projects  at  the  intemiediate  level  using 
raster  and  vector  computer  graphics.  Projects  emphasize 
image  development,  two  and  three-dimensional  design 
solutions  and  content.  Prerequisites;  SART  108  or  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

SART  206.  Illustration  I  (3)  Introduction  to  illustration 
with  an  emphasis  on  visual  problem  solving,  creativity, 
effective  communication  and  aesthetics.  Visual  skills  are 
defined  through  exploration  of  various  media  resulting  in 
appropriate  visual  solutions  for  illustration  communica- 
tion. Prerequisite;  SART  103,  SART  210,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

SART  207.  Printmaking  I  (3)  Materials  and  techniques 
of  major  printmaking  processes  in  historical  and  contem- 
porary application.  Techniques  include  relief,  intaglio, 
lithography  and  monotype.  Prerequisite;  SART  203. 

SART  210.  Drawing  II  (3)  Materials  and  techniques 
ofdrawing  beyond  the  introductory  level.  Prerequisite; 
SART  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SART  211.  Introduction  to  Painting  (3)  Materials  and 
techniques  of  painting,  emphasizing  color  theory,  compo- 
sitional structures,  content,  and  expression.  Prerequisite; 
SART  203  or  consent  of  instnictor. 

SART  214.  Graphic  Design  I  (3)  Creative  problem-solv- 
ing with  emphasis  on  2-D  solutions  to  conceptual  prob- 


lems; translation  of  concept  into  form  using  word,  image 
and  layout;  introduction  to  history  of  graphic  design  and 
typography.  Prerequisites;  SART  108.  Prerequisite  or 
corcquisite;  SART  1 1 0  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SART  228.  Business  for  the  V  isual  Artist  (3)  Aspects  of 
business  relevant  to  the  visual  artist,  emphasizing  basic  ac- 
counting and  taxes;  marketing  and  promotion;  copyrights; 
sales  by  artist,  gallery,  or  agent;  and  contracts.  Feedback  is 
received  through  class  discussions  and  exercises,  written 
examinations,  and  a  final  team  project.  Prerequisites;  6  hours 
of  art  history  and/or  art  studio  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SART  229.  Introduction  to  Crafts  (3)  Traditional  craft 
media;  techniques,  design  and  contemporary  concepts. 

SART  231.  Introduction  to  Life  Drawing  (3)  Emphasis 
on  visual  perception  and  skills  of  life  drawing  from  the 
live  model  in  a  variety  of  media,  using  both  clothed  and 
unclothed  male  and  female  models.  Prerequisite;  SART 
2 1 0  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SART  255.  Art  Practicum  (1)  Participation  in  art 
production  and  activities,  including  art  gallery  and  art 
exhibition  preparation  and  maintenance,  exhibition  pub- 
licity and  announcement  design  and  distribution,  studio 
and  equipment  preparation  maintenance  and  monitoring, 
art  infomiation  services  including  art  department  and  art 
gallery  web  site  design  and  maintenance.  No  formal  class 
meetings.  Requires  30  contact  hours  per  semester.  May 
be  repeated  for  a  total  of  four  credits. 

SART  261.  Introduction  to  Photography  (3) Techniques 

and  procedures  of  photography,  including  processing. 
Prerequisite;  SART  103  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SART  262.  Digital  Photography  (3) Technical,  aesthetic 
and  conceptual  procedures  of  digital  photography  includ- 
ing composing,  shooting,  processing,  manipulation  and 
printing.  Prerequisite;  SART  108. 

SART  302.  Ceramics  II  (3)  Ceramic  processes  and 
techniques  and  technical  investigation  in  clay  bodies  and 
glazes  with  emphasis  on  the  wheel  throwing  technique. 
Prerequisite;  SART  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SART  305.  Digital  Art  II  (3)  Creative  approaches  to 

developing  fine  art  projects  at  the  advanced  level  using 
raster  and  \  ector  computer  graphics.  Projects  emphasize 
personal  image  development,  tw  o  and  three-dimensional 
design  solutions,  and  content.  Prerequisite:  SART  205. 

SART  306.  Illustration  II  (3)  Continued  exploration  of 
visual  communication  with  an  emphasis  on  concept  and 
professional  quality  of  work.  Prerequisite:  SART  206  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SART  307.  Printmaking  II  (3)  Intermediate  application 

of  materials  and  techniques  of  majorprintmaking  processes 
in  historical  and  contemporary  application.  Emphasis  is 
on  content,  indi\  idual  expression,  and  series  de\  elopment. 
Prerequisite;  SART  207. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


163 


SART31I.  Painting  It  (3)  Intermediate  applicatiiin  of 
materials  and  techniques  of  painting  processes  using 
representational  and  non-representational  subject  mat- 
ter. Emphasis  is  on  content  and  indi\idual  expression. 
Prerequisite:  SART21i. 

SART314.  Graphic  Design  II  (3)  Continuation  of  trans- 
lation of  concept  into  form  w  ith  emphasis  on  typography, 
letterfonns.  typographic  syntax  and  type  specification. 
Prerequisite:  SART  214  and  successful  completion  of 
portfolio  review. 

SART  315.  Graphic  Design  III  (3)  .Advanced  design 
problems  with  emphasis  on  indi\ idual  de\elopment  and 
exploration  of  contemporary  design  issues.  Prerequisite: 
SART  314  and  successful  completion  of  portfolio  review. 

SART  318.  Interlace  Design  I  (3)  Introduction  to  technical 
and  aesthetic  concepts  and  problem  solving  of  interface  design 
including  but  not  limited  to  web  design.  CD  ROM  design, 
collection  and  preparation  for  basic  assets  (graphics,  video, 
sound).  Prerequisite;  SART  2 14  or  consent  of  instructor 

SART  350.  Art  Study  Abroad  (3-6)  Travel  in  selected 
regions  outside  the  United  States,  and  field  study  of  his- 
torical and  contemporary  art  and  artists  with  emphasis  on 
studio  techniques. 

SART  361.  Photography  II  (3)  Technical,  historical 
and  aesthetic  aspects  of  photography.  Projects  allow  the 
development  of  personal  imagery  and  technique.  Prereq- 
uisite: SART  261. 

SART  391.  Motion  Graphic  Design  (3)  Introduction  to 
animated  interface  design  as  applied  to  the  graphic  design 
and  communications  industn,'.  Prerequisite:  SART  318. 

SART  398.  SpecialTopicsin  Art  (3)  Intensive  study  of 
selected  topics  in  art.  Prerequisites:  junior  level  standing 
with  6  hours  in  art  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SART  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Opportunities  to 
design  and  de\  elop  projects  of  a  complex  and  extensive 
nature  in  keeping  with  the  student's  major  creative  inter- 
ests. A  student  may  repeat  SART  399  with  a  ditTerent 
independent  study  contract  description  for  a  total  of  no 
more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  level  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SART402.  Ceramics  III  (3)Advanced  ceramic  processes 
and  techniques  and  technical  investigation  in  clay  bodies 
and  glazes  with  emphasis  on  the  wheel  throw  ing  technique. 
Prerequisite:  SART  302. 

SART  410.  Drawing  l\  (3)  Advanced  methods  and 
materials  of  graphic  representation  and  expression  with 
emphasis  on  individual  creative  expression.  Prerequisite: 
SART  3 10. 

SART  411.  Painting  111  (3)  Advanced  application  of 
materials  and  techniques  of  painting  processes  using 
representational  and  non-representational  subject  matter. 


Lmphasis  is  on  content.  indi\  idual  expression,  and  series 
development.  Prerequisite:  SART  311. 

SART  414.  C^raphic  Design  IN  (3)  Graphic  problem 
sol\  ing  in  the  community  business  environment;  advanced 
production  techniques  I'or  the  graphic  designer  Prereq- 
uisite: SART  3 15. 

SART  418.  Interface  Design  II  (3)  Intermediate  inter- 
face design  with  emphasis  on  individual  development 
and  exploration  of  contemporary  technical  and  aesthetic 
design  issues  including  but  not  limited  to  w  eb  design,  CD 
ROM  design,  collection  and  preparation  of  basic  assets 
(graphics,  video,  sound).  Prerequisite:  SART  318  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SART  450.  Art  Study  Abroad  II  (3-6)  Travel  in  selected 
regions  outside  the  United  States,  and  advanced  field 
study  of  historical  and  contemporary  art  and  artists,  with 
emphasis  on  studio  techniques.  Prerequisite:  6  credit 
hours  of  art  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SART  489.  Senior  Portfolio  Development  (3)  Revision 
and  finalization  of  projects,  thesis,  portfolio/vita  prepara- 
tion. Prerequisites:  SART  3 1 5;  Corequisite:  SART  414. 

SART  490.  Senior  Seminar  Graphic  Design  (3)  Prepa- 
ration of  thesis,  senior  exhibition,  portfolio  finalization, 
oral  presentation,  and  explorations  of  ethical  issues. 
Prerequisite:  SART  489, 

SART  499.  Art  Studio  Internship  (3-6)  Supervised 
work  experience  in  an  art  environment,  resulting  in  a 
meaningful  project/activity  for  the  employing  firm  and 
a  scholarly  project  for  the  student.  For  three  internship 
credit  hours,  a  minimum  of  135  hours  of  scheduled  work, 
periodic  class  meetings  and  consultation  with  the  instruc- 
tor are  required.  A  contractual  agreement  signed  by  the 
employer,  the  student,  the  instructor,  and  the  dean  of  the 
college  is  mandatory.  Standard  grading.  A  student  may 
repeat  SART  499  with  a  different  internship  description 
for  a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate 
credit.  Prerequisites:  Junior  level  standing  with  6  hours 
in  art  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Astronomy  (SAST) 

SAST  111.  Descripti>e  Astnmoniy  (3)  The  universe: 
physical  processes  and  methods  of  study.  (SAST  I IIL  is 
available  for  additional  credit.) 

SAST  lllL.  Descriptive  .Astronomy  Laboratory  (1) 

Demonstrations,  exercises  and  night  viewings.  Three  hours 
per  week.    Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SAST  111. 

Biology  (SBIO) 

SBIO  101.  Biological  Science  I  (4)  Biological  principles 
underlying  cell  chemistry,  cell  biology,  classification,  plant 
diversity,  plant  anatomy,  and  physiology.  Designed  forscience 
majors.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 


164 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SBIO  102.  Biological  Science  II  (4)  Biological  principles 
underlying  cell  origins,  genetics,  diversity  of  monera,  pro- 
tista, and  animals;  mammalian  anatomy  and  physiology. 
Dissection  of  preserved  specimens  is  required.  Prerequisite: 
SBIO  101.  Designed  for  science  majors.  Three  class  and 
three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SBIO  110.  General  Biology  (4)  Current  principles  of  cell 
biology,  biochemistry,  genetics,  reproduction,  develop- 
ment, and  plant  and  animal  diversity,  as  well  as  societal 
concerns.  Not  for  major  credit.  Three  class  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SBIO  201.  Introduction  to  Ecology  and  Evolutionary 
Biology  (4)  Basic,  applied,  and  theoretical  ecology  and 
the  foundations  of  evolutionary  biology.  Laboratories 
illustrate  lecture  concepts  and  provide  experience  with 
fundamental  skills  of  biostatistics,  hypothesis  testing,  and 
scientific  writing.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  101  and  102  with 
a  "C"  or  better  or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  class  and 
three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SBIO  202.  Introduction  to  Cell  and  Molecular  Biology 

(4)  Basic  principles  of  the  origin,  evolution,  function  and 
diversity  of  cells.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  molecular  level 
approaches  to  the  scientific  study  of  eukaryotic  cell  func- 
tion, physiology,  metabolism,  ultrastructure.  and  evolution, 
as  well  as  the  use  of  cells  relevant  to  medical,  biosocial, 
and  bioenvironmental  issues.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  201 
and  SCHM  1 1 1  with  "C"  or  better.  Three  class  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SBIO  205.  Introduction  to  Field  Ornithology  (3)  Basic 
morphology,  ecology,  behavior,  evolution,  identification, 
and  natural  history  of  birds  with  emphasis  on  the  major 
groups  and  species  found  in  South  Carolina.  Local  and 
regional  weekly  field  trips,  including  a  weekend  long  trip 
focused  on  coastal  and  marine  species  identification  and 
their  natural  history,  are  required.  Biology  205/305  will  be 
offered  concurrently.  Projects  for  students  enrolled  in  SBIO 
305  will  be  more  in  depth  and  the  standard  for  grading 
will  be  more  demanding.  Students  may  not  receive  credit 
for  both  courses.  Biology  205  cannot  be  taken  for  major 
credit.  Prerequisites:  Consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  205L.  Introduction  to  Field  Ornithology  Labo- 
ratory (1)  Additional  hours  in  the  application  of  avian 
field  identification  techniques  and  in  the  observation  of 
the  natural  history  traits  and  characteristics  of  the  com- 
mon and  important  birds  of  South  Carolina  and  vicinity. 
Biology  205L/305L  will  be  offered  concurrently.  Projects 
for  students  enrolled  in  SBIO  305L  will  be  more  in  depth 
and  the  standard  for  grading  will  be  more  demanding. 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  courses.  SBIO 
205Lcannot  be  taken  for  major  credit.  Pre-orCorequisite: 
SBIO  205  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  206.  Genetics  and  Society  (3)  Fundamentals  of 
genetics,  with  an  emphasis  on  human  genetics;  relevance 
ot  recent  advances  and  concerns  in  contemporary  society 
related  to  genetic  technology.  Not  for  major  credit. 


SBIO  232.  Human  Anatomy  (4)  Gross  and  microscopic 
structure  of  the  systems  of  the  human  body  including  es- 
sential technical  terminology.  Dissection  of  preserved 
specimens  is  required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week. 

SBIO  240.  Human  Biology  and  Society  (3)  Fundamentals 

of  functional  human  biology;  development  of  a  relevant 
knowledge  of  medical  issues  and  concerns  in  contemporary 
society  such  as  cloning,  emerging  diseases,  genetic  testing, 
cancer,  emphysema,  organ  transplants  and  cardiovascular 
disease.  Not  for  major  credit. 

SBIO  242.  Human  Physiology  (4)  Functions  of  systems 
of  the  body  emphasizing  homeostasis,  biochemistry  and 
control  mechanisms.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  232,  and  SCHM  109 
or  SCHM  III. 

SBIO  270.  Environmental  Science  (3)  The  interrelation- 
ship of  humans  and  their  environment  emphasizing  the  im- 
pact of  pollution  on  human  health.  Not  for  major  credit. 

SBIO305.  Field  Ornithology  (3)  Basic  morphology,  ecol- 
ogy, behavior,  evolution,  identification,  and  natural  history 
of  birds  with  emphasis  on  the  major  groups  and  species 
found  in  South  Carolina.  Local  and  regional  weekly  field 
trips,  including  a  weekend  long  trip  focused  on  coastal  and 
marine  species  identification  and  their  natural  history,  are 
required.  Biology  205/305  will  be  offered  concurrently. 
Projects  for  students  enrolled  in  SBIO  305  will  be  more  in 
depth  and  the  standard  for  grading  will  be  more  demanding. 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  courses.  Biology 
205  cannot  be  taken  for  major  credit.  Prerequisites:  SBIO 
101  and  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  305L.  Field  Ornithology  Laboratory  (1)  Addi- 
tional hours  in  the  application  of  avian  field  identification 
techniques  and  in  the  observation  of  the  natural  history 
traits  and  characteristics  of  the  common  and  important 
birds  of  South  Carolina  and  vicinity.  Biology  205L/305L 
will  be  offered  concurrently.  Projects  for  students  enrolled 
in  SBIO  305L  will  be  more  in  depth  and  the  standard  for 
grading  will  be  more  demanding.  Students  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  courses.  SBIO  205L  cannot  be  taken  for 
major  credit.  Pre-  or  Corequisite:  SBIO  305  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SBIO  310.  Invertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Phylogenetic  and 
comparative  aspects  of  anatomy,  physiology,  ecology, 
reproduction  and  embryology  of  the  invertebrates.  Dis- 
section of  preserved  specimens  is  required.  Three  class 
and  three  laboratory  hours  per  w  eek.  Prerequisites:  SBIO 
101  and  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBI0  315.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  (4)  Phy- 
logenetic and  comparative  aspects  of  stmcture.  de\elop- 
ment,  and  evolution.  Dissection  of  preser\  ed  specimens 
is  required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  101  and  102  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


165 


SBIO  320.  (Jencral  Botany  (4)  Phylogenctic  sur\  cy  of" 
the  morphology,  anatomy,  and  taxonomy  of  the  major 
plant  di\  isions.  Three  lecture  and  three  laboratory  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  101  and  102  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SBIO  330.  Microbiology  (4)  Introduction  to  bacteria  and 
viruses,  emphasizing  morphology,  pathogenic  microbes, 
antigen-antibody  relationships,  and  antimicrobial  agents 
in  chemotherap\.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  four  hours  of  biological  science 
and  SCUM  HWorSCHM  111  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  350.  ( Jcnetics  (4)  Basic  principles  of  transmission. 
molecular  and  population  genetics.  Three  class  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  101  and 
1 02  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  370.  Pathophysiology  (3)  Disruptions  of  normal 
physiology,  processes  that  bring  about  disruptions,  and 
manifestations  of  disruptions.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  232, 
242  and  330  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  375.  Evolutionary  Biology  (4)  Historical  develop- 
ment of  e\  olutionary  theory ;  natural  and  sexual  selection; 
micro-and  macroevolution:  mass  extinctions;  current 
concepts  of  phylogeny  and  systematics;  human  evolution. 
Laboratories  illustrate  lecture  concepts  as  well  as  read- 
ings from  the  primary  literature.  Three  class  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  201  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  380.  Biogcography  (4)  The  distribution  of  plant 
and  animal  species  and  the  ecological,  biological  and 
geographic  phenomena  controlling  such  patterning.  Labs 
consist  of  a  series  of  weekend  field  trips.  Prerequisites; 
SBIO  101  and  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  390.  Gross  Human  Anatomy  (3)  An  investiga- 
tion of  human  anatomy  using  cadaver  dissection  in  a 
laboratory  setting.  Prerequisite;  SBIO  232  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SBI0395.  Internship  in  BialogicalScience(l-3)Super- 

vised  work  experience  in  biological  science.  A  minimum 
of  three  hours  work  per  week  is  required  for  each  credit 
hour  A  contractual  agreement  signed  by  the  supervisor,  the 
student,  the  instructor,  and  the  division  chair  is  required. 
Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SBIO  398.  Topics  in  Biology  (1-3)  Intensive  study  in 
selected  areas.  Individual  topics  are  announced.  Prereq- 
uisite; consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  399.  Independent  Stud\  ( 1  -3)  Directed  research  proj- 
ect. Prerequisite;  consent  of  instnictor.  Not  for  major  credit. 

SBIO  507.  Developmental  Biology  (4)  Morphogenetic  pat- 
terns of  embryonic  development  along  with  their  molecular 
and  cellular  bases;  and  mechanisms  ofdifferentiation.  Three 
class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites; 
SBIO  101  and  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 


SBIO  525.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4)  I'hc  major  classes  of 
flowering  plants  found  in  South  Carolina.  Lmphasis  is 
placed  on  economic  and  horticultural  uses.  Three  class 
and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites;  SBIO 
101  and  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  530.  Histology  (4)  The  microscopic  anatomy  of 
human  cells,  tissues  and  organs.  Three  class  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites;  two  semesters 
of  biological  science  and  two  semesters  of  chemistry. 

SBIO  531.  Parasitology  (4)  Parasites  of  animals,  with 
emphasis  on  the  ininuinological.  clinical  and  epidemiologi- 
cal aspects  of  human  parasitism.  Dissection  of  specimens 
is  required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisites;  two  semesters  of  biological  science 
and  two  semesters  of  chemistry. 

SBIO  534.  Animal  Behavior  (4)  Identification  and  clas- 
sification of  behavior  patterns  exhibited  by  various  species 
of  animals:  the  development  of  behavior;  proximate  and 
ultimate  causes  of  behavior.  Three  hours  class  and  three 
hours  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites;  six  credits  in 
basic  psychology,  or  SPSY  101  and  SBIO  102. 

SBIO  535.  Neurobiology  (4)  Introduction  to  neuro- 
anatomical-functional  relationships.  Topics  include  the 
anatomical  organization  of  major  nuclei  and  tracts,  neuro- 
chemical mechanisms,  and  neural  integration  olbehavior. 
Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours/week.  Prerequisites; 
SBIO  101  &  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  540.  Immunology  (4)  Introduction  to  the  molecu- 
lar and  cellular  basis  of  the  immune  response.  Topics 
include  anatomy  of  the  lymphoid  system,  and  innate 
immune  response,  lymphocyte  biology,  antigen-antibody 
interactions,  humoral  and  cellular  eftector  mechanisms; 
control  of  immune  responses,  and  the  evolution  of  im- 
munodefense  mechanisms.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  102  and 
SCHM  112;  and  Pre-  or  Corequisite:  SBIO  330  or  340; 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week. 

SBIO  550.  Molecular  Cell  Biology  (4)  Structure  and  func- 
tions ofnucleic  acids  and  proteins;  molecular  arrangement 
of  prokaryotic.  and  eukaryotic  genomes;  the  processes  of 
DN  A  replication.  DN  A  repair,  gene  transcription,  and  pro- 
tein translation;  control  and  coordination  of  gene  activity 
as  they  relate  to  cellular  processes  in  normal  and  disease 
states.  Techniques  used  in  contemporary  molecular  biology 
labs  including  recombinant  DN  A.  electophoresis  of  nucleic 
acids  and  proteins.  Western  blotting,  and  bioinformatics  are 
covered  in  the  laboratory.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  w  eek.  Prerequisites;  SBIO  202  and  eight  hours 
of  chemistry,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  570.  Principles  of  Ecology  (4)  Interactions  of 
organisms  and  the  environment;  ecosystems  structure 
and  functions,  fhree  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  102. 


166 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SBIO  581.  Biochemistry  1  (3)  (=SCHIV1  581)  Structure 
and  function  of  the  major  classes  of'biologicalcompounds 
and  biological  membranes.  Content  includes  a  kinetic  and 
equilibrium  based  approach  to  biological  transport  and 
catalysis,  signaling,  and  an  introduction  to  bioenergetics. 
Prerequisite:  SCHM  332  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  582.  Bioctiemistry  11(3)  (=SCH1VI  582)  Chemistry 
of  biological  infonnation  pathways.  DN  A,  RN  A,  and  pro- 
tein metabolism,  organization  of  genes  on  chromosomes, 
regulation  of  gene  expression,  and  applications  of  these 
topics  to  biotechnology  problems  are  covered.  Prerequisite: 
SB10  581/SCHM  581  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBIO  583L.  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1)  (=SCHM 

583L)  A  survey  of  laboratory  methods  in  biochemistry. 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  coreq- 
uisite:  SCHM  581  or  582. 

SBIO  599.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Integration  of  biological 
knowledge  at  an  advanced  level  and  exploration  of  ethical 
issues.  Prerequisites:  statistics.  SSPH  20 1 ,  and  a  minimum 
grade  of  "C"  in  SBIO  101.  SBIO  102,  SBIO  201.  SBIO 
202,  and  12  hours  of  biology  coursework  at  the  300  level 
or  above;  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Business  Administration  (SBAD) 

SBAD  225.  Financial  Accounting  (3)  Principles  of  ex- 
ternal financial  reporting  for  business  entities,  including 
income  measurement  and  determination  of  financial  posi- 
tion. Prerequisites:  SMTH  120  or  121  or  126. 

SBAD  226.  Managerial  Accounting  (3)  Attention-direct- 
ing and  problem  solving  functions  of  accounting  in  relation 
to  planning  and  control,  evaluation  of  performance,  and 
special  decisions.  Prerequisite:  SBAD  225. 

SBAD  290.  Introduction  to  Business  Information  Systems 

(3)  Fundamental  infonnation  systems  concepts  and  overview 
of  information  technology.  Topics  include:  computer  hard- 
ware, infonnation  systems  software,  telecommunications. 
Networks  database  and  spreadsheet  applications,  business 
applications,  and  the  Internet,  Electronic  commerce,  and  the 
World  Wide  Web.  Prerequisites:  SCSC  138  or  141. 

SBAD  298.  Gateways  to  Business  (3)  Nature  of  business 
and  business  skills  required  for  success  in  the  twenty-first 
century.  Business  environments  in  the  Upstate  are  discussed 
in  relation  to  individual  career  goals. 

Note:  Students  seeking  a  degree  in  business  must  be 
admitted  to  the  Professional  Program  (Upper  Divi- 
sion) before  enrolling  in  300-level  and  above  business 
administration  and  economics  courses.  Students  not 
majoring  in  business  must  have  54  credit  hours  earned 
to  take  300-level  and  above  business  administration  and 
economics  courses.  Additional  prerequisites  are  included 
in  individual  course  descriptions.  Students  not  majoring 
in  business  can  enroll  in  no  more  than  29  semester  hours 
of  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics  courses, 
excluding  SECO  221,  222,  291,  and  292. 


SBAD  331.  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3)  Financial 
accounting  theory  and  practice  as  they  relate  to  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  Included  are  external  fi- 
nancial reports  with  emphasis  on  the  balance  sheet  and  the 
income  statement.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned 
and  SBAD  226. 

SBAD  332.  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (3)  Expands  upon 
the  financial  accounting  concepts  and  principles  developed 
in  Intermediate  Accounting  I.  Key  concepts  include  current 
liabilities,  bonds,  earnings  per  share,  pensions,  leases,  and 
stockholders' equity.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned 
and  SBAD  331  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

SBAD  333.  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Cost  accounting  for 
production  management.  Cost  systems  for  internal  con- 
trol, standard  cost,  inventory  planning  and  control,  capital 
budgeting;  relationship  between  cost  accounting  and  other 
quantitative  areas;  and  other  current  cost  topics  are  included. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  226. 

SBAD  335.  Individual  Tax  Planning  (3)  Federal  income 
tax  law  as  it  relates  to  planning  individual  transactions 
to  minimize  income  taxes.  Includes  preparation  of  indi- 
vidual tax  returns.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned 
and  SBAD  226. 

SBAD  336.  Fund  Accounting  (3)  Principles  and  proce- 
dures of  accounting  for  the  various  funds  of  governmental 
and  institutional  organizations  and  budgetary  accounting 
for  planning  and  controlling  revenues  and  expenditures. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  225. 

SBAD  347.  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3)  Legal 
system;  crimes  and  torts;  consumer  law,  anti-trust,  labor 
and  employment  law;  environment  and  insurance;  contracts 
and  agency;  business  ethics;  and  international  matters. 
Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  348.  Issues  in  Commercial  Law  (3)  Corporations, 
bankruptcy,  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  Prereq- 
uisites: 54  credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  347. 

SBAD  350.  Principles  of  Marketing  (3)  Exchange 
relationships  between  buyers  and  sellers  in  a  dynamic 
global  marketplace.  Focus  areas  include:  environmental 
analysis,  marketing  research,  buyer  behavior,  market- 
ing strategy,  business  ethics,  and  the  societal  impacts  of 
marketing  activity  of  integrated  marketing  organizations. 
Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  351.  Consumer  Behavior  (3)  Consumer  deci- 
sion-making processes  in  a  dynamic  global  marketplace. 
Selected  concepts  from  psychology,  sociology,  economics, 
anthropology,  and  other  behavioral  disciplines  are  exam- 
ined to  develop  a  managerial  perspective  on  predicting  and 
interpreting  consumer  responses  to  marketing  strategies. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  350. 

SBAD  352.  Marketing  Communications  (3)  Selec- 
tion and  implementation  of  promotional  strategies  in  a 
dynamic  global  marketplace.  Focus  areas  include:   inte- 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


167 


grated  marketing  communication  processes,  psychological, 
sociological  and  cultural  factors  influencing  promotion 
decision  making.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned 
and  SBAD  350. 

SBAD  363.  Business  Finance  (3)  Procurement  and 
management  of  wealth  hy  pri\  ately  owned  profit-seeking 
enterprises.  Prerequisites;  54  credit  hours  earned.  SBAD 
225andSEC0  29l. 

SBAD  364.  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  (3)  Fi- 
nancial institutions,  various  debt,  equity,  foreign  exchange 
and  derivative  markets  and  instruments.  Topics  include 
security  valuation,  measures  of  risk,  financial  market 
innovation;  the  structure  and  role  of  commercial  banks 
and  other  financial  institutions,  including  types  of  risk 
financial  institutions  bear;  utilization  of  financial  markets, 
institutions,  and  instruments  to  manage  risk.  Prerequisite: 
54  credit  hours  earned,  and  SBAD  363. 

SBAD  365.  Principles  of  In  vestments  (3)  The  conceptual 

and  analytical  framew  ork  for  formulating  investment  poli- 
cies. An  overview  of  the  traditional  securities  markets  for 
stocks,  bonds,  options,  and  non-traditional  investment  such 
asfinancial  fiitures, commodities, and  international  markets 
is  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  369.  Personal  Finance  (3)  Life  insurance,  health 
insurance,  wills,  trusts,  social  security,  stocks,  bonds,  real 
estate,  mutual  funds,  and  other  uses  of  funds.  Prerequisite: 
54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  371.  Organizational  Management  and  Behav- 
ior (3)  Survey  of  functions  of  management  and  forms 
of  organizational  behavior  demonstrated  in  all  types  of 
organizations,  with  a  focus  on  group  and  individual  dy- 
namics in  organizations,  quality,  competitiveness  and  the 
global  environment,  and  a  heavy  emphasis  on  managing 
workforce  diversity  including  ethnic,  cultural,  and  gender 
diversity.  Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  372.  Operations  Management  (3)  Managing  the 
direct  resources  required  by  the  fimi  to  create  value  through 
the  production  of  goods,  services  and  infomiation.  There 
is  a  strong  emphasis  on  supporting  the  decision-making 
process  throughout  organizations  with  quantitative  tools 
and  techniques.  Topics  include  process  selection,  quality 
tools,  inventory  management  techniques  and  supply  chain 
management.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned,  SECO 
291  andSMTH  121  or  equivalent. 

SBAD  374.  Management  of  Human  Resources  (3)  A 

line  and  staff  function  utilizing  modern-day  concepts  and 
practices.  Topics  include:  employment,  training,  employee 
services,  compensation,  industrial  relations,  and  legal 
constraints.  Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  377.  Advanced  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  The 

study  of  the  impact  of  individuals.  gri)ups  and  structure  on 
behavior  in  a  business  organization  in  order  to  improve 
organizational  performance.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours 
earned,  and  SBAD  37 1. 


SBAD  378.  The  International  Business  Enterprise  (3) 

The  multinational  tirm:  its  development,  organization, 
management,  differentiation  from  domestically  oriented 
firms,  and  its  future.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned 
and  SBAD  371.  A  foreign  language  course  is  strongly 
recommended. 

SBAD  390.  Business  Technology  and  Information  Sys- 
tems (3)  Dev  elopmcnt.  use  and  management  of  business 
information  systems.  Topics  include  information  systems 
for  business  operations,  management  information  and 
decision  support  systems,  information  systems  develop- 
ment, issues  and  challenges  relating  to  global  information 
systems  and  technology  including  security  and  ethics. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned,  SBAD  290  or  SCSC 
300  or  SIMS  201. 

SBAD  398.  Topics  in  Metropolitan  Business  Studies 

(3)  Intensive  study  in  contemporary  areas  of  business  such 
as  corporate  responsibility,  cultural  diversity  and  ethics. 
Topics  are  selected  to  meet  current  industry,  faculty  and 
student  interest.  E.xperientialleamingisemphasized.  May 
be  repeated  with  permission  of  advisor.  Prerequisite:  54 
credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  371 . 

SBAD  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  54 
credit  hours  earned. 

SBAD  432.  Advanced  Federal  Income  Tax  (3)  Estates 
and  trusts,  partnerships,  corporations,  foreign  income, gift, 
and  social  security  taxes.  Prerequisite:  SBAD  335. 

SBAD  433.  Accounting  Control  Systems  (3)  Skills,  tools 
and  procedures  needed  to  evaluate  EDPcontrols.  Program, 
system  and  business  level  controls  are  presented  to  show 
how  the  accounting,  ethical  and  legal  considerations  should 
be  integrated  into  the  design  of  business  accounting  and 
auditing  systems.  Prerequisites:  (SBAD  331  or  SBAD 
333)  and  (SBAD  290  or  SIMS  201 ). 

SBAD  435.  Auditing  (3)  Effectiveness  of  internal  control 
systems,  ethics,  legal  liability,  the  auditing  of  infonnation 
processing  systems,  the  audit  application  of  statistical 
sampling,  and  the  reporting  function  of  the  independent 
auditor  are  examined.  Prerequisites:  SECO  292,  SBAD 
332;  Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SBAD  433. 

SBAD  436.  Advanced  Auditing  (3)  Applications  of 
auditing  through  case  studies  and  computerized  practice 
sets.  Topics  include  audits  of  small  businesses,  forecasts, 
projections,  compilations  and  the  emerging  nature  of 
international  auditing.  Prerequisites:  SBAD  435.  Only 
offered  in  the  summer. 

SBAD  437.  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  Accounting  for 
business  combinations,  consolidated  financial  statements, 
governmental  entities,  and  not-for-profit  organizations. 
Prerequisites:  SBAD  332. 

SBAD  438.  Accounting  Theory  (3)  Focused  research 
using  databases  from  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
Board,  the  Securities  and  Exchanije  Commission,  and  the 


168 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Inlcrnational  Accounting  Standards  Board  to  interpret  ac- 
counting problems.  Prerequisites:  SBAD  332  and  senior 
standing.  Only  offered  in  the  summer. 

SBAD  452.  International  Marketing  (3)  Selection  of 
markets  and  the  development  of  marketing  strategy  in  a 
dynamic  global  marketplace.  The  influences  of  differ- 
ent demographic,  political,  legal,  cultural,  competitive 
economic,  technological,  and  natural  environments  are 
highlighted  in  order  to  conduct  business  across  political 
borders.  Prerequisites:  SBAD  350. 

SBAD  455.  Topics  in  Marketing  (3)  Study  in  selected 
current  topics  in  marketing.  May  be  repeated  with  permis- 
sion of  advisor.  Prerequisites:  SBAD  350. 

SBAD  456.  Business  Marketing  (3)  Industrial,  govern- 
mental, and  non-for-profit  sector  markets  as  distinguished 
from  personal  household  consumption.  The  methods  used 
by  marketers  to  create  marketing  strategies  throughout  an 
integrated  supply-chain  in  a  dynamic  global  marketplace. 
Prerequisites:  SBAD  350. 

SBAD  457.  Marketing  Research  (3)  Research  methods 
and  procedures  used  in  the  marketing  process.  Particular 
emphasis  is  given  to  the  sources  of  market  data,  sampling, 
preparation  of  questionnaires,  collection  and  interpretation 
of  data  and  the  relation  of  market  research  to  the  policies 
and  functions  of  the  business  enterprise.  Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  differences  in  life-style,  beliefs  and  attitudes,  and 
their  influences  upon  the  marketing  decisions  of  the  firm. 
Prerequisites:  SBAD  350  and  SECO  291  or  equivalent. 

SBAD  458.  Marketing  Management  (3)  Strategic  market- 
ing decision-making  in  integrated  organizations  competing 
in  the  dynamic  global  marketplace.  Focus  areas  include: 
the  policy  areas  of  an  organization,  marketing  research, 
marketing  strategy,  buyer  behavior,  forecasting,  cost  and 
profit  analysis,  and  total  quality  management.  Prerequisite: 
54  credit  hours  earned  and  SBAD  350,  351  and  352. 

SBAD  459.  Personal  Selling  and  Sales  Management 

(3)  Development  of  personal  selling  skills  and  manage- 
ment of  sales  function.  Focus  areas  include:  preparation, 
prospecting,  interviewing,  trial  closes,  handling  objec- 
tions, closing  after-sales  support,  recruitment,  selection, 
motivation,  training,  and  development,  compensation, 
supervision,  and  other  managerial  topics.  Prerequisites: 
SBAD  350. 

SBAD  461.  International  Business  Finance  (3)  Finan- 
cial management  of  a  multinational  business  enterprise. 
Topics  include  subsidiary  working  capital  management, 
financial  analysis  of  overseas  ventures,  sources  of  inter- 
national capital,  funds  remittance  policies,  trade  finance, 
exchange  risk  management  policies,  and  techniques  of 
financial  control.  Prerequisite:  SBAD  363. 

SBAD  471.  New  Business  Enterprise  (3)  Analysis  of 
business  opportunities;  planning  and  establishing  a  busi- 
ness organization  to  exploit  an  opportunity:  management 
of  a  small  business.  Prerequisite:  SBAD  371. 


SBAD  475.  Advanced  Operations  Management  (3) 

Theory  and  application  of  contemporary  methods  of  man- 
aging operations.  Topics  may  include  forecasting,  master 
planning,  advanced  supply  chain  management,  project 
management,  facility  location  factors,  and  competitive 
strategies  in  a  global  market.  Prerequisite:  SBAD  372. 

SBAD  476.  Statistical  Process  Control  (3)  Basic  statisti- 
cal process  control  and  process  capability  improvement 
procedures  in  the  framework  of  the  Derning  management 
philosophy.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned,  SECO 
292  or  equivalent. 

SBAD 478.  Business  Policy  (3)  Multifunctional  approach 
to  the  study  of  organizational  problems  and  opportunities. 
Knowledge  gained  in  previous  courses  is  applied  to  the 
functions  of  an  organization  through  use  of  strategies, 
objectives,  policies,  technology,  environment,  systems, 
ethics,  and  decision  making.  Requirements  include  indi- 
vidual research  accompanied  by  written  and  oral  presen- 
tations. Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  and  all  SBAD  and 
SECO  core  courses. 

SBAD  499.  Business  Internship  (1-6)  Supervised  work 
experience  in  the  business  environment  resulting  in  a 
meaningful  product  for  the  employing  firm  and  a  schol- 
arly project  for  the  student.  A  minimum  of  42  hours  of 
scheduled  work  per  one  hour  of  academic  credit,  periodic 
class  meetings,  and  individual  consultation  with  the  in- 
structor is  required.  A  contractual  agreement  signed  by 
the  employer,  the  student,  the  instructor,  and  the  dean 
is  mandatory.  Prerequisite:  54  credit  hours  earned — A 
student  must  have  earned  a  minimum  of  36  credit  hours  in 
business  and  economics  courses  and  have  an  overall  GPA 
of  2.5  or  higher  or  a  2.5  GPA  on  twelve  or  more  hours  for 
the  previous  semester.  Pass/fail  credit. 


Chemistry  (SCHM) 

Note:  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administra- 
tion (OSHA)  regulations  require  that  everyone  who  enters 
chemistiy  laboratories  wear  safety  goggles. 

SCHM  101.  Fundamental  Chemistry  I  (4)  Survey  of 
inorganic  and  solution  chemistry.  Non-science  majors 
only.  Three  class,  one  recitation,  and  two  laboratory 
hours  per  week. 

SCHM  105, 106.  Chemistry  and  Society  I  and  II  (3,3) 

Survey  of  chemistry  and  its  impact  on  technology,  the 
environment,  modem  life,  and  thought.  Need  not  be 
taken  in  sequence.  Non-science  majors  only.  (SCHM  107 
laboratory  is  available  for  additional  credit.) 

SCHM  107L.  Chemistry  and  Society  Laboratory  (1) 

Three  laboratory  hours  perweek.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
SCHM  105  or  106.  (Credit  may  be  earned  only  once.) 

SCHM  109.  Chemistry  of  Living  Things  (4)  Chemical 
principles  of  including  the  structure  of  and  energy  asso- 
ciated with  matter;  quantitative  kinetic  and  equilibrium 
analysis  of  chemical  and  physical  processes.  The  structure 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


169 


and  function  ofbiologicalmacromolecules  and  the  molecu- 
lar basis  ofinhcritance  are  surveyed.  Non-science  majors 
only.  Three  lecture,  one  recitation,  and  two  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  120  or  higher,  except 
statistics,  or  higher  placement  in  SMTH.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  SCSC  1 38  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCH  VI  1 1 1 .  (icncral  ("hcniistry  (4)  Chemical  principles 
with  emphasis  on  stoichiometry.  atomic  stnicture,  bonding, 
and  molecular  structure.  Three  class,  one  recitation,  and 
two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequi- 
site; SMTH  121  or  higher,  except  statistics  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

SCHM  112.  General  Chemistry  and  Qualitative 
Analysis  (4)  Chemical  equilibrium,  acids  and  bases, 
oxidation-reduction,  and  inorganic  qualitative  analysis. 
Three  class,  one  recitation,  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  SCHM  111. 

SCHM  321.  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Principles  of  gravi- 
metric, volumetric,  and  basic  instrumental  methods  of  analy- 
sis. Three  class  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SCHM  1 12. 

SCHM  32 IL.  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory  (1) 

Practice  of  volumetric,  gravimetric,  and  simple  instru- 
mental methods  of  analysis.  Three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Corequisite:  SCHM  321. 

SCHM  331,  332.  Organic  Chemistry  (3,3)  Nomencla- 
ture, reactions,  and  syntheses  of  carbon  compounds  with 
emphasis  on  reaction  mechanisms.  Three  class  hours  and 
one  recitation  hour  per  week.  Prerequisite  for  33 1 :  SCHM 
112  or  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite 
for332:  SCHM  331. 

SCHM 331  L,332L.OrganicChemistr\  Laboratory (1,1) 

A  sur\ey  of  laboratoi'y  methods  of  organic  chemistry.  Three 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite  for 
33 1 L:  SCHM  33 1 .  Prerequisites  for  332L:  SCHM  33 1  Land 
SCHM  332  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  SCHM  332. 

SCHM  395.  Internship  in  Chemistry  (1-3)  Supervised 
work  experience  in  chemistry.  A  minimum  of  three  hours 
per  week  is  required  for  each  credit  hour.  A  required  con- 
tractual agreement  is  signed  by  the  superv  isor,  the  student, 
the  instructor,  and  division  chair.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SCHM  397.  Junior  Seminar  (1)  Searching  and  reading 
chemical  literature  and  presentation  of  papers  in  a  jour- 
nal club  format.  Class  meets  with  the  chemistry  Senior 
Seminar  (SCHM  599)  and  presentations  by  SCHM  599 
students  will  beobsers  ed.  Prerequisite:  SCHM  33 1 .  33 1 L. 
Corequisite:  SCHM  321.  332,  332L. 

SCHM  499.  Undergraduate  Research  (1-3)  Directed 
research  project  introducing  the  student  to  the  methods 
of  chemical  research.  A  written  report  on  work  accom- 
plished is  required  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  Research 
involves  laboratory  and/or  library  work  as  determined  by 
the  instructor.  The  student  can  sign  up  for  1-3  hours  of 


research  each  semester  with  a  maximum  of  9  hours  total 
credits  for  undergraduate  research.  ( Not  for  major  credit). 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 

SCHM  511.  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Atomic  structure, 
molecular  orbital  theory,  coordination,  compounds,  redox 
chemistry,  crystal  stnictures.  and  a  systematic  study  ol'the  pe- 
riodic table.    Prerequisites:  SCHM  32 1  and  SCHM  33 1 . 

SCHM  51 2L.  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1) 

Syntheses  with  high  pressure  reactions,  the  use  of  imfamil- 
iar  solvents,  high  temperature  and  inert  atmosphere,  and 
the  application  of  infrared,  ultraviolet,  nuclear  magnetic 
resonance,  and  mass  spectroscopy  to  inorganic  chemistry. 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SCHM 
33 1 L.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  SCHM  511. 

SCHM  522.  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  (4) 

Theory,  instrumentation,  and  applications  of  modem 
instrumental  techniques.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SCHM  321. 

SCHM  530.  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic 
Compounds  (3)  Development  and  application  of  methods 
of  obtaining  and  interpreting  spectrometric  data  in  terms 
of  structural  organic  chemistry.  Topics  include  infrared, 
ultraviolet,  visible,  and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance 
spectroscopy.  Prerequisite:  SCHM  332  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

SCHM  534.  Polymer  Chemistry  (3)  Fundamentals  of 
macromolecular  science  with  an  emphasis  an  synthesis 
and  characterization.  Prerequisite:  SCHM  332. 

SCHM  541.  Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Macroscopic  sys- 
tems including  themiodynamics  and  chemical  equilibrium. 
Prerequisitesr  SCHM  321.  SMTH  241  and  SPHS  202. 
Co-registration  in  SPHS  212  is  an  alternative  to  having 
completed  SPHS  202. 

SCHM  541 L.  Physical  Chemistry  I  Laboratory  (1) 

Applications  of  physical  chemical  techniques  to  thermo- 
dynamics, chemical  equilibrium  and  chemical  kinetics. 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SCHM 
32IL.  Corequisite:  SCHM  541. 

SCHM  542.  Physical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Microscopic 
systems  including  quantum  theory  and  its  applications 
to  electronic  structure  and  spectroscopy.  Prerequisite: 
SCHM  541. 

SCHM  542L.  Physical  Chemistry  II  Laboratory  (1) 

Applications  of  physical  chemical  techniques  to  quantum 
mechanics  and  spectroscopy.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  SCHM  541 L.  Corequisite:  SCHM  542. 

SCHM  581.  Biochemistry  I  (3)  (=SBIO  581)  Structure 
and  function  of  the  major  classes  of  biological  compounds 
and  biological  membranes.  Content  includes  a  kinetic  and 
equilibrium  based  approach  to  biological  transport  and 
catalysis,  signaling,  and  an  introduction  to  bioenergetics. 
Prerequisite:  SCHM  332  or  consent  of  instructor. 


170 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SCHM  582.  Biochemistry  II  (3)(=SBIOS82)Chemistry 

ofbiological  information  pathways.  DNA,  RNA,  and  pro- 
tein metabolism,  organization  ol'genes  on  chromosomes, 
regulation  olgene  expression,  and  applications  of  these 
topics  to  biotechnology  problems  are  covered.  Prerequisite: 
SBIO  581/SCHM  581  or  consent  of  instructor 

SCHM  583L.  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (1)  (=SBIO 
583L)  A  survey  of  laboratory  methods  in  biochemistry. 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  coreq- 
uisite:  SCHM  581  or  582. 

SCHM  599.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Integration  and  as- 
sessment of  chemical  knowledge  at  an  advanced  level, 
exploration  of  ethical  issues,  research,  and  oral  presenta- 
tion. Prerequisites:  SSPH  201,  SCHM  321,  SCHM  332, 
SCHM  541  and  one  course  from  SCHM  511,  522.  530, 
534.581.582. 


Chinese  (SCHI) 

SCHI  101.  Introductory  Chinese  I  (3)  Fundamentals 
of  the  Mandarin  Chinese  language  and  culture  through 
speaking,  listening,  reading  and  writing. 

SCHI  102.  Introductory  Chinese  II  (3)  Fundamentals 
of  the  Mandarin  Chinese  language  and  culture  through 
speaking,  listening,  reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite: 
SCHI  101. 


Computer  Science  (SCSC) 

SCSC  138.  Introduction  to  Computer  Technology  (3) 

Introduction  to  graphical  user  interface,  word  processing, 
spreadsheet,  database.  Internet,  cross-platform  training, 
computer  components  and  peripherals,  input/output 
concepts,  storage  concepts,  and  computer  buyer's  guide 
considerations. 

SCSC  139.  Visual  BASIC  Programming  I  (3)  Visual  user 
interface  design,  event-driven  programming  using  controls, 
variables,  constants,  calculations,  decision  structures,  loop 
control  structures,  arrays,  creating  menus.  Prerequisites: 
SCSC  138  or  SBAD  290  or  consent  of  instructor.  Not 
for  Computer  Science  major  credit. 

SCSC  150.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science  (3)  Cur- 
rent application,  security  and  systems  software,  hardware 
devices,  social  and  ethical  issues  in  computing  and  infor- 
mation technology,  prepositional  logic,  search  engines, 
and  computer  programming  concepts.  Basic  problem 
solving,  logic,  and  computer  programming  are  introduced 
through  an  active  learning  environment.  Prerequisite  or 
Corequisite:  SMTH  1 26  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  200.  Computer  Science  I  (3)  Design,  analysis  and 
testingofalgorithmsandclasses.includingprogrammingfi"om 
an  Object-Oriented  perspective,  simple  data  types,  control 
structures,  arrays,  file  I/O,  and  complexity  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: C  or  better  in  SCSC  1 50  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Communication  (SCOM) 

SCOM  375.  Communication  Research  Methods  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  communications  research  methods  and 
applications.  Topics  include  survey  research,  observational 
and  experimental  studies,  primary  research  data-gathering 
techniques,  secondary  research  sources,  data  analysis, 
message,  market,  competitive  and  audience  research 
measures.  Prerequisites:  SJOU  301  and  SSPH  301;  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

SCOM  399.  Internship  or  Independent  Study  in  Mass 
Communication  ( 1  -3)  Super\  ised  professional  experience 
of  research  outside  of  the  classroom.  For  three  intern- 
ship credit  hours,  a  student  is  to  work  135  hours  with  an 
approved  agency;  for  two  credit  hours,  90  hours,  for  one 
credit.  45  hours.  For  an  internship  or  for  an  independent 
study,  a  contract  must  be  signed  by  the  student  and  by 
the  instructor  of  record  and  other  designated  faculty  and 
administrators.  A  student  may  repeat  SCOM  399  once 
with  a  ditTerence  internship  or  independent  study  contract 
description  for  a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  under- 
graduate credit.  Prerequisites:  SJOU  301 .  GPA2.0overall, 
2.5  in  major  and  consent  of  faculty  supervisor. 

SCOM  490.  Senior  Seminar  in  Communications  (3) 

Reading  and  research  on  selected  topics  in  journalism, 
speech,  and  theatre  designed  to  integrate  knowledge,  to 
explore  ethical  issues,  and  to  gain  experience  in  research 
and  oral  presentation.  Prerequisite:  SCOM  375. 


SCSC  210.  Computer  Organization  (3)  Computer  organi- 
zation, logic  gates  and  expressions,  circuits.  CPU.  memory, 
numbering  systems,  assembly  language  programming, 
instruction  formats,  and  addressing  modes.  Prerequisite: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  234.  Visual  BASIC  Programming  (3)  Basic  and 

advanced  programming  in  the  Visual  BASIC  language 
including  visual  object  design.  active-X  objects,  access 
to  database  objects,  dynamic  data  exchange,  and  object 
linking  and  embedding.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC 
200  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  238.  C++  Programming  (3)  Introduction  to  C++ 
as  a  second  object-oriented  language  with  concepts  of 
OO  programming,  data  abstraction,  polymorphism,  in- 
heritance, graphical  user  interface  design  with  MFC.  and 
memory  management  issues.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in 
SCSC  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  239.  Visual  BASIC  Programming  II  for  Non- 
Majors  (3)  Modular  programming,  algorithmic  design, 
string  manipulation,  array  processing,  sequential  and 
random  file  processing  in  the  BASIC  language.  Not  for 
Computer  Science  major  credit.  Prerequisites:  SCSC  139 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  300.  Computer  Science  II  (3)  Ad\  anced  design, 
analysis  and  testing  of  algorithms  and  classes,  including 
inheritance,  polymorphism.  UML,  complexity  analysis, 
recursion,  search  and  sorting  techniques,  linked  lists. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


171 


stacks  and  queues.  Prerequisite;  C"  or  better  in  SCSC 
200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Corequisite;  SMTH  174  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  3 1 0. 1  ntroduction  to  Computer  Architecture  (3) 

Computer  organization  and  architecture,  basic  proces- 
sor design,  hard  wired  and  microprogrammed  control, 
ALU.  memory  organization,  data  paths,  pipelining,  and 
interfacing  and  communications.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better 
in  SCSC  210  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  311.  Information  Systems  Hardware  and 
Software  (3)  An  introduction  to  computer  and  systems 
architecture  and  operating  systems  for  system  development 
personnel.  Topics  include  CPU  architecture,  instructions 
sets,  memory',  registers,  input/output,  and  operating  system 
modules  such  as  process  management,  memory  and  tile 
management.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  200  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  314.  Introduction  to  Robotics  (3)  Fundamental 
concepts  of  industrial  robotics  including  kinematics,  3D 
coordinate  transformation,  robot  motion,  robot  control 
and  sensing,  robot  programming,  and  computer  vision. 
A  review  of  new  technologies  for  computer-integrated 
manufacturing,  computer-aided  design  and  computer-aided 
manufacturing,  automated  material  handling,  and  flexible 
manufacturing  systems  is  included.  Students  are  required 
to  write  programs  in  order  to  demonstrate  the  laboratory 
projects.  Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  200  and 
SMTH  127,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  315.  Networiving  Technology  (3)  Basic  concepts 
of  computer  networks,  data  telecommunication  and 
distributed  applications,  including  network  topology, 
hardware,  software,  protocol,  security,  and  the  implica- 
tions of  network  technologies  on  the  deployment  and 
implementation  of  networked  systems.  Not  for  CS  or  CIS 
major  credit.  Prerequisites:  SCSC  300  or  SIMS  305  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  321.  Computer  Science  III  (3)  Design,  analysis 
and  testing  of  advanced  data  structures,  including  prior- 
ity queues,  trees,  binary  search  trees,  tree  traversals  and 
balancing  techniques,  hashing,  and  graph  theory.  Prereq- 
uisites: C  or  better  in  both  SCSC  300  and  SMTH  1 74  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  325.  Fundamentals  of  Relational  Database 
Management  Systems  (3)  Basic  architecture,  stmctures, 
and  query  languages.  Topics  include  design  and  imple- 
mentation of  RDBMS,  relational  data  models,  conceptual 
modeling,  data  independence,  specification  of  data  require- 
ments, normalization,  recovery  and  security.  Not  for  CS 
or  CIS  major  credit.  Prerequisites:  SCSC  300  or  SIMS 
305  or  consent  of  instructor. 


of  anti-forensics  phenomena,  and  use  and  management 
of  storage  area  network  technology  for  evidence  storage. 
Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  300  and  SCSC  311; 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  356.  Cryptography  (3)  Historical  and  modem 
techniques  of  encryption  and  decryption,  classical  cryp- 
tosystems.  public-key  cry  ptosystems,  authentication,  ano- 
nymity, zero-know  ledge  protocols,  smart  cards  and  other 
everyday  applications  of  cryptographic  algorithms,  prime 
numbers,  elementary  number  theory  and  algorithms  that 
support  efficient  arithmetic  on  large  integers.  Prerequisite: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  300  or  consent  ol"  instructor. 

SCSC  370.  Fundamentals  of  Bioinformatics  (3).  Com- 
putational methods,  tools  and  techniques  used  to  analyze, 
correlate,  and  extract  information  from  biological,  chemi- 
cal and  biomedical  databases,  including  algorithms  for 
sequence  comparison,  data  mining  for  disease  diagnosis, 
prediction  of  protein  structure  and  I'unction,  and  database 
management  for  biomedical  data.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better 
in  SCSC  321  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  399.  Independent  Study  (1-9)  As  needed. 

SCSC  412.  Computer  Networks  I  (3)  Introduce  the 
basic  concepts  needed  to  design,  implement,  and  manage 
networks.  Transmission  media,  topologies,  local  area  and 
wide  area  network  technologies,  communication  protocols, 
standards,  network  architectures,  security,  and  network 
operating  systems  are  examined.  Prerequisite;  Cor  better 
in  SCSC  300,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  421.    Design  and  Analysis  of  Algorithms  (3) 

Concepts  and  fundamental  strategies  of  algorithm  design; 
the  analysis  of  computing  time  and  memory  requirements; 
the  theory  of  computational  complexity  (NP-hard  and 
NP-complete);  graph  manipulation  algorithms  (connected 
components,  minimum  spanning  trees,  traveling  salesman, 
cycles  in  a  graph,  and  coloring  of  graphs);  search  algo- 
rithms (depth-first,  breadth-first,  best-first,  and  alpha-beta 
minimax );  and  computational  algorithms  (matrix  multipli- 
cation, systems  of  linearequations,  expression  evaluation, 
and  sorting).  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  321  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  440.  Object  Oriented  Systems  Analysis  and 
Design  (3)  Analysis  and  design  of  information  systems 
using  object  oriented  methodologies.  Emphasis  is  on 
effective  communication  and  integration  with  users  and 
user  systems,  interpersonal  skill  development  with  clients, 
users,  team  members,  and  others  associated  with  develop- 
ment, operation,  and  maintenance  of  the  system,  use  of 
modeling  tools,  and  adherence  to  methodological  life-cycle 
and  project  management  standards.  Prerequisite;  C  or 
better  in  SCSC  300  or  consent  of  instructor. 


SCSC  355.  Digital  Forensics  (3)  Methods,  tools  and  tech- 
niques used  to  maximize  efficiency  in  investigations  that 
involve  digital  devices,  including  malicious  code  analysis, 
techniques  of  evaluation  of  the  physical  memory  of  a 
compromised  machine,  digital  forensics  tools,  challenges 


SCSC  441.  Experiential  LearninginComputerScience 

(3)  Experience  in  a  business,  educational,  or  non-profit 
computing  environment.  May  not  be  used  for  major  credit 
in  any  major  in  computer  science.  Prerequisite:  approval 
of  the  instructor.  Pass/fail  credit. 


172 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SCSC  450.  E-Business  Web  Application  Development 

(3)  A  project-oriented  course  involving  the  complete 
application  development  of  an  online  commercial  Web 
site.  Basic  Web  page  design,  including  HTML  and  Style 
Sheets  is  covered,  but  the  focus  is  on  what  happens  behind 
the  scenes  of  a  business  Web  site,  including  client  versus 
server-side  infonnation  processing,  CGI  and  Event-Driven 
programming,  data  transmission,  storage  and  compres- 
sions, risk  analysis,  and  security  issues.  Prerequisite:  C 
or  better  in  SCSC  300  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  455.  Computer  Security  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
fundamentals  of  information  security,  including  risks  and 
vulnerabilities,  policy  formation,  controls  and  protection 
methods,  database  security,  encryption,  authentication 
technologies,  host-based  and  network-based  security 
issues,  personnel  and  physical  security  issues,  issues  of 
law  and  privacy.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  300 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  499.  Directed  Research  (3)  An  investigation  of 
technical  papers  from  the  instructor's  area  of  research. 
The  composition  and  presentation  of  technical  papers  that 
either  survey  the  existing  literature  or  make  an  original 
contribution  to  the  research  area  is  required.  Prerequisites: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  300  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  509.  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (3)  Selected 
topics  of  special  interest  in  computer  science.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  511.  Operating  Systems  (3)  Introduces  the  funda- 
mentals of  operating  systems  design  and  implementation, 
including  an  overview  of  the  components  of  an  operating 
system,  mutual  exclusion  and  synchronization,  I/O,  inter- 
rupts, implementation  of  processes,  scheduling  algorithms, 
memory  management,  and  file  systems.  Prerequisites: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  210  and  SCSC  321  or  consent  or 
instructor. 

SCSC  512.  Computer  Networks  II  (3)  Advanced  topics 
in  telecommunications,  location  positioning  systems  and 
computer  networking,  including  wireless  and  mobile  com- 
puting, integration  of  wireless  and  wired  networks,  design 
issues,  packet  transmission,  datagram  encapsulation  and 
fragmentation,  media  access  control,  data  transmission  and 
retransmission,  routing,  bridging,  switching,  addressing 
error  handling,  flow  control,  data  security,  and  local  and 
wide-area  networks.  Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  SCSC 
4 1 2  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  5 1 5.  Wireless  Networks  (3)  Fundamental  concepts 
and  techniques  employed  in  wireless  and  mobile  networks 
such  as  cellular  networks,  wireless  LANs,  and  ad-hoc 
networks.  Topics  include  wireless  communication  basics, 
access  technologies,  medium  access  control,  naming  and 
addressing,  routing,  mobility  support  and  management, 
security,  and  power  management.  Prerequisite:  Cor  better 
in  SCSC  412  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  516.  Distributed  and  Network  Programming 

(3)  Design  and  implementation  of  distributed  applica- 


tion and  network  communication  programs,  including 
network  application  development  with  UCP  and  TCP/IP 
protocols,  introduction  to  distributed  systems  and  com- 
puting ,  RIM,  socket  programming,  client/server  models, 
and  communication  primitives,  such  as  datagrams,  packet 
retransmission,  routing,  addressing,  error  handling,  and 
flow  control.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  321  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

SCSC  520.  Database  System  Design  (3)  Database 
Management  System  (DBMS)  architecture  and  organiza- 
tion, design  and  implementation  of  DBMS,  data  models, 
internal  databases  structures,  conceptual  modeling,  data 
independence,  data  definition  language,  data  manipulation 
language,  nomialization,  transaction  processing,  recovery, 
and  security.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  300  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  521.  Database  Implementation,  Application, 
and  Administration  (3)  Design  and  implementation  of 
database  and  client/server  applications,  in-depth  treatments 
of  embedded  queries  and  stored  procedures,  database 
triggers,  database  extended  languages,  architectures  and 
design  patterns  of  distributed  application,  transaction 
processing,  performance  tuning,  recovery  and  backups, 
auditing,  and  security.  Prerequisite;  C  or  better  in  SCSC 
520  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  525.  Knowledge  Discovery  and   Data  Mining 

(3)  Extraction  and  discovery  of  knowledge  from  large 
databases,  data  integration  and  data  warehousing,  data 
mining  algorithms,  models,  and  applications  including 
association  rule  mining  information  retrieve  (IR)  and 
mining  of  text  databases,  decision  tree,  decision  rules, 
classification  techniques,  cluster  analysis,  and  evaluation, 
visualization,  and  interpretation  of  patterns.  Prerequisite: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  300  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  530.  Programming  Language  Structures  (3) 

Paradigms  and  fundamental  concepts  of  programming 
languages,  such  as  scope,  binding,  abstraction,  encap- 
sulation, typing,  and  language  syntax  and  semantics. 
Functional  and  logic  programming  paradigms  are  also 
introduced  through  sample  programming  languages. 
Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  SCSC  210  and  SCSC  321 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  540.  Software  Engineering  (3)  Methods  and  tools 
of  software  engineering,  software  life  cycle,  specifica- 
tion and  design  of  software,  software  testing,  cost  and 
effort  estimation,  project  management,  risk  analysis, 
and  documentation.  A  relatively  large  software  system 
is  developed  in  a  team  environment.  Prerequisite:  C  or 
better  in  SCSC  321  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  555.  Advanced  Computer  Security  and  Informa- 
tion Assurance  (3)  Cryptography,  telecommunication  and 
network  security,  applications  and  system  development 
security.  Business  Continuity  Planning  (BCP).  cyber- 
crimes and  countermeasures.  The  hands-on  laboratories 
provide  extensive  practices  on  firewalls.  Virtual  Private 
Networks  ( VPN ),  Intrusion  Detection  Systems  ( IDS ).  and 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


173 


other  computer  security  tools.  Prerequisite:  Cor  better  in 
SCSC  412  and  SCSC  455:  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  560.  Numerical  AnaKsis{3)(=SMTH  560)  DitVer- 

ence  calculus,  direct  and  interactive  techniques  for  matrix  in- 
version, eigenvalue  problems,  numerical  solutions  of  initial 
value  problems  in  ordinal  ditVerential  equations,  stability, 
error  analysis,  and  laboratory  applications.  Prerequisites: 
SMTH  245  and  344.  and  programming  competency. 

SCSC  580.  Introduction  toArtificiallntelligence(3)  Intel- 
ligent agents,  expert  systems,  heuristic  searching,  knowledge 
representation  and  reasoning,  artificial  neural  networks, 
ontologies,  and  natural  language  processing.  Prerequisite: 
C  or  better  in  SCSC  321  or  consent  of  instructor 

SCSC  585.  Introduction  to  Computer  Vision  (3)  Process- 
ing and  analyzing  features  in  still  digital  images,  camera 
calibration,  stereopsis.  object  recognition,  the  processing 
of  edges,  regions,  shading  and  texture,  and  introductory 
V  ideo  processing  techniques.  Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in 
SCSC  321  and  SMTH  141  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCSC  599.  Computer  Science  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Integra- 
tion of  knowledge  at  an  advanced  level,  a  review  of  recent 
developments  in  theoretical  and  applied  computer  science, 
the  exploration  of  ethical  issues,  along  with  research  and  oral 
presentation.  Prerequisites:  12  hours  of  300  level  or  above 
computer  science  courses  and  consent  of  instructor. 


Criminal  Justice  (SCRJ) 

SCRJ  101.  Introduction  to  CriminalJustice  (3)  Survey 

ofthe  law  enforcement.]  udicial.  correctional,  and  juvenile 
systems;  interrelationships  between  criminal  justice  agen- 
cies and  the  community. 

SCRJ  210.  Policing  in  America  (3)  Police  organizations; 
the  recruitment,  training,  and  socialization  of  police  of- 
ficers; the  role  of  police  in  society;  and  critical  issues  in 
policing.  The  problem  of  coercive  power  as  it  relates  to 
policing  is  also  examined.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101. 

SCRJ  220.  The  Criminal  Courts  (3)  The  administration 
of  criminal  justice  in  the  American  federal  and  state  court 
systems.  The  nature  and  concept  ofjustice.  court  personnel, 
functions,  jurisdictions,  policies,  procedures,  discretion, 
and  current  developments  in  court  technology  and  orga- 
nization will  be  reviewed.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101. 

SCRJ  230.  Introducticm  to  Corrections  (3)  Penology 
emphasizing  the  history,  philosophy,  programs,  policies, 
and  problems  associated  with  correctional  practice.  Top- 
ics include  probation,  prisons,  jails,  parole,  community 
corrections  and  alternative  sanctions.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ 
101  orSSOC  101. 

SCRJ  301.  Crime  in  America  (3)  Manifestations  of  crime, 
its  victims,  societal  control  strategies,  correlates,  and  the 
collection  and  use  of  criminal  statistics.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ 
101  orSSOC  101. 


SCRJ  317.  Policing:  Theories  and  Programs  (3)  The 

development  of  police  organizational  theories,  practices 
and  methods  from  the  turn  of  the  twentieth  century  to  the 
twenty-first  century.  Major  emphasis  is  on  dev  clopment 
and  implementation  of  new  programs  and  application  to 
urban  policing.   Prerequisite:  SCRJ  210. 

SCRJ  32 1.  Criminal  Law  (3)  Origin  and  development  of 
criminal  law  in  America  along  with  basic  elements  of  crime 
and  defenses.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  orSSOC  101. 

SCR.F  325.  Criminal  Trial  Practice  (3)  The  criminal 
trial,  including  the  rules  of  evidence,  trial  strategy,  open- 
ing statements,  the  presentation  of  evidence,  arguing 
objections,  closing  arguments,  and  a  critical  analysis  of 
the  entire  process.  Prerequisites:  SCRJ  101  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SCRJ  330.  Institutional  Corrections  (3)  Functions, 
structure,  procedures  and  philosophy  of  American  cor- 
rectional institutions;  constitutional  limitations  and  the 
impact  of  law  on  correctional  practices.  Prerequisite: 
SCRJ  101  orSSOC  101. 

SCRJ  333.  Community-Based  Corrections  (3)  Devel- 
opment and  impact  of  community  programs,  halfway 
houses,  group  homes,  work-release,  and  educational  re- 
lease programs,  including  the  role  of  the  community  and 
citizens  in  the  correctional  process.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ 
101  orSSOC  101. 

SCRJ  343.  The  Juvenile  Justice  System  (3)  History, 
philosophy,  and  evaluation  of  the  juvenile  court,  juvenile 
court  practices  and  procedures:  the  role  of  the  police, 
correctional  alternatives,  prevention  and  intervention 
strategies  in  the  juvenile  justice  process.  Prerequisite: 
SCRJ  210.  SCRJ  220.  SCRJ  230. 

SCRJ  345.  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  (=SSOC  355)  Social 
factors  in  the  development,  identification  and  treatments 
of  delinquents  and  juvenile  delinquency  in  the  context  of 
juvenile  justice  systems.  Prerequisite:  SSOC  101. 


SCRJ  350.  Victimology  (3)  Forms  of  victimization,  the 
role  of  victims  in  crimes,  their  treatment  by  the  criminal 
justice  system,  their  decisions  to  report  crimes  and  help 
prosecute  offenders,  victim-offender  mediation,  and 
victim  compensation.  The  national  crime  survey  regard- 
ing patterns  and  trends  in  victimization  is  introduced. 
Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101. 

SCRJ  361.  Criminal  Justice  Research  Methods  (3) 

Quantitative,  qualitative  and  comparative  methods  used  in 
criminal  justice  research,  focusing  on  research  design,  data 
collection  and  analysis,  and  ethical  issues.  Prerequisites: 
SCRJ  210.  SCRJ  220  and  SCRJ  230. 

SCRJ  371.  Theories  of  Crime  (3)  Analysis  and  critical 
assessments  of  traditional  and  contemporary  crime  and 
theories  of  criminal  behavior.  Prerequisites:  SCRJ  210, 
SCRJ  220,  SCRJ  230  and  SSOC  101. 


174 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SCRJ   380.  Minorities,  Crime,  and  Criminal  .lustiee 

(3)  The  involvement  of  minorities  in  crime  and  in  the 
criminal  justice  system:  theory,  social  policy,  and  effects. 
Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101. 

SCRJ 381  .Alcohol,  Drugs, and  Public  Policy  (3)  History 
and  theories  of  alcohol  and  other  drug  use,  types  and  ef- 
fects ofdrugs,  crime  associated  with  drugs,  prevention  and 
treatment  of  abuse,  and  efforts  to  control  and  regulate  drug 
use.  Both  past  and  present  public  policies  for  the  control 
of  licit  and  illicit  drugs  will  be  evaluated.  Prerequisite: 
SCRJ  lOUSPSY  101  or  SSOC  101. 

SCRJ  382.  Women  and  Crime  (3)  The  traditional  and 
contemporary  explanations  of  female  delinquency  and 
criminality,  the  differential  treatment  accorded  female 
defendants  and  victims,  the  nature  of  crime  against  women. 
the  quality  of  state  and  federal  correctional  systems  for 
women,  and  the  status  of  females  as  criminal  justice  pro- 
fessionals. Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101. 

SCRJ  383.  Comparative  Criminal  Justice  Systems  (3) 

International  criminal  justice  systems,  their  legal  founda- 
tions, current  structures,  and  strategies  of  crime  control. 
Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101. 

SCRJ  391.  Criminal  Justice  Field  Study  (3)  History, 
jurisdiction,  and  departmental  interaction  between  various 
law  enforcement,  correctional,  legislative,  and  judicial 
agencies,  involving  travel  to  a  major  metropolitan  city. 
Course  may  be  taken  twice  if  the  city  is  different. 

SCRJ  399.  Independent  Study  (3)  A  planned  individual 
study  program  in  conjunction  with  a  Criminal  Justice  fac- 
ulty member.  Course  may  be  repeated  once  with  consent  of 
advisor.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCRJ  401.  Criminal  Justice  Management  and  Organi- 
zation (3)  Problems,  processes,  and  theories  of  commu- 
nication, decision  making,  and  control  in  criminal  justice 
agencies.  Prerequisite:  SCRJ  101  or  SSOC  101. 

SCRJ  402.  Civil  Liability  in  Criminal  Justice  (3) 

Liability  of  criminal  justice  practitioners,  agencies,  mu- 
nicipalities, and  other  criminal  justice  entities  including 
types  of  actions,  defenses,  damages,  injunctions  and 
other  remedies  for  civil  wrongs  as  mandated  by  state  and 
federal  law  are  included.  Prerequisites:  SCRJ  210.  SCRJ 
220.  SCRJ  230. 

SCRJ  420.  Criminal  Procedure  (3)  Police  investigation 
through  the  adversarial  system  and  sentencing.  Prereq- 
uisite: SCRJ  101. 

SCRJ  474.  Social  Deviance  (3)  (=SSOC  351)  Theories, 
methods,  and  substantive  issues  in  the  creation,  involvement, 
recognition,  and  control  of  deviance.  Sociological  theories 
and  pertinent  research  data  are  integrated  in  the  context  of 
contemporary  societal  issues.  Prerequisite:  SSOC  101. 

SCRJ  484.  Selected  Current  Topics  (3)  A  seminar  for 
advanced  students.  May  be  repeated  once  with  the  consent 


of  the  adviser.  Prerequisites:  SCRJ  210,  SCRJ  220.  and 
SCRJ  230;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCRJ  490.  Criminal  Justice  Internship  (3-6)  A  planned 
program  ofobservation.  study  and  work  in  selected  criminal 
justice  and  related  agencies.  The  purpose  is  to  broaden 
the  educational  experience  of  seniors  by  giving  them  an 
opportunity  to  work  with  practitioners  in  the  field.  Prereq- 
uisites: SCRJ  210.  SCRJ  220  and  SCRJ  2.10;  minimum  of 
75  hours  with  at  least  1 5  of  these  hours  from  USC  Upstate, 
mimimum  GPA  of  2.25  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SCRJ  501 .  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Exploration,  at  an  advanced 
level,  of  issues,  topics  and  dilemmas  related  to  crime  and 
the  criminal  justice  system.  The  specific  topics  covered 
vary  depending  upon  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  One 
statistics  course,  SCRJ  210,  SCRJ  220,  SCRJ  230.  SCRJ 
361,  SCRJ  371  and  SSOC  101. 

Economics  (SECO) 

SECO  221.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics  (3)  Causes 
and  effects  of  changes  in  economic  aggregates,  including 
gross  domestic  product,  personal  income,  unemployment, 
and  inflation.  The  role  of  economics  in  contemporary 
society  and  the  effect  of  monetary  and  fiscal  policy  on 
the  functioning  of  a  free  market  system  are  explored. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  120  or  121  or  126. 

SECO  222.  Principles  of  Microeconomics  (3)  Consumer 
demand,  supply,  and  price  in  a  free-market  system.  The 
economics  of  the  firm  is  presented  within  the  context  of 
different  market  structures.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  120  or 
121  or  126. 

SECO  291.  Probability  and  Statistics  (3)  Concepts  of 
probability,  probability  distributions,  and  sampling  theory. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  121. 

SECO  292.  Statistical  Inference  (3)  Methods  of  statisti- 
cal inference,  including  additional  topics  in  hypothesis 
testing,  linear  statistical  models,  and  time  series  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  122  and  SECO  291. 

Note:  Students  seeking  a  degree  in  business  must  be 
admitted  to  the  Professional  Program  (Lpper  Divi- 
sion) before  enrolling  in  300-level  and  above  business 
administration  and  economics  courses.  Students  not 
majoring  in  business  must  have  54  credit  hours  earned 
to  take  300-level  and  above  business  administration  and 
economics  courses.  A  dditional prerequisites  are  included 
in  individual  course  descriptions.  Students  not  majoring 
in  business  can  enroll  in  no  more  than  29  semester  hours 
of  Johnson  College  of  Business  and  Economics  courses, 
excluding  SECO  221,  222,  291,  and  292. 

SECO  301 .  Commercial  and  Central  Banking  (3)  H  istory. 
structure,  fijnctions  and  operations  of  the  American  com- 
mercial and  central  banking  system.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  influence  and  operations  of  the  Federal  Reser\  e  S\stem. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  earned  and  SECO  22 1 . 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


175 


SECO  303.  International  Economics  (3)  Survey  of  inter- 
national economic  issues  and  institutions,  including  trade 
and  protectionism,  global  and  regional  trade  agreements, 
trade  balances  and  exchange  rates.  Prerequisites:  54  credit 
hours  earned,  SECO  22 1  and  222. 

SECO  311.  Issues  in  Economics  (3)  Nature  and  causes  of 
major  economic  problems  facing  the  nation  and  its  com- 
munities and  policy  altemalixes  designed  to  solve  them, 
including  the  philosophv  and  methodology  of  economics 
in  social  problem  sol\  ing.  Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours 
eamed,  SECO  221  and  222. 

SECO  32 1 .  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theorj  (3)  The 

operation  of  the  price  system  and  its  role  in  understanding  the 
behaviorof  individual  economic  units,  spccilically  consum- 
ers, producers,  and  suppliers  of  resources.  Prerequisites: 
54  credit  hours  eamed  and  SECO  222. 

SECO  322.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3) 

Classical,  Keynesian.  and  post-Keynesian  models.  These 
models  provide  a  framework  for  monetai^  and  fiscal  policy 
prescriptions  to  economic  problems.  Prerequisites:  54 
credit  hours  eamed  and  SECO  22 1 . 

SECO  326.  Managerial  Economics  (3)  Application  of 
the  economic  theory  of  profits,  competition,  demand,  and 
costs  to  the  analysis  of  problems  arising  in  the  fimi  and  in 
decision  making.  Price  policies,  forecasting,  and  investment 
decisions  are  among  the  topics  considered.  Prerequisites:  54 
credit  hours  eamed,  SECO  222  and  292  or  equivalent. 

SECO  499.  Topics  in  Economics  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
economics.  Topics  vary  depending  on  available  staff  and 
interests  of  sUidents.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 
Prerequisites:  54  credit  hours  eamed,  SECO  22 1  and  222. 

Education 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (SEDC) 

SEDC  300.  Resources  and  Technology  in  Teaching 

(3)  Proper  and  etTective  use  of  computer  technology  and 
audiovisual  resources  in  education,  including  navigation 
of  portfolio  software,  construction  of  materials,  location 
of  resources,  and  operation  of  equipment.  Prerequisite: 
SCSC  138  or  consent  of  the  instructor 

Early  Childhood  Education  (SEDE) 

SEDE  398.  Topics  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor 

SEDE  399.  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  junior 
standing  and  consent  of  instructor 

SEDE  410.  Clinical  I  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(2)  Supervised  clinical  experience  in  early  childhood  set- 
tings. Observation  and  participation  in  classroom  settings 
is  required  with  a  focus  on  observing  children's  develop- 
ment and  language  use,  observing  types  of  programs,  and 


assessing  management  styles  and  techniques.  Seminars 
and  group  discussions  included.  Four  laboratory  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisite:  SEDE  420,  422,  424,  445  and 
SEDE  485. 

SEDE  420.  The  Young  Child:  Behavior  and  Develop- 
ment in  Early  Childhood  (3)  Intellectual,  physical, 
social,  and  emotional  development,  prenatal  through 
grade  four,  within  ecological  context.  Critical  thinking, 
creative  expression,  the  parenting  role  and  developmental 
diagnosis  including  assessment  of  development,  normal 
andabnormal,  will  beaddressed.  Prerequisites:  SEDF333 
or  SPSY  302;  admission  to  the  professional  program  or 
consent  of  the  instructor  Corequisites:  SEDE  410,  422, 
424,  445  and  SEDF  485. 

SEDE  422.  Survey  of  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Programs  foryoung children  and  the  historical,  social,  eco- 
nomic, and  philosophical  intluences  on  education.  Attention 
is  given  to  leaming  activities,  materials,  and  equipment  for 
kindergarten  and  primary  grades.  The  assessment  of  readi- 
ness and  maturation  and  the  relationship  of  various  subject 
areas  to  the  child's  development  are  emphasized.  Prerequi- 
site: admission  to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites: 
SEDE  410,  420,  424,  445  and  SEDF  485. 

SEDE  424.  Parent  and  Family  Involvement  in  Early 
Childhood  Education  (3).  Principles,  practices,  and  con- 
tent of  family  dynamics  including  practices  for  evolving 
parents  in  early  childhood  settings.  Corequisites:  SEDE 
410,  420,  422,  445  and  SEDF  485. 

SEDE  440.  Clinical  II  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(2)  Supervised  clinical  experience  in  early  childhood  set- 
tings. Observation  and  participation  in  classroom  settings 
is  required  with  a  focus  on  math,  science,  reading,  social 
studies  and  creative  arts.  Seminars  and  group  discussions 
included.  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week  required.  Pre- 
requisite: admission  to  the  professional  program.  Coreq- 
uisites: SEDR  414,  SEDE  446,  447,  448  and  449. 

SEDE  445.  Language  Development  and  Communica- 
tive Skill  (3)  The  relationship  of  language  development 
and  thinking  to  teaching  the  communicative  skills  to 
young  children.  Included  are  activities  designed  to  develop 
oral  language  facility,  writing  (handwriting,  spelling, 
functional,  and  creative  writing),  listening,  and  specific 
techniques  dealing  with  diagnosis  of  language  develop- 
ment. Students  participate  in  a  field  based  experience 
at  a  selected  school  site.  Prerequisite:  admission  to  the 
professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDR  414,  SEDE 
410,  420,  422,  424  and  SEDF  485. 

SEDE  446.  Math  for  the  Young  Child  (3)  Materials  and 
programs  for  teaching  mathematics  and  the  methods  and 
theories  for  developing  mathematics  programs.  Compe- 
tence is  gained  in  the  selection,  preparation,  and  presenta- 
tion of  materials.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  231,  SMTH  232, 
SMTH  233  and  admission  to  the  professional  program. 
Corequisites:  SEDR  414.  SEDE  440,  447.  448  and  449. 


176 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SEDE  447.  Social  Studies  for  the  Young  Child  (3)  The 

selection,  appropriate  utilization,  facilitation  of  develop- 
ment, and  application  of  social  science  concepts  to  social 
problems  and  the  socialization  of  children.  Prerequisite; 
admission  to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites: 
SEDR  414,  SEDE  440,  446,  448  and  449. 

SEDE  448.  Science  for  the  Young  Child  (3)  Materials  and 
programs  for  teaching  science  and  the  methods  and  theories 
of  developing  science  programs.  Competence  is  gained  in 
the  selection,  preparation,  and  presentation  of  materials. 
Prerequisite:  admission  to  the  professional  program.  Coreq- 
uisite:  SEDR  414,  SEDE  440,  446,  447  and  449. 

SEDE  449.  Creativity  and  Play  (3)  Theories  of  play  and 
the  development  of  play  as  central  to  children's  learn- 
ing. Knowledge  and  skills  in  structuring  the  classroom 
environment  and  curriculum  experiences  which  will 
support  and  enrich  a  child's  social,  creative,  and  physical 
development  in  preprimary  and  primary  school  settings 
will  be  acquired.  Multicultural  perspectives  and  needs  of 
exceptional  children  addressed.  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDR  414, 
SEDE  440,  446,447  and  448. 

SEDE  468.  Education  of  Young  Children:  An  Ecologi- 
cal Approach  (3)  An  ecological  study  with  emphasis  on 
home-school  relations,  parent  involvement,  and  commu- 
nity resources.  Multicultural  perspectives  and  needs  of 
exceptional  children  are  addressed.  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  the  professional  program.  Corequisite;  SEDE  469. 

SEDE  469.  Directed  Teaching  in  Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation (12)  A  supervised  clinical  experience,  consisting  of 
1 4  weeks  in  an  early  childhood  grades  (4K-3 )  placement  in 
a  public  school.  This  experience  includes  an  exploration 
of  legal  and  ethical  issues,  research  through  analysis  and 
evaluation  of  teaching,  and  completion  of  a  professional 
portfolio.  Prerequisite:  approved  application  for  directed 
teaching.  Corequisite:  SEDE  468.  Pass/fail  credit. 

Elementary  Education  (SEDL) 

SEDL398.  Topics  in  Elementary  Education  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisites: junior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 
SEDL  399.  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisites:  junior 
standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SEDL441.  Elementary  School  Curriculum  and  Organi- 
zation (3)  The  entire  school  program,  including  grouping, 
grading,  placement,  and  organization  of  both  the  children 
and  the  school  for  optimal  learning.  Prerequisite:  admis- 
sion to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDF  487, 
SEDL  447,  SEDL  450,  SEDL  455,  SEDR  442. 

SEDL  446.  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Materials,  resources,  programs  and  methods 
for  teaching  mathematics  in  grades  2-6.  Included  are 
supervised  practicum  experiences  which  promote  reflec- 
tive teaching  in  elementary  school  settings.  Prerequisites: 
admission  to  the  professional  program  and  SMTH  231, 
SMTH  232,  SMTH  233,  SEDL44 1 .  SEDL447,  SEDF  487, 


SEDL  450.  SEDL  455,  SEDR  442.  Corequisites;  SEDL 
448,  SEDF  483,  SEDL  460,  SEDR  443,  SEDR  444. 

SEDL  447.  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Materials,  resources,  programs,  and  methods 
for  teaching  social  studies  in  grades  2-6.  Included  are 
supervised  practicum  experiences  which  promote  reflective 
teaching  in  elementary  school  settings.  Prerequisites;  ad- 
mission to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDL 
441,  SEDF  487,  SEDL  450,  SEDL  455,  SEDR  442. 

SEDL 448.  Teaching  Science  in  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Materials,  resources,  programs,  and  methods  for 
teaching  science  in  grades  2-6.  Included  are  supervised 
practicum  experiences  which  promote  reflective  teaching 
in  elementary  school  settings.  Prerequisites:  admission  to 
the  professional  program,  SEDL  441,  SEDL  447,  SEDF 
487,  SEDL  450,  SEDL  455,  SEDR  442.  Corequisites; 
SEDL  460,  SEDF  483,  SEDR  443,  SEDR  444. 

SEDL  450.  Fine  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  Cur- 
riculum (3)  Exploring  both  contecnt  and  methods  for 
enriching  all  subject  areas  in  the  elementary  classroom 
through  the  visual  arts,  drama,  dance/movement,  and 
music.  Prerequisites:  admission  to  the  professional  pro- 
gram. Corequisites;  SEDL  441.  SEDF  487.  SEDL  447, 
SEDL  455,  SEDR  442. 

SEDL  455.  Clinical  I  in  Elementary  Education  (2) 

Supervised  clinical  experience  in  elementar>'  settings. 
Observation  and  participation  in  diverse  classroom  set- 
tings is  required  with  a  focus  on  observation  of  students 
and  teachers,  analysis  of  classroom  organization  and 
management,  use  of  technology  to  enhance  learning, 
and  implementation  of  lessons.  Seminars  and  group 
discussions  included.  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  admission  to  the  professional  program. 
Corequisites:  SEDL  441,  SEDF  487,  SEDL  447.  SEDL 
450,  SEDR  442. 

SEDL  460.   Clinical  II  in  Elementary  Education  (2) 

Supervised  clinical  experience  in  elementarv  settings. 
Requires  assessment  of  K- 1 2  students  with  interpretation 
of  assessments,  lesson  planning  based  on  assessments, 
implementation  of  lessons  in  science,  math,  and  literacy 
with  attention  to  reading  and  writing  in  the  content  areas. 
Reflections  on  teaching  and  K-12  student  learning  ex- 
plored in  group  discussions  and  seminars.  Four  laboratory 
hours  per  week  required.  Prerequisites:  admission  to  teh 
professional  program,  SEDL  441 .  SEDL  447,  SEDF  487. 
SEDL  450.  SEdI  455,  SEDR  442.  Corequisites:  SEDL 
448,  SEDF  483,  SEDL  446,  SEDR  443,  SEDR  444;  or 
candidacy  in  the  Learning  Disability  Program. 

SEDL  468.  Directed  Teaching  in  the  Elementary 
School  ( 1 5)  A  fifteen  week  supervised  clinical  experience 
with  50  percent  in  grades  two  or  three  and  50  percent  in 
grades  four,  five  or  six.  In  additional  teaching  in  a  K-12 
school  classroom,  candidates  will  participate  in  regular 
seminars  where  they  will  (1)  analyze  problems  relating 
to  their  K-12  experiences;  (2)  explore  ethical  and  legal 
issues  related  to  teaching;  (3)  consider  current  issues  and 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


177 


trends  in  K-12  education:  and  (4)  complete  their  pml'es- 
sionai  portfolios.  Prerequisite:  approved  application  for 
directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

Foundations  of  Education  (SEDF) 

SEDF  210.  Foundations  of  Education  (3)  I  he  art  and 

science  of  teaching.  A  comprehensiv  e  examination  of  the 
social,  historical,  and  philosophical  influences  that  have 
shaped  educational  policies  and  practices  in  the  USA  with 
special  emphasis  on  legal  and  ethical  aspects  of  education. 
Supervised  practicum  experiences  to  promote  reflective 
practice  in  a  variety  of  settings  are  included. 

SEDF  .1.13.  Educational  Development  of  the  Lifelong 
Learner  (3)  Applications  of  psychology  of  learning  and 
motivation  to  patterns  of  social,  emotional,  physical  and 
intellectual  development,  and  their  relationship  to  teaching 
of  children,  adolescents,  and  adults. 

SEDF341.  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Learners/Spe- 
cial Educaticm  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical  approaches  to 
the  education  of  the  young  exceptional  child  with  emphasis 
on  current  remedial  procedures.  Included  are  alternative 
administrative  arrangements  and  sources  of  academic 
therapy.  Superv  ised  field  experiences  are  included. 

SEDF  483.  Organization  and  Management  of  the 
Diverse  Classroom  (3)  Structuring  of  physical,  social, 
and  instructional  environment  to  maximize  learning  in  a 
diverse  classroom.  Candidates  develop  a  comprehensive 
understanding  of  both  practice  and  reactive  approaches 
to  management  with  attention  to  culturally  diverse  set- 
tings. Behaviorist  and  constructi  vist  approaches,  inclusive 
education  and  conflict  resolution  are  components  of  this 
course.  Prerequisites:  Admission  to  the  professional 
program,  SEDL  44 1 .  SEDL  447.  SEDF  487,  SEDL  450, 
SEDL455.  SEDR442.  Corequisites:  SEDL  448.  SEDR 
444.  SEDL  460.  SEDL  446.  SEDR  443:  or  candidacy  in 
the  Learning  Disability  Program. 

SEDF  485.  Diversity,  Management,  and  Assessment 

(3)  The  dvnamic  relationships  among  classroom  diversity, 
management,  instruction,  and  assessment.  Through  field 
experiences  and  reflection,  students  develop  knowledge 
and  skills  in  the  interaction  of  these  classroom  elements. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  professional  program. 
Corequisites:  SEDE  410,  420,  422,  and  445  for  Early 
Childhood  majors  only. 

SEDF  487.  Student,  Teacher,  and  School  Assessment 

(3)  Fonnal  and  informal  assessment  of  elementary  age 
students  as  well  as  teachers  and  schools.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  appropriate  uses  of  standardized  testing  as 
well  as  teacher  made  assessments  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  interpretation  of  test  results  and  their  relationship 
to  instructional  goals.  Consideration  is  also  be  given  to 
the  issue  of  accountability  and  appropriate  options  for 
evaluating  teachers  and  schools.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDL  441. 
SEDL  455.  SEDL  447.  SEDL  450,  SEDR  442. 


Rf.ading  Education  (SEDR) 

SEDR  414.  Emergent  and  Early  Literacy  (3)  Theo- 
retical and  instructional  issues  relating  to  challenges 
children  encounter  when  learning  to  read  and  write. 
Research  on  the  expected  development  of  such  behaviors 
through  stages  typically  found  in  the  preprimary  and 
primary  school  years  are  explored.  Procedures,  materi- 
als, programs,  and  assessment  techniques  for  developing 
literacy  are  investigated.  Prerequisite:  admission  to  the 
professional  program.  Corequisites:  SEDE  440,  446, 
447,  448.  449. 

SEDR418.  Literacy  in  the  Middleand  Secondary  School 

(3)  the  significance  of  literacy  as  it  relates  to  all  content 
areas.  The  focus  is  on  strategies  for  making  any  text  mate- 
rial more  accessible  to  the  student,  and  attention  is  given 
to  matching  the  learner  and  the  learning.  Prerequisites: 
SEDS  440,  SEDS  441  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the 
professional  program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDR  442.  Literacy  I:  Learning  to  Read  and  Write 

(3)  ScatTolding  reading  and  writing  development  for  the 
young  child.  Teaching  candidates  review  the  essentials  of 
language  development  and  focus  on  the  transition  from  oral 
language  to  initial  reading  and  writing.  Effective  strate- 
gies and  materials  for  nurturing  literacy  development  of 
children ages5-7areemphasized.  Prerequisites:  admission 
to  the  professional  program  and  SEGL484.  Corequisites: 
SEDL441,  SEDL 455,  SEDL 447,  SEDL450,SEDF487; 
or  candidacy  in  the  Leaning  Disability  program. 

SEDR  443.  Literacy  II:  Reading  and  Writing  to 
Learn  (3)  Scaffolding  reading  and  writing  development 
of  the  elementary  and  middle  grades  student.  Teaching 
candidates  focus  on  the  transition  from  initial  reading 
and  writing  to  reading  and  writing  in  the  content  areas. 
EtTective  strategies  and  materials  for  nurturing  literacy 
development  in  children  ages  8- 1 2  are  emphasized.  Pre- 
requisites: admission  to  the  professional  program,  SEDL 

441 .  SEDL  447,  SEDF487,  SEDL450,  SEDL455.  SEDR 

442.  Corequisites:  SEDL  448,  SEDF  483,  SEDL  460, 
SEDL  446,  SEDR  444:  or  candidacy  in  the  Learning  Dis- 
ability Program  and  SEDR  442. 

SEDR  444.  Literacy  III:  Addressing  Reading  and 
Writing  Problems  (3)  ScatTolding  reading  and  writing 
development  for  learners  experiencing  difficulty.  Teach- 
ing candidates  investigate  assessments,  strategies,  and 
programs  appropriate  for  children  with  literacy  problems 
including  learners  from  diverse  backgrounds  and  children 
with  special  needs.  Prerequisites:  admission  to  the  profes- 
sional program,  SEDL  44 1 .  SEDL  447,  SEDF  487,  SEDL 
450,  SEDL  455.  SEDR  442.  Corequisites:  SEDL  448, 
SEDF  483,  SEDL  460,  SEDL  446,  SEDR  443. 

Secondary  Education  (SEDS) 

SEDS  342.  Clinical  I  in  Middle  Grades/Secondary 
Education  (1)  Supervised  clinical  experience  in  middle 
or  secondary  school  setting.  Observation  and  participa- 
tion in  classroom  settings  is  required  with  a  focus  on 


178 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


diversity  including  the  physical,  social,  and  educational 
development  of  the  grades  5-12  learner.  Emphasis  is  on 
fami  ly  and  community  involvement  in  educational  settings. 
Observation  during  advisory,  lunch,  recess,  transition 
limes,  as  well  as  tbrnial  instructional  time  as  appropriate. 
Corequisite:  SEDF  341 . 

SEDS  398.  Topics  in  Secondary  Education  ( 1  -3)  Prereq- 
uisites: junior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SEDS  399.  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisites:  Junior 
standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SEDS  440.  Clinical  II  in  Middle  Grades/Secondary 
Education  (1)  Supei^ised  clinical  experience  in  middle 
orsecondaiy  school  setting.  Observation  and  participation 
in  classroom  settings  is  required  with  a  focus  on  assess- 
ment including  formal,  informal,  authentic,  high  stakes 
(PACT,  end-of-course  e.xams,  etc.),  and  collaborative 
(team  meeting)  assessments  as  appropriate.  Seminars  and 
group  discussions  included.  Prerequisites:  SEDF  341, 
SEDS  342,  and  admission  to  the  professional  program. 
Corequisites:  SEDS  441  or  442. 

SEDS  441.  Middle  School  Curriculum  and  Methodol- 
ogy (4)  An  overview  of  the  major  concepts,  principles, 
theories  and  research  related  to  effective  curriculum, 
instruction,  and  assessment  to  meet  the  varying  abilites 
and  learning  styles  of  middle  school  students.  Students 
explore  a  variety  of  teaching,  learning  and  assessment 
strategies  along  with  developmentally  responsive  materi- 
als and  resources  used  to  facilitate  appropriate  learning 
experiences  in  middle  school  settings.  The  focus  is  on 
curriculum  needs  for  middle  grades,  the  transitional  func- 
tion of  the  middle  school,  and  middle  school  organization 
and  management.  Core  topics  include  unit  and  lesson 
planning,  evaluation  of  student  perfonnance,  multicultural 
educational  issues  and  teacher  effectiveness  evaluation. 
Prerequisites:  SEDF  341,  SEDS  342,  and  admission  to 
the  professional  program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  440. 

SEDS  442.  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and 
Methodology  (4)  An  overview  of  the  major  concepts, 
principles,  theories  and  research  related  to  effective 
curriculum,  instruction,  and  assessment  to  meet  the 
varying  abilities  and  learning  styles  of  secondary  school 
students.  Students  explore  a  variety  of  teaching,  learning 
and  assessment  strategies  along  with  developmentally 
responsive  materials  and  resources  used  to  facilitate 
approprate  learning  experiences  in  secondary  school 
settings.  Curriculum  needs  for  secondary  grades,  the 
newly  emerging  function  of  the  high  school  in  work/post- 
secondary  education  preparation,  and  secondary  school 
organization  and  management  are  addressed.  Core  topics 
include  unit  and  lesson  planning,  evaluation  of  student 
performance,  multicultural  educational  issues  and  teacher 
effectiveness  evaluation.  Prerequisites:  SEDF  341, 
SEDS  342  and  admission  to  the  professional  program. 
Corequisite:  SEDS  440. 

SEDS  445.  Teaching  Middle  and  Secondary  English/ 
Language  Arts  (3)  Methods,  materials,  resources,  issues 


and  trends  related  to  teaching  specific  subject  content  in 
middle  and  secondary  schools,  including  instructional 
planning  and  delivery  of  instruction.  Supers  isedpraclicum 
experiences  are  designed  to  promote  reflective  teaching 
in  middle  and  secondary  school  settings.  Prerequisites: 
SEDS  440,  SEDS  44 1  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the 
professional  program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDS446. Teaching  Middle  and  Secondary  Mathemat- 
ics (3)  Methods,  materials,  resources,  issues  and  trends 
related  to  teaching  specific  subject  content  in  secondary 
schools,  including  instructional  planning  and  delivery 
of  instnjction.  Supervised  practicum  experiences  are 
designed  to  promote  reflective  teaching  in  middle  and 
secondary  school  settings.  Prerequisites:  SEDS  440, 
SEDS  44 1  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDS  447.  Teaching  Middle  and  Secondary  Social 
Studies  (3)  Methods,  materials,  resources,  issues  and 
trends  related  to  teaching  specific  subject  content  in 
middle  and  secondary  schools,  including  instructional 
planning  and  delivery  of  instruction.  Supervised  practicum 
experiences  are  designed  to  promote  reflective  teaching 
in  middle  and  secondary  school  settings.  Prerequisites: 
SEDS  440.  SEDS  441  or  SEDS  442,  and  admission  to  the 
professional  program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDS  448.  Teaching  Middle  and  Secondary  Science 

(3)  Methods,  materials,  resources,  issues  and  trends  re- 
lated to  teaching  specific  subject  content  in  middle  and 
secondary  schools,  including  instructional  planning  and 
delivery  of  instruction.  Supervised  practicum  experiences 
are  designed  to  promote  reflective  teaching  in  middle  and 
secondary  school  settings.  Prerequisites:  SEDS  440. 
SEDS  44 1  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDS  449.  Teaching  Foreign  Language  in  Secondary 
Schools  (3)  Methods,  materials,  resources,  issues  and 
trends  related  to  teaching  specific  subject  content  in  sec- 
ondary schools.  Also  includes  instructional  planning  and 
delivery  of  instruction.  Supervised  practicum  experiences 
designed  to  promote  reflective  teaching,  in  secondary 
school  settings,  are  included.  Prerequisites:  SEDS  440. 
SEDS  44 1  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisite:  SEDS  450. 

SEDS  450.  Clinical  III  in  Middle  Grades/Secondary 

Education  (1)  Supervised  clinical  experience  in  middle  or 
secondary  school  setting.  Observation  and  participation 
in  classroom  settings  is  required  with  a  focus  on  class- 
room management  and  conflict  resolution.  Seminars  and 
group  discussions  included.  Prerequisites:  SEDS  440. 
SEDS  44 1  or  SEDS  442  and  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisites:  SEDR  418  and  SEDS  445.446. 
447;  448  or  449. 

SEDS  473.  Directed  Teaching  in  Secondary  School 
English  ( 1 5)  Asupervised  clinical  experience  consisting  of 
1 4  weeks  in  secondary  school  settings.  Candidates  partici- 
pate in  regular  seminars  where  they  ( 1 )  analyze  problems 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


179 


relating  to  their  grade  9- 1 2  experiences;  (2)  explore  ethical 
and  legal  issues  related  to  leaching;  (3)  consider  current 
issues  and  trends  in  K- 1 2  education;  and  (4 )  complete  their 
protessional  portfolios.  Prerequisite:  approved  application 
for  directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SEDS  474.  Directed  Teaching  in  Secondary  School 
Foreign  Language  (15)  A  supervised  clinical  experi- 
ence consisting  of  14  weeks  in  secondary  school  settings. 
Candidates  participate  in  regular  seminars  where  they  (1) 
analyze  problems  relating  to  their  grade  9- 1 2  experiences; 
(2)  explore  ethical  and  legal  issues  related  to  teaching;  (3) 
consider  current  issues  and  trends  in  K-12  education;  and 
(4)completetheirprofessional  portfolios.  Prerequisite;  ap- 
proved application  for  directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SEDS  475.  Directed  Teaching  in  Secondary  School  His- 
tory and  Social  Studies  ( 1 5)  A  super\  ised  clinical  experi- 
ence consisting  of  14  weeks  in  secondary  school  settings. 
Candidates  participate  in  regular  seminars  where  they  ( 1 ) 
analyze  problems  relating  to  their  grade  9- 1 2  experiences; 
(2)  explore  ethical  and  legal  issues  related  to  teaching;  (3) 
consider  current  issues  and  trends  in  K-12  education;  and 
(4)  complete  their  professional  portfolios.  Prerequisite:  ap- 
proved application  for  directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SEDS  478.  Directed  Teaching  in  Secondary  School  Math- 
ematics ( 15)  A  supervised  clinical  experience  consisting  of 
14  weeks  in  secondary  school  settings.  Candidates  partici- 
pate in  regular  seminars  w  here  they  ( 1 )  analyze  problems 
relating  to  theirgrade  9-12  experiences;  (2)  explore  ethical 
and  legal  issues  related  to  teaching;  ( 3 )  consider  current  is- 
sues and  trends  in  K-12  education;  and  (4)  complete  their 
professional  portfolios.  Prerequisite:  approved  application 
for  directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SEDS  480.  Directed  Teaching  in  the  Middle  School  ( 1 5) 

A  supervised  clinical  experience  consisting  of  14  weeks 
in  secondary  school  settings.  Candidates  participate  in 
regularseminarswherethey  ( I )  analyze  problems  relating 
to  their  grade  5-8  experiences;  (2)  explore  ethical  and  legal 
issues  related  to  teaching;  (3)  consider  current  issues  and 
trends  in  K-12  education;  and  (4)  complete  their  profes- 
sional portfolios.  Prerequisite:  approved  application  for 
directed  teaching.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SEDS  481.  Directed  Teaching  in  Secondary  School 
Natural  Science  (15)  A  supervised  clinical  experience 
consisting  of  14  weeks  in  secondary  school  settings. 
Candidates  participate  in  regular  seminars  where  they 
( 1 )  analyze  problems  relating  to  their  grade  9-12  expe- 
riences; (2)  explore  ethical  and  legal  issues  related  to 
teaching;  (3)  consider  current  issues  and  trends  in  K-12 
education;  and  (4)  complete  their  professional  portfolios. 
Prerequisite:  approved  application  for  directed  teaching. 
Pass/fail  credit. 

Education  and  Technology  (SEDT) 

SEDT  420.  Information  Systems  in  Education  (3)  The 

application  of  information  systems  to  a  variety  of  edu- 
cational settings.  Topics  include  policy  issues  directing 


the  design  and  implementation  of  education  information 
systems,  particularly  data  collecting  and  reporting  proto- 
cols required  for  compliance  with  local,  slate,  and  federal 
mandates.  Prerequisites:  SHDF  210  SEDF  333,  SEDF 
341;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SEDT  430.  Instructional  Design  and  Methods  for  Infor- 
mation Systems  Training  (3)  Design  and  delivery  of  train- 
ing programs  for  users  of  information  systems  and  related 
technologies.  Activities  include  the  production  of  training 
materials,  management  of  instructional  time  and  selection 
of  appropriate  resources.  Methods  for  the  assessment  and 
evaluation  of  the  instructional  materials  and  outcomes  are 
an  integral  part  of  this  course.  Prerequisites:  SEDF  210, 
SEDF  333,  SEDF  34 1 ;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SEDT  497.  Information  Systems  Education  Intern- 
ship (3)  Supervised  work  experience  in  a  district  office 
and  other  administrative  school  sites.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  design,  implementation,  and  service  of  information 
systems  integral  to  the  sponsoring  school  and  district  . 
The  individualized  course  of  study  is  designed  to  meet 
pre-established  learning  objectives.  A  "work  practice" 
plan  is  required  and  must  be  approved  by  the  sponsoring 
organization  and  the  course  instructor.  Prerequisites:  SEDF 
210.  SEDF  333,  SEDF  341;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Special  Education:  Learning  Disability  (SELD) 

SELD  410.  Methods  of  Teaching  Students  with  LD  (3) 

Instructional  strategies  and  practice  for  teaching  learners 
withLD.  Prerequisite:  admission  to  professional  program. 
Corequisites:  SELD  412;  SELD  446. 

SELD  412.    Characteristics  of  Students  with  LD  (3) 

Characteristics  of  students  who  have  learning  disabilities 
which  are  manifested  in  instructional  settings.  Specific 
characteristics  that  are  factors  in  developing  comprehensive, 
longitudinal  individualized  programs  as  well  as  guidelines 
regarding  LD  referral,  assessment  and  placement  procedures 
will  be  presented.  Prerequisite:  admission  to  the  professional 
program.  Corequisite:  SELD  410,  SELD  446. 

SELD  414.  Individualized  Curriculum  for  Students 
with  Disabilities  (3)  The  various  etiologies  of  condi- 
tions afTecting  students  with  mild/moderate  disabilities. 
Cognitive  characteristics  of  learners  with  mild/moderate 
disabilities  and  the  impact  on  language  development,  aca- 
demic perfonnance,  social  skills,  and  emotional  behavior 
will  be  included.  Prerequisite:  SELD412.  Corequisites: 
SEDC  402;  SELD  483;  SELD  440. 

SELD  415.  Reading  Disorders  and  Reading  Methods 

(3)  Specific  methods  designed  to  facilitate  the  development 
of  reading  skills  of  students  with  learning  disabilities.  A 
practicum  experience  is  required.  Prerequisite:  SELD 
414.  Corequisites:  SELD  445;  SELD  486. 

SELD  440.  Practicum  in  the  Instruction  of  Students 
with  Disabilities  (1-3)  Sequencing,  implementing,  and 
evaluating  individual  learning  objectives  in  a  professional 
setting.  Students  will  select,  adapt,  and  use  instructional 


180 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


strategies  and  materials  according  to  characteristics  of  the 
learner.  Prerequisite:  SELD  412.  Corequisites:  SEDC 
400;  SELD  414;  SELD  483.  Students  in  the  Teacher  As- 
sistant Program  enroll  in  multiple  semersters  for  a  total 
of  three  hours;  all  others  enroll  in  one  semester  for  three 
credit  hours. 

SELD  445.  Language  Disorders  and  Language  Arts 
Methods  (3)  Learning  disability  specific  methods  designed 
to  facilitate  the  development  of  language  and  social  skills. 
A  practicum  experience  is  required.  Prerequisite:  SELD 
4 1 4,  Corequisite;  SELD  415;  SELD  486. 

SELD  446.    Math  Disabilities  and  Math  Methods 

(3)  Learning  disability  specific  methods  designed  to 
facilitate  the  development  of  mathematics  concepts 
and  skills.  A  practicum  experience  is  required.  Pre- 
requisites: SMTH  231,  SMTH  232,  SMTH  233  and 
admission  to  the  professional  program.  Corequisites: 
SELD  410;  SELD  412. 

SELD  449.  Issues  and  Trends  in  Exceptionalities  (3) 

The  philosophical,  historical,  and  legal  foundations  of 
special  education  that  connect  with  current  issues  and 
trends  in  special  education.  Prerequisite:  admission  to 
professional  program.  Corequisite:   SELD  470. 

SELD  470.  Directed  Teaching  of  Students  with 
Learning  Disabilities  (12)  A  supervised  clinical  experi- 
ence, consisting  of  14  weeks  with  50  percent  in  a  special 
education  resource  classroom  and  the  remaining  50 
percent  in  an  inclusive  regular  classroom.  The  experi- 
ence includes  an  exploration  of  ethical  issues,  research 
through  analysis  and  evaluation  of  teaching,  and  oral 
presentationof  research  results.  Prerequisite:  approved 
application  for  directed  teaching.  Corequisite:  SELD 
449.  For  pass/fail  credit. 

SELD  483.  Assessment  of  Students  with  Disabilities 

(3)  The  techniques  and  practices  of  diagnostic  assess- 
ment, including  ethical  concerns  and  legal  provisions/ 
guidelines.  Emphasis  is  on  identifying  typical,  delayed, 
and  disordered  communication  and  reasoning  patterns 
of  individuals  with  exceptional  learning  needs.  Prereq- 
uisite: SELD  412.  Corequisites:  SEDC  402;  SELD 
414;  SELD  440. 

English  Language  and  Literature  (SEGL) 

Note:  The  completion  ofComposition  and  Literature  (102)  or 
the  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  enrollment  in  all  higher  level 
English  courses.  Only  those  courses  that  are  numbered  above 
300  may  count  toward  a  major  in  English. 

Advanced  standing  in  freshman  English  classes  may  be 
achieved  through  appropriate  scores  on  Advanced  Placement 
(AP)  tests,  passing  of  appropriate  College  Level  Examination 
Program  (CLEP)  tests,  institutional  credit  by  examination,  or 
the  English  placement  tests  administered  to  all  incoming  USC 
Upstate  freshmen.  Details  imiy  be  found  in  appropriate  sections 
oj  ibis  catalog  or  in  consultation  with  the  chair  of  the  department 
of  languages,  literature,  and  composition. 

Courses  are  offered  in  rotation.  If  you  are  interested  in  a 
particular  course,  check  with  the  department  chair  to  see  when 
it  will  be  offered. 


SEGL  101.  Composition  I  (3)  Instruction  and  practice 
in  academic  writing,  critical  reading  and  research.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  planning,  drafting,  revising,  and  editing 
a  variety  of  texts.  For  students  whose  placement  testing 
indicates  a  need  for  more  intensive  study,  English  101 A 
with  a  noncredit  lab  is  mandatory  to  provide  supplemental 
instruction  and  practice  in  writing. 

SEGL  101 H.  Honors  Composition  (3)  Thematic  studies 
designed  by  linglish  faculty  specifically  for  honors  students. 
Its  focus  may  vary  depending  on  the  instructor's  area  of 
interest.  Intensive  reading,  writing,  research,  and  a  service 
component  are  included.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  honors 
program  as  a  first  year  student  or  permission  of  director  of 
honors  program.  Students  who  earn  an  F  in  SEGL  101  H 
may  not  re-enroll  in  SEGL  1 0 1 H.  Students  who  pass  SEGL 
101  H  with  a  D  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  SEGL  102H. 

SEGL  102.  Composition  II  (3)  Continued  instruction 
in  composition,  building  on  skills  introduced  in  English 
101.  Attention  is  given  to  writing  for  specific  audiences, 
reading  and  analyzing  challenging  texts,  and  synthesizing 
academic  sources  in  writing.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  101. 

SEGL  102H.  Honors  Composition  and  Literature  (3) 

Study  of  works  of  literature  and  their  social  and  historical 
contexts  designed  by  English  faculty  specifically  for  honors 
students.  Its  focus  may  vary  depending  on  the  instructor's  area 
of  interest.  Intensive  reading,  writing,  research,  and  a  ser\'ice 
component  are  included.  Prerequisites:  SEGL  101 H  with  a 
C  or  better  and  admission  to  honors  program  or  permission 
of  director  of  honors  program.  Students  who  earn  an  F  in 
SEGL  102H  must  successfully  complete  SEGL  102. 

SEGL208.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3)  Begin- 
ning writing  workshop.  Writers  gain  experience  in  genres 
of  poetry,  fiction,  and  non-fiction. 

SEGL  245.  Professional  Writing  (3)  Developing  com- 
munication skills  forthe  successful  professional.  Students 
reflect  and  apply  principles  of  appropriate  content,  style 
and  format  for  memos,  letters,  reports,  resumes,  interviews 
and  presentations. 

SEGL  250.  Selected  English  Studies  Abroad  (3-6)  A 

selection  of  British  writing,  together  with  immersion  in 
British  culture. 

SEGL  252.  Understanding  English  Grammar  (3)  In- 
tensive review  of  grammatical  principles  and  mechanics 
of  English  with  emphasis  on  exploration  and  discovery 
of  principles  of  English  grammar  usage. 

SEGL  275.  Masterpieces  of  World  Literature  (3)  Se- 
lections from  the  literature  of  western  and  non-western 
cultures  from  ancient  to  modem  times. 

SEGL  279.  Survey  of  American  Literature  1  (3)  American 
poetry,  drama,  and  prose  from  colonial  times  to  1865. 

SEGL280.  Survey  of  American  Literature  II  (3)  .Ameri- 
can poetry,  drama,  and  prose  from  1 866  to  the  present. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


181 


SEGL  283.  Native  American  Literature  (3)  Selected 
readings  by  Native  American  writers,  including  novels, 
short  slories  and  poetry.  SEGL  283'SEGL  383  will  be 
oflered  concurrently.  The  reading  and  writing  assign- 
ments Ibrstudents  taking  SEGL  3K3  will  be  longer  and  the 
standard  tor  grading  will  be  more  demanding.  Students 
may  not  enroll  for  both  courses. 

SEGL289.  Sur>  ey  of  British  Literature  I  (3)  British  poetry, 
drama,  and  prose  from  the  Old  English  Period  to  1 797. 

SEGL  290.  Survey  of  British  Literature  II  (3)  British 
poetry,  drama,  and  prose  from  1 7')S  to  the  present. 

SEGL  29L  African  American  Literature  (3)  A  survey 
of  writings  by  African  .American  authors.  The  literary 
types  studied  may  vary.  English  291/391  will  be  otTered 
concurrentK.  The  reading  and  writing  assignments  for 
students  enrolled  in  SEGL  391  will  be  longer  and  the 
standard  for  grading  v\  ill  be  more  demanding.  Students 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  courses. 

SEGL300.  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Literature  (3) 

Terminology  and  methods  for  the  study  of  literature  and 
criticism,  involving  the  scrutiny  of  primary  and  second- 
ary text  as  well  as  independent  research.  Required  for 
English  majors.  Students  who  wish  to  major  in  English 
should  complete  this  course  before  enrolling  in  English 
courses  above  301. 

SEGL  30L  Mythical,  Classical,  and  Biblical  Back- 
grounds (3)  Central  myths  and  stories  of  classical  and 
biblical  traditions.  Myths,  characters,  narrative  patterns, 
archetypes,  and  the  ways  classical  texts  have  shaped  imagi- 
native literature  are  addressed.  Required  for  English  majors. 
Students  who  wish  to  major  in  English  should  complete  this 
course  before  enrolling  in  English  courses  above  301 . 

SEGL308.  Intermediate  Workshop  in  Creative  Writing 

(3)  Further  experience  in  writing  poetry,  fiction,  and  non- 
fiction.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  208  or  consent  of  instaictor. 

SEGL3 1 8.  Writing  and  Computers  (3)  Research,  analysis, 
composition  and  publication  with  the  assistance  of  computer 
applications.  Prerequisites:  SCSC  138orSEDC  120. 

SEGL  319.  Development  of  the  Novel  (3)  A  critical  and 
historical  study  of  the  novel  surveying  major  novels  and 
novelists  and  illustrating  the  characteristics  of  the  genre, 
its  historical  development,  and  its  reflection  of  significant 
literary  periods  and  movements. 

SEGL320.  Development  of  Short  Fiction  (3)  A  critical 
and  historical  study  of  short  fiction  surveying  the  genre 
and  illustrating  its  characteristics,  historical  development, 
and  reflection  of  significant  literary  periods. 

SEGL322.  Contemporary  Literature  (3)  Comparative 
works  by  contemporary  world  writers. 

SEGL325.  Modern  German  Literature  in  Translation 

(3)  Masterpieces  of  Cierman  literature.    The  selection 


may  include  texts  by  f.  Mann.  Kalka.  Brecht.  Hesse  and 
Grass.  Taught  in  English.  This  course  may  not  be  used 
to  satisfy  a  foreign  language  requirement.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

SEG  1, 329.  Development  of  Poetry  (3)  The  development 

ol' poetry  as  a  genre  and  art  form.  Major  periods,  move- 
ments, and  poets  from  Western  and  world  canons  illustrate 
the  richness  of  the  poetic  tradition. 

SEGL330.  Development  ofDrama  (3)  The  development 

of  plays  and  playw  rights.  Plays  from  the  classical  period 
are  explored,  and  the  development  of  drama  through  its 
major  movements  to  the  present  time  is  charted. 

SEGL345.  Advanced  Professional  Writing(3)  Advanced 

training  in  developing  communication  skills  for  the  work- 
place. Particularemphasis  is  placed  on  conducting  primary 
and  secondary  research,  on  proposal  and  report  writing, 
and  on  writing  as  a  member  of  a  group.  Prerequisite: 
SEGL  245  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SEGL  346.  Technical  Writing  (3)  The  writing  of  infor- 
mative text  and  techniques  for  presenting  it  inappropriate 
formats.  Particularemphasis  is  placed  on  creating  concise 
texts  which  use  pictures,  charts,  graphs,  and  other  visuals 
to  convey  information  to  readers  in  fields  such  as  computer 
science,  engineering,  medicine,  industrial  technology,  and 
other  professions. 

SEGL350.  Advanced  Selected  English  Studies  Abroad 
(3-6)  Role  of  locale  in  a  selection  of  British  writing,  to- 
gether with  immersion  in  British  culture. 

SEGL 352.  Text  Editing  (3)  Training  in  preparing  text  for 
publication.  Included  are  an  intensive  grammar  review 
and  the  practical  application  of  the  principles  of  grammar, 
punctuation,  and  usage  to  create  effective  texts. 

SEGL  368.  Life  Writing  and  Biography  (3)  The  writ- 
ing, reading,  and  criticism  of  biography,  autobiography, 
and  other  nonfictional  prose. 

SEGL  369.  Gender  and  Autobiography  (3)  Literary 
works  in  which  an  author  examines  his  or  her  own  life 
as  it  has  been  shaped  by  social  and  cultural  notions  of 
masculinity  and  femininity. 

SEGL370.  Creative  Nonfiction  (3)The  study  and  practice 
of  writing  reality-based  prose  influenced  by  the  techniques 
of  the  visual  narrative  of  film  and  the  innovative  language 
and  style  of  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama.  Strategies  for 
creating  works  of  literary  journalism;  travel,  nature,  and 
science  writing;  narrative  nonfiction;  and  other  sub-genre 
areas  of  creative  nonfiction  are  practiced.  Prerequisite: 
SEGL  208  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SEGL  371.  Grant  Writing  (3)  Writing  etlective  exposi- 
tory text  for  grants  and  proposals.  The  skills  of  writing 
for  a  particular  purpose  and  audience;  conforming  to 
stated  guidelines;  and  using  clear,  concise  language  are 
emphasized. 


182 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SEGL373.  Writing  Workshop  forTeachcrs  (3)  Applica- 
tion of  research  inForming  the  teaching  of  writing.  The 
class  is  conducted  as  a  writing  wori<shop,  and  students 
learn  to  teach  writing  by  exploring  and  refining  their  own 
composing  processes. 

SEGL  383.  Native  American  Literature  (3)  Selected 

readings  by  Native  American  writers,  including  novels, 
short  stones  and  poetry.  SEGL  283/SEGL  383  will  be  of- 
fered concurrently.  The  reading  and  writing  assignments 
for  students  taking  SEGL  383  will  be  longer,  and  the 
standard  for  grading  will  be  more  demanding.  Students 
may  not  enroll  for  both  courses. 

SEGL  387.  Topics  in  Literature,  Culture  and  Differ- 
ence (3)  Literature  of  groups  that  represent  the  diversity 
of  authors  writing  in  English  with  a  thematic  emphasis  on 
cultural  identity.  With  each  offering,  a  different  group  is 
selected  and  may  include  postcolonial  writers,  immigrant 
writers,  writers  with  disabilities,  or  writers  from  regions  of 
the  English-speaking  world  beyond  the  U.S.  and  England. 
The  literature  selected  varies  based  on  the  instructor's  area 
of  interest  and  expertise.  This  course  may  be  taken  twice 
if  the  topic  is  different. 

SEGL  389.  Gay  and  Lesbian  Literature  (3)  Literature 
by  gay  and  lesbian  authors  with  a  major  thematic  focus 
on  sexual  identity. 

SEGL39L  African  American  Literature  (3)  A  survey 
ofwritings  by  African  American  writers.  The  literary  types 
studied  may  vary.  SEGL  291/391  will  be  offered  concur- 
rently. The  reading  and  writing  assignments  for  students 
enrolled  in  SEGL  391  will  be  longer  and  the  standard  for 
grading  will  be  more  demanding.  Students  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  courses. 

SEGL  395.  Narrative  Poetry,  Epic  and  Heroic  (3)  Se- 
lected readings  (in  translation)  from  the  epic  and  heroic 
poetry  of  the  world. 

SEGL  397.  Topics  in  Writing  (3)  Intensive  experience 
and  practice  in  writing  selected  types  of  poetry  or  prose. 

SEGL  398.  Topics  in  Language  and  Literature  (3) 

Intensive  study  of  selected  topics. 

SEGL  399.  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Directed  research 
and  reading  project  outside  the  classroom  of  a  complex  and 
extensive  nature  in  keeping  with  the  student's  major  creative 
and/or  scholarly  interests.  In  addition  to  writing  required 
for  a  particular  independent  study  project,  a  written  report 
on  work  accomplished  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  term. 
Research  involves  both  primary  and  secondary  sources. 
May  be  repeated  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor  and 
advisor  for  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate 
credit.  Prerequisites:  Junior  or  senior  standing.  GPA  2.0 
overall,  2.5  in  English  courses.  A  minimum  of  6  hours 
in  English  courses  numbered  300  and  above.  Consent  of 
the  instructor  and  advisor  A  university  contract  must  be 
signed  with  all  required  signatures. 


SEGL400.  A  Survey  of  Literature  of  Medieval  England 

(3)  A  representative  selection  of  early  literature  from  the 
British  Isles  in  English  (Old  and  Middle),  Latin,  Irish, 
Welsh,  and  French  during  the  Middle  Ages. 

SEGL  40L  Chaucer  (3)  Chaucer's  works,  with  special 
attention  to  The  Canterbury  Tales. 

SEGL4()5.  Shakespeare  Survey  (3)  Aselection  of  com- 
edies, histories,  tragedies,  and  romances.  Plays  from  the 
early  and  late  periods  of  Shakespeare's  career,  including 
not  only  his  most  famous  works  but  also  his  lesser  known 
plays,  are  surveyed. 

SEGL406.  Studies  in  Shakespeare  (3)  A  critical  approach 
to  thematic,  topical,  or  theoretical  aspects  of  certain  plays, 
narrative  poems,  and  sonnets.  The  specific  themes  and 
area  of  focus  may  vary. 

SEGL  408.  Milton  (3)  Paradise  Lost  and  other  poetry. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SEGL  409.  English  Literature,  1500-1660  (3)  Poetry 
and  prose  of  major  Renaissance  and  Commonwealth 
writers. 

SEGL411 .  British  Literature,  1 660-1 740(3)  Poetry,  prose  and 
drama  of  major  Restoration  and  early  1 8th  century  writers. 

SEGL  412.  British  Literature,  1740-1800  (3)  Poetry, 
prose  and  drama  of  major  writers. 

SEGL 4 17.  Romanticism  (3)  The  1 8th  century  transition 
from  classicism  to  romanticism,  and  the  1 9th  century  mas- 
ters: Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley  and  Keats. 

SEGL419.  Victorian  Literature  (3)  Poetry  and  prose  of 
major  Victorian  writers. 

SEGL  422.  Modern  Drama  (3)  British,  American  and 
continental  drama  beginning  with  Ibsen  and  Strindberg. 

SEGL  423.  British  Literature,  1900-1950  (3)  Poetry, 
prose  and  drama  of  major  writers. 

SEGL  424.  British  Literature,  1950-to  the  Present  (3) 
Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  major  writers. 

SEGL  425.  American  Literature,  Beginnings  to  1830 

(3)  Colonial  and  revolutionary  American  writing  with 
special  attention  to  literary  types  and  to  the  influence  of 
religion  and  politics. 

SEGL  426.  American  Literature,  1830-1865  (3)  Read- 
ings in  representative  works. 

SEGL  427.  American  Literature,  1865-1910(3)  Read- 
ings in  representati\  e  works. 

SEGL  428.  American  Literature.  1910-1950  (3)  Read- 
ings in  representative  works. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


183 


.SEGL42*).  iJtcraturc  of  the  Harlem  Renaissance  (3) 

Philosopin  and  literature  of  the  New  Negro  movement  of 
the  1920s,  including  works  by  Hughes.  Hurston.  Cullen, 
Fauset  and  McKay. 

SEGL  430.    American  Literature.  1950-Present  (3) 

Readings  in  representative  works. 

SEGL  436.  Science  Fiction  Literature  (3)  Representa- 
tive science  fiction  from  the  beginnings  of  the  genre  to 
the  present. 

SEGL  437.  Women  Writers  (3)  Representative  works 
written  by  women. 

SEGL  447.  Southern  Literature  (3)  An  historical  and 
critical  survey  of  selected  works  of  Simms.  Lanier.  Cable, 
Harris,  Wolfe,  Faulkner,  O'Connor,  Johnson,  Wright,  Mc- 
Culiers,  and  other  southern  writers. 

SEGL45L  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  An  overview 

of  language  and  linguistics  oriented  toward  language  as 
a  reflection  of  the  structure  of  the  human  mind  and  hu- 
man society.  Phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  synta.x 
and  semantics  and  how  they  relate  to  linguistic  theory,  to 
issues  of  language  use,  to  questions  of  language  in  the 
social  context,  and  to  issues  of  language  acquisition  and 
language  learning  are  emphasized. 

SEGL  453.  Development  of  the  English  Language  (3) 

History  and  evolution  of  the  English  language  reflecting 
changes  in  phonetics,  semantics,  morphology,  and  syntax, 
as  well  as  assembly  of  dictionaries. 

SEGL 455.  Introduction  to  Sociolinguistics  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  sociolinguistics  and  the  study  of  language  vaiiation  in 
speech  communities  around  the  w  orld.  Attention  is  given  to 
the  social  context  of  linguistic  diversity  including  dialectol- 
ogy, language  and  gender,  language  and  ethnicity,  pidgins  and 
Creoles,  new  varieties  of  English,  cross-cultural  communica- 
tion, discourse  analysis,  and  applied  sociolinguistics. 

SEGL  459.  Theories  of  Composition  (3)  The  theory  and 
principles  of  rhetoric  and  the  application  of  these  principles 
in  the  student's  own  thinking  and  writing. 

SEGL468.  Advanced  Creative  Writing  (3)  An  intensive 
course  in  one  genre  (poetry,  fiction,  creative  non-fic- 
tion, among  others)  to  be  announced  by  the  instructor 
in  advance.  The  genre  selected  will  vary  based  on  the 
instructor's  area  of  interest  and  expertise.  This  course 
can  be  taken  more  than  once  if  the  genre  is  different. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  308. 

SEGL483.  Theor)  of  Literary  Criticism  (3)  Various  theo- 
ries ofliterary  criticism  with  the  aim  ofestablishing  standards 
of  judgment.  Practice  in  criticism  ofliterary  works. 

SEGL  484.  Children's  Literature  (3)  Representative 
works  in  children's  literature  appropriate  for  the  elemen- 
tary school  child. 


SEGL  485.  Adolescent  Literature  (3)  A  survey  of  litera- 
ture \\  ritten  for  adolescent  readers,  especially  the  realistic 
problem  novel.  Special  attention  is  placed  on  defining 
the  characteristics  of  the  field  and  on  developing  critical 
standards  for  evaluating  the  works. 

SEGL490.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  The  integration  of  knowl- 
edge; the  exploration  of  ethical  issues;  and  the  application 
of  the  skills  of  research,  analysis,  and  writing  about  lit- 
erature at  an  advanced  level.  Completion  of  an  academic 
portfolio,  self-directed  research  and  writing,  and  formal 
oral  presentations  are  required.  The  specific  focus  of  the 
course  is  designed  by  faculty  and  may  vary  depending  on 
the  instructor's  area  of  interest  and  the  students'  areas  of 
concentration.  Prerequisites;  Seniorstanding;SSPH201; 
SEGL  295;  and  15  hours  of  SEGL  courses  numbered  300 
or  above,  including  either  459.  482,  or  483. 

SEGL  499.  Internship  (1-3)  Supervised  professional 
experience  or  research  outside  of  the  classroom,  involving 
a  meaningful  project  or  activity  for  the  employing  firm  or 
organization  and  a  scholarly  project  for  the  student.  For 
three  credit  hours,  a  minimum  of  1 35  hours  of  supervised 
work,  periodic  class  meetings  and  consultation  with  the 
instructor  are  required.  A  contractual  agreement  signed 
by  the  employer,  the  student,  the  instructor,  and  the  dean 
of  the  college  is  mandatory.  A  student  may  repeat  SEGL 
499  once  with  a  different  internship  contract  description 
for  a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate 
credit.  Prerequisite:  Juniororseniorstanding;aminimum 
of  six  hours  in  major  courses  numbered  300  and  above; 
GPA  2.0  overall,  2.5  in  English  courses;  and  consent  of 
the  faculty  supervisor  and  advisor. 


English  as  a  Second  Language  (SESL) 

SESL 101 .  Writing  I  for  Non-native  Speakers  of  English 

(3)  Developing  in  improving  the  writing  skills  of  the  non- 
native  English  speaker.  Confidence  in  writing  abilities  is 
built  through  a  systematic  approach  to  the  understanding 
of  writing  as  a  process. 


Engineering  Technology  Management  (SETM) 

Note:  Admission  to  the  SETM  program  requires  a  2. 0  grade 
point  average  for  all  college-level  coursework  attempted 
prior  to  program  admission.  Admission  to  the  SETM 
program  is  a  prerequisite  for  all  SETM  courses.  Students 
must  he  within  12  hours  of  earning  an  associate  degree 
in  an  approved  engineering  technology  field  to  enroll  in 
300  level  SETM  courses.  Students  must  hold  an  associate 
degree  in  an  approved  engineering  technology  field  prior 
to  enrollment  in  any  400-level  SETM  courses. 

SETM  320.  Engineering  Cost  Analysis  (4)  Engineering 
economics  and  financial  analysis  of  prospective  alterna- 
tives. Lab  includes  analysis  techniques,  use  of  modeling 
tools,  and  applications  of  techniques  toward  real-world 
problems.  Occasional  off-campus  laboratory  sessions  may 
be  required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 


18A 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


week.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  ETM  program  (within  12 
hoursofAssociatedegreecompletion).  Pre-orCorequisite: 
Technical  Communications  support  course. 

SET1V1330.  Engiiieerin}»  Work  Analysis  (4)  Techniques 

for  operation  analysis,  work  measurement,  and  work  sam- 
pling. Major  topics  include  human  factors,  work  design 
principles,  work  environment,  economic  justification,  work 
measurement  and  the  design  process.  Predetermined  basic 
motion-time  systems  and  standard  data  development  are 
introduced.  Occasional  off-campus  laboratory  sessions 
may  be  required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  ETM  program  (within  12 
hours  of  Associate  degree  completion).  Pre- or  Corequisite: 
Technical  Communications  support  course. 

SETM  370.  Systems  Decision  Making  (4)  Systems 
analysis  mathematical  models,  environmental  factors, 
operations  research  methodologies,  dynamic  systems  and 
the  application  of  a  variety  of  computer  tools.  Occasional 
off-campus  laboratory  sessions  may  be  required.  Three 
class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
SETM  320,  SECO  291,  SMTH  141. 

SETM  410.  Engineering  Teams  Theory  and  Practice 

(4)  Methods  of  understanding,  planning,  and  presenting 
infonnation  in  oral  and  written  formats  while  working 
in  an  engineering  team  setting.  Occasional  off-campus 
laboratory  sessions  may  be  required.  Three  class  and 
three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites:  SETM 
320,  SETM  330. 

SETM  4 1 5.  Quality  Practices  (4)  Techniques  for  control- 
ling  quality  of  work  processes  and  assuring  delivered  or 
received  product  quality.  Topics  include  cost  of  quality, 
customer/focused  quality,  quality  diagnostic  tools,  total 
quality  management,  quality  assurance  and  quality  stan- 
dards. Occasional  off-campus  laboratory  sessions  may  be 
required.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  SETM  330  and  SECO  291 . 

SETM  420.  Engineering  Project  Management  (4) 

Planning,  scheduling,  control  of  engineering  projects, 
and  applications  of  project  management  tools.  Occasional 
off-campus  laboratory  sessions  may  be  required.  Three 
class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
SETM  410. 

SETM  499.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Integration  of  engineering 
technology  management  at  an  advanced  level,  the  impact 
of  engineers  on  society,  and  exploration  of  ethical  issues. 
Written  and  oral  presentation  required.  Prerequisites: 
SETM  370,  SETM  410,  SETM  415.  Pre  or  co-requisite: 
SETM  420. 


Film  Studies  (SFLM) 

SFLM  240.  Introduction  to  Film  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
basic  elements  of  cinema  including  mode  of  production, 
narrative  structure,  stylistic  design,  camera  and  marketing. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 


SFLM  326.  Motion  Picture  and  Video  Techniques  (3) 

Production  techniques  used  in  preparing  film  and  videotape. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  341.  Literature  and  Film  (3)  Adaptations  of  nov- 
els, short  stories  and/or  plays  into  cinema.  Historical  and 
cultural  contexts  of  production  and  reception  of  books  and 
films  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  342.  Film  Genre  (3)  Characteristics  ofone  or  more 
established  movie  genres  such  as  documentary,  film  noir, 
science  fiction,  new  wave  cinema,  horror,  comedy  and  oth- 
ers. The  genre  selected  may  vary  based  on  the  instructor's 
area  of  interest  or  expertise.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if 
the  topic  changes.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  360.  Film  Directors  (3)  Screening  and  analysis 
of  feature-length  films  from  the  works  of  an  individual 
director  or  a  small  group  of  directors.  Analysis  involves 
subject  matter,  themes,  and  content  as  well  as  technical 
choices  and  style,  marketing,  distribution,  and  reception 
of  the  motion  pictures.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the 
topic  changes.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  398.  Special  Topics  in  Film  (3)  Reading,  view- 
ing, and  research  in  a  selected  film  period,  style,  or  other 
matter  of  cinema.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the  topic 
changes.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  425.  History  of  Film  to  1967  (3)  The  motion 
picture  industry  from  the  silent  era  to  1967.  American 
and  foreign  films  and  film  clips  are  analyzed  to  emphasize 
chronological,  technical,  structural,  economic,  thematic 
and  cultural  connections.  Prerequisite:  English  102. 

SFLM  426.  Advanced  Video  Production  (3)  Crew  assign- 
ments during  on-air  taping  and  independent  group  projects 
involving  per-production,  production,  and  post-production. 
"Hands  on"  experience  is  augmented  by  demonstrations,  lec- 
aires,  and  readings.  Tliis  course  is  held  in  the  WRET  studio  in 
the  use  Upstate  Media  Building.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  and 
SFLM  326  or  previous  video  or  photography  experience  and 
permission  of  Chair,  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies. 

SFLM  435.  Film  History  after  1967  (3)  American  and 
foreign  films  and  film  clips  are  analyzed  to  emphasize 
chronological,  technical,  structural,  economic,  thematic, 
and  cultural  connections.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  475.  International  Film  (3)  Representative  films 
from  countries  other  than  the  United  States.  Major  direc- 
tors, movements,  and  periods  of  Africa,  Asia,  Australia, 
Central  and  South  America,  and  Europe  are  covered. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  480.  Interdisciplinary  Approaches  to  Film  (3) 

Cinema  explored  from  the  perspective  of  a  specific  aca- 
demic area  in  addition  to  film  studies.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit  if  the  topic  changes.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SFLM  481.  Cultural  Diversitj  and  Difference  in  Film 

(3)  The  representation  of  race,  gender,  ethnicity,  class. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


185 


sexuality,  age,  or  other  matter  of  cultural  ditTerenec  in 
films.  Critical  and  theoretical  readings  provide  frame- 
work to  interpret  cinema  in  a  variety  of  genres.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  the  topic  changes.  Prerequisite: 
SEGL  102. 

SFLM  482.  Film  Theory  and  Criticism  (3)  Various 
methodologies  of  film  interpretation  described  and  ap- 
plied, including  early  definitive  entries  to  the  field  and 
some  or  all  of  the  following:  auteur.  genre,  star  studies, 
psychoanalysis,  feminism,  viewer  response,  semiotics, 
narratology.  new  historicism.  and  cultural  studies.  Pre- 
requisites":' SEGL  102  and  SI'LM  240. 


French  (SFRN) 

Note:  Unless  othenvise  indicated,  readings,  lectures 
and  discussion  in  foreign  language  courses  above  the  el- 
ementary level  are  principally  in  the  language  concerned. 
Incoming  students  with  previous  experience  in  a  foreign 
language  must  take  a  placement  test. 

SFRN  101,102.lntroductoryFrench(3,3)Fundamentals 

of  the  language  and  culture  through  speaking,  listening, 
reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite  for  102  is  SFRN  101  or 
placement  through  testing. 

SFRN  201 .  Intermediate  French  (3)  Review  of  the  basic 
principles  of  the  language,  with  emphasis  on  reading, 
writing  and  oral  skills.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  102  or  121  or 
placement  through  testing. 

SFRN  202.  Intermediate  French  (3)  Review  of  the  basic 
principles  of  the  language,  v\  ith  emphasis  on  writing,  oral 
skills,  and  the  reading  of  literary  and  other  authentic  texts. 
Prerequisite:  SFRN  201  or  placement  through  testing. 

SFRN  204.  French  Culture  (3)  Major  artistic,  literary  and 
historical  movements  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  modem 
times  that  hav  e  contributed  to  the  French  cultural  identity. 
Taught  in  English.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SFRN  210.  French  Oral  Communication  (3)  Enhance- 
ment of  oral  expression  through  group  discussions,  oral 
presentations,  and  v  ocabulary  development.  Prerequisite: 
SFRN  202  or  placement  through  testing. 

SFRN  250.  Selected  French  Studies  Abroad  (3-6)  De- 
velopment of  intermediate  level  communication  skills 
togetherwith  immersion  in  the  culture  ofa  foreign  country. 
Prerequisite:  SFRN  102  or  121  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  308.  Business  French  (3)  Fundamental  elements 
of  the  language  and  exercises  in  composition  centering  on 
business  communication  skills.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  309.  French  (irammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Fundamental  elements  of  the  language  and  exercises 
in  composition.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


SFRN  3 1 0.  French  Conversation  (3)  Ad vanced  vocabulary 
development  and  acquisition  of  fluency  through  aural  and 
oral  activities.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  210  or  placement  test. 

SFRN  320.  French  Civilization  (3)  Culture  and  civiliza- 
tion of  the  French-speaking  world,  with  major  emphasis  on 
France.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  330.  SurveyofFrench  Literature  I  (3)  Aselection 

of  medieval  and  Renaissance  French  literature  through 
the  sixteenth  century.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SFRN 331. Survey  ot  French  Literature  II  (3) Aselection 

of  works  from  the  seventeenth  century  through  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  350.  Selected  French  Studies  Abroad  (3-6)  Devel- 
opment of  advanced  level  communication  skills  together 
with  immersion  in  the  culture  ofa  foreign  country.  Prereq- 
uisite: SFRN  202  or  210  or  250  or  consent  ol"  instructor. 

SFRN  398.  Topics  in  French  Language  or  Literature 

(1-3)  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  399.  Independent  Study  or  Internship  (1-3) 

Supervised  professional  experience  or  research  outside 
the  classroom.  For  three  internship  credit  hours,  a  student 
is  to  work  135  hours  with  an  approved  agency;  for  two 
credit  hours,  90  hours;  for  one  credit  hour,  45  hours.  For 
an  internship  or  for  an  independent  study,  a  contract  must 
be  signed  by  the  student  and  by  the  instructor  of  record 
and  other  designated  faculty  and  administrators.  Astudent 
may  repeat  SFRN  399  once  with  a  different  internship  or 
independent  study  contract  description  for  a  total  of  no 
more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit.  Prerequi- 
sites; GPA  2.0  overall.  2.5  in  foreign  language  course  and 
consent  of  faculty  supervisor. 

SFRN  402.  Masterpieces  of  French  Drama  (3)  Selected 
works  from  the  beginning  of  French  theatre  through  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SFRN  403.  Masterpieces ofthe  French  Novel  (3)  Selected 
works  from  the  beginning  ofthe  French  novel  through  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  SFRN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Geography  (SGEG) 

SGEC  101.  The  Upstate  (3)  Uses  the  landscape  ap- 
proach to  study  the  1 0-county  area  of  Northwestern  South 
Carolina.  Spatial, economic, social, cultural, demographic 
and  natural  traits  ofthe  contemporary  urban,  suburban  and 
rural  landscapes  are  examined  after  an  introduction  to  the 
landscape  approach. 

SGEG  103.  Introduction  to  Geography  (3)  Principles 
and  methods  of  geographical  inquiry. 

SGEG   121.  Principles  of  Regional  Geography  (3) 

Description  ofthe  regional  method  and  an  analysis  ofthe 
region  forming  processes.  Emphasis  is  on  the  distinctive 
features  of  large  areas  ofthe  world. 


186 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SGEG  201.  Introduction  to  Physical  (;eouraphy(4)Tlie 

spatial  significance  of  land  forms,  water  bodies,  and  soils. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  both  the  man-land  relationship  and 
the  concept  of  location.  Three  class  and  two  laboratory 
hours  per  week. 

SGEG  202.  Introduction  to  Weather  and  Climate  (3) 

The  interrelationshipofweather  elements  and  controls  and 
the  spatial  distribution  of  climate  and  vegetation. 

SGEG  212.  Introduction  to  Economic  Geography  (3) 

Factors  in  location  and  production  of  commodities,  com- 
merce and  manufacturing. 

SGEG  340.  Geography  of  Population,  Settlement  and 
Migration  (3)  (=SSOC  327)  Births,  deaths,  migration  and 
the  distribution  of  human  populations,  and  the  analytical 
methods  used  in  the  study  of  each  of  these  topics. 

SGEG  398.  Special  Topics  (3)  Geographic  dynamics  and 
characteristics  at  the  local,  regional  or  global  level.  May  be 
taken  twice  if  the  topic  is  different.  Prerequisite:  Any  lower 
division  geography  course  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGEG  424.  Geography  of  North  America  (3)  Physical 
and  cultural  geography  of  North  America  with  emphasis 
on  the  United  States. 


SGEL  I23L.  Geology  of  National  Parks  -  Field  Study 

(1 )  Developing  field  techniques  in  a  national  park  setting. 
Principles  of  geology  are  reinforced  in  the  classroom  com- 
ponent followed  by  travel  to  a  national  park  for  geological 
research  and  the  development  of  appropriate  field  notes. 
Prerequisite:  SGEL  121  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGEL  1 3 1 .  Earth  Resources  (3)  Mineral,  earth  and  water 
resources,  with  particular  attention  to  their  occurrence  and 
use,  and  the  interaction  between  geology  and  economics 
as  limiting  factors  on  resource  development.  Three  class 
hours  per  week  and  field  trips  are  required. 

SGEL241.  Environmental  Geology  of  South  Carolina 

(3)  An  investigation  for  the  environmental  geology  of 
South  Carolina  focusing  on  specific  case  studies  including 
water  issues,  beach  management,  waste  disposal,  energy 
production  and  use.  Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SGEL  310.  Paleobiology  (4)  Taxonomy  and  morphol- 
ogy of  fossil  organisms.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SGEL  102  or  SBIO  102  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SGEL  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Directed  research 
project  depending  on  student  interest  and  needs.  Prereq- 
uisite: consent  of  instructor. 


Geology  (SGEL) 

SGEL  1 0 1 .  Physical  Geology  (4)  Methods  and  procedures 
of  science  for  interpretation  of  the  earth.  The  natural  pro- 
cesses and  their  products  —  the  minerals,  rocks,  fossils, 
structure  and  surface  forms  of  the  earth  are  considered. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  interplay  between  hypothesis, 
experiment,  and  observable  fact  which  characterize  pro- 
ductive physical  science.  Three  class  and  three  laboratory 
hours  per  week. 

SGEL  102.  Historical  Geology  (4) The  practiceof  geology 
as  an  historical  science  with  emphasis  on  the  methods  of 
analysis,  nature  of  the  record,  and  guiding  principles  that 
have  allowed  geologists  to  decipher  the  history  of  the  earth. 
Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SGEL  103.  Environmental  Earth  Science  (4)  Analysis 
of  the  basic  energy  cycles  of  the  earth  the  interaction  of 
human  activity  with  earth  processes  to  affect  the  environ- 
ment. Three  class  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

SGEL  1 20.  Geology  of  the  Southeast  (3)  Investigation  of 
the  geological  processes  responsible  for  the  land  fomis  and 
natural  resources  of  the  southeastern  United  States.  Three 
class  hours  per  week  and  field  trips  are  required. 

SGEL  121 .  Geology  of  North  America  (3)  Analysis  of  the 
geological  history  and  development  of  the  North  American 
landmass.  regions  and  resources.  Comparison  of  similari- 
ties among  regions,  though  fonned  at  widely  separated 
periods  in  earth  history,  will  be  emphasized.  Three  class 
hours  per  week  and  field  trips  are  required. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


German  (SGRM) 

Note:  Unless  uthei-wise  indicated,  readings,  lectures 
and  discussion  in  foreign  language  courses  above  the  el- 
ementary level  are  principally  in  the  language  concerned. 
Incoming  students  with  previous  experience  in  a  foreign 
language  must  take  a  placement  test. 

SGRM  101,  102.  Introductory  German  (3,3)  Funda- 
mentals of  the  language  and  culture  through  speaking, 
listening,  reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite  for  102  is 
SGRM  101  or  placement  through  testing. 

SGRM  121.  Elementary  German  (3)  Intensive  review 
and  continuation  of  basic  grammar  and  vocabulary  for 
fundamental  communication  skills.  Placement  in  SGRM 
121  assumes  a  minimum  of  t\\o  years  high  school  level 
experience  in  the  language. 

SGRM  201.  Intermediate  German  (3)  Review  of  the 
basic  principles  of  the  language,  with  emphasis  on  read- 
ing, writing,  and  oral  skills.  Prerequisite:  SGRM  102  or 
121  or  placement  through  testing. 

SGRM  202.  Intermediate  German  (3)  Review  of  the  basic 
principles  of  the  language.  v\ith  emphasis  on  w  riting,  oral 
skills,  and  the  reading  of  literary  and  other  authentic  texts. 
Prerequisite:  SGRM  201  or  placement  through  testing. 

SGRM  204.  German  Culture  (3)  Major  artistic.  literar\  and 
historical  movements  trom  the  Middle  Ages  to  modem  times 
that  ha\  e  contributed  to  the  Gemian  cultural  identity.  Taught 
in  English.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

187 


SGRM  2 1 0.  German  Oral  Communication  (3)  Enhance- 
ment of  oral  expression  through  group  discussion,  oral 
presentations,  and  vocabulary'  development.  Prerequisite: 
SGRM  202  or  placement  through  testing. 

SGRM  250.  Selected  (;erman  Studies  Abroad  (3-6) 

Development  ot'intcrmediatc  le\el  communication  skills 
together  with  immersion  in  the  culture  of  a  foreign  country. 
Prerequisite:  SGRM  102  or  121  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SCiRM  308.  Business  German  (3)  IHcments  of  language 
centering  on  written  business  communication  skills.  Pre- 
requisite: SGRM  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGRM  3 10.  German  Conversation  (3)  Advanced  vocabu- 
lary development  and  acquisition  of  fluency  through  aural 
and  oral  activities.  Prerequisite:  SGRM  2 1 0  or  placement 
through  testing. 

SGRM  325.  Modern  German  Literature  in  Translation 

(3)  Masterpieces  of  German  literature.  The  selection  may 
include  texts  by  T.  Mann,  Katka,  Brecht,  Hesse  and  Grass. 
Taught  in  English.  This  course  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy 
a  foreign  language  requirement.  Prerequisites:  SEGL  102 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGRM  350.  Selected  German  Studies  Abroad  (3-6)  Devel- 
opment of  advanced  le\  el  communication  skillstogetherwith 
immersion  in  the  culture  of  a  foreign  country.  Prerequisite: 
SGRM  202  or  210  or  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGRM  398.  Topics  in  German  Literature/Language 

(1-3)  Prerequisite:  SGRM  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGRM  399.  Independent  Study  or  Internship  (1-3) 

Supervised  professional  experience  or  research  outside 
the  classroom.  For  three  internship  credit  hours,  a  stu- 
dent is  to  work  135  hours  with  an  approved  agency;  for 
two  credit  hours,  90  hours;  for  one  credit  hour,  45  hours. 
For  an  internship  or  for  an  independent  study,  a  contract 
must  be  signed  by  the  student  and  by  the  instructor  of 
record  and  other  designated  faculty  and  administrators. 
A  student  may  repeat  SGRM  399  once  with  a  different 
internship  or  independent  study  contract  description  for 
a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit. 
Prerequisites:  GPA  2.0  overall,  2.5  in  foreign  language 
course,  and  consent  of  faculty  supervisor. 

GoVERNME>a^  AND  INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES  (SGIS) 

SGIS  201.  American  National  Government  (3)  The 

formation  and  development  of  the  national  government, 
its  organization  and  powers. 

Note:  Government  and  International  Studies  201 
must  be  completed  prior  to  enrolling  in  upper  division 
government  and  international  studies  courses. 

SGIS  210.  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science  (3) 

Various  approaches  to  the  rigorous  study  of  political  phe- 
nomena. The  emphasis  is  upon  the  critical  thinking  and 
evaluative  skills  necessary  to  the  understanding  of  politics. 
Among  the  techniques  to  be  considered  are  surveys,  charts 
and  graphs,  case  studies,  and  statistical  summaries. 


SGIS  238.     Fundamentals  of  Political  Behavior  (3) 

Interpretation  of  the  basic  concepts  relative  to  American 
political  behavior.  Focus  on  political  ideology,  political 
culture,  including  political  socialization,  and  both  indi- 
vidual and  group  political  behavior. 

SGIS  300.  Introduction  to  Political  Theory  (3)  A  survey 
of  various  concepts  in  western  political  philosophy  such 
as  political  obligation,  freedom,  equality,  justice,  rights, 
authority,  and  power. 

SGIS  301.  Introduction  to  Political  Science  (3)  An 

introduction  to  ideas  important  in  the  study  of  politics. 
Topics  include  the  concept  of  power  and  the  nature  of  the 
state  as  seen  in  the  ideologies  of  totalitarianism,  fascism, 
socialism,  communism,  liberalism  and  pluralism. 

SGIS  310.  International  Politics  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  basic  factors  influencing  nation-state  behavior  in  the 
world:  the  nation-state  system,  nationalism  and  imperialism, 
national  power,  and  the  present  world  crisis.  The  role  of  the 
United  States  in  the  world  community  is  emphasized. 

SGIS  312.  Race  and  Ethnicity  in  American  Politics  (3) 

Impact  of  race  and  ethnicity  on  political  participation,  repre- 
sentation, institutions,  and  the  evolution  of  public  policy. 

SGIS  320.  Comparative  Politics  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  analysis  of  the  major  types  of  political  systems  utilizing 
examples  drawn  from  democratic,  communist  and  underde- 
veloped nation-states.  Problems,  approaches  and  methods 
associated  with  the  comparative  field  are  emphasized. 

SGIS  324.  Campaigns  and  Elections  (3)  The  function, 
organization,  actors,  and  consequences  of  campaigns 
and  elections  in  American  politics.  Particular  races  and 
campaigns  will  be  featured  as  examples  for  research  into 
how  campaigns  work  and  why  they  matter. 

326.  Middle  East  Politics  (3)  Comparative  study  of  politi- 
cal processes  within  Middle  Eastern  countries  and  their 
relations  with  other  states,  particularly  the  United  States. 
Prerequisite:  SGIS  201. 

SGIS  327.  East  Asian  Politics  (3)  Comparative  study  of 
political  processes  within  East  Asian  countries  and  their 
relations  with  other  countries,  particularly  the  United 
States.  Prerequisite:  SGIS  201 . 

SGIS  330.  International  Organizations  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  structure  and  functions  of  international  political 
and  economic  organizations.  Particular  attention  is  given 
to  the  United  Nations  and  its  specialized  agencies  and  to 
emerging  regional  communities. 

SGIS  340.  United  States  Foreign  Policy  (3)  Formulation 
of  American  foreign  policy,  problems  of  security,  trade 
and  diplomacy.  Policies  related  to  specific  nation-states 
and  regions  will  be  emphasized. 

SGIS  350.  Women  and  American  Politics  (3)  The  partici- 
pation of  women  in  American  political  life  and  their  influ- 
ence in  electoral  politics  and  issue-based  movements. 


18B 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SG IS 360.  American  Political  Partics(3)  I  he  tunclions, 
history  and  future  of  political  parties  in  the  United  States. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  political  parties  and 
the  consequences  of  that  development  upon  the  party  as 
an  organization,  the  party  as  an  electorate,  and  the  party 
in  the  government. 

SGIS361.  Political  Behavior(3)  Political  participation  in 
the  United  States  through  such  activities  as  interest  groups, 
political  protest,  contacting  officials,  voting,  running  for 
office.  Who  participates  and  why,  and  the  consequences 
of  participation  for  policy  decisions  and  for  society  are 
also  examined. 

SGIS  363.  Southern  Politics  (3)  Selected  political  patterns 
and  trends  within  the  eleven  states  of  the  American  South 
including  historical  developments  since  1950. 

SGIS  364.  State  and  Local  Government  (3)  (=SCRJ 

364)  The  institutions,  functions,  policy  making  processes, 
and  politics  of  state  and  local  governments  including 
an  examination  of  the  relations  between  state  and  local 
government,  and  the  relations  between  state  and  local 
government  and  the  national  government. 

SGIS  365.  Politics  and  Media  (3)  (=SJOU  365)  In- 
terpretation of  the  pivotal  role  of  media  in  contemporary 
American  politics.  Familiarizes  the  student  with  funda- 
mental concepts  regarding  the  pervasive  role  of  media  in 
how  it  shapes  our  life,  political  ideology,  political  culture 
and  political  behavior.  Prerequisite:  SGIS  201  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

SGIS  370.  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  (3) 

(=  SCRJ  370)  The  basic  principles  and  theory  of  admin- 
istrative structure,  responsibility,  and  control  in  relation 
to  policy  making  in  the  modem  state. 

SGIS  374.  Introduction  to  Public  Policy  (3)  Social,  politi- 
cal, and  technical  forces  in  policy  making  including  various 
theories  of  public  policy  and  inquires  into  selected  policy 
areas.  Current  policy  issues  are  included  and  integrated 
into  the  larger  theories  of  decision  making. 

SGIS  380.  Environmental  Policy  (3)  An  investigation 
of  American  national  and  international  issues  relating  to 
the  ecological  basis  of  human  living.  Special  attention 
is  on  environmental  issue-areas  including  air,  water, 
forests,  soil  erosion,  and  wildlife  as  well  as  the  impact  of 
population,  the  economy,  and  technology  on  the  quality 
of  the  environment. 

SGIS  385.  American  Political  Thought  (3)  A  survey  of 
American  political  theorists  from  the  colonial  period  to 
the  present  with  an  examination  of  the  social,  cultural, 
historical  and  scientific  developments  that  have  contributed 
to  the  nature  of  American  political  thinking. 

SGIS  386.  Art  and  Politics  (3)  A  presentation  of  the 
connection  between  art  and  political  thought.  The  course 
focuses  on  architecture,  painting,  and  music  as  they  express 
political  values  and  attitudes.   Prerequisite;  SGIS  201. 


SGIS  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6) 

SGIS  400.  Terrorism  and  Political  Violence  (3)  forms, 
causes,  and  consequences  of  pol  itical  violence  with  special 
attention  to  terrorism. 

SGIS  403.  History  of  Western  Political  Thought  (3)  A 

survey  of  political  theories  propounded  by  western  politi- 
cal philosophers  from  Plato  to  Nietzsche. 

SGIS  420.  Women  and  Politics:  A  Global  Perspective 

(3)  Women's  status  and  political  activism  around  the 
globe.  The  focus  is  on  similarities  and  differences  and 
the  bases  for  them.  Prerequisite;  SGIS  320  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SGIS  445.  Public  Policy  Seminar:  K- 1 2  School  Reform 
(3)  Examination  of  current  K-12  school  reform  efforts 
as  public  policy  initiatives.  Analysis  of  various  models 
and  approaches  as  appropriate  methods  of  stabilizing  and 
changing  public  schools  as  institutions  fundamental  to 
American  society. 

SGIS  450.  Constitutional  Law  (3)  The  evolution  of  gov- 
eminental  powers  focusing  on  thejudiciary,  the  presidency, 
congress,  the  states,  and  intergovernmental  relations. 

SGIS  451.  Civil  Rights  and  Civil  Liberties  (3)  (=SCRJ 
451)  Freedom  of  religion,  freedom  of  speech  and  as- 
sociation, due  process,  equal  protection,  and  criminal 
procedure. 

SGIS  452.  The  Judicial  Process  (3)  (=SCRJ  452)  The 

growth  of  law,  the  lawmaking  of  the  courts,  the  structure 
and  organization  of  federal  and  state  courts,  the  procedures 
involved  in  civil  and  criminal  cases,  and  the  problems  and 
proposals  for  reform  in  the  administration  of  justice. 

SGIS  460.  International  Law  (3)  History  and  basic 
principles  of  law  among  nation-states.  Emphasis  is  upon 
the  scope  of  international  law  and  the  extent  to  which  law- 
shapes  the  behavior  of  international  actors. 

SGIS  462.  The  Legislative  Process  (3)  Structure,  organiza- 
tion, powers,  functions  and  problems  of  legislative  bodies. 

SGIS463.The  American  President(3)  The  constitutional 

powers  and  political  roles  of  the  president  with  lesser 
emphasis  upon  state  governors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  chief  executive  and  administration,  executive  relation- 
ships with  legislatures,  and  party  and  popular  leadership 
by  the  executive. 

SGIS  481.  The  Politics  of  Inequality  (3)  The  progress 
made  by.  and  relationship  between,  the  struggles  for 
racial,  gender,  and  economic  equality  in  .America.  Top- 
ics include  theories  of  justice,  the  nature  of  oppression, 
political  participation,  and  the  philosophical  and  legal 
development  of  equal  rights. 

SGIS  491.  Topics  in  Government  and  International 
Studies  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  once  as  topics  change. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


189 


SCIS  495.  Political  Science  Internship  (1-6)  Super- 
vised work  experience  in  a  polilieai  or  governmental 
environment.  A  minimum  of  three  hours  work  per  week 
is  required  for  each  credit  hour  Students  are  required  to 
meet  periodically  «ith  the  supervising  faculty  member. 
Prerequisites:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Students  are  limited  to  a  ma.ximum  of  six  hours 
combined  from  SGIS  495  and  496. 

SGIS  496.  Public  Administration  Internship  (1-6) 

Super\ised  work  experience  in  a  public  administration 
environment.  A  minimum  of  three  hours  work  per  week 
is  required  for  each  credit  hour.  Students  are  required  to 
meet  periodically  with  the  supervising  faculty  member. 
Prerequisites:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Students  are  limited  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours 
combined  from  SGIS  495  and  496. 

SGIS  500.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Exploration,  at  an  ad- 
vanced le\  el.  of  issues,  topics  and  dilemmas  in  both  the 
subject  matter  and  the  profession  of  political  science  with 
emphasis  on  research  and  oral  presentation  of  research 
findings.  The  specific  topics  covered  in  the  course  vary  . 
Prerequisites:  12  hours  of  SGIS  at  the  30()-level  or  above, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SGIS  571.  Public  Financial  Administration  (3)  Prin- 
ciples and  practices  of  financial  administration  including 
organization,  budgeting,  assessment,  treasure  manage- 
ment, and  debt. 

SGIS572.  Public  Personnel  Management  (3)  fundamen- 
tal principles  of  personnel  organization  and  administration, 
including  an  analysis  of  personnel  techniques. 


Healthcare  Information  Management 
AND  Systems  (SHIM) 

SHIIVI  201.  Understanding  Healthcare  Organiza- 
tions (3)  Introduction  to  origins  and  evolution  of  current 
healthcare  delivery  systems  and  organizational  structures, 
healthcare  terminology  and  language  structures,  common 
usage,  acronyms,  and  basic  uses  of  information  in  a  variety 
of  healthcare  settings.  Topics  also  include  introduction  to 
levels  of  information  users  and  information  needs  within  a 
variety  of  healthcare  organizations.  Prerequisites:  SCSC 
138,  SIMS  201.  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHIM  250.  Department  Administration  in  Healthcare 

(3)  Management,  communication,  and  problem-solving 
as  they  relate  to  human  resources,  quality  assurance, 
finance,  budgeting  and  reimbursement  in  a  healthcare 
setting.  Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SHIM  301.  Healthcare  Information  Systems  (3)  In- 
troduction to  healthcare  information  systems  to  include 
management  and  administration  information  systems, 
clinical  information  systems,  business  information 
systems,  decision  support,  critical  care  applications, 
information  systems  in  education,  and  emergent  system 


applications.  Particular  emphasis  is  placeil  on  automa- 
tion required  for  the  emerging  "paperless"  environment 
and  computer-based  records.  Prerequisite:  SHIM  201  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SHIM  302.  Information  Trends  in  Healthcare  Systems 

(3)  Data,  knowledge,  and  information  structures,  termi- 
nological control,  index  language  functions,  regulatory 
determinants  of  data  collected/stored  (ex., IC'AHO/HIPPA, 
etc.),  including  study  of  language  development  in  health- 
care systems  evolution.  Prerequisite:  SHIM  30 1  orconsent 
of  instructor. 

SHIM  412.  Ethics  and  Risk  Management  in  Healthcare 
Information  Systems  (3)  Selected  ethical  issues,  confi- 
dentiality, preserv  ation  and  conservation  of  sensitive  data, 
data  maintenance  and  integrity  preservation.  Prerequisites: 
SPHL21I  orSPHL310or  SPHL311  or  SPIIL  321;  and 
SHIM  302;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHIM  413.  Network  Applications  for  Healthcare  Infor- 
mation Systems  (3)  Network  configurations  and  functions 
including  the  latest  developments  and  applications  in 
electronic  health  records  (EHR)  and  the  implementation 
of  the  EHR  in  the  healthcare  industry. 

SHIM  417.  Healthcare  Information  Security  (3)  In- 
frastructure assessment,  business  protection  practices, 
and  compliance  management  based  on  the  International 
Information  Systems  Security  Certification  Consortium's 
10-domain  model  for  healthcare  information  technology 
systems.  Prerequisite:  SCSC  315  orconsent  of  instructor. 

SHIM  450.  Healthcare  Database  Systems  and  Informa- 
tion Retrieval  (3)  Database  formats  and  structures,  query 
techniques,  document  classification,  managing  large  data 
collections,  statistical  applications  in  data  management. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  discovery  of  methods  to  capture 
data  as  an  important  institutional  resource  through  efficient 
management  of  databases  and  data  repositories,  and  on 
the  importance  of  data  collections  that  provide  accurate 
outcome  assessment.  Prerequisite:  SIMS  421  orconsent 
of  instructor. 

SHIM  496.  Special  Topics  (3)  Study  reflective  of  current 
issues/topics  related  to  the  field  of  healthcare  information 
management.  Topics  might  include  (but  are  not  limited 
to)  emergent  technology  in  healthcare  settings  such  as 
user  interface  design,  expert  system  evolution,  virtual 
environments,  soft  computing/fuzzy  logic  applications, 
artificial  intelligence.  Topics  chosen  for  study  in  a  given 
semester  will  be  determined  by  the  sate  of  the  science  at 
the  time  of  the  ofTering.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  12 
hours  SHIM  courses. 

SHIM  498.  Practicum  in  Healthcare  Information  Man- 
agement (3)  Supervised  professional  practice  involving 
information  management  in  a  healthcare  organization. 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  the  healthcare  informatics 
application  area. 


190 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Health  Education  (SHED) 

SHED  170.  First  Aid  (3)  Instruction  leading  to  basic 
certification  in  standard  first  aid  and  cardiopulmonary 
resuscitation.  Discussion  of  HIV/AIDS  and  back  injury 
prevention  is  also  included. 

SHED  221.  Lifelong  Health  and  Wellness  (3)  Well- 
ness and  fitness  trends  in  America.  Self-assessment  of 
health  status  concepts,  human  sexuality,  health  promotion 
strategies  (physical  fitness,  stress  management,  nutrition, 
weight  control)  and  health  maintenance  of  major  life  style 
diseases  (Cardiovascular  disease,  cancer,  diabetes  mellitus, 
HIV,  substance  abuse). 

SHED  331.  Health  and  Physical  Education  for  the 
Elementary  School  Child  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for 
teaching  health  and  physical  education  in  the  elementary 
school  including  integration  and  correlation  of  materials  with 
other  subjects  at  primary  and  intemiediate  grade  levels. 

SHED  334.  The  School  Health  Program  (3)  Methods  of 
teaching  health  with  special  emphasis  on  the  relationship 
of  health  to  physical  education.  Health  service,  healthful 
school  living,  and  method  and  materials  of  teaching  health 
are  included.  Prerequisites:  SHED  221  and  SBIO  232. 

History  (SHST) 

SHST  101.  Introduction  to  World  History  I  (3)  World 
histoiy  to  1 500.  Using  a  global  approach,  emphasis  is  placed 
on  major  political,  social,  economic,  and  cultural  trends. 

SHST  102.  Introduction  to  World  History  II  (3)  1 500  to 

the  present.  Using  a  global  approach,  emphasis  is  placed  on 
major  political,  social,  economic,  and  cultural  trends. 

SHST  105.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1877  (3) 
The  indigenous  peoples,  the  era  of  discovery,  and  the 
nation  from  Independence  to  the  end  of  Reconstruction, 
emphasizing  major  political,  economic,  social,  and  intel- 
lectual developments. 

SHST  1 06.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1 865  (3)  The 

rise  of  modem  America  after  the  Civil  War,  emphasizing 
the  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellectual  trends  that 
contributed  to  the  development  of  contemporary  society. 

SHST  198.  Current  History  (1)  Major  events  in  the  news 
with  emphasis  on  their  historical  context  and  likely  long-range 
significance.  May  be  taken  up  to  three  times  for  credit. 

Note:  the  prerequisite  for  all  upper  division  history 
courses  is  any  WQ-level  histoiy  course  or  the  consent  of 
the  instructor 

SHST 300.  Introduction  to  Historical  Studies  (3)  Meth- 
ods of  historical  inquiry.  Particular  attention  is  given  to 
primary  and  secondary  sources,  document  analysis,  citation 
methods,  research  paper  skills,  and  historical  writing. 

SHST  301 .  Early  North  America  (3)  The  histor/  of  North 
America  from  its  earliest  inhabitants,  the  exploration  and 


colonization  of  North  America  through  the  end  of  the  Seven 
Years'  War.  The  subject  matter  includes  Native  American 
societies,  background  on  the  liuropeans  and  Africans  who 
would  migrate  to  the  colonies,  the  collision  ofcultures,  family 
life  and  labor,  colonial  administration,  and  the  development 
of  international  rivalries  in  North  America. 

SHST  302.  History  of  the  Revolutionary  Era  (1763- 

1 789)  (3)  Era  from  the  end  of  the  Seven  Years'  War  through 
the  ratification  of  the  United  States  Constitution  including 
the  social,  political,  economic,  cultural,  and  geographic 
development  of  the  new  nation  out  of  the  struggle  for 
independence. 

SHST  303.  History  of  the  Early  American  Republic 

(1789-1820)  (3)  The  ratification  of  the  United  States 
Constitution  through  the  first  three  decades  of  American 
independence,  including  the  social,  political,  economic, 
cultural,  and  geographic  development  of  the  new  nation 
through  this  period. 

SHST  304.  The  Age  of  Jackson  (1820-1848)  (3)  The 

Jacksonian  Era  from  1820  through  1848,  including  the 
social,  political,  economic,  cultural,  and  geographic  de- 
velopment of  the  new  nation  under  this  period. 

SHST  305.  Sectionalism  and  Civil  War  (1848-1877) 

(3)  The  Civil  War  Era  from  1 848  through  1 877  including 
the  social,  political,  economic,  cultural,  and  geographic 
development  of  the  nation  during  this  period,  w  ith  a  con- 
centration on  the  rise  of  sectionalism  in  the  country,  the 
military  and  social  conflicts  during  war,  and  the  tribulations 
of  the  Reconstruction  era. 

SHST  306.  Gilded  Age  and  Progressive  Era  America 

(1877-1917)  (3)  The  Gilded  Age  and  the  Progressive  Era 
between  1877  and  1917  including  the  social,  political, 
economic,  cultural,  and  geographic  development  of  the 
nation  during  this  period. 

SHST  307.  The  United  States  and  the  World  at  War, 
1914-1945  (3)  The  era  from  1914  to  1945,  focusing  on 
the  social,  political,  economic,  cultural,  and  geographic 
development  of  the  nation  during  this  period  including 
the  American  involvement  in  the  two  World  Wars,  the 
Roaring  Twenties,  and  the  Great  Depression. 

SHST  308.  Native  American  History  (3)  Pre-Columbian 
times  to  the  present  in  North  America.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  economic,  political,  military  and  social  changes  in  na- 
tive cultures  over  time  in  response  to  first  European  then 
American  encroachment. 

SHST  310.  African-American  History  to  1865  (3)  The 

African  background,  origins  of  sla\  ery,  the  rise  of  the 
free  black  community,  and  African  Americans  as  actors 
in  the  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  history  of 
the  United  States  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War. 

SHST  311.  African-American  History  since  1860  (3) 

The  African  American  role  in  the  Civil  War.  Emancipa- 
tion, Reconstruction,  and  the  development  of  the  black 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


191 


community  since  1860.  Major  topics  include  African 
Americans'  struggle  for  autonomy  and  equal  rights  in 
the  political  and  economic  arenas,  the  impact  of  race  in 
American  society,  and  the  intellectual  and  cultural  tradi- 
tions of  African  Americans. 

SHST3I2.  American  .Military  History  (3)  United  States 

involvement  in  armed  conflicts  from  the  colonial  period 
to  the  present.  Subjects  covered  include  the  evolution 
of  warfare,  the  place  of  the  military  in  society,  and  the 
development  of  professionalism  in  American  forces. 

SHST  313.  The  \ictnani  War  (3)  The  causes,  major 
events,  and  impact  of  the  Vietnam  War  viewed  in  a  cross- 
cultural  context. 

SHST318.  Native  American  History  (3)  Pre-Columbian 

times  to  the  present  in  North  America,  limphasis  is  placed 
on  economic,  political,  military  and  social  changes  in  na- 
tive cultures  over  time  in  response  to  European  and  then 
American  enroachment. 

SHST  320.  The  South  to  1 865  (3)  The  southern  United  States 
from  the  colonial  era  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War,  emphasiz- 
ing the  development  of  regionally  distinct  political,  social, 
economic,  and  cultural  characteristics  and  institutions. 

SHST  321.  The  South  since  1 865  (3)  The  southern  United 
States  from  the  era  of  Reconstruction  to  the  present.  Top- 
ics include  the  tension  between  an  increasingly  national 
focus  in  economics  and  politics  and  the  desire  to  maintain 
local  social  control.  The  question  of  the  persistence  of  a 
southern  identity  is  central. 

SHST  322.  History  of  South  Carolina,  1 670  to  the  Pres- 
ent (3)  The  origins  and  development  of  South  Carolina 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  the 
unique  role  the  state  has  played  in  the  nation's  history. 

SHST  323.  Our  Past:  Upstate  History  (3)  Local  his- 
tory, focusing  on  Greenville,  Spartanburg,  and  Cherokee 
Counties.  Public/applied  history  techniques  and  projects 
are  included. 

SHST  330.  Early  Mediterranean  Empires  (3)  Peoples 
in  trade,  politics,  culture,  and  society  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean region  through  the  rise  of  the  Byzantine  Empire. 
Significant  attention  is  given  to  the  Egyptian,  Persian, 
and  Byzantine  Empires  with  the  main  emphasis  on 
Greece  and  Rome. 

SHST  332.  Renaissance  and  Reformation  in  Europe  (3) 

Economic,  political,  social  and  cultural  developments  in  Italy 
in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries:  their  spread  north 
and  collision  with  the  new  ideas  released  in  the  Protestant 
revolt  of  the  sixteenth  century.  Significant  attention  is  given 
to  the  religious  wars  of  the  late  1 500s  and  early  1600s. 

SHST  333.  Absolutism  and  Enlightenment  in  Europe 

(3)  Social,  economic,  intellectual,  cultural  and  political 
transformation  of  Europe  from  Louis  XIV  to  the  French 
Revolution.  Significant  attention  is  given  to  Absolutism, 


Louis  XIV,  Peter  the  Great,  Frederick  the  Great,  Maria 
Theresa,  Catherine  the  Great  and  the  new  ideas  of  the 
Enlightenment. 

SHST  335.  Twentieth  Century    Eastern  Europe  (3) 

Eastern  Europe  from  Austro-Hungarian,  Russian  and 
German  domination  to  present.  Significant  attention  is 
paid  to  nationalism,  national  self-determination.  World 
Wars  I  and  II,  economic  and  political  struggles,  communist 
domination,  and  independence. 

SHST  336.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3)  Europe 
from  the  French  Revolution  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Significant  attention  is  paid  to  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, the  Napoleonic  Era,  industrial  development  and  its 
consequences,  new  ideologies,  imperialism,  and  the  rise 
of  Italy  and  Germany. 

SHST  337.  Age  of  the  World  Wars  (3)  World  War  I,  the 
Inter-war  years,  and  World  War  11.  Particular  attention  is 
given  to  the  causes  and  events  of  World  War  I.  the  Paris 
Peace  Conference  of  1919,  the  struggles  of  the  Inter-war 
period,  the  rise  of  Adolf  Hitler,  and  the  causes  and  events 
ofWorldWarll. 

SHST  338.  Europe's  Cold  War  (3)  The  Cold  War  ex- 
perience in  Europe  from  1945  to  the  early  1990s,  from  a 
political,  social,  cultural,  economic  and  military  perspec- 
tive. Significant  attention  is  given  to  European  recovery, 
the  creation  of  the  Soviet  Bloc  as  well  as  its  demise,  and 
European  unity. 

SHST  340.  Germany  since  1870  (3)  Cultural,  political, 
intellectual  and  social  impact  of  unification.  World  War 
I,  the  Weimar  Republic,  the  Third  Reich,  East  and  West 
Germany,  and  reunification. 

SHST  341.  History  of  Modern  Russia  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  developments  from  the 
mid-nineteenth  century  through  the  present. 

SHST  347.  Medieval  Britain  1066-1399  (3)  Political, 
social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual  development 
in  Britain  during  the  High  Middle  Ages,  from  theNorman 
Conquest  to  the  fall  of  Richard  II. 

SHST  348.  Early  Modern  Britain  1399-1 750  (3)  British 
social,  political,  religious,  cultural,  and  economic  devel- 
opment in  the  early  modern  period.  Topics  will  include 
Henry  VIII,  Bloody  Mary,  Elizabeth,  the  English  Civil 
War  and  the  Glorious  Revolution. 

SHST  349.  Modern  Britain  1750-Present  (3)  British 
social,  political,  religious,  cultural  and  economic  develop- 
ment in  the  modern  period,  including  the  rise  of  industri- 
alization, imperialism,  and  the  two  World  Wars. 

SHST 350.  Genocides  in  Europe  (3)  Causes,  comparisons, 
and  consequences  of  ethnic  cleansing  and  genocide  from 
the  late  nineteenth  century  through  the  present.  Significant 
attention  is  paid  to  the  Jewish  Holocaust  in  World  War  II. 


192 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


SHST  351.  Women  in  Early  Modern  Europe  and 
America  (3)  Changing  notions  of  the  female  body  and 
women's  roles  as  lovers,  housewives,  mothers,  philoso- 
phers, consumers,  workers,  saints  and  potential  citizens  in 
pre-industrial,  commercial  and  early  industrial  Europe. 

SHST  352.  Women  in  Modern  Europe  and  America 

(3)  Industrialization,  changing  images  of  the  female  body, 
radical  and  reform  movements,  war,  economic  depression, 
citizenship,  race,  professionalization,  women's  unwaged 
as  well  as  wage  labor,  and  effect  of  occupational  choice 
upon  women's  social  roles. 

SHST  353.  History  of  Science  (3)  The  development  of 
natural  philosophy  from  the  ancient  Greeks  through  the 
Scientific  Revolution  and  Enlightenment  to  the  rise  of 
modern  science. 

SHST  354.  Birth  of  Europe  300-1000  (3)  European 
political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual 
development  from  the  establishment  of  Christianity  as  an 
officially  sanctioned  religion  to  the  dawn  of  the  feudal  age. 
Topics  will  include  the  Germanic  kingdoms,  Charlemagne's 
Empire  and  the  Viking  invasions. 

SHST  355.  Medieval  Civilization  1000-1400  (3)  Euro- 
pean political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual 
development  during  the  High  Middle  Ages.  Topics  will 
include  feudalism,  the  Crusades,  and  the  Black  Death. 

SHST  360.  Africa  to  1800  (3)  Traditional  culture,  early 
civilizations,  rise  of  Islam,  Sudanic  empires,  and  the  slave 
trade  era. 

SHST  361.  Africa  since  1800  (3)  Commercial  and  reli- 
gious revolutions  of  the  19th  century,  partition,  colonial 
rule,  post-independence,  and  South  Africa. 

SHST  370.  History  of  China  (3)  The  cultural,  economic, 
social,  and  political  development  of  China  with  emphasis 
on  the  transformation  of  traditional  Chinese  society  from 
1644  to  the  present. 

SHST  371.  History  of  Japan  (3)  The  cultural,  economic, 
social,  and  political  development  of  Japan  with  emphasis 
on  the  transformation  of  traditional  Japanese  society  from 
1600  to  the  present. 

SHST  372.  History  of  India  (3)  The  cultural,  economic, 
social,  and  political  development  of  India  with  emphasis  on 
Hindu  and  Islamic  influences,  the  rise  of  nationalism  during 
the  period  of  British  rule,  and  post-independence  India. 

SHST  373.  Pre-modern  East  Asia  (3)  Political,  cultural, 
and  economic  development  in  China,  Japan,  and  Korea 
before  1600  with  an  emphasis  on  interactions  of  different 
regions  in  East  Asia. 

SHST  375.  Revolutions  in  Modern  China  (3)  Political 
history  of  China  between  the  late  19th  century  and  the 
early  21st  century,  including  the  emergence  of  Chinese 
nationalism,  the  spread  of  Marxism,  the  rise  of  the  Chinese 


Communist  Party,  democratic  movements  in  mainland 
China  and  Taiwan,  and  political  and  economic  reforms. 

SHST  380.  Latin  American  to  1830  (3)  Indigenous  cul- 
tures, the  Spanish  and  Portuguese  presence  in  the  Caribbean, 
South  America  and  Mesoamerica  through  independence. 

SHST  38 1 .  Latin  American  since  1 8 1 0  (3)  I  ndependence, 
the  national  period,  the  struggles  for  political  stability  and 
democracy  and  against  militarism  and  authoritarianism,  eco- 
nomic development,  issues  of  ethnic  identity  and  culture. 

SHST  390.  Foundations  of  a  Global  Society  to  1800 

(3)  Early  interaction  among  major  world  areas;  the  be- 
ginning of  European  maritime  expansion  in  the  fifteenth 
century;  the  establishment  of  colonial  and  commercial 
empires;  the  slave  trade  era;  and  the  political,  economic, 
and  cultural  consequences  of  these  developments  to  the 
early  nineteenth  century. 

SHST  391.  Emergence  of  a  Global  Society  since  1800 

(3)  Developments  since  the  late  eighteenth  century,  includ- 
ing the  impact  of  population  increase  and  migration,  the 
imperialism  of  the  later  nineteenth  century  and  the  nature 
and  consequences  of  the  colonial  era  that  followed,  the 
transition  to  independence,  continuing  technological  in- 
novation and  the  interconnectedness  of  the  contemporary 
world. 

SHST  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6) 

SHST  491.  Topics  in  History  (3)  Reading  and  research 
on  selected  historical  subjects.  Prerequisite:  Any  lower 
division  history  class  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHST  492.  Topics  in  United  States  History  (3)  Reading 
and  research  on  selected  historical  subjects  related  to  the 
history  of  the  United  States.  Prerequisite:  U.S.  history  at 
the  300-IeveI  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHST  493.  Topics  in  European  History  (3)  Reading  and 
research  on  selected  European  subjects. 

SHST  494.  Topics  in  Non-Western  History  (3)  Reading 
and  research  on  selected  Non- Western  subjects. 

SHST  495.  Topics  in  African-American  History  (3) 

Reading  and  research  on  selected  historical  subjects  related 
to  the  African-American  experience.  Prerequisite:  SHST 
3 1 0,  SHST  3 1 1 ,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHST  496.  Topics  in  Women's  History  (3)  Reading  and 
research  on  selected  subjects  in  women's  history.  Prerequisite: 
Any  lower  division  history  class  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SHST  500.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Exploration,  at  an  ad- 
vanced level,  of  issues,  topics  and  dilemmas  in  both  the 
subject  matter  and  the  profession  of  history  with  emphasis 
on  research  and  oral  presentation  of  research  findings.  The 
specific  topics  covered  in  the  course  var>'.  Prerequisite:  12 
hours  of  SHST  at  the  300-level  or  above  with  a  minimum 
grade  of  C,  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


193 


Honors  Courses  (HONS) 

HONS  101.  First  ^car  Honors  Experience  (3)  Study 
of  a  particular  tliome  taught  by  faculty  across  disciplines. 
lntensi\c  reading,  writing,  and  research.  Prerequisite: 
.•Xdmission  to  Honors  Program  as  a  first  year  student;  or 
pemiission  of  director  of  honors  program. 

HONS  102.  Chancellor's  Honors  Seminar  (1-3)  Study 
of  a  particular  topic  taught  by  the  Chancellor  or  E.xecu- 
ti\e  Vice-Chancellor  of  Academic  AlVairs.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  Honors  Program  or  permission  of  director 
of  honors  program. 

HONS  250.  Honors  Travel  (1-3)  Visits  to  and  study 
of  international  or  US  sites  of  historic,  cultural,  and/or 
literary  significance.  Content  and  itinerary  will  vary  de- 
pending on  the  instructor's  area  of  interest.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  Honors  Program  or  permission  of  honors 
program  director. 

HONS  301.  Honors  Colloquium  Study  (3)  Examination 
of  a  particular  theme  taught  by  faculty  across  disciplines. 
Intensive  reading,  writing,  and  research.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  Honors  Program  as  a  sophomore.juniorortransfer 
student;  or  permission  of  director  of  honors  program. 

HONS  350.  Honors  Travel  (3)  Visits  to  and  study  of 
international  or  U.S.  sites  of  historic,  cultural,  scientific, 
and  or  literary  significance.  The  focus  and  work  product 
for  the  course  vary  depending  on  the  instructor's  area  of 
interest.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Honors  Program  or 
overall  GPAof  3. 25  at  USC  Upstate  or  accredited  institution 
w  ith  pemiission  of  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program. 

HONS  399.  Honors  Independent  Study  (3-4).  Directed 
research  and  reading  of  a  complex  and  extensive  nature 
in  keeping  with  the  student's  major  interests.  A  written 
report  or  work  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  term.  Research 
involves  both  primary  and  secondary  sources.  Consent 
of  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program.  May  be  repeated 
with  the  consent  of  the  Director  of  the  Honors  Program 
for  a  total  of  no  more  than  eight  hours  of  undergraduate 
Honors  credit.  A  university  contract  must  be  completed 
with  all  required  signatures. 

HONS  401.  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Independent  original 
scholarship  completed  under  the  supervision  of  an  honors 
faculty  member.  Work  completed  is  an  original  essay, 
annotated  creative  vs  ork  or  performance,  scientific  report, 
or  other  special  project.  One  meeting  hour  per  week  and 
independent  research.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  once. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Honors  Program:  12  honors 
credits,  permission  of  director  of  honors  program. 

Information  Management  and  Systems  (SIMS) 

SIMS  101.  Survey  of  information  Technology  (3) 

Use  of  information  technology  to  collect,  analyze,  and 
transform  data  into  knowledge  using  desktop  software 
and  commonly  available  Internet-based  resources  and  the 


evaluation  of  information  sources  foraccuracy.  suitability, 
safety,  security,  societal  and  ethical  issues. 

SIMS  201.  Concepts  of  Information  Management  and 
Systems  (3)  Theoretical  foundations  of  organization  of 
information;  cognitive  structures  and  processing  of  data, 
information,  knowledge,  and  understanding  information 
uses  and  users.  The  integrated  and  interdisciplinary  nature 
of  information  science  and  computer  science  is  introduced 
and  developed  through  case  studies  and  examples  from  con- 
centration disciplines:  business,  education,  communication, 
and  healthcare  settings.  Prerequisite:  SCSC  1  .'^<S. 

SIMS  211.  Microcomputer  Organization  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  major  features  of  operating  system  software,  the 
primary  functions  of  CPU's,  bus  architectures,  secondary 
storage  devices,  peripheral  devices,  hardware  and  software 
configuration.  The  goal  is  the  assembly  and  disassembly 
of  microcomputer  systems  and  installation  of  operating 
systems,  network  operating  systems,  and  applications  soft- 
ware. Prerequisite:  SCSC  138  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  303.  Organizational  Informatics  (3)  Needs,  uses 
and  consequences  of  information  in  organizational  con- 
texts, organizational  types  and  characteristics,  functional 
areas  and  business  processes,  information-based  products 
and  services,  the  use  of  and  redefining  role  of  information 
technology,  sociotechnical  structures,  and  the  rise  and 
transformation  of  infonnation-based  industries.  Prereq- 
uisite: SIMS  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  305.  Social  Informatics  (3)  Key  social  research  and 
perspectives  on  the  use  of  infonnation  and  communication 
technologies,  information  ethics,  relevant  legal  frameworks, 
popular  and  controversial  uses  of  technology,  digital  divides, 
and  multicultural  issues  of  information  management.  Prereq- 
uisites: SIMS  303  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  345.  Technical  Presentation  and  Communication 

(3)  Communication  technologies  in  the  workplace  such  as 
PowerPoint,  Lotus,  Freelance  and  HTML.  Prerequisites: 
SCSC  138andSSPH20I. 

SIMS346.  Communication  and  New  Technology  (3)  Under- 
standing the  components  of  various  technologies  and  their  im- 
portance in  in  fomiation  management  and  dissemination  within 
and  outside  the  organization.  Prerequisite:  SCSC  138. 

SIMS  347.  Web  page  Construction  (3)  Design  of  user- 
layer  Web  pages  using  HTML,  Java  script.  Flash,  and 
Dreamweaver,  featuring  graphic  preparation,  layout  and 
effective  presentation  of  infonnation.  Prerequisites:  SIMS 
305  or  SIMS  303  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  399.  Independent  Study  in  Informatics  (1-6) 

Directed  and  self-guided  research  into  topics  of  interest  in 
the  field  of  infonnatics.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum 
of  6  credit  hours.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  41 5.  E-Commerce  and  the  Internet  (3)  Coordina- 
tion and  cultural  challenges,  value  creation  opportunities, 
and  information  management  issues  associated  with  vari- 


194 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


ous  forms  of  electronic  commerce  including  electronic 
data  interchange,  the  World  Wide  Web,  and  the  Internet 
in  today's  global  economy.  Prerequisite:  SCSC  315  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  421.  Data  Warehousing  and  Decision  Support 

SystenisTechnology  (3)  Data  warehousing,  online  analytical 
processing,  and  decision  support  systems.  Topics  include 
design  and  architectural  issues,  cost  effectiveness,  manage- 
ment concerns,  data  integrity,  deployment,  and  maintenance 
issues.  Prerequisite:  SCSC  325  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  422.  Knowledge  Inference  Systems  &  Applica- 
tions (3)  Knowledge  representation,  intelligent  decision 
systems,  uncertainty  and  inexact  knowledge,  principals  of 
rule-based  systems,  action  rules,  interestingness  measures, 
usability  evaluation.  Select  study  of  actual  systems  and 
applications  in  specific  domains  such  as:  medicine,  busi- 
ness, communications,  and  education.  Prerequisite:  SIMS 
421  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  423.  Human-Machine  Interaction  (3)  Concepts 
of  interaction  and  how  people  acquire,  store  and  use  data 
including  interface  analysis  and  creation,  human  factors 
in  perception,  pattern  recognition,  speech  recognition, 
attention,  memory  and  expectation.  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  440.  Business  Process  Re-engineering  &  Work- 
flow (3)  Information  technology  and  communication  re- 
quirements of,  and  cultural  or  social  issues  pertaining  to,  the 
flow  of  work  through  distributed  information  management 
processes  in  business  and  other  organizations.  Students  in 
the  Healthcare  Infonnatics  application  area  focus  on  ap- 
plications in  the  healthcare  setting.  Prerequisites:  SIMS 
415  and  senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  441.  IT  Project  Management  (3)  Breakdown, 
estimation,  leadership  of  a  diverse  team,  and  the  use  of 
tools  to  ensure  the  completion  of  deli  verables  within  budget 
and  on  schedule.  Students  in  the  Healthcare  Infonnatics 
application  area  focus  on  applications  in  the  healthcare 
setting.  Prerequisites:  SIMS  415  and  senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  450.  Executive  IT  Management  (3)  Issues  and 
challenges  facing  IT  executives  including  IT  alignment 
and  governance,  consensus,  executive  leadership,  oversight, 
retum-on-investment  analysis,  project  management,  and 
risk  management.  Students  in  the  Healthcare  Infonnatics  ap- 
plication area  focus  on  appl  ications  in  the  healthcare  setting. 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  496.  Special  Topics  in  Informatics  (1-6)  Current 
trends,  events,  software,  hardware,  and  issues  in  informat- 
ics, information  technology,  and  information  management. 
May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credit  hours.  Pre- 
requisites: Senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SIMS  498.  Experiential  Learning  in  Information  Man- 
agement and  Systems  (3)  The  application  of  learning  in 
a  professional  setting.  To  complement  and  strengthen  the 


Infonnalion  Management  and  Systemsacademic  program, 
students  will  complete  a  planned  program  of  observation, 
study,  and  work  in  selected  organizations  with  information 
management  and  systems  offices.  Student  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  apply  and  articulate  what  they  have  learned 
in  the  classroom.  Prerequisites;  IMS  major,  senior  standing 
and  approval  of  instructor.    Pass/fail  credit. 

SIMS  499.  Senior  Seminar  in  Information  Manage- 
ment and  Systems  (3)  Integration  of  knowledge  in 
information  management  and  systems.  Students  will 
study  and  evaluate  current  innovations  in  technology 
and  current  applications  of  these  systems.  Case  studies 
involving  information  systems  technology  will  be  used. 
Students  will  research  and  present  new  trends  in  technol- 
ogy. Students  will  experience  an  intensive  and  practice 
exercise  in  scholarship  production.  Class  discussion  will 
foster  effective  and  creative  implementation  of  research 
strategies,  writing  abilities,  documentation  procedures, 
portfoliodevelopment,  and  presentational  skills.  Students 
in  the  Healthcare  Informatics  application  area  focus  on 
applications  in  the  healthcare  setting.  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Journalism  (SJOU) 

SJOU  201.  Survey  of  Mass  Communications  (3)  Survey 
of  the  principles,  philosophies,  policies  and  practices  of 
the  mass  media  with  an  overview  of  the  print  media,  the 
broadcast  media,  and  advertising/public  relations.  Pre- 
requisite: SEGL  102. 

SJOU  302.  History  of  Journalism  (3)  The  development 
of  mass  media  from  the  colonization  of  America  to  the 
present.  The  interrelationships  between  print  media  and 
American  social,  cultural,  economic  and  political  issues 
are  explored,  with  some  examination  of  how  these  inter- 
relationships influenced  the  development  of  twentieth 
century  non-print  media.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SJOU  303.  Law  and  Ethics  of  the  Mass  Media  (3)  South 
Carolina  and  federal  law  relating  to  mass  communications, 
the  Internet,  and  the  ethics  of  the  journalistic  profession. 
Prerequisite:  SJOU  201  or  consent  of  instructor 

SJOU  304.  Writing  for  the  Media  (3)  Writing  for  print, 
broadcasting,  public  relations,  the  Internet,  both  news 
and  non-news.  Using  word  processors,  students  prepare 
exercise  and  copy  both  in  class  and  out  of  class  on  set 
deadlines.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  101. 

SJOU  305.  Mass  Communication  Theory  (3)  The  role 
of  communication  models  such  as  the  social  learning 
theory,  agenda  setting,  and  cultivation  theory  in  explain- 
ing the  processes  and  effects  of  mass  communications. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SJOU  31 0.  Mass  Media  and  Society  (3)  How  mass  media 
function  and  influence  today's  world.  The  interaction  of 
mass  media  and  contemporary  culture  is  explored  through 
an  analysis  of  media  examples.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


195 


SJOU  325.  Speech  for  Radio  and  Television  (3)  Prin- 
ciples, standards  and  skills  for  broadcast  speech  in  varied 
formats.  Focus  areas  include  pronunciation,  enunciation, 
rate  of  delivery,  pitch,  inflection,  and  use  of  appropriate 
terminology  in  scripted  and  ad  lib  deliver>'.  Prerequisite: 
SSPH201. 

SJOU  328.  Public  Relations  and  Persuasion  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  influencing  of  public  opinion  by  business, 
government,  consumergroups,  minorities,  environmental- 
ists, and  others.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SJOU  333.  Newswriting  and  Reporting  (3)  Practices  in 
print  journalism.  Students  prepare  copy  in  class  against 
set  deadlines.  Prerequisite:  SJOU  201. 

SJOU  334.  Writing  for  Broadcasting  (3)  Writing  com- 
mercials, news  stories,  interview  programs,  documentaries 
for  radio,  television  and  film.  Using  word  processors, 
students  prepare  copy  in  class  against  deadlines.  Prereq- 
uisite: SJOU  201. 

SJOU  335.  Feature  Writing  (3)  Focus  on  producing 
specialized  articles  on  topics  selected  from  such  areas  as 
public  or  community  affairs,  business,  entertainment,  sci- 
ence, sports,  medicine  and  education.  Using  word  proces- 
sors, students  prepare  copy  in  class  against  set  deadlines. 
Prerequisite:  SJOU  201. 

SJOU  398.  Special  Topics  in  Journalism  (3)  A  specific 
area  or  media  field  is  explored  relating  to  the  professional 
responsibilities  of  the  journalism  student  looking  toward 
the  career  marketplace.  Prerequisite:  SJOU  201. 

SJOU  424.  History  of  American  Broadcasting  (3)  The 

American  system  of  broadcasting,  with  emphasis  on  the 
chronological,  structural,  economic,  social,  and  cultural 
development  of  radio  and  television.  Prerequisite:  SEGL 
102. 

SJOU  430.  Media  Management  (3)  Procedures,  prob- 
lems, and  concerns  relating  to  the  administration  and  man- 
agement of  media  agencies  —  print,  broadcast,  advertising, 
and  public  relations.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SJOU  450.  Women  in  the  Media  (3)  Roles  women  play 
in  media  production,  and  the  portrayal  of  women  in  mass 
media  genres  including  advertising,  cartoons,  day-time  and 
prime-time  dramas,  films,  video  games,  sports  programs, 
political  campaigns,  and  news.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  effects  of  media  portrayals  on  women  and  solutions 
for  countering  negative  media  constructions  of  women. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SJOU  480.  Minorities  in  the  Media  (3)  Media's  depic- 
tion of  groups  marginalized  based  on  race,  and/or  class. 
The  interactions  and  relationships  among  professional 
terminology,  cultural  implications,  message  construction, 
media  analysis  and  community  perceptions  are  explored. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Logic  (SLGC) 

SLGC  205.  Introduction  to  Logic  and  Rhetoric  (3)  (= 
University  30 1 )  The  identification  and  eval  uation  of  reason- 
ing as  it  occurs  in  natural  language  uses.  The  techniques  of 
careful  reading  and  clear  writing  are  demonstrated  through 
the  production  of  critical  essays.  Two  lecture  and  one  labo- 
ratory hour  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SLGC  207.  Deductive  Logic  (3)  An  examination  of  de- 
ductive arguments  through  the  use  of  Aristotelian  logic 
and  propositional  logic. 

SLGC  307.  Advanced  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Advanced  study 
of  formal  logic  using  propositional  logic  and  predicate  cal- 
culus. Prerequisite:  SLGC  207  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Mathematics  (SMTH) 

Note:  The  appropriate  entry  level  in  mathematics  is  de- 
termined by  the  student  s  intended  major  and  a  mathematics 
placement  examination  given  to  all  enterini;  freshmen.  Place- 
ment testing  is  also  required  for  transfer  sliiclcnls  who  have  not 
completed  their  general  education  mathemalics  requirements. 

Majors  in  the  natural  or  computer  sciences  or  mathematics 
who  have  completed  three  years  of  college  preparatory  math- 
ematics and  have  demonstrated  competence  on  the  mathematics 
placement  examination:  should  enroll  in  Mathemalics  121.  126 
or  127  as  appropriate.  Students  who  need  both  college  algebra 
and  trigonometry  have  the  option  of  taking  Mathematics  121 
(with  a  grade  of B  or  better)  or  126.  and  Mathematics  127.  Those 
who  have  demonstrated  competence  in  college  algebra  can  take 
Mathematics  127  to  meet  the  calculus  prerequisite.  Upon  .success- 
ful completion  of  one  oftheprecalculus  options,  students  should 
enroll  in  .Mathematics  HI.  Those  who  have  completed  four  years 
of  college  preparatoiy  mathematics,  including  trigonometiy.  and 
have  demonstrated  competence  on  the  mathematics  placement 
examination,  should  enroll  in  Mathematics  141. 

Students  not  majoringin  the  natural  (^r  computer  sciences,  who 
have  successfully  completed  high  school  .Algebra  I  and  11.  and  have 
demonstrated  competence  on  the  mathematics  placement  examina- 
tion, should  enroll  as  follows:  business  administrati(m  majors  in 
the  Mathematics  121.  122  sequence:  elementary,  early  childhood, 
and  special  education  majors  in  Mathematics  121.  and  231;  other 
majors  in  a  mathematics  course  determined  by  their  advisors. 

SMTH  102.  Elementary  Statistics  (3)  The  fundamentals 
of  modem  statistical  methods,  descriptive  and  inferential 
statistics,  probability  and  sampling;  primarily  for  students 
in  fields  other  than  mathematics  who  need  a  working 
knowledge  of  statistics.  Prerequisites:  high  school  Algebra 
1  and  II,  or  equivalent. 

SMTH  120.  College  Mathematics  (3)  Linear  equations 
and  inequalities,  exponential  equations,  mathematics  of 
finance,  fundamental  set  theory,  fundamentals  of  prob- 
ability and  statistics.  This  course  may  not  be  used  to 
satisfy  any  prerequisite  requirement  for  higher-numbered 
mathematics  courses.  Prerequisites:  appropriate  score  on 
placement  test  and  high  school  Algebra  I  and  II. 

SMTH  I2L  College  Algebra  (3)  Equations  and  in- 
equalities, graphing,  polynomial,  rational,  exponential, 
logarithmic,  and  other  functions;  matrices  and  systems 
of  equations.  Only  one  of  SMTH  121  and  126  may  be 


196 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


used  to  satisfy  a  mathematics  requirement  for  general 
education  or  major  credit.  Prerequisites:  appropriate  score 
on  placement  test  and  high  school  Algebra  I  and  II.  For 
students  who  need  a  more  intensive  study,  an  expanded 
version  of  college  algebra  (SMTH  121  A)  is  available. 
SMTH  1 2 1 A  is  open  to  students  who  have  an  appropriate 
score  on  the  placement  test,  have  completed  SMTH  120 
with  the  mandatory  lab,  or  if  the  student,  in  consultation 
with  his  or  her  advisor,  determines  that  extra  instruction 
is  needed  in  order  to  succeed  in  SMTH  121. 

SMTH  122.  Calculus  for  Management  and  Social  Sci- 
ences (3)  Derivatives  and  integrals  of  elementary  algebraic, 
exponential  and  logarithmic  functions;  maxima,  minima, 
rate  of  change,  area  under  a  curve,  and  volume.  Problems 
and  examples  are  drawn  from  a  variety  of  areas  which 
include  economics,  psychology,  biology,  geography,  and 
geology.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  121,  126  or  eligibility  for 
exemption  from  SMTH  121. 

SMTH  126.  Precalculus  I  (3)  Subsets  of  the  real  number 
line;  polynomial,  rational,  absolute  value,  exponential  and 
logarithmic  relations  and  functions.  Only  one  of  SMTH  1 2 1 
and  1 26  may  be  used  to  satisfy  a  mathematics  requirement 
for  general  education  or  major  credit.  Prerequisites:  appro- 
priate score  on  placement  test  and  three  years  of  college 
preparatory  mathematics;  or  a  "C"  or  better  in  Mathematics 
099  and  three  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics. 

SMTH  127.  Precalculus  H  (3)  Trigonometric  functions, 
trigonometric  identities,  solution  of  equations  and  triangles, 
inverse  trigonometric  functions,  vectors,  polar  coordinates; 
analytic  geometry.  Prerequisite:  appropriate  score  on 
placement  exam  or  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite  or 
Corequisite:  SMTH  126. 

SMTH  141.  Calculus  I  (4)  Limits,  continuity,  the  de- 
rivative, differentiation  with  applications  in  the  natural 
sciences  and  engineering,  antiderivatives,  basic  integrals 
with  applications.  Prerequisites:  appropriate  score  on 
placement  test  and  4  years  of  college  preparatory  math- 
ematics including  trigonometry;  or  C  or  better  in  both 
SMTH  126  and  127;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  142.  Calculus  H  (4)  Applications  of  integration, 
techniques  of  integration,  differential  equations,  parametric 
equations,  and  finite  sequences  and  series.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  141  or  its  equivalent. 

SMTH  174.  Elements  of  Discrete  Mathematics  (3) 

Topics  in  basic  logic;  proof  techniques;  sets,  relations, 
and  fijnctions;  counting;  and  elementary  number  theory. 
Prerequisite:  high  school  precalculus,  or  SMTH  126  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  202.  Elementary  Statistics  H  (3)  An  expansion 
of  topics  taught  in  the  first  semester  of  elementary  sta- 
tistics such  as  hypothesis  testing;  inferences;  correlation 
and  regression.  Additional  topics  to  be  covered  include: 
multinomial  experiments  and  contingency  tables;  analysis 
of  variance;  statistical  process  control;  and  individual 
projects.  Prerequisites:  SMTH  102,  or  SECO  291,  or 
SSOC201,orSPSY225. 


SMTH  231 .  Basic  Concepts  of  Elementary  Mathemat- 
ics I  (3)  The  meaning  of  number,  fundamental  operations 
of  arithmetic,  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and 
its  subsystems,  elementary  number  theory.  Open  only  to 
students  in  early  childhood,  elementary,  middle  grades,  or 
special  education.  Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in 
SMTH  121  or  higher,  not  including  statistics,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  232.  Basic  Concepts  of  Elementary  Mathemat- 
ics II  (3)  A  continuation  of  the  development  of  the  real 
number  system  and  its  subsystems,  basic  concepts  of 
probability,  and  elementary  data  analysis.  Open  only  to 
students  in  early  childhood,  elementary,  middle  grades, 
or  special  education.  Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better 
in  SMTH  231  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  233.  Geometry  and  Measurement  (3)  A  study  of 
properties  and  relationships  of  shape,  size,  and  symmetry 
in  two  and  three  dimensions;  explorations  of  concepts  of 
motion  in  two  and  three  dimensions  through  transforma- 
tions. Open  only  to  students  in  eaHy  childhood,  elementary, 
middlegrades,  or  special  education.  Prerequisite:  SMTH 
23 1  or  higher  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  consent  of 
the  instructor. 

SMTH  241.  Calculus  HI  (4)  Vectors  and  geometry  of 
space,  vector  functions,  partial  derivatives,  multiple 
integration,  vector  calculus  and  second  order  differential 
equations.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SMTH  142  or  its 
equivalent;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  245.  Elementary  Differential  Equations  (3) 

Ordinary  differential  equations  of  first  order,  higher  or- 
der linear  equations,  Laplace  transform  methods,  series 
methods;  numerical  solutions  of  differential  equations; 
applications  to  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  241. 

SMTH  3 1 5.  Statistical  Methods  I  (3)  Concepts  and  meth- 
ods of  statistics  with  emphasis  on  applications  forthose  who 
desire  a  working  knowledge  of  statistics;  review  ofprobabil- 
ity,  sampling,  and  descriptive  statistics;  study  of  estimation 
of  population  parameters,  testing  statistical  hypotheses, 
regression  and  correlation,  and  non-parametric  statistical 
tests.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  102  or  141,  or  SECO  291,  or 
SSOC  201,  or  SPSY  225.  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  320.  Mathematical  Modeling  (3)  Graphs  of  functions 
as  models,  modeling  using  proportionality  and  geometric 
similarity,  model  fitting  and  models  requiring  optimization, 
experimental  modeling,  modeling  using  the  derivative  and 
interactive  dynamic  systems.   Prerequisite:  SMTH  141. 

SMTH  340.  Mathematical  Structures  and  Proof  (3) 

Topics  in  set  theory,  logic,  elementary  application  of  logic, 
methods  of  mathematical  proofs,  equivalence  relations  and 
partial  orderings,  functions  and  mappings,  and  number 
systems.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  142. 

SMTH  344.  Matrix  Algebra  (3)  Matrices,  systems  of 
linear  equations,  vectors,  Euclidean  \  ector  spaces,  linear 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


197 


transformations,  eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prereq- 
uisites: SMTH  142  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  345.  Applied  Partial  Differential  Equations 

(3)  Basic  linear  Partial  Ditl'erential  Equations  (PDEs)  of 
li\perholic.  parabolic,  and  elliptic  types  used  in  math- 
ematical modelling  of  physical,  chemical,  biological  and 
other  phenomena,  systems,  technical  devices  and  financial 
marlvcts.  Selected  topics  such  as  the  boundary  value  and 
initial  value  problems  are  covered.  Prerequisite:  C  or 
better  in  SMTH  245  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  346.  Introduction  to  Modern  Algebra  (3)  in- 
troduction 10  groups,  rings  and  fields.  Topics  covered 
include  pcmuitations.  Lagranges'  theorem,  the  fundamental 
homomorphism  theorem.  C'ayley's  theorem,  polynomial 
rings,  and  Abelian  groups.  Prerequisites:  SMTH  340  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  354.  Real  Analysis  I  (3)  Ordered  field  properties 
of  the  real  number  system:  completeness:  theory  of  limits 
of  sequences,  series  and  functions:  continuity  (including 
uniform  continuity):  introduction  to  theory  of  the  deriva- 
tive. Prerequisites:  SMTH  340;  or  Corequisite:  SMTH 
340  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  374.  Theory  of  Discrete  Mathematics  (3)  Top- 
ics selected  from  theoretical  Boolean  algebra,  algebraic 
structures,  theory  of  computing,  advanced  set  theory,  and 
recursive  functions.  Prerequisites:  SMTH  142.  SMTH  174. 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  399.  Independent  Study  (1-9) 

SMTH  444.  Elements  of  Optimization  (3)  The  meth- 
ods of  the  numerical  solutions  of  optimization  problems 
arising  in  operational  research,  logistics,  economics,  etc. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  simplex  and  Karmarkar's  polynomial- 
time  method.  Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  both  SMTH 
241  and  SMTH  344  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  501.  History  of  Mathematics  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
major  developments  and  procedures  of  mathematics,  from 
its  origins  to  the  modem  era.  relating  development  with  the 
diverse  cultures  and  the  aspects  of  mathematics  they  contrib- 
uted. Prerequisites:  SMTH  142  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  51 2.  Probability  and  Statistics  (3)  Sample  spaces 
and  probability,  conditional  probability  and  independence, 
discrete  and  continuous  random  variables,  probability 
distributions,  expectations,  correlation,  sampling  and  sam- 
pling distributions,  interval  and  point  estimation,  the  law  of 
large  numbers,  limiting  distributions,  and  order  statistics. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  241  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  516.  Statistical  Methods  II  (3)  Experimental  de- 
sign, analysis  of  variance,  analysis  of  covariance.  multiple 
linear  regression,  and  curvilinearregression.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  315  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 


fundamental  concepts  and  relations  of  Euclidean  geometry 
developed  rigorously  on  the  basis  of  a  set  of  postulates; 
some  topics  from  non-Euclidean  geometry.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  340  or  consent  of  the  nistructor. 

SMTH  544.  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Vector  spaces,  and 
subspaces;  bases  and  dimension:  change  of  basis;  linear 
transformations  and  their  matrices:  diagonalization;  ca- 
nonical forms:  bilinear  fomis:  eigenspaces.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  340.  SMTH  344. 

SMTH  546.  Algebraic  Structures  (3)  Advanced  topics  in 
groups,  rings  and  fields.  These  topics  include  polynomial 
rings,  ideals,  integral  domains,  extension  field,  isomor- 
phism theorems  for  groups,  and  p-groups.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  346. 

SMTH  552.  Complex  Variables  (3)  Complex  numbers 
and  functions,  complex  integration.  Taylor  and  Laurent 
series,  residues,  and  conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite: 
SMTH  340  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SMTH  554.  Real  Analysis  H  (3)  Further  development  of 
the  theory  of  differential  and  integral  calculus  including 
properties  of  the  derivati\e  and  integral.  Fundainental 
Theorem  of  Calculus,  sequences  and  series  of  functions. 
Prerequisite:  SMTH  354. 

SMTH  560.  Numerical  Analysis  I  (3)  (=SCSC  560) 

Difference  calculus:  direct  and  iterative  techniques  for 
matrix  inversion;  eigenvalue  problems;  numerical  solu- 
tions of  initial  value  problems  in  ordinary  differential 
equations;  stability:  error  analysis:  laboratory  applica- 
tions. Prerequisites:  SMTH  245.  344  and  programming 
competency. 

SMTH  561.  Numerical  Analysis  II  (3)Thc  finite-differ- 
ence and  finite  element  methods  for  the  numerical  solution 
of  basic  linear  Partial  DitTerential  Equations  ( PDEs)  arising 
in  mathematical  modelling  of  physical,  chemical,  biologi- 
cal and  other  phenomena,  systems,  technical  devices  and 
financial  markets.  Prerequisites:  CorbetterinbothSMTH 
345  and  SMTH  560;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  579.  Introduction  to  Industrial  Mathematics  (3) 

Basic  applications  of  PDEs.  numerical  methods  for  PDEs 
and  scientific  computing  to  applied  problems  arising  in 
the  natural  sciences,  industry,  and  financial  engineering. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  formulation  and  solution  of  problems 
of  heat  transfer  and  diffusion  equations.  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions and  ditferential  equations  governing  the  financial 
derivatives.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  both  SMTH  345 
and  SMTH  561  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMTH  598.  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3)  Intensive  study 
in  an  area  of  pure  or  applied  mathematics  such  as  math- 
ematical modeling.  Topics  are  selected  to  meet  current 
faculty  and  student  interest.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  241  and 
consent  of  the  instructor. 


SMTH  531 .  Foundations  of  Geometry  (3 )  Geometry  as  a 
logical  system  based  upon  postulates  and  undefined  terms: 


SMTH  599.  Seminar  in  Mathematics  (3)  Recent  devel- 
opments in  pure  and  applied  mathematics  at  an  advanced 


198 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


level;  ethical  issues;  and  experience  in  research  and  oral 
presentation.  Prerequisite:  Senior  Standing.  Prerequisites 
orcorequisites:SMTH344.SMTII346.andeitherSMTH 
313orSMTH5l2. 

MllJTARV  SCIFNCF.  (SMIL) 

Note:  Milikirv  Science  (i/fcrs  a  Basic  ProgramandAc/vanceJ 
Pro^rmn.  There  iiiv  no  prerequisites  for  the  courses  offered  under 
the  Basic  Program.  Courses  tnay  be  taken  in  any  order  hut  it  is 
recommended  that  the  lOO-levet  courses  be  taken  prior  to  the  200- 
level  courses.  Prerequisite-,  for  ciileriiig  the  .Advanced  Program 
inchideotKoftheJollo\\iiii^sali\taciiirvc(implelioiiolsL\  semester 
hours  in  the  Basic  Program.  9(1  contact  hours  in  ROTC activities, 
substitute  mihtaiy  experience  (Ba.sicTraimng/Ad\-anced  Individual 
Training),  or  three  years  ofJROTC.  Siicce.'i.'iful  completion  of  the 
.Advanced  Program,  together  with  a  college  degree,  qualifies  the 
graduate  for  either  a  Re.'.eiTe  or  Regular  A  rmy  Commission  as  a 
Second  Lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Army.  Advanced  Program  students 
are  required  to  participate  in  the  weekly  Military  Science  Lab. 
Students  in  the  basic  program  are  encouraged  to  participate  in 
the  department's  adventure  training. 

Basic  Program 

SMIL  101 .  Introduction  to  Leadership  1  ( 1)  Competencies 
critical  for  effective  leadership.  Cadets  learn  life  skills,  such 
as  critical  thinking,  goal  setting,  time  management,  physical 
fitness,  and  stress  management  related  to  leadership,  otficer- 
ship,  and  the  anny  profession.  Focus  is  on  developing  basic 
knowledge  and  comprehension  of  army  leadership  dimen- 
sions while  gaining  an  understanding  of  the  Reserve  Officer 
Training  Course  ( ROTC ),  its  purpose  for  the  army,  and  its 
advantages  for  the  cadet.  Open  to  all  freshmen. 

SMIL  1 02.  Introduction  to  Leadership  11(1)  Leadership 
fundamental  such  as  setting  direction,  problem  solving, 
listening,  presenting  briefs,  providing  feedback,  and  us- 
ing effective  writing  skills.  Cadets  explore  dimensions 
of  leadership  values,  attributes,  skills,  and  actions  in  the 
context  of  practical,  hands-on,  and  interactive  exercises. 
Open  to  all  freshmen. 

SMIL  141.  Leadership  Lab  (1)  Application  of  skills  ac- 
quired in  assigned  military  science  classes.  Leadership  labs 
meet  for  3  hours  per  week  at  varying  ofT-campus  locations  to 
maximize  training  opportunities.  The  labs  are  sequential  and 
progressive  in  nature,  and  correspond  with  every  level  of  the 
military  science  classes.  Lab  participation  is  mandatory  for 
all  contracted  cadets  regardless  of  academic  classification. 
Open  to  all  students  enrolled  in  military  science  courses. 
Course  may  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 

SMIL  201.  Foundations  of  Leadership  I  (2)  Dimensions 
of  creative  and  innovative  tactical  leadership  strategies  and 
styles.  Cadets  study  team  dynamics  and  h  istorical  leadership 
theories  that  fomi  the  basis  of  the  army  leadership  framework 
and  leani  techniques  of  personal  motivation  and  team  build- 
ing in  the  context  of  planning,  executing  and  assessing  team 
exercises.  Cadets  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  leader- 
ship labs  to  demonstrate  comprehension  of  class  materials. 
Focus  is  on  continues  development  of  the  knowledge  of 
leadership  values  and  attributes  through  an  understanding 
of  rank,  structure,  and  duties,  and  basic  aspects  of  tactics 
and  land  navigation.  Open  to  all  sophomores. 


SMIL  202.  Foundations  of  Leadership  II  (2)  Team- 
building  and  leadership  theory,  personal  communications 
skills,  team  goal-setting  and  time-management  skills. 
Cadets  will  explore  the  conduct  of  tactical  operations  at 
small  unit  levels.  As  potential  army  otlicers,  cadets  will  be 
challenged  to  study,  practice,  and  execute  army  leadership 
and  values  as  they  become  more  familiar  with  the  army. 
Participation  in  leadership  labs  is  highly  encouraged  for 
all  enrolled  cadets.  Open  to  all  sophomores. 

Advanced  Program 

SMIL  301.  Tactical  Leadership  (3)  The  study,  practice, 
and  evaluation  of  adaptive  leadership  skills  as  they  are  pre- 
sented with  the  demands  of  preparing  for  the  ROTC  Leader 
Development  Assessment  Course  (LDAC).  Challenging 
scenarios  related  to  small  unit  tactical  operations  are  used 
to  develop  selfawareness  and  critical  thinking  skills.  Cadets 
analyze  and  evaluate  their  own  leadership  attributes,  skills, 
and  actions.  Primary  attention  is  given  to  preparation  for 
LDAC  and  development  of  leadership  abilities.  Open  to 
contracted  juniors  and  seniors  only.  Prerequisites:  SMIL 
202  or  consent  of  Professor  of  Military  Science. 

SMIL  302.  Applied  Leadership  (3)  Intense  situational 
leadership  challenges  to  build  cadet  awareness  and  skills 
in  leading  tactical  operations.  Cadets  review  aspects  of 
combat,  stability,  and  support  operations.  Cadets  also  con- 
duct military  briefings  and  develop  proficiency  in  garrison 
operation  orders.  The  focus  is  on  exploring,  evaluating 
and  developing  skills  in  decision  making,  persuading,  and 
motivating  team  members  in  the  contemporary  operating 
environment.  Open  to  contracted  junior  and  graduate 
students  only.  Prerequisites:  SMIL  301  or  consent  of 
Professor  of  Military  Science. 

SMIL  401.  Developmental  Leadership  (3)  Planning, 
executing,  and  assessing  complex  operations.  Cadets  func- 
tion as  staff  members  and  provide  leadership  performance 
feedback  to  subordinates.  Cadets  are  given  situational 
opportunities  to  assess  risk,  make  ethical  decisions,  and 
provide  mentorship  to  subordinate  cadets.  Participants 
are  responsible  for  analyzing  and  evaluating  the  leader- 
ship values,  attributes,  skills,  and  actions  of  military  sci- 
ence cadets  while  simultaneously  evaluating  their  own 
leadership  skills.  Attention  is  given  to  preparation  for 
future  military  assignments.  Open  to  contracted  seniors 
and  graduate  students  only.  Prerequisites:  SMIL  302  or 
consent  of  Professor  of  Military  Science. 

SMIL  402.  Adaptive  Leadership  11(3)  The  dynamics  of 
leading  in  complex  ongoing  military  operations  in  the  cur- 
rent operating  environment.  Cadets  examine  differences  in 
customs  and  courtesies,  military  law.  principles  of  war.  and 
rules  of  engagement  in  the  face  of  international  terrorism. 
They  also  explore  aspects  of  interacting  w  ith  governmental 
organizations,  civilians  on  the  battlefield,  and  host  nation 
support.  Significant  emphasis  is  on  preparing  cadets  for 
their  first  units  of  assignment.  Pen  to  contracted  senior 
and  graduate  students  only.  Prerequisites:  SMIL  401  or 
consent  of  Professor  of  Militarv  Science. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


199 


Music  Education  (SMUE) 

SMUE  354.  Music  for  Elementary  and  Middle  Schools 

(3)  The  integration  ofmusic  into  the  elementary  and  middle 
school  curriculum.  An  holistic  approach  to  music  as  per- 
sonal expression,  aesthetic  perception,  critical  analysis, 
and  music  as  it  influences  cultural  heritage. 


Music  History  and  Liter.\ture  (SMUS) 

SMUS 100.  Recital  Attendance  (0)  Appreciation  ofmusic 

styles  through  attendance  at  USC  Upstate  and  community 
music  performances.  Required  of  music  majors  for  six 
semesters. 

SMUS  110.  Introduction  to  Music  (3)  Comprehensive 
appreciation  ofmusic  through  intelligent  listening  to  rep- 
resentative masterpieces  of  the  various  periods  of  musical 
composition.  No  previous  study  ofmusic  is  required.  Three 
class  hours  per  week. 

SMUS  111  A.  Applied  Music  in  Bass  (1)  Individual  study 
in  bass  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute  lessons 
for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per  week 
of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Audi- 
tions may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students  who 
withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition  or  fee 
reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  11  IB.  Applied  Music  in  Trombone(l)  Individual 
study  in  trombone  performance  requiring  weekly  30-min- 
ute lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours 
per  week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students 
who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition 
or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  1 1  ID.  Applied  Music  in  Percussion  (1)  Individual 
study  in  percussion  performance  requiring  weekly  30- 
minute  lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four 
hours  per  week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE: 
Students  who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive 
a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  1  US.  Applied  Music  in  Saxophone(l)  Individual 

study  in  saxophone  performance  requiring  weekly  30-min- 
ute lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours 
per  week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students 
who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition 
or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  HIT.  Applied  Music  in  Trumpet  (1)  Individual 
study  in  trumpet  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students 
who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition 
or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund 


SMUS  lUV.  Applied  Music  in  Voice  (I)  Individual 
study  in  voice  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students 
who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition 
or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  115.   Commercial  Music  and  Aural  Skills  (3) 

Elements  of  music  including  intervals,  triads,  seventh 
chords,  melodic  development,  and  related  ear  training, 
with  an  emphasis  on  composing  and  analysis  of  both 
classical  and  contemporary  music  styles. 

SMUS  1 1 6.  Commercial  Music  Theory  and  Aural  Skills 

II  (3)  Basic  chromatic  harmony,  part  writing,  modulations, 
and  related  ear  training  with  an  emphasis  on  composition 
and  analysis  of  both  classical  and  contemporary  music 
styles.  Prerequisite:  SMUS  1 15  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  126.  Vocal  Jazz  Ensemble  (1)  Performance  and 
instruction  in  the  vocal  jazz  idiom.  Rehearsals,  clinics, 
and  perfonnances  are  designed  to  increase  the  students 
knowledgeofthejazz  language.  Prerequisite:  Basic  music 
reading  skills  and  performance  ability  commensurate  with 
music  to  be  perfonned.  Auditions  may  be  required.  May 
be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 

SMUS  127.  Jazz  Band  (1)  Rehearsal  and  performance 
of  jazz  literature.  Prerequisite:  Basic  music  reading  skills 
and  perfomiance  ability  commensurate  with  music  to  be 
performed.  Auditions  may  be  required.  May  be  repeated 
for  additional  credit. 

SMUS  128.  Gospel  Music  Workshop  (1)  The  directed 
performance  of  traditional  and  contemporary  gospel  music. 
No  audition  or  prior  experience  is  necessary. 

SMUS  129.  University  Singers  (1)  Performing  chorus  for 
men  and  women.  No  previous  experience  required. 

SMUS  130G.  Applied  Music  in  Guitar  (1)  Individual 
study  in  guitar  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours 
per  week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Performance  ability 
commensurate  with  music  to  be  performed  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Auditions  may  be  required.  May  be  repeated 
for  additional  credit.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students  who 
withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition  or 
fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  130P.  Applied  Music  in  Piano  (1)  Individual 
study  in  piano  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Auditions  may  be  required.  PLEASE  NOTE:  Students 
who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuition 
or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  131.  Guitar  Ensemble  (1)  Rehearsal  and  perfor- 
mance of  guitar  ensemble  literature  including  jazz,  pop, 
and  classical  genres.   Students  gain  experience  through 


200 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


rehearsals,  clinics,  and  live  performance.  Prerequisite: 
Basic  music  reading  skills  and  performance  ability  com- 
mensurate with  music  to  be  performed.  Students  must 
provide  theirown  instruments.  Auditions  may  be  required. 
May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 

SMUS  132.  Chamber  Choir  (1)  Rehearsal  and  perfor- 
mance of  vocal  and  choral  literature  that  is  representative 
of  various  musical  eras.  Students  will  rehearse  and  study 
various  techniques  required  for  performance  of  choral 
literature  not  normally  associated  with  larger  choirs.  Pre- 
requisite: Performance  ability  commensurate  with  music 
to  be  performed  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions  may 
be  required. 

SMUS  133.  Pep  Band  (1)  Rehearsal  and  performance  of 
pep  band  literature  including  traditional  and  contemporary 
genres.  Students  gain  experience  through  rehearsals,  clin- 
ics, and  live  performance.  Prerequisite:  Basic  music  reading 
skills  and  performance  ability  commensurate  with  music 
to  be  performed.  Auditions  may  be  required. 

SMUS  140.  History  of  Rock  Music  (3)  Representative 
artists,  cultural  significance,  and  classic  recordings  in  the 
development  of  rock  music. 

SMUS  155, 156, 255,  256.  Group  Piano  (2,2,2,2)  Piano 
technique  including  sight-reading,  rhythmic  studies,  and 
piano  literature  from  simple  to  advanced.  The  individual 
needs  of  students  are  considered  in  the  levels  of  materials 
studied  and  perfonned. 

SMUS  165,  166,  265,  266.  Class  Voice  (2,2,2,2)  Vocal 
technique  including  tone  production,  diaphragmatic  breath- 
ing, technical  studies,  and  song  literature.  The  individual 
needs  of  students  are  considered  in  the  levels  of  material 
assigned  and  performed.    Corequisite:  SMUS  129. 

SMUS  215.  Commercial  Music  Theory  and  Aural 
Skills  III  (3)  Countermelody,  borrowed  chords,  modes, 
enhannonic  modulations,  and  related  ear  training  with  an 
emphasis  on  composition  and  analysis  of  both  classical 
and  contemporary  music  styles.  Prerequisite:  SMUS  1 16 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  216.  Commercial  MusicTheory  and  Aural  Skills 

IV  (3)  Harmonic  principles  of  jazz,  blues,  binary  and  ter- 
nary forms,  twentieth-century  composition  techniques,  and 
related  ear  training,  with  an  emphasis  on  composition  and 
analysis  of  both  classical  and  contemporary  music  styles. 
Prerequisite:  SMUS  215  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  265,  266.  Class  Voice  (2,2)  Vocal  techniques 
including  tone  production,  diaphragmatic  breathing,  tech- 
nical studies,  and  song  literature.  The  individual  needs  of 
students  are  considered  in  the  level  of  material  assigned 
and  performed.  Corequisite:  SMUS  129. 

SMUS  301.  Music  History  I  (3)  A  review  of  music  from 
the  Middle  Ages  through  the  classic  era  of  the  early  nine- 
teenth century  focusing  on  composers  and  musical  genres. 
Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 


SMUS  302.  Music  History  II  (3)  A  review  of  music  from 
the  early  nineteenth  century  through  contemporary  music 
focusing  on  composers  and  musical  genres.  Prerequisite: 
SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  310.  Jazz  History  (3)  Origin,  development,  and 
styles  of  jazz  music  and  its  exponents.  Cultivation  of 
special  listening  techniques.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SMUS  31 1  A.  Applied  Music  in  Bass  ( 1 )  Individual  study 
in  bass  performance  requiring  weekly  3()-minute  lessons 
for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per  week  of 
practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced  perfor- 
mance ability  and  consent  of  instructor  Auditions  may  be 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  PLEASE 
NOTE:  Students  who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not 
receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS311B.Applied  Music  in  Trombone(l)  Individual 

study  in  trombone  performance  requiring  weekly  30-min- 
ute  lessons  for  1 2  weeks  and  additional  four  hours  per  week 
of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced  perfor- 
mance ability  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions  may  be 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  PLEASE 
NOTE:  Students  who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not 
receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  311D.  Applied  Music  in  Percussion  (1 )  Individual 
study  in  percussion  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced 
performance  ability  and  consent  of  instructor  Auditions 
may  be  required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 
PLEASE  NOTE:  Students  who  withdrcn\- from  this  course 
will  not  receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  311G.  Applied  Music  in  Guitar  (1)  Individual 
study  in  guitar  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced 
perfonnance  ability  and  consent  of  instructor  Auditions 
may  be  required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 
PLEASE  NOTE:  Students  who  withdrawfrom  this  course 
will  not  receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  3 1 1  P.  Applied  Music  in  Piano  ( 1 )  Individual  study 
in  piano  perfonnance  requiring  weekly  30-minute  lessons 
for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per  week  of 
practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced  perfor- 
mance ability  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions  may  be 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  PLEASE 
NOTE:  Students  who  withdrawfrom  this  course  will  not 
receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SMUS  3 1 1 S.  Applied  Music  in  Saxophone  (1 )  Individual 
study  in  saxophone  performance  requiring  weekly  30-minute 
lessons  for  twelve  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced 
perfonnance  ability  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions 
may  be  required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 
PLEASE  NOTE:  Students  who  withdraw  fvm  this  course 
will  not  receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


201 


SML'S  31  IT.  Applied  Music  in  Trumpet  (I)  Individual 
stud>  intrumpet  performance  requiring  weekly  3()-minute 
lessons  tor  tv\  el\  e  weeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per 
week  of  practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced 
performance  ability  and  consent  of  instructor.  Audi- 
tions may  be  required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional 
credit.  PLEASE  NOTE:  SludeiUs  who  withdraw /mm 
this  course  will  not  receive  a  tuilion  or  fee  reimhurse- 
iiient  or  refuihl. 

SMUS3n  V.  Applied  Music  in  \ bicc(  I )  Individual  study 
in  voice  performance  requiring  w  eekly  3()-minute  lessons 
for  tvvelv  e  w  eeks  and  an  additional  four  hours  per  u  eek  of 
practice.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  to  advanced  perfor- 
mance ability  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions  may  be 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  PLEASE 
NOTE:  StUiieiUs  who  withdraw  from  this  course  will  not 
receive  a  tuition  or  fee  reimbursement  or  refund. 

SIMUS  322.  Chamber  Choir  (1 )  Small  performing  vocal 
group  for  men  and  women.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate 
music  reading  and  performance  ability  commensurate 
w  ith  music  to  be  performed.  Auditions  required. 

SMUS  325.  Jazz  Theory  (3)  Technical  aspects  of  jazz 
improvisation  including  harmonic  substitutions,  chord/ 
scale  relationships,  analysis  ofharmonic  progressions  and 
solos,  forms,  piano  voicings,  and  ear  training.  Prerequisite: 
Basic  music  reading  ability. 

SMUS  326.  Vocal  Jazz  Ensemble  (I)  Performance  and 
instruction  in  the  vocal  jazz  idiom.  Rehearsals,  clinics, 
and  performances  are  designed  to  increase  the  student's 
knowledge  of  the  jazz  language.  Prerequisite:  Inter- 
mediate music  reading  skills  and  performance  ability 
commensurate  with  music  to  be  performed.  Auditions 
may  be  required. 

SMUS  327.  Jazz  Band  (1)  Rehearsal  and  performance 
of  jazz  literature.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  music  read- 
ing, performance  ability  commensurate  with  music  to  be 
performed,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Auditions  may  be 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  Intended 
for  students  pursuing  a  Jazz  Studies  minor. 

SMUS  328.  Gospel  Music  Workshop  (!)  The  directed 
performance  of  traditional  and  contemporary  gospel 
music.  Prerequisite:  Previous  gospel  choir  e.xperience 
and  performance  ability  commensurate  with  music  to  be 
performed.  Auditions  may  be  required. 

SMUS  331.  Guitar  Ensemble  (1)  Rehearsal  and  perfor- 
manceofguitarensemble  literature  includingjazz,  pop,  and 
classical  genres.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  music  reading 
skills  and  performance  ability  commensurate  with  music 
to  be  performed.  Auditions  may  be  required. 

SMUS  333.  Pep  Band  (1)  Rehearsal  and  performance  of 
pep  band  literature,  including  traditional  and  contemporary 
genres.  Students  gain  experience  through  rehearsals,  clin- 
ics, and  live  performance.  Prerequisite:  Intemiediate  music 
reading  ski  I  Is  and  performance  ability  commensurate  with 
music  to  be  performed.  Auditions  may  be  required. 

l02 


SMUS345.  Jazz  Improvisation  I  (3)  Principles  of  improvi- 
sation including  idiomatic  chord  progressions,  blues  scales, 
patterns,  melodic  development,  and  tune  styles.  This  is 
primarily  a  lecture  class;  how  ever,  students  may  be  required 
to  demonstrate  improvisational  skills  on  their  instmment. 
Prerequisite:  SMUS  325  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  346.  Jazz  Improvisation  II  (3)  Advanced  prin- 
ciples ofimprovisation  including  idiomatic  chord  progres- 
sions, formal  analysis  of  tunes,  modal  scales,  melodic 
development,  and  aural  skills.  This  is  primarily  a  lecture 
class:  however,  students  may  be  required  to  demonstrate 
improvisational  skills  on  their  instrument.  Prerequisite: 
SMUS  345  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS361.  Music  Business(3)  Publishing,  licensing,  book- 
ing, copyrights,  contracts,  artist  management,  promotional 
materials,  royalties,  and  press  kits  applicable  to  the  music 
industry.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  orconsent  of  instnictor. 

SMUS  362.  Music  Technology  (3)  The  use  of  industry- 
standard  software  to  record,  compose,  and  self-publish 
music.  Prerequisite:  Basic  music  reading  skills,  SCSC 
138,  SIMS  150,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  364.  Music  Entrepreneurship  (3)  Career  choices 
and  portfolio  development  in  the  commercial  music 
industry.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior  class  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

SMUS  365.  Songwriting  (3)  Methods  of  creating  melo- 
dies, lyrics,  and  chord  progressions  with  an  emphasis 
on  contemporary  commercial  music  styles.  Ability  to 
read  music  not  required.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  366.  Composition  (3)  Developing  thematic  mate- 
rial with  contemporary  and  traditional  techniques.  Ability 
to  read  music  required.  Prerequisite:  SMUS  21 6or  SMUS 
325  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS  367.  Arranging  for  Ensembles  (3)  Methods  and 
resources  needed  to  create  music  for  jazz  bands,  vocal 
groups,  and  other  ensembles  with  an  emphasis  on  both 
traditional  and  contemporary  music  styles.  Prerequisite: 
SMUS  216  or  SMUS  325  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SMUS398.  SelectedTopics  in  Music(3)Readingand  research 

on  selected  topics  in  music.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SMUS  490.  Senior  Seminar  in  Commercial  Music  (3) 

Research  and  study  on  selected  music  topics  designed 
to  integrate  knowledge,  develop  a  career  portfolio,  use 
technology,  and  gain  experience  in  public  presentation. 
The  study  topic  will  be  presented  as  a  lecture  presentation 
and/or  music  recital.  Only  open  to  approved  Commercial 
Music  majors.  Prerequisite:  Seniorstanding  and  must  have 
already  completed  1 5  credits  in  upperdi  vision  Commercial 
Music  Emphasis. 

SMUS  499.  Internship  in  Commercial  Music  (1-3) 

Supervised  work  experience  in  commercial  music  outside 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


the  classroom.  For  three  credit  hours,  a  student  is  to  work 
135  hours;  for  two  credit  hours.  90  hours;  for  one  credit 
hour,  45  hours.  A  contract  must  be  signed  by  the  student 
and  appropriate  faculty/administrators.  Only  open  to  Com- 
mercial Music  majors  or  minors.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or 
seniorstanding.  minimum  cumulative  GPA 2.0.  minimum 
2.0  in  major,  and  consent  of  the  faculty  supervisor 


Nonprofit  Administration  (SNPA) 

SNPA  201.  American  HumanicsWorkshop(l)Apphca- 

tion  of  nonprofit  management  principles  through  active 
participation  in  a  student  organization.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  ma.ximum  of  four  semester  hours. 

SNPA301. The  Nonprofit  Sector  in  the  United  States(3) 

The  importance  of  the  nonprofit  sector  in  the  United  States 
emphasizing  the  history,  the  relationship  to  business  and 
government  and  the  place  of  the  nonprofit  sector  within 
American  society  generally.  Prerequisite:  Sophomore 
standing  (30  semester  hours). 

SNPA302.  Nonprofit  Administration  (3)  The  fundamen- 
tals of  nonprofit  administration  to  include  leadership,  legal 
foundations,  board  development,  the  role  of  volunteers, 
nonprofit  advocacy  and  ethics. 

SNPA  303.  Nonprofit  Financial  Administration  (3) 

Financial  management  within  the  nonprofit  sector  em- 
phasizing strategic  planning,  budgeting,  accountability, 
risk  management  and  control.  Prerequisite:  SNPA  302 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SNPA  304.  Fund  Raising  for  Nonprofit  Organizations 

(3)  Fundamentals  of  resource  development  in  the  nonprofit 
sector  including  strategic  planning,  principles  of  philan- 
thropy, proposal  writing,  event  planning,  and  charitable 
trusts.  Prerequisite:  SNPA  302  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SNPA  399.  Independent  Study  (1-4)  An  individualized, 
contracted  program  of  study  planned  in  conjunction  with 
a  faculty  member.  Prerequisites:  SNPA  301  and  consent 
of  instructor. 

SNPA  495.  Nonprofit  Senior  Seminar  (3)  A  capstone 
course  in  nonprofit  administration  emphasizing  research 
and  oral  presentations.  Prerequisites:  SNPA  301.  SNPA 
302,  SNPA  303.  SNPA  499. 

SNPA  499.  Nonprofit  Internship  (1-6)  Supervised  work 
experience  in  a  nonprofit  organization.  Forty-five  hours  of 
workforeach  credithourare required.  Prerequisites:  SNR'K 
301,  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

Nursing  (SNUR) 

Note:  SNJjR  301  cinJSNUR  302  aiv  open  tu  allstideiils. 

SNUR  301.  Nutrition  (3)  Nutritional  needs  across  the  life 
span  and  related  strategies  for  promotion  and  maintenance  of 
health.  Concepts  include  nutrients,  food  groups,  nutritional 


guidelines,  sociocultural  influences,  nutritional  assessment, 
basic  nutritional  counseling,  and  common  diet  modifica- 
tions. Prerequisites:  SBIO  242  or  consent  of  instructor 

SNUR  302.  Pharmacology  (3)  Concepts  underiying  the 
phamiacotherapeuticsof  major  drugclassifications.  including 
phannacokinetics,  phannacodynamics,  adverse  drug  reac- 
tions, and  fundamental  nursing  decision  making  situations 
as  related  to  pharmacology.  Drug  dosage  computation  is 
included.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  242  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SNUR  399.  Nursing  Externship  (3-8)  A  concentrated 

preceptored  experience  in  nursing  enabling  the  student  to 
expand  previous  clinical  practice  experiences  and  further 
develop  skills  in  clinical  reasoning,  critical  thinking,  or- 
ganization, and  prioritization.  For  three  externship  credit 
hours,  a  minimum  of  135  hours  of  scheduled  clinical 
experiences,  weekly  seminars,  and  consultation  with  the 
instructor  are  required.  A  minimum  of  45  hours  for  each 
additional  credit  hour  is  required.  A  student  may  repeat 
SNUR  399  once  in  a  different  clinical  setting  for  a  total 
of  not  more  than  eight  hours  of  undergraduate  credit. 
Prerequisites:  SBSN  330.  330P.  340.  340P,  360.  360P, 
and  370.  Pass/fail  credit. 

Baccalaureate  Nursing  (SBSN) 

SBSN  305.  Health  Promotion  Across  the  Life  Span  (3) 

Introduction  to  leading  health  indicators,  emphasizing 
special  health  concerns  based  on  gender,  age.  race,  ethnic, 
origin  in  assisting  self.  indi\  iduals.  and  family  to  attain 
optimum  health.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  6  hours 
in  Group  VIII  General  Education  Requirement,  with  a 
minimum  grade  of  C  in  each  course. 

SBSN  306.  Introduction  to  Professional  Nursing  (3) 

Concepts  and  theories  that  have  shaped  professional 
nursing  practice.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  Bacca- 
laureate Nursing  Program,  Four- Year  track.  Prerequisite 
or  Corequisite:  SBSN  305. 

SBSN  310.  Health  Assessment  (2)  Comprehensive  health 
assessment  of  well  individual  clients  across  the  life  span. 
Emphasis  is  on  data  collection  as  a  basis  for  critical  thinking 
in  nursing  practice.  For  Four- Year  track.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  Baccalaureate  Nursing  Program;  Prerequisite  or 
Corequisite:  SBSN  305, 306;  Corequisite:  SBSN  31  OR  For 
RN  track.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Baccalaureate  Nursing 
Program,  or  consent  of  instructor;  Corequisite;  SBSN  3  lOP. 

SBSN  3 1  OP.  Health  Assessment  Practicum  ( 1 )  Practice  of 
concepts  and  skills  used  in  comprehensi\  e  health  assessment 
of  well  individual  clients  across  the  life  span.  Two  campus 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  310. 

SBSN  320P.  Foundations  of   Nursing  Practicum  (3) 

Application  of  knowledge  and  skills  to  implement  basic 
nursing  care.  Practicum  experiences  provide  for  applica- 
tion of  cognitive  and  psychomotor  skills.  Six  practicum 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  Bacca- 
laureate Nursing  Program.  Four- Year  track;  Prerequisites 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


203 


or  Corequisites:  SBSN  305, 306. 310.31  OP;  Corequisite: 
SBSN  325P. 

SBSN  325P.  Integrated  Nursing  Practicum  (3)  Imple- 
mentation of  nursing  process  in  health  care  environments 
for  beginning  integration  of  nursing  knowledge  and 
skills  from  health  promotion,  health  assessment,  nursing 
foundations,  and  introduction  to  professional  nursing. 
Six  practicum  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  the  Baccalaureate  Nursing  Program,  Four- Year  track; 
Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  SBSN  305, 306, 3 1 0, 3 1  OP; 
Corequisite:  SBSN  320R 

SBSN  330.  Health  Alterations  I  (3)  Evidence-based 
nursing  practice  with  adults  experiencing  health  altera- 
tions, moving  from  simple  to  complex  states  of  health 
and  levels  of  care.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  310,310P,320P, 
325P.  Corequisite:  SBSN  330P. 

SBSN  330P.  Health  Alterations  I  Practicum  (2)  Imple- 
mentation of  evidence-based  nursing  practice,  progressing 
in  complexity,  in  a  variety  of  settings  with  adults  experi- 
encing health  alterations.  Four  practicum  hours  per  week. 
Corequisite:  SBSN  330. 

SBSN  340.  Nursing  of  Childbearing  Families  and 
Women's  Health  (3)  Evidence-based  nursing  practice  for 
women  and  parent-newborn  dyad.  Focus  is  on  nursing 
interventions  that  promote,  maintain  and  restore  health  of 
well  and  high-risk  families  during  the  childbearing  process 
and  women's  health  throughout  the  life  span.  Prerequisites 
or  Corequisites:  SBSN  330,  330P;  Corequisites:  SBSN 
310,  320P340P 

SBSN  340P.Nursingof  Childbearing  Families  and  Wom- 
en's Health  Practicum  (2)  Implementation  of  concepts  and 
skills  to  provide  for  families  throughout  the  childbearing 
process  and  women  throughout  their  life  span.  Practica  are 
in  traditional  and  non-traditional  facilities.  Four  practicum 
hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  340. 

SBSN  350.  Professional  Nursing  Role  Transition  (3) 

Theories  of  nursing,  systems,  family,  teaching-learning, 
practice,  education,  role  and  change  that  are  central  to  cur- 
rent professional  nursing  practice.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  the  RN-BSN  track.  Corequisite:  SBSN  350S. 

SBSN  350S.  Professional  Nursing  Role  Transition 
Seminar  (3)  Web-based  seminar  focusing  on  role  devel- 
opment in  health  promotion  strategies  and  technology 
including  development  of  teaching  plans,  plans  of  care, 
and  family  assessment.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the 
RN-BSN  track.  Corequisite:  SBSN  350. 

SBSN  360.  Child  Health  Nursing  (3)  Evidence-based 
nursing  practice  for  children.  Emphasis  is  on  health 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration,  using  a  family- 
centered  approach.  Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  SBSN 
310,  330,  330P;  Corequisite:  SBSN  360R 

SBSN  360P.  Child  Health  Nursing  Practicum  (2)  Imple- 
mentation of  evidence-based  nursing  practice  for  children 


and  their  families,  in  both  acute  care  and  community  settings. 
Four  practicum  hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  360. 

SBSN  370.  Nursing  Research  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
language  and  underlying  concepts  as  a  basis  for  read- 
ing, understanding,  and  utilizing  research  as  a  source  of 
evidence  for  guiding  practice.  For  the  Four- Year  track. 
Prerequisites:  SBSN3I0,310P,320P,325P  For  RN-BSN 
track,  prerequisite:  SBSN  350,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBSN  399.  Independent  Study  (1-3)  An  individual 
learning  experience  in  an  area  of  special  interest  planned 
in  conjunction  with  a  nursing  faculty  member.  For  Four- 
Year  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  330,  330R  340,  340R 
360,  360P;  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  RN-BSN  track. 
Prerequisite:    SBSN  350;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBSN  410.  Health  Alterations  H  (3)  Builds  upon  Health 
Alterations  1  and  continues  to  focus  on  evidence-based 
nursing  practice,  progressing  in  complexity,  in  a  variety 
of  settings  with  adults  experiencing  health  alterations, 
moving  from  simple  to  complex  states  of  health  and  levels 
of  care.  Six  practicum  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
SBSN  330.  330R  340. 340R  360. 360R  370.  Corequisite: 
SBSN  41  OR 

SBSN  410P.  Health  Alterations  H  Practicum  (3)  Builds 
upon  Health  Alterations  1  and  related  practicum  and  con- 
tinues implementation  of  evidence-based  nursing  practice, 
progressing  in  complexity,  in  a  variety  of  settings  with 
adults  experiencing  health  alterations.  Six  practicum 
hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  410. 

SBSN  41  IP.  Nursing  Internship  (2-4)  A  guided  practi- 
cum experience  utilizing  clinical  decision-making  skills 
in  a  health  care  setting.  For  two  internship  credit  hours,  a 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  scheduled  clinical  experiences, 
seminars,  and  consultation  with  faculty  are  required.  A 
minimum  of  45  hours  for  each  additional  credit  hour  is 
required.  For  Four- Year  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  330, 
330R  340,  340R  360,  360R  For  RN-BSN  track.  Prereq- 
uisites: SBSN  310,  31  OR  350. 

SBSN  420.  Current  Topics  in  Nursing  (3)  Intensive 
study  in  a  specialized  area  of  professional  nursing  or  a 
topic  related  to  current  health  care  practice.  Selected  area 
or  topic  is  based  on  student  interest  and  faculty  expertise. 
Experiential  learning  activities  may  be  required.  For  Four- 
Year  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  330,  330R  340,  340R 
360, 360R  370;  Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  SBSN  4 1 0, 
41  OP.  For  RN  Completion  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN 
350,  350S,  3 1 0, 3 1  OP;  Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SBSN 
370.  Selected  topics  may  be  of  interest  to  non-nursing 
majors.  Non-nursing  majors  who  have  completed  at  least 
60  credit  hours,  including  completion  of  6  hours  of  Group 
Vlll  General  Education  Requirements  and  one  course 
which  includes  basic  research  methodology,  and  who  have 
a  collegiate  summary  GPA  of  2.5  or  higher  may  enroll 
with  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SBSN  430.  Leadership  in  Nursing  Practice  (3)  Prin- 
ciples of  leadership,  management,  and  followership  as 


204 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


they  relate  to  the  role  of  the  professional  nurse  within 
the  sociopolitical  health  care  system.  Emphasis  is  on 
first  level  management,  team  leadership,  client  advocacy, 
communication,  critical  thinking,  decision  making,  role 
development  within  the  profession,  theoretical  models, 
cultural  diversity,  and  ethical  leadership  issues.  For  Four- 
Year  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  330,  330P,  340,  340P, 
360,  360P,  370;  Corequisites:  SBSN  410,  410R  For  RN 
Completion  track.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  BSN 
Program,  Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SBSN  350. 

SBSN  435P.  Professional  Nursing  Role  Transition 
Practicum  (3)  A  preceptored  practicum  that  provides 
opportunities  for  RN-BSN  track  students  to  expand  their 
current  level  of  practice  by  focusing  on  the  concepts  of 
leadership,  management,  and  clinical  role  development 
in  a  healthcare  setting  of  the  student's  choice.  Identifica- 
tion of  a  project  focus,  analysis  of  professional  roles  and 
incorporation  of  evidence-based  practice  are  included. 
Eight  practicum  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SBSN  430. 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SBSN  370. 

SBSN  441.  Psychiatric  Mental  Health  Nursing  (3) 

Evidence-based  psychiatric  mental  health  nursing  prac- 
tice. Emphasis  is  on  the  promotion  of  mental  health  and 
prevention  of  mental  illness,  and  on  nursing  interventions 
related  to  primary  mental  health  alterations  across  the  life 
span.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  330,  330P,  340,  340P,  360, 
360P,370.  Prerequisite  or  corequisites:  SBSN  4 10, 41  OP, 
430.  Corequisite:  SBSN  44 IP. 

SBSN  441P.  Psychiatric  Mental  Health  Nursing  Practi- 
cum (3)  Implementation  of  evidence-based  psychiatric  men- 
tal health  nursing  practice  in  a  variety  of  settings.  Emphasis 
is  on  promotion  of  mental  health  and  prevention  of  mental 
illness  and  on  nursing  interventions  with  individuals  and 
groups  of  clients  experiencing  mental  health  alterations.  Six 
practicum  hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  441 . 

SBSN  450.  Health  Alterations  HI  (3)  Builds  upon  Health 
Alterations  I  &  1 1  and  continues  to  focus  on  evidence-based 
nursing  practice  with  adults  experiencing  health  alterations, 
moving  from  simple  to  complex  states  of  health  and  levels 
of  care.  For  Four- Year  track.  Prerequisites:  SBSN  410, 
41  OP,  430,  441,  44 IP:  Corequisite:  SBSN  450R 

SBSN  450P.  Health  Alterations  HI  Practicum  (2)  Builds 
upon  Health  Alterations  Practica  I  &  II  and  continues 
implementation  of  evidence-based  nursing  practice,  pro- 
gressing in  complexity,  in  a  variety  of  settings  with  adults 
experiencing  health  alterations.  Four  practicum  hours  per 
week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  450. 

SBSN  461.  Community  and  Public  Health  Nursing 

(3)  Evidence-based  nursing  with  individuals  across  the 
life-span,  families  and  other  diverse  population  groups. 
Levels  of  prevention  are  explored  in  relationship  to  epi- 
demiology and  the  effects  of  environment  and  life-style 
on  client  health.  For  Four- Year  track.  Prerequisites  or 
Corequisites:  SBSN  450,  450P,  497;  Corequisite:  46 IP 
For  RN-BSN  track,  Prerequisites:  SBSN  310,  310R  350. 
350S,  370;  Corequisite:  SBSN46IP 


SBSN  461  P.  Community  and  Public  Health  Nurs- 
ing Practicum  (3)  Implementation  of  evidence-based 
community  and  public  health  nursing  practice  in  health 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration  in  individuals 
across  the  life-span,  families,  and  other  diverse  population 
groups  in  community  settings.  Six  practicum  hours  per 
week.  Corequisite:  SBSN  461. 

SBSN  497.  Professional  Nursing  Issues  (2)  Critical 
exploration  of  interrelated  historical,  socio-political,  and 
cultural  issues  impacting  the  professional  nurse  and  the 
quality  and  delivery  of  health  care.  Prerequisite:  final 
semester  of  the  curriculum  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SBSN  498.  Professional  Nursing  Role  Transition 
Project  (3)  Synthesis  of  knowledge  from  nursing,  arts, 
and  sciences  through  completion  of  a  change  project  for 
a  health  care  setting.  Prerequisite:  SBSN  435P. 

SBSN  499P.  Senior  Practicum  in  Professional  Nurs- 
ing (3)  Capstone  practicum,  in  a  precepted  setting,  that 
provides  opportunities  to  synthesize  and  apply  knowledge 
and  skills  necessary  to  function  as  a  beginning  professional 
nurse.  Emphasis  is  on  the  application  of  evidence-based 
knowledge  in  planning,  delivering  and  evaluating  nursing 
practice  consisting  of  1 24  hours  of  practicum.  Prerequisites: 
SBSN  410.  41  OR  420,  430,  441,  441 R  Prerequisites  or 
Corequisites:  SBSN  450,  450R  46 1,46 1 R  497.  Pass/fail 
credit. 


Philosophy  (SPHL) 

SPHL 102.  Introduction  to  Philosophy  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  its  methods  of 
inquiry,  analysis  and  criticism.  Works  of  important  phi- 
losophers are  read. 

SPHL201.  History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  (3)  Introduction 

to  the  development  of  philosophy  in  the  ancient  world. 

SPHL  202.  History  of  Modern  Philosophy  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  development  of  post-Renaissance  philosophy 
with  primary  emphasis  on  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth 
centuries. 

SPHL  21 1 .  Contemporary  Moral  Issues  (3)  Moral  issues 
confronting  men  and  women  in  contemporary  society.  Top- 
ics vary  but  may  include  discussion  of  problems  related  to 
abortion,  drugs,  euthanasia,  war,  social  engineering,  and 
punishment  of  criminals. 

SPHL  309.  Philosophy  of  Mind  (3)  A  study  of  traditional 
problems  pertaining  to  understanding  the  concept  of  mind, 
for  example,  the  mind-body  relation,  personal  identity, 
and  theories  of  consciousness. 

SPHL  311.  Ethics  (3)  The  moral  principles  of  conduct 
and  the  basic  concepts  underlying  these  principles,  such 
as  good,  evil,  right,  wrong,  justice,  value,  duty  and  obli- 
gation. The  ethical  works  of  influential  philosophers  are 
analyzed  in  terms  of  these  concepts. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


205 


SPHL  319.  Epistemology  (3)  The  nature  and  founda- 
tions of  knowledge  with  consideration  of  skepticism  and 
problems  of  perception. 

SPHL321.  Ethics  of  Computer  and  Information  Tech- 
nology (3)  Moral  issues  raised  by  the  use  of  computer 
and  information  technology.  Topics  include  privacy, 
propertN  rights,  freedom  of  expression,  and  social  justice. 
Prerequisite:  Junior  le\el  standing  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

SPHL  390.  Topics  in  Philosophy  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
philosophy,  planned  around  areas  of  interest.  Prerequisite: 
junior  or  senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Phvsic.xl  Ediic.\tion  (SPED) 

SPED  120.  Fundamentals  of  Movement  and  Body 
Conditioning  ( 1 )  Dev  elopment  and  improvement  of  basic 
axial  and  locomotor  movements  as  they  pertain  to  physical 
education  activities  with  emphasis  on  agility,  flexibility, 
strength  and  endurance  through  body  conditioning.  A 
fundamental  knowledge  of  various  fitness  programs  and 
terminology  is  included.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  121.  Golf  (1)  Skill  development,  playing  strat- 
egy, knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament  play. 
Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  122.  Tennis  (1)  Skill  development,  playing  strat- 
egy, knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament  play. 
Pass  fail  credit. 

SPED  1 23.  Snow  Skiing  ( 1 )  Basic  maneuvers  of  condition- 
ing,  turning  stopping,  and  selection  and  care  of  equipment 
and  clothing.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  124.  Walk/Jog/Run  (1)  Develop  and  carry  out 
a  personalized  walking,  jogging  or  running  program  by 
applying  information  on  equipment  selection,  physiology, 
mechanics,  psychology,  training  principles,  conditioning, 
program  guidelines,  environmental  concerns,  nutritional 
guidelines,  and  injury  prevention.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  125.  Combatives  (1)  Skill  development,  strategy, 
knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament  competition 
in  wrestling,  judo,  karate,  and  boxing.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  126.  Introduction  to  SCUBA  Diving  (1)  Basic 
techniques  and  skill  development,  care  of  equipment, 
and  the  principles  and  practices  of  safe  SCUBA  diving. 
Prerequisite:  .'\bility  to  swim.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  1 27.  Handball  and  Racquetball  ( I )  Skill  develop- 
ment, playing  strategy,  knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and 
tournament  play.  Pass/ fail  credit. 

SPED  128.  Aerobics  (1)  Participation  and  development 
of  impact  and  low-impact  aerobic  routines.  Selection  of 
exercises  and  music  are  included.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  129.  Yoga  (1)  Flexibility  training  and  strength  de- 


\  elopment  through  participation  in  low  impact  movements 
w  ith  an  emphasis  on  mind-body  fitness.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  130.  Bowling  (1)  Skill  development,  playing 
strategy,  know  ledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament 
play.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  131.  Badminton  (1)  Skill  development,  playing 
strategy,  knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament 
play.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  132.  Basketball  (1)  Skill  development,  playing 
strategy,  knowledge  of  rules,  scoring,  and  tournament 
play.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  140.  Adult  Recreational  Sports  ( 1 )  Methods  and 
materials  for  teaching  activities  of  carry-over  value  adapt- 
able to  junior  and  senior  high  facilities.  Such  activities  as 
boating,  fishing,  hunting,  camping,  backpacking,  skiing, 
and  recreational  games  are  included.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  141.  Adventure  Programming  on  a  Ropes  Course 

(1)  Participation  and  development  of  specific  group  and  in- 
dividual attitudes  and  skills  through  the  use  of  low  and  high 
elements  of  the  USC  Upstate  ropes  course.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  142.  Advanced  Ropes  Course  Skills  and  Stan- 
dards (1)  Advanced  certification  as  ropes  course  facilita- 
tor. Knowledge  and  experience  in  the  setup,  spotting,  and 
safety  practices  employed  in  state-of-the-art  ropes  course 
uses.  Prerequisite:  SPED  141.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  143.  Outdoor  Climbing  and  Rappelling  ( 1 )  Skill 
development,  safety,  spotting,  safety  practices,  and  knowl- 
edge of  and  use  of  proper  equipment.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  180.  Swimming  (1)  Skill  development,  basic 
strokes,  elementary  diving,  knowledge  of  water  and  pool 
safety.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  200.  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  (3)  The 

scope  of  the  physical  education  field,  historical  background, 
principles,  philosophy,  current  issues,  professional  leader- 
ship and  publications. 

SPED  223.  Advanced  Snow  Skiing  ( I )  Pole  plant  location, 
moguls,  planning  line,  constant  turns,  and  advanced  trail 
skiing.  Prerequisite:  ability  to  snow  ski.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  235.  Dance  and  Gymnastics  (3)  Skills  analysis, 
methods  and  techniques  for  organizing  and  teaching  dance, 
gymnastics  and  tumbling,  including  opportunities  for  peer 
teaching  experience.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  SPED 
200  or  SREC  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPED  242.  Principles  of  Recreation  (3)  The  significance 
and  meaning  of  leisure  in  modern  society,  theories  of  play, 
the  recreational  movement  in  the  U.S.,  and  programs  of 
recreation  in  the  school,  community  and  industry. 

SPED  265.  Officiating  of  Sports  (3)  Rules,  officiating 
techniques,  and  problems  arising  in  officiating,  with  em- 


206 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


phasis  on  major  team  sports.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
obtain  official's  rating. 

SPED  270.  Introduction  to  Athletic  Training  (3)  Safety 
precautions,  injury  prevention,  laboratory  experiences, 
and  legal  issues  in  physical  education  and  athletics.  Pre- 
requisite: SBIO  232. 

SPED  280.  Swimming  and  Water  Safety  ( I )  The  teaching 
of  swimming  and  water  safety,  skill  mastery,  lifesaving, 
pool  hygiene,  management,  and  safety.  For  advanced 
swimmers.  Pass/fail  credit. 

SPED  301.  Exercise  Physiology  (4)  Physiological  prin- 
ciples as  applied  to  muscular  activity  and  the  effects  of 
muscular  activity  on  the  human  organism.  Three  class 
and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  SBIO 
232;  SHED  221. 

SPED  302.  Biomechanics  (3)  Theory  and  techniques  for 
analyzing  motor  performance,  including  cinematography, 
segmental  analysis,  and  fundamentals  of  physical  skills 
based  on  the  laws  and  principles  of  mechanical  and  neu- 
romuscular action.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  232. 

SPED  304.  Motor  Learning  and  Development  (3)  Pro- 
cesses associated  with  acquisition  of  psychomotor  skill 
and  the  neuromuscular  function  involved  in  the  control  of 
movement.  The  application  of  the  developmental  processes 
as  it  relates  to  motor  learning  is  also  explored.  A  practicum 
is  required.  Prerequisites  SPED  200,  SBIO  232. 

SPED  312.  Teaching  of  Physical  Education  (4)  Ori- 
entation to  teaching  physical  education  in  grades  6-12. 
Emphasis  is  on  teaching  styles,  methods  and  curriculum. 
A  practicum  in  the  public  schools  is  required.  Prereq- 
uisites: SPED  200.  SHED  221,  junior  standing,  and 
Physical  Education  majors  only,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Corequisite:  SPED  320. 

SPED  320.  Team  Sports  I  (3)  Methods  and  materials 
for  planning,  teaching,  and  assessing  the  following  team 
sports:  basketball,  volleyball,  and  flag  football.  Prerequi- 
sites: SPED  200  or  SREC  200,  SHED  221 ,  and  Physical 
Education  majors  only,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPED  390.  Field  Experience  (1-3)  School  or  commu- 
nity experiences  related  to  aspects  of  physical  education. 
Prerequisites:  sophomore  standing  and  consent  of  adviser, 
instructor  and  dean. 

SPED  399.  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Topics  assigned 
and  approved  by  adviser,  instructor  and  dean. 

SPED  405.  Teaching  Elementary  Physical  Education 

(4)  Orientation  to  teaching  physical  education  in  grades 
PreK-5.  Emphasis  is  on  teaching  styles,  methods  and 
curriculum.  Apracticum  in  the  public  schools  is  required. 
Prerequisites:  SPED  312  and  Physical  Education  majors 
only,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPED  415.  Individual  Sports  (3)  Methods  and  materials 


for  planning,  teaching,  and  assessing  the  following  indi- 
vidual sports:  golf,  bowling,  and  pickle  ball.  Prerequi- 
sites: SPED  200  or  SREC  200,  and  SPED  320.  Physical 
Education  majors  only  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPED  420.  Team  Sports  II  (3)  Methods  and  materials 
for  planning,  teaching,  and  assessing  the  following  team 
sports:  soccer,  Softball,  and  floor  hockey.  Prerequisites: 
SPED  200  or  SREC  200,  SPED  320,  and  Physical  Educa- 
tion majors  only,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPED  445.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  of  Physical 
Education  (3)  History,  basic  statistical  techniques  utilized 
in  scoring  and  interpreting  tests,  evaluation  of  measures 
now  available  in  the  field,  and  the  administration  of  a 
testing  program.  Prerequisites:  SMTH  201  or  SPSY  225 
or  SSOC  220,  fifteen  hours  in  physical  education  theory 
courses  and  six  hours  of  technique  courses. 

SPED  450.  Clinical  Experience  (1)  A  supervised  clini- 
cal experience  in  a  selected  physical  education  setting 
designed  to  address  any  deficit  in  the  required  100  hours 
of  pre-student  teaching  practicum  experience.  Prerequi- 
sites: SEDF  2 1 0,  SPED  304,  SPED  312,  SPED  405.  and 
the  permission  of  the  instructor. 

SPED453.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Physical 
Education  (3)  Organization  and  management  of  instruc- 
tional, intramural,  interscholastic,  and  recreational  programs, 
with  emphasis  on  criteria  for  the  selection  and  evaluation  of 
activities.  Prerequisites:  fifteen  hours  in  physical  education 
theory  courses  and  six  hours  of  technique  courses. 

SPED  455.  Physical  Fitness:  Assessment  and  Pre- 
scription (3)  Principles  of  exercise  testing  and  prescrip- 
tion as  they  apply  to  fitness  and  performance,  including 
the  role  of  the  health  related  components  of  fitness  in 
performance,  and/or  physical  fitness  of  normal  and 
special  populations,  and  the  significance  of  cardiovas- 
cular programs  through  the  life  cycle.  Prerequisites: 
SBIO  232;  and  SPED^200  or  SREC  200.  Prerequisite 
or  corequisite:   SPED  301. 

SPED  460.  Issues  and  Trends  in  Physical  Education 

(3)  The  philosophical,  historical,  and  legal  foundations 
of  physical  education  as  manifested  in  current  issues 
and  trends.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Directed  Student 
Teaching.  Corequisite:  SPED  479. 

SPED  462.  Physical  Education  for  the  Exceptional 
Child  (3)  Programs  of  developmental  acti\ity  and  guid- 
ance for  students  with  restrictive  disabilities.  Included 
are  techniques  for  appraising  students  with  fault\  body 
mechanics,  orthopedic  defects,  and  other  atypical  physi- 
cal conditions  along  with  methods  of  handling,  within  the 
regular  physical  education  class,  the  \arious  handicaps 
commonly  found  in  the  schools.  Prerequisite:  SBIO  232. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  SPED  301. 

SPED  479.  Directed  Teaching  in  Physical  Education 

(12)  A  supervised  clinical  experience  normally  consisting 
of  seven  weeks  in  an  elementary  school  and  seven  weeks 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


207 


in  a  secondary  school.  The  experience  includes  exploration 

of  ethical  issues,  research  through  analysis  and  evalua- 
tion of  teaching,  and  oral  presentation  of  research  results. 
Prerequisite:  Approved  application  for  directed  teaching. 
Corequisite:  SPED  460.  Pass/fail  credit. 

Physics  (SPHS) 

SPHS 1 01 . 1  ntroduction  to  Physical  Science  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  concepts,  ideas,  and  methods  of  physical  science 
with  emphasis  on  the  principles  of  classical  and  modem 
physicsandchemistry.  Prerequisite:  SMTH  120orhigher, 
except  statistics  or  higher  placement  in  SMTH. 

SPHS  1 01 L.  Introduction  to  Physical  Science  Laboratory 

(1)  Experiments,  exercises,  and  demonstrations  to  accom- 
pany SPHS  101.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  SPHS  101. 

SPHS  201, 202.  General  Physics  I  &  H  (4,4)  Mechanics, 
heat,  sound,  wave  motion,  electromagnetism,  optics,  and 
modem  physics.  Three  class,  one  recitation,  and  two  labo- 
ratory hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  for  20 1 :  SMTH  1 27  or 
consent  of  instructor.  No  previous  background  in  physics  is 
assumed.  Prerequisite  for  202:  SPHS  201.  SPHS  201. 

SPHS  211,  212.  Essentials  of  Physics  I  &  H  (4,4)  Me- 
chanics, heat,  wave  motion,  electromagnetism,  optics, 
and  modem  physics  taught  from  a  calculus  level.  Three 
class,  one  recitation,  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite  for21 1:  SMTH  1 44.  Prerequisite 
for212:  Physics  21 1.  SPHS  21 1. 

Political  Science 

See  Government  and  International  Studies 


Psychology  (SPSY) 

Note:  Psychology  101  is  a  prerequisite  for  all  other 
psychology  courses  unless  otherwise  specified. 

SPSY  101.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3)  Survey  of 
major  topics  in  psychology  ( learning,  perception,  motiva- 
tion, intelligence,  etc.),  and  an  introduction  to  methods 
used  in  psychological  investigation. 

SPSY  225.  Psychological  Statistics  (3)  Statistical  prin- 
ciples, including  measures  ofcentral  tendency,  variability, 
relative  standing,  probability,  techniques  of  regression 
and  correlation,  statistical  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of 
variance  and  nonparametric  statistics  with  applications  in 
the  social  sciences.  Prerequisites:  SPSY  101,  SMTH  1 2 1 
or  higher,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  300.  Topics  in  Psychology  (3)  Survey  of  a  selected 
topic  planned  around  an  area  of  faculty  interest.  Prereq- 
uisite: SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor 

SPSY 302.  Developmental  Psychology  (3)  Introduction  to 
life  span  developmental  psychology  providing  an  overview 
of  cognitive,  social,  emotional,  and  physical  development 
from  conception  to  senescence.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101 
or  consent  of  instructor 


SPSY  303.  Psychology  of  Learning  and  Memory  (3) 

Introduction  to  basic  principles  and  theories  of  learning 
and  memory  including  such  topics  as  habituation,  classi- 
cal and  instrumental  conditioning,  verbal  learning,  social 
learning  theory,  behavior  modification,  and  modeling. 
Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor 

SPSY  304.  Cognitive  Psychology  (3)  Higher  mental 
processes  including  such  topics  as  pattern  recognition, 
attention,  memory,  language  perception  and  production, 
decision  making,  problem  solving,  concept  formation  and 
cognitive  growth.  Behavioral  and  neuropsychological 
perspectives  are  considered.  Prerequisites:  SPSY  101  or 
consent  of  instructor 

SPSY  305.  Sensation  and  Perception  (3)  The  basic 
principles  involved  in  vision,  audition,  taste,  smell  and 
skin  senses.  Topics  include  the  structure  and  function 
of  the  various  sensory  systems  and  related  brain  areas, 
measurement  of  sensory  experiences,  and  perceptual  in- 
formation processing  such  as  perception  of  color,  pattern, 
movement,  depth,  music,  and  speech.  Prerequisite:  SPSY 
101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  307.  Social  Psychology  (3)  The  principles  governing 
human  interaction  including  factors  such  as  group  dynam- 
ics, leadership,  prejudice  and  propaganda.  Prerequisite: 
SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor 

SPSY 308.  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Basic  neural  and 
endocrine  processes  and  their  correlation  with  behavior. 
Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor 

SPSY  309.  Psychology  of  Personality  (3)  The  major 
theories  of  personality  and  the  factors  involved  in  the 
development  of  personality.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or 
consent  of  instmctor 

SPSY  310.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3)  The  nature  of 
mental  and  emotional  disorders  including  such  topics 
as  theories  of  emotional  disorders  and  the  causes  and 
treatment  of  various  disorders.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101 
or  consent  of  instructor 

SPSY  311.  Industrial  and  Organizational  Psychology 

(3)  Survey  of  the  theoretical  and  empirical  foundations  of 
human  behavior  in  industries  and  organizations.  Special 
consideration  is  given  to  applied  problems  as  they  relate  to 
improving  relationships  between  individuals  and  organiza- 
tions. Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  325.  Research  Methods  for  Psychology  (4)  In- 
troduction to  research  methods  for  the  study  of  behavior 
Lectures,  class  discussion,  and  laboratory  exercises  drawn 
from  diverse  areas  of  psychology  are  used  to  provide  prac- 
tical knowledge  and  skill  in  data  analysis,  experimental 
design,  and  writing  technical  reports.  Prerequisite:  SPSY 
101  and  SPSY  225.  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  330.  Applied  Psychology  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
practical  applications  of  psychology  in  such  areas  as  mental 
health,  industry,  schools,  law  enforcement,  and  advertising. 


208 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY350.  Psychology  of  Adjustment  (3)  The  process  by 
which  people  adjust  to  the  demands  made  upon  them  as  a 
result  of  living  with  others.  Basic  processes  of  motivation 
and  learning  are  examined,  especially  as  these  relate  to  the 
acquisition  of  the  mechanisms  of  adjustment.  Prerequisite: 
SPSY  101  orconsent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  351.  Psychology  of  the  Exceptional  Individual  (3) 

Causes  and  characteristics  of  sensory,  cognitive,  and  motor 
ski  lis  and  the  behavior  and  potential  of  exceptional  individu- 
als. Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6)  An  individualized 
program  of  study  planned  in  conjunction  with  a  psychol- 
ogy faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101. 

SPSY 400.  Advanced  Topics  in  Psychology  (3)  Intensive 

study  of  a  selected  topic  planned  around  an  area  of  faculty 
or  student  interest.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101  and  one  300- 
level  psychology  class,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  402.  Experimental  Topics  in  Psychology  (4)  The 

formation  of  testable  hypotheses,  methodological  design, 
data  collection  and  analysis,  critical  evaluation  and  sci- 
entific documentation  as  applied  to  a  particular  content 
area  in  psychology.  Laboratory  experiences  are  an  integral 
part  of  this  course.  May  be  repeated  once  upon  change 
of  topic.  Prerequisites:  SPSY  101,  SPSY  225,  SPSY  325, 
and  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  4 1 2.  Theories  of  Cou  nseling  and  Psychotherapy  (3) 

The  ditYerent  approaches  to  counseling  and  psychotherapy 
with  emphasis  on  both  theory  and  technique.  Prerequisites: 
SPSY  101  and  SPSY  309,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY417.  Psychological  Tests  (3)  Theory,  development, 
and  application  of  intelligence,  achievement,  aptitude,  and 
personality  assessment  measures.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101, 
SPSY  225,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  420.  Psychology  of  Men  (3)  Investigation  of  the 
male  role  in  society  today,  with  an  overview  of  the  histori- 
cal forces  which  have  influenced  the  biological,  cultural, 
social,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  sexual  aspects  of  the  male 
role.  Prerequisite:  SPSY  101,  SPSY  300  level  course,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

SPSY  421.  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology  (3) 

Historical  roots  of  modem  psychological  theories  and  a 
survey  of  various  present-day  approaches.  Prerequisite: 
SPSY  101,two300-level  psychology  courses,  and  junior 
standing;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  442.  Psychology  of  Women  (3)  Women's  experi- 
ences, present  day  status  and  life-styles,  and  the  biological 
and  cultural  antecedents  of  women's  roles.  Prerequisite: 
SPSY  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  460.  Human  Sexual  Behavior  (3)  Psychological, 
physiological,  and  sociological  factors  in  human  sexual 


behavior  and  attitudes.  Prerequisites:  SPSY  101,  junior 
or  senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY499.  Psychology  Internship  (1-6)  Supervised  work 

experience  in  community  agency  or  hospital.  Fifty  hours 
of  work  for  each  credit  hour  are  required.  Prerequisites: 
Psychology  major,  SPSY  325  with  a  minimum  grade  of 
C,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SPSY  502.  SeniorSeminar:  Special  Topics  in  Psychology 

(3-6)  Selected  topics  in  psychology  planned  around  areas  of 
faculty  interest  and  competence.  Prerequisites:  SPSY  101, 
SPSY  225,  SPSY  325,  or  consent  of  instructor  In  order  to 
enroll  in  senior  seminar,  a  student  must  have  completed  all 
of  the  prerequisite  courses  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

Recreation  (SREC) 

SREC  200.  Introduction  to  Recreation  ( 3 )  Evolution  of  lei- 
sure and  recreation,  overview  of  professional  preparation, 
assistance  in  the  development  of  personal  uses  of  leisure, 
and  a  survey  of  the  recreation  professions  in  commercial, 
government,  and  voluntary  organizations. 

SREC  201.  Programming  in  Recreation  (3)  Planning  rec- 
reation and  leisure  activities  through  the  use  of  human  and 
material  resources  in  public,  private,  and  commercial  recreation 
programs  for  all  age  levels.  Activities  include:  sports,  arts  and 
crafts,  cultural  and  performing  arts,  social  functions,  outdoor 
activities,  and  hobbies.  Prerequisite:  SREC  200. 

SREC  30 1 .  Administration  of  Recreation  (3)  The  organi- 
zation, administration,  supervision,  planning,  budgeting,  and 
evaluation  of  recreational  operations  within  most  types  of 
recreational  agencies.  Prerequisites:  SREC  200  and  201. 

SREC  401.  Lifetime  Leisure  (3)  Practical  application  of 
principles  in  the  provision  of  leisure  and  recreation  services 
throughout  an  entire  life  focusing  on  individual  needs,  the 
process  of  program  planning  for  different  age  groups,  resource 
development,  and  application  strategies.  Models  are  taken  from 
successfijl  programs  in  international,  national,  state,  local  and 
institutional  settings.  Prerequisites:  SREC  200  and  201. 

SREC  462.  Recreation  for  Selected  Populations  (3)  Practi- 
cal application  of  principles  in  the  provision  of  recreation 
services  to  populations  limited  in  access  to  normal  recreation 
programs.  Focus  is  on  individual  populations  and  the  respec- 
tive barriers  to  participation,  the  process  of  program  planning 
and  resource  development,  and  the  practical  expenence  of 
plan  application.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing. 

SREC  480A.  Internship:  Aquatics  (6)  Guided  practical 
experience  in  an  elected,  organized  recreational  setting 
giving  on-site  experience  in  planning,  executing,  and 
evaluating  recreational  programs  within  an  aquatic  setting. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing. 

SREC  480B.  Internship:  Community/Organizations  (6) 

Guided  practical  experience  in  an  elected,  organized  recre- 
ational setting  giving  on-site  experience  in  planning,  execut- 
ing, and  evaluating  recreational  programs  w  ithin  community 
and  organizational  settings.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


209 


SREC  480C.  Internship:  Industrial  (6)  Guided  practical 
experience  in  an  elected,  organized  recreational  setting 
giving  on-site  experience  in  planning,  executing,  and 
evaluating  recreational  programs  within  an  industrial 
setting.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing. 

SREC485.  Senior  Seminar  (l)The  integration  of  knowl- 
edge of  recreation  and  indi\  idual  professional  activity  at  an 
advanced  level  utilizing  research,  oral  presentation,  a  series 
of  discussions,  conferences,  and  role-playing  experiences 
related  to  the  various  aspects  of  organized  recreation  as 
a  career.  Internships,  employment  opportunities,  ethical 
issues,  and  other  related  topics  are  reviewed. 

Religion  (SREL) 

SREL 103.  Comparative  Religion  (3)  Beliefsand  principles 

ofthe  major  faiths  ofAsia.  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa,  viewed 
from  historical,  cultural,  and  theological  perspectives. 

SREL300.  Asian  ReIigiousTraditions(3)  History,  beliefs 

and  practices  of  Hinduism.  Buddhism.  Confricianism.  Tao- 
ism, Shinto  and  "popular"  religion  in  Asia  through  modem 
times.  Emphasis  on  the  roles  of  religion  in  the  history  and 
culture  of  South  Asian  and  East  Asian  societies.  Prerequi- 
site: Sophomore  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SREL  301.  Western  Religious  Traditions  (3)  History, 
beliefs,  values  and  practices  of  Judaism,  Christianity  and 
Islam  through  modem  times,  w  ith  a  comparati\e  perspective 
on  law,  institutions,  scripture,  gender  and  religious  thought. 
Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SREL  360.  Modern  Islam  (3)  Modem  history,  beliefs, 
values  and  practices  of  Muslim  communities  worldwide, 
with  focus  on  contemporary  Islamic  approaches  to  law, 
institutions,  politics,  scripture,  and  gender.  Prerequisite: 
Sophomore  standing  or  consent  of  instmctor. 

SREL  399.  Topics  in  Religion  (3)  Specific  themes,  re- 
gions, or  traditions  in  religion.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
when  topics  vary.  Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SoclOLOG^  (SSOC) 

Note:  Sociology  101  Ls  prerequisite  to  all  other  sociology' 
courses.  Sociologs'  101.  301,  302  and  499  are  core  courses. 

SSOC  101.  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  major  theoretical  and  methodological  perspectives 
used  to  explain,  investigate  and  analyze  social  life. 

SSOC  201.  Introduction  to  Statistics  for  the  Social 
Sciences  (3)  Fundamental  principles  of  descriptive  and 
inferential  statistics  as  used  in  the  social  sciences,  including 
measures  of  central  tendency  and  variation,  the  normal 
approximation,  probability,  chance  variability,  estimation, 
hypothesis  testing,  and  correlation. 

SSOC  301.  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Roots  and  historical 
development  of  various  sociological  lenses  as  tools  for 
examining  the  social  world. 


SSOC 302.  Sociological  Research  Methods (3) Quantita- 
tive, qualitative  and  comparative  methods  used  in  social 
science  research,  focusing  on  research  design,  data  col- 
lection and  analysis,  and  ethical  issues.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  SSOC  .^01  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSOC  310.  Individual  and  Society  (3)  Selected  theoreti- 
cal orientations,  methodological  procedures,  and  research 
findings  pertaining  to  the  relations  between  the  individual 
and  society. 

SSOC  311.  Social  Problems  (3)  Content  selected  for 
contemporary  importance  and  sociological  relevance. 

SSOC  320.  Sociology  of  Aging  (3)  Processes  of  aging  as 
a  form  of  socialization  and  demographic  reality,  includ- 
ing institutional  effects.  The  status  ofthe  elderly  and  the 
sources  of  prejudice  and  discrimination  they  experience 
are  emphasized. 

SSOC  321.  Animals  and  Society  (3)  Sociological  per- 
spectives on  human-animal  interaction  and  the  role  of 
animals  in  society. 

SSOC  323.  Urban  Sociology  (3)  Characteristics,  causes, 
and  impacts  ofcity  life.  Different  types  of  urban  areas  and 
current  issues  are  examined  from  comparative,  historical, 
and  global  perspectives. 

SSOC 325.  Social  Movements (3)  Characteristics,  causes, 
and  impacts  of  social  and  political  movements  in  the 
modem  world.  Different  types  of  movements,  including 
the  American  civil  rights  movement,  are  examined  from 
comparative,  historical,  and  global  perspectives. 

SSOC  327.  Population  Dynamics  (3)  (=SGEG 340)  Issues 
in  measurement  of  the  distribution  and  development  ofliuman 
population.  Applies  the  analytical  methods  used  in  accounting 
for  the  effects  of  births,  deaths  and  migrations. 

SSOC  328.  Social  Demography  (3)  Selected  theoretical 
orientations,  methodological  procedures  and  historical 
perspectives  related  to  the  social  analysis  and  context  of 
demographic  change. 

SSOC329.  Social  Change(3)  Applies  sociological  lenses  to 
current  major  social,  cultural,  economic,  political,  and  global 
transformations,  emphasizing  their  interrelationships. 

SSOC  330.  Social  Inequality  (3)  Theoretical  perspectives 
and  research  on  the  unequal  distribution  of  wealth  power, 
and  prestige  in  social  life  on  a  global,  national,  and  local 
scale.  Attention  is  given  to  the  impact  of  globalization 
on  social  stratification. 

SSOC  333.  Race  and  Ethnic  Relations  (3)  Examines  the 
basic  concepts  of  race  and  ethnicity,  relevant  sociological 
theories,  and  their  application  to  critical  issues. 

SSOC  335.  Sociology  of  Women  (3)  Theoretical  and 
methodological  approaches  to  the  study  of  women  in  societ- 
ies. The  iinportance  of  gender  in  defining  women's  roles 


210 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


is  emphasized,  along  with  the  role  orsocia!  institutions  in 
contributing  to  the  subordination  of  women  as  a  group. 

SSOC  337.  Gender  and  Society  (3).  A  sociological  inves- 
tigation of  gender  as  a  fundamental  principle  of  social  life. 
The  interdependenceof  gender  constructionsandofsocieties' 
inequality  structures  across  social  institutions  is  explored. 

SSOC  339.  Women  and  Armed  Conflict  (3)  Women's 
lives  in  the  context  of  armed  conflict  examined  from 
comparative,  historical  and  global  perspectives. 

SSOC  341.  Sociology  of  Families  (3)  Methods  and 
theories  used  in  the  examination  of  intimate  human  re- 
lationships, including  parenting,  violence  and  abuse,  and 
divorce  and  remarriage.  Emphasizes  the  social  factors 
that  bring  about  change  in  family-related  behaviors  and 
create  diversity  in  family  forms. 

SSOC  343.  Political  Sociology  (3)  The  societal  conditions 
affecting  political  ideas,  institutions,  and  practices.  The 
role  of  politics  in  society  is  examined  from  comparative, 
historical,  and  global  perspectives. 

SSOC  345.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3)  The  societal  condi- 
tions affecting  religious  beliefs,  institutions,  and  practices. 
The  role  of  religion  in  society  is  examined  from  compara- 
tive, historical,  and  global  perspectives. 

SSOC  347.  Sociology  of  Organizations  and  Work  (3) 

Sociological  investigation  of  how  post-industrial  society 
and  globalization  impact  the  workplace,  jobs,  workers, 
gender,  families  and  communities.  The  role  of  leadership 
in  organizations  is  also  examined. 

SSOC  351.  Social  Deviance  (3)  (=SCRJ  474)  Theories, 
methods  and  substantive  issues  in  the  creation,  involve- 
ment, recognition  and  control  of  deviance.  Sociological 
theories  and  pertinent  research  data  are  integrated  in  the 
context  of  contemporary  societal  issues. 

SSOC  353.  Sociology  of  Crime  (3)  Social  factors  in  the 
development,  identification,  and  treatment  of  crime  and 
criminals. 

SSOC    355.  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  (=SCRJ    345) 

Social  factors  in  the  development,  identification  and 
treatment  of  delinquents  and  juvenile  delinquency  in  the 
context  of  juvenile  justice  systems. 

SSOC  357.  Sociology  of  Mental  Health  and  Mental 
Illness  (3)  Social  factors  in  the  development,  identifica- 
tion, and  treatment  of  mental  illness. 

SSOC  391.  Special  Topics  (3)  Emerging  issues  in  con- 
temporary sociology.  Selected  topics  organized  around 
faculty  and  student  areas  of  special  interest.  This  course 
can  be  taken  more  than  once  if  the  topic  is  different. 

SSOC  395.  Internship  (3)  Supervised  work  experience 
in  a  community  agency  based  on  an  individualized,  con- 
tracted program  planned  in  conjunction  with  the  relevant 


sociology  faculty  member.  Ten  hours  per  week  in  the  field 
placement,  at  least  three  class  meetings,  and  a  formal, 
written  sociological  analysis  of  the  field  experience  are 
required.  The  course  may  be  taken  more  than  once,  but 
may  be  applied  toward  major  credit  in  sociology  only  once. 
Normally  offered  every  spring  semester. 

SSOC  399.  Independent  Study  (1-6)  An  individualized, 
contracted  program  of  study  planned  in  conjunction  with 
a  sociology  faculty  member. 

SSOC  499.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  A  capstone  course  de- 
signed around  topics  selected  by  faculty.  Emphasis  is  on 
research  with  written  and  oral  presentations.  Prerequisites: 
SSOC  301,  302.  and  12  additional  hours  of  upper  level 
sociology  with  a  C  or  better  and  statistics. 


Spanish  (SSPN) 

Note:  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  readings,  lectures 
and  discussion  in  foreign  language  courses  above  the  el- 
ementaiy  level  aiv  principally  in  the  language  concerned. 
Incoming  students  with  previous  experience  in  a  foreign 
language  must  take  a  placement  test. 

SSPN  101.  Introductory  Spanish  I  (3)  Fundamentals 
of  the  language  and  culture  through  speaking,  listening, 
reading,  and  writing. 

SSPN  102.  Introductory  Spanish  II  (3)  Fundamentals  of 
the  language  and  culture  through  speaking,  listening,  reading, 
and  writing.  Prerequisite  for  SSPN  102  is  SSPN  101. 

SSPN  201.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3)  Review  of  the  basic  prin- 
ciples of  the  language,  with  emphasis  on  reading,  writing,  and  oral 
skills.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  102  or  placement  through  testing. 

SSPN  202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3)  Review  of  the  basic 
principles  of  the  language,  w  ith  emphasis  on  writing,  oral 
skills,  and  the  reading  of  literary  and  other  authentic  texts. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  201  or  placement  through  testing. 

SSPN  250.  Selected  Spanish  Studies  Abroad  (3-6) 

Development  of  intermediate  level  communication  skills 
together  with  immersion  in  the  culture  of  a  foreign  country. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  301.  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  (3) 

Reading  Hispanic  literary  texts/literary  criticism.  Focus 
is  on  literary  tenns  and  their  applications  in  close  readings 
of  Spanish  and  Spanish-American  texts.  Prerequisite: 
SSPN  202,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  304.  Hispanic  Culture  (3)  Readings  and  visuals  on 
Hispanophone  historical,  economic,  cultural  and  social  de- 
velopments in  Latin  America  and  the  United  States,  taught  in 
English.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  309.  Spanish  Grammar  and  Composition  (3)  Fun- 
damental elements  of  the  language  and  exercises  in  composi- 
tion. Prerequisite:  SSPN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


211 


SSPN  310.  Spanish  Conversation  (3)  Development  of 
oral  skills,  vocabulary  and  phonetic  fluency  through  pre- 
sentations, discussions  and  group  activities.  Prerequisite: 
SSPN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  311.  Introduction  to  Non-Literary  Translation 

(3)  Theoretical  grounding  and  practical  problems  of  pro- 
fessional translation  (Spanish/English;  English/Spanish). 
Translation  of  short  legal,  medical  and  commercial  texts 
in  their  linguistic  and  cultural  context  and  an  overview 
of  the  translator  profession  in  the  USA  are  studied.  Pre- 
requisites: SEGL  252  and  SSPN  202;  or  SSPN  309;  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

SSPN  312.  Introduction  to  Interpreting  (3)  General 
understanding  of  the  problems  for  facilitating  oral  com- 
munication between  monolingual  speakers  of  English  and 
Spanish.  Developsbasicskillsforprofessional interpreting 
in  its  cultural  context  with  practical  exercises  through  role 
playing  and  the  use  of  audio  and  audio  visual  material. 
Prerequisites:  SSPH  201  and  SSPN  202;  or  SSPN  310; 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SSPN  315.  Spanish  for  the  Professions  (3)  Practice  in 
oral  and  written  language  pertinent  to  specific  careers, 
such  as  health  care,  criminal  justice  or  business.  Course 
may  be  repeated  once  with  change  in  professional  topic. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  320.  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  Culture  and  civi- 
lization of  Spain.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  202  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

SSPN  321.  Latin  American  Civilization  (3)  Cultural 
heritage  of  the  Latin  American  people  from  the  pre-Co- 
lumbian period  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  202 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  330.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  I  (3)  Repre- 
sentative authors  and  works  from  Medieval,  Renaissance, 
and  Golden  Age  Literature.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  301  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  331.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  II  (3)  Major 
movements,  principal  authors,  and  representative  works 
in  Spanish  literature  since  1700.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  301 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  332.  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  I 

(3)  Representative  authors  and  works  from  pre-Columbian 
times  through  the  colonial  era.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  301 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  333.  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  II 

(3)  Major  movements,  principal  authors,  and  representa- 
tive works  from  the  nineteenth  century  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  301  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  350.  Selected  Spanish  Studies  Abroad  (3-6) 

Development  of  advanced  level  communication  skills 
together  with  immersion  in  the  culture  of  a  foreign  country. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  202  or  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 


SSPN  398.  Topics  in  Spanish  Language  or  Literature  (3) 

Intensive  study  in  selected  areas  chosen  by  the  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  SSPN  301  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  399.  Independent  Study  or  Internship  (1-3) 

Supervised  professional  experience  or  research  outside 
the  classroom.  For  three  internship  credit  hours,  a  student 
is  to  work  135  hours  with  an  approved  agency;  for  two 
credit  hours,  90  hours;  for  one  credit  hour,  45  hours.  For 
an  internship  or  for  an  independent  study,  a  contract  must 
be  signed  by  the  student  and  by  the  instructor  of  record 
and  otherdesignated  faculty  and  administrators.  Astudent 
may  repeat  SSPN  399  once  with  a  different  internship  or 
independent  study  contract  description  for  a  total  of  no 
more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit.  Prerequi- 
sites: GPA  2.0  overall,  2.5  in  foreign  language  courses, 
and  consent  of  faculty  supervisor. 

SSPN  420.  U.S.  Latino  Literature  (3)  A  core  grouping 
of  Latino  authors  who  were  either  bom  or  raised  in  the 
United  States  and  whose  texts  are  written  primarily  in 
English.  The  selected  texts  are  bilingual.  Prerequisite: 
SSPN  309  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  431.  Masterworks  of  Hispanic  Literature  (3) 

Selected  masterpieces  written  in  Spanish.  Selections  are 
samplings  of  great  literature  from  the  Spanish-speaking 
world.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  301  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  451.  Second  Language  Acquisition  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  major  learning  theories  with  particular  focus  on  those 
dealing  with  acquisition  of  a  second  or  foreign  language. 
Field  experience  is  required.  Prerequisite:  SSPN  202. 

SSPN  453.  Introduction  to  Romance  Linguistics  (3) 

Descriptive  and  historical  analyses  of  the  Romance  lan- 
guages, beginning  with  their  origins  in  Latin.  Prerequisite: 
SSPN  309  or  SFRN  309  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  454.  Spanish  Linguistics  (3)  Basic  concepts  and 
terminology  essential  to  the  study  of  Spanish  phonology 
and  phonetics,  morphology,  syntax,  lexicon,  semantics, 
language  change  and  language  variation.  Prerequisite: 
SSPN  309  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPN  490.  Senior  Seminar  in  Spanish  (3)  Reading  and 

research  on  selected  topics  designed  to  integrate  knowledge, 
to  explore  ethical  issues,  and  to  gain  experience  in  research 
and  oral  presentation.  Prerequisite:  three  upper  division 
Spanish  literature  courses.  Corequisite:  senior  standing. 


Speech  (SSPH) 

SSPH  20 1 .  Public  Speaking  (3)  Oral  communication  and 
speaking  before  an  audience.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SSPH  201 H.  Public  Speaking  Honors  (3)  An  in-depth 
consideration  of  theories  and  principles  of  speech  construc- 
tion, analysis  and  delivery.  The  writings  of  classical  and 
contemporary  philosophers,  theorists  and  rhetoricians  are 


212 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


considered.  Intensive  reading,  writing,  research,  delivery 
and  a  service  component  are  included.  Prerequisites;  SEGL 
1 02;  admission  to  honors  program  as  a  second  year  student 
or  permission  of  director  of  honors  program. 

SSPH  301.  Theories  and  Principles  of  Human  Communi- 
cation (3)  Theories,  principles  and  functions  of  human  com- 
munication. Topics  includeculture.nonverbal  communication, 
listening  skills,  self-disclosure,  perception  and  interviewing. 
Prerequisites:  SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor 

SSPH303.  Ethics  in  Human  Communication  (3)  An  investi- 
gation of  ethical  principles  relevant  to  interpersonal,  small  group 
and  organizational  communication.  The  relationship  among 
philosophy,  rhetoric,  ethics  and  human  communication  is 
explored.  Prerequisite:  SSPH  301  or  consent  of  instructor 

SSPH  310.  Interpersonal  Communication  (3)  The  study 
of  the  communication  process  as  a  form  of  practical  ac- 
tion between  individuals.  The  classroom  functions  as  an 
interpersonal  laboratory  to  study  and  practice  interpersonal 
skills  through  discussions,  exercises  and  projects.  Pre- 
requisites: SSPH  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPH  31 5.  Conflict  Resolution  (3)  Theories,  research  and 
functions  of  conflict  resolution  strategies  in  interpersonal, 
organizational,  and  community  settings.  Topics  include 
conflict  analysis,  conflict  management  ski  1  Is,  dispute  trans- 
formation and  alternative  dispute  resolution.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSPH  333.Advanced  Public  Speaking(3)The  principles 

and  theories  of  speech  composition.  Areas  of  focus  in- 
clude rhetorical  theory,  strategic  organization,  evidence, 
reasoning  and  delivery.  Prerequisite:  SSPH  201  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SSPH  340.  Voice  and  Diction  (3)  The  analysis,  evalua- 
tion, and  improvement  of  speech  based  on  the  anatoiny 
and  physiology  of  the  vocal  mechanism,  voice  production, 
and  articulation. 

SSPH  380.  Intercultural  Communication  (3)  An  in- 
troduction to  the  theory  and  practice  of  difference-based 
communication.  Students  investigate  the  communicative 
impact  of  significant  cultural  differences  in  values,  percep- 
tions and  behavior.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

SSPH  398.  Topics  in  Speech  Communication  (3)  A  specific 
area  of  speech  is  explored.  Individual  topics  are  announced. 

SSPH  415.  Mediation  (3)  Concepts,  skills  and  functions  of 
mediation  in  interpersonal,  organizational,  and  community 
settings.  Topics  include  mediator  styles  and  standards, 
principles  of  cooperation  and  problem-solving,  and  strate- 
gies for  dispute  transfonnation.  SSPH  4I5L  is  available 
for  additional  credit.  Prerequisite:  SSPH  315. 

SSPH  415L.  Mediation  Laboratory  ( 1)  Demonstrations. 
exercises  and  applications  of  procedures  used  to  develop 
mediation  skills.  Two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: SSPH  415  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 


SSPH  440.  Argumentation  and  Debate  (3)  Fundamen- 
tal principles,  skills  and  ethics  of  argument.  In-class 
debates  required.  Prerequisites:  SSPH  201  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

SSPH  441 .  Debate  Laboratory  ( 1 )  Participation  in  debate 
team  activities,  including  research,  construction  of  debate 
briefs,  competition  and  travel.  Weekly  meetings  are  require. 
May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  four  credits.  Prerequisite: 
SSPH  440.  Corequisite:  Debate  team  membership. 

SSPH  448.  Organizational  Communication  (3)  Theories, 
research  and  functions  of  communication  in  organiza- 
tions, including  communication  practices  and  strategies 
in  professional  and  social  settings.  Prerequisites:  SSPH 
201  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

SSPH  450.  Communicating  for  Social  Change  (3)  An 

introduction  to  theories  and  principles  essential  to  under- 
standing the  communicative  function  and  processes  of 
social  movements.  The  construction  and  presentation  of 
persuasive  messages  intended  to  produce  social  change 
are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  SSPH  201. 


Statistics  (SSTA) 

SSTA410.  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  (3)  Laws 

of  probability  and  sample  space;  discrete  and  continuous 
distributions;  joint,  marginal  and  conditional  densities; 
moment  generating  functions;  univariate  and  bivariate 
normal  distribution.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  SMTH 
142  or  consent  of  instructor. 

SSTA  413.  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Processes  (3) 

Markov  chains:  Poisson  processes;  introductory  renewal 
theory,  Brownian  motion  and  stationary  processes  used 
in  mathematical  modelling.  Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in 
SSTA  4 1 0  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Theatre  (STHE) 

STHE  161.  Introduction  to  Theatre  Art  (3)  Understanding 
and  criticism  of  drainatic  literature,  history,  and  production. 

STHE  170.  Fundamentals  in  Acting  (3)  The  technique 
of  body  and  voice  control,  improvisation,  interpretation  of 
characters,  and  characterization  applied  in  scenes. 

STHE  260.  Theatre  Laboratory  (1)  Participation  in 
theatre  production,  including  stage  management,  direction, 
costumes,  makeup,  lighting,  sound,  scener>-.  and  business 
management.  No  formal  class  meetings.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  of  four  credits. 

STHE  301.  Dramatic  Theory  and  Criticism  (3)  A 

philosophical,  psychological  and  social  theorist  perspec- 
tive. Analytical  writing  on  topics  such  as  social  context 
and  resonance  of  the  drama,  dramatic  action,  playwriting, 
dramatic  illusion  and  Shakespeare  is  stressed.  Prerequisite: 
SEGL  102  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


213 


STHE  370.  Voice  for  the  Actor  (3)  Group  study  of  the 
voice  in  performance,  using  applied  breath  and  resonance 
techniques  aimed  at  enhancing  \  ocal  power  for  the  actor 
or  pubhc  speaker  Exercises  and  text  work  will  be  ap- 
plied to  voice  techniques,  creating  a  connection  between 
the  word  image  and  vocal  expression  for  the  actor  and 
public  speaker  Prerequisite  SSPH  201;  STHE  170  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

STHE  373.  Fundamentals  of  Play  Directing  (3)  Text 
analysis  and  interpretation.  The  emphasis  is  on  discov- 
ering the  intention  of  the  playwright  and  on  blocking, 
including  picturization  and  composition,  culminating 
in  each  student's  production  of  a  one-act  play  for  public 
presentation.  Prerequisite:  STHE  170 

STHE  374.  Intermediate  Acting  (3)  Advanced  scene 
and  monologue  performance  including  script  analysis 
and  character  building.  Plays  of  Classical  Realists  will 
be  performed.  Prerequisite:  STHE  170. 

STHE  376.  Stage  Movement  for  the  Actor  (3)  Centering, 
body  alignment  and  kinetic  power  influencing  the  projec- 
tion of  images  and  ideas.  A  studio  warm-up  and  work-out 
developing  the  skills  for  the  preparation  of  a  variety  of 
performance  pieces  demonstrating  kinetic  principles, 
culminating  in  a  public  performance. 

STHE  377.  Stagecraft  (3)  Drafting,  design  and  inter- 
pretation of  drawings  for  structural  components  of  sets, 
lighting  and  costumes.  Using  the  current  production  as 
a  laboratory,  students  will  concentrate  on  such  skills  as 
the  basics  of  set  construction,  the  computerized  lighting 
system  and  costume  construction, 

STHE  378.  Playwriting  (3)  Script  analysis  and  prepara- 
tion, dialogue  development,  character  construction  and 
scene  composition.  Students  write  full  length  manuscripts 
and  participate  in  a  public  performance  of  readings  from 
the  completed  plays.  Prerequisite:  English  102. 

STHE  379.  Lighting  Design  (3)  The  design  and  drafting 
process  oflighting  for  a  stage  production.  Designing  a  light- 
ing plot  and  the  role  oflighting  as  a  design  element  will  be 
included;  a  research  project  will  be  assigned.  Prerequisites: 
SEGL  102;  STHE  161  or  consent  of  instructor 


and  performed.  Prerequisites:  SEGL  102;  STHE  170  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

STH  E  383.  Stage  Combat  (3)  Basic  techniques  of  unarmed 
and  armed  fighting  for  the  theatre,  stressing  punches,  kicks, 
tumbling,  and  falls,  in  the  context  of  scene  work  and  safety. 
Prerequisite:  STHE  1 70  or  consent  of  instructor 

STHE  385.  Theatre  History  I  (3)  History  of  theatrical 
production  including  major  dramatic  texts,  dramatists,  and 
dramatic  theory.  Included  is  a  survey  of  stage  and  audi- 
torium architecture,  stage  machinery,  scenery,  costuming, 
lighting,  acting  and  directing  from  pre-history  through  the 
Italian  Renaissance.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

STHE  386.  Theatre  History  II  (3)  History  of  theatrical 
production  including  major  dramatic  texts,  dramatists,  and 
dramatic  theory.  Included  is  a  survey  of  stage  and  audi- 
torium architecture,  stage  machinery,  scenery,  costume, 
lighting,  acting  and  directing,  from  the  1  tal  ian  Renaissance 
to  the  modem  era.  Prerequisite:  SEGL  102. 

STHE  398.  Topics  in  Theatre  (3) 

STHE  399.  Internship  or  Independent  Study  in  The- 
atre (1-3)  Supervised  professional  experience  of  research 
outside  the  classroom.  For  three  internship  credit  hours, 
a  student  is  to  work  1 35  hours  with  an  approved  agency; 
for  two  credit  hours,  90  hours:  for  one  credit,  45  hours. 
For  an  internship  or  an  independent  study,  a  contract 
must  be  signed  by  the  student  and  by  the  instructor  of 
record  and  other  designated  faculty  and  administrators. 
A  student  may  repeat  STHE  399  once  with  a  different 
internship  or  independent  study  contract  description  for 
a  total  of  no  more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit. 
Prerequisites:  GPA  2.0  overall.  2.5  in  major,  consent  of 
faculty  supervisor  and  junior  standing. 

STHE  401.  Classical  Styles  in  Acting  (3)  Advanced 
study  in  the  performance  techniques  and  challenges  par- 
ticular to  classical  theatre.  Applied  scene  work,  focusing 
on  the  physical,  vocal,  and  textual  requirements  for  the 
performance  of  Shakespeare.  Moliere,  and  Greek  classi- 
cal texts,  will  lead  to  the  public  performance  of  scenes 
and  monologues.  Prerequisite:  STHE  170  or  consent  of 
instructor 


STHE  380.  Scene  Design  (3)  Design  and  drafting  processes 
necessary  fortheatrical  scenic  design.  Text  analysis,  research 
and  the  design  for  various  play  genres  will  be  included,  as 
welt  as  the  use  of  computer  assisted  drafting.  Prerequisites: 
SEGL  102;  STHE  377  or  consent  of  instructor 

STHE  381.  Stage  Management  (3)  Experiences  in 
technical  organization  and  backstage  supervision  of  a 
production.  Topics  will  include  backstage  responsibili- 
ties, production  cues,  and  director/manager  and  cast/crew 
relationships.  Prerequisites:  SEGL  102;  STHE  170  or 
consent  of  instructor 

STHE  382.  Theatre  for  Youth  (3)  Creative  drama 
methods  for  youth.   A  children's  play  will  be  produced 


STHE  402.  Alternative  Styles  in  Acting  (3)  Advanced 
modes  of  performance  and  the  physiological  and  vocal 
challenges  particular  to  acting  outside  the  realm  of  realism. 
Exercises  will  focus  on  physical  approaches  to  building 
character  through  the  context  of  scene  work  in  Absurdist, 
Commedia.  and  other  non-realist  tests.  Prerequisite:  STHE 
1 70  or  consent  of  instructor 

STHE  473.  Advanced  Play  Directing  (3)  Choosing  text, 
casting,  directing  a  collaborative  team  and  exercising 
complete  artistic  control  over  all  aspects  of  theatre  produc- 
tion. Principles  of  actor  coaching  and  staging  technique 
culminate  in  the  public  presentation  of  a  one  act  play  with 
at  least  an  hour's  running  time  or  a  select  act  from  a  full- 
length  manuscript.  Prerequisite:  STHE  373. 


214 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


University  (SUNV) 

SUNV  101.  The  Student  in  the  University  (3)  The 

purposes  of  higher  education  and  the  potential  role  of  an 
individual  student  within  the  university  and  other  learning 
environments.  Open  to  freshmen  only.  This  course  does 
not  count  toward  graduation  in  some  majors. 

SUNV  102.  Freshman  Orientation  (1)  The  successful 
transition  into  higher  education  through  social,  personal 
and  academic  development.  Considered  are  topics  and 
activities  in  study  skills,  time  management,  goal  setting, 
careers,  health  and  wellness,  responsibility,  cultural  aware- 
ness, and  the  enhancement  of  the  relationship  between  the 
faculty  adviser  and  the  student. 

SUNV  103.  Freshman  Orientation  (1)  The  successful 
transition  into  higher  education  through  academic,  social, 
and  personal  development.  Considered  are  topics  and 
activities  in  time  management,  goal  setting,  responsibil- 
ity, and  careers,  with  special  emphasis  on  study  skills. 
The  academic  performance  of  students,  in  all  classes,  is 
monitored  throughout  the  semester  Required  of  academic 
skills  students.  (Students  cannot  receive  credit  for  both 
University  103  and  102.) 

SUNV  201.  Leadership  Development  I  (2)  Various 
approaches  to  the  definition  of  leadership  and  practical 
experience  in  building  leadership  skills.  The  critical  ques- 
tions of  what  is  leadership,  what  are  the  qualities  of  a  good 
leader,  and  what  skills  does  a  leader  need  are  examined. 
Pass/fail  credit, 

SUNV  202.  Introduction  to  Leadership  II  (2)  Practical 
experience  in  building  leadership  skills  within  the  context 
of  community-based  leadership.  The  focus  is  upon  the  most 
pressing  needs  for  leadership  within  the  community  to  al- 
low students  to  become  directly  involved  with  a  relevant 
project.  Prerequisite:  University  201. 

SUNV  310.  Leadership  Development  Internship  (1-4) 

Practical  application  of  leadership  principles  through  a 
public  service  internship.  Limited  to  participants  in  the 
Leadership  Development  Program.  Prerequisite:  SUNV 
202. 

SUNV  390.  Peer  Leadership  Practicum  (1-3)  Applica- 
tion of  specific  guidance  and  teaching  techniques  while 
serving  as  a  peer  leader  for  University  101.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  role  modeling,  group  dynamics,  creating 
classroom  cohesion,  using  interactive  teaching  methods, 
and  the  importance  of  assessment.  Acceptance  into  the 
peer  leader  program  is  required.  Prerequisite:  SUNV  101 
or  consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  additional 
credit  for  maximum  of  six  hours. 

SUNV  398.  Interdisciplinary  Studies  Internship  (1-3) 

Supervised  work  experience  in  a  community  agency  or 
business  based  on  an  individualized,  contracted  program 
planned  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member  and  approved 
by  t  he  student's  advisor  For  three  internship  credit  hours. 


a  student  is  to  work  1 35  hours  with  an  approved  agency;  for 
two  credit  hours,  90  work  hours;  for  one  credit,  45  hours. 
A  student  may  repeat  SUNV  39S  once  with  a  different 
internship  contract  description  for  a  total  of  no  more  than 
six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit.  Prerequisites:  junior 
standing,  and  approved  internship  contract.  This  intern- 
ship cannot  be  used  to  meet  concentration  requirements 
for  bidisciplinary  and  multidisciplinary  concentrations. 

SUNV 399.  IndependentStudy  (1-6)  An  individualized, 

contractual  program  of  study  planned  in  conjunction  with  a 
faculty  member  involved  with  the  student's  interdisciplin- 
ary program  of  study.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  no 
more  than  six  hours  of  undergraduate  credit  with  consent 
of  advisor.  Prerequisites:  junior  standing  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

SUNV  490.  Senior  Seminar  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

(3)  Reading  and  research  on  selected  topics  designed  to 
explore  issues  ofbroad  interdisciplinary  interest.  Designed 
to  integrate  knowledge  at  an  advanced  level,  explore 
ethical  issues,  and  gain  experience  in  research  and  oral 
presentation.  Seminar  topics  vary.  Prerequisites:  senior 
standing  and  permission  of  IDS  advisor.  This  course 
cannot  be  used  to  meet  senior  seminar  requirements  in 
bidisciplinary  concentrations. 


Women's  and  Gender  Studies  (SWST) 

SWST 101.  Introduction  to  Women's  &  Gender  Studies 

(3)  Gender  and  its  intersection  with  other  social  constructs 
of  ditTerence  (ethnicity,  class,  sexuality,  and  age).  A  brief 
overview  of  feminism  as  a  social  movement  and  a  body 
of  scholarship  concerned  with  equality  between  men  and 
women,  and  among  women,  is  also  presented.  Topical 
debates  address  marriage,  work,  reproductive  politics, 
masculinity,  media  culture,  and  other  gendered  issues. 

SWST  301.  Feminist  Theory  and  Methods  (3)  Philo- 
sophical exploration  of  feminist  theories  and  feminist 
methods  of  inquiry.  Prerequisite:  SPHL  102  or  SSOC 
101  or  SWST  101  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SWST  355.  U.S.  Women's  Movement  (3)  In-depth, 
interdisciplinary  perspectives  on  U.S.  women's  activism, 
actions  and  resistance  strategies.  Prerequisite:  SWST  101 
or  SWST  301  or  SGIS  350  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SWST  398.  Topics  (3)  Area  of  study  not  covered  in 
permanent  offerings,  to  be  planned  around  a  faculty- 
member's  current  research.  Prerequisite:  SWST  101  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

SWST  399.  Independent  Study  (1-3)  An  individualized 
program  of  study  in  the  student's  area  of  interest  and  in  con- 
sultation w  ith  a  faculty  member.  May  be  repeated  for  total  of 
no  more  than  6  hours  of  credit.  Prerequisites:  SWST  101; 
junior  or  senior  standing;  GPA  2.0  ov  erall.  2.5  in  Women's 
and  Gender  SUidies  courses;  a  minimum  of  6  hours  in  courses 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


215 


approved  for  the  Women's  and  Gender  Studies  minor  num- 
bered 300  and  above:  and  consent  of  instructor. 

SWST  490.  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Exploration,  at  an  advanced 
level,  of  issues,  topics,  and  dilemmas  related  to  Women's 
and  Gender  Studies.  Topics  covered  will  vary  depending 
upon  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  senior  standing,  SWST 
301  and  other  courses  primarily  addressing  women's  and 
gender  issues;  permission  of  the  instructor. 

SWST  498.  Outreach  Practicum  (1-3)  Supervised  expe- 
rience outside  the  classroom  to  develop  skills  in  program 
leadership.  The  outreach  location  will  vary  by  semester. 
For  one  credit  hour,  a  minimum  of  45  hours  of  supervised 
work  and  periodic  consultation  with  the  instructor  are 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  total  of  no  more  than  six 
hours  of  credit.  Prerequisites:  SWST  101  Junior  or  senior 
standing;  GPA  2.0  overall,  2.5  in  Women's  and  Gender 
Studies  courses;  or  consent  of  instructor;  and  successful 
interview  with  instructor. 

SWST 499.  Internship  (1-3)  Supervised  professional  ex- 
perience or  project  with  selected  community  organizations. 
For  each  credit  hour  a  minimum  of  45  hours  of  supervised 
work  and  periodic  consultation  with  the  instructor  are 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  total  of  no  more  than  6 
hours  of  credit.  Prerequisite:  SWST  101  ;junior  or  senior 
standing;  GPA  of  2.0  overall,  2.5  in  Women's  and  Gender 
Studies  courses;  a  minimum  of  6  hours  in  courses  approved 
for  the  Women's  and  Gender  Studies  minor  numbered  300 
and  above;  and  consent  of  instructor. 

Women's  and  Gender  Studies  Courses 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  as  Women's 
Studies  courses.  Detailed  descriptions  are  available 
under  departmental  listings. 


SATH  301 :  Women  and  Art 

SCRJ  382:    Women  and  Crime 

SEGL  369:  Gender  &  Autobiography 

SEGL  389:  Gay  &  Lesbian  Literature 

SEGL  437:  Women  Writers 

SGIS  350:    Women  and  American  Politics 

SGIS  420:  Women  and  Politics: 

A  Global  Perspective 

SHST  351:  Women  in 

Early  Modem  Europe  and  America 

SHST  352:  Women  in  Modem  Europe 

and  America 

SHST  496:  Topics  in  Women's  History 

SJOU  450:  Women  in  the  Media 

SPSY  442:  Psychology  of  Women 

SSOC  335:  Sociology  of  Women 

SSOC  337:  Gender  &  Society 

SSOC  339:  Women  &  Armed  Conflict 

SWST  355:  U.S.  Women's  Movement 

SWST  398:  Topics 

SWST  399:  Independent  Study 

SWST  490:  Senior  Seminar  in 

Women's  Studies 

SWST  498:  Outreach  Practicum 

SWST  499:  Intemships 


Transfer  Course  Equivalencies 

The  following  courses  are  used  for  receiving  appropri- 
ate level  transfer  credit  to  USC  Upstate. 

SEGL  218  Introduction  to  Drama:  An  introductory 
course  in  reading  and  reviewing  plays 

SEGL  225  Introduction  to  Poetry:  An  introductory 
course  in  the  analysis  of  poetry 

SEGL  230      Images  of  Women  in  Literature: 

An  introductory  course  of  archetypes  and 
stereotypes  of  women  in  literature 

SLGC  105     Basic  Introduction  to  Logic: 

Introduction  to  the  structure  of  argument, 
including  symbolization,  proof  formal 
fallacies,  deduction  and  induction 

SPHL  131       Introduction  to  Ethics:  Critical  examina- 
tion of  normative  theories  of  obligation 
and  value  using  a  variety  of  moral 
problems  as  units  of  analysis 

SCRJ  215      Issues  and  Ideas:  State  and  Local  Politics 
Introductory  examination  of  systems  and 
issues  relating  to  city,  county,  and  state 
government 

SSOC  102  Social  Aspects  of  Marriage  and  Family: 
Introduction  to  the  functions,  processes, 
and  problems  of  families 

SSOC  205      Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social 
Issues:  Introduction  to  selected  current 
social  issues  and  problems 

SSOC  206      Introduction  to  Social  Psychology: 
Fundamental  question  about  human 
behavior  emphasizing  the  relationship 
between  the  individual  and  the  group 

SCRJ  210      Introduction  to  Juvenile  Delinquency: 
Introduction  to  fundamental  questions 
regarding  the  development  of  deviant 
behavior  as  it  applies  to  adolescents  and 
their  treatment  within  the  criminal  justice 
system  (same  as  SSOC  210) 

SSOC  235      Introduction  to  Death  and  Dying: 

Introduction  to  the  social  aspects  of  death 
and  dying,  including  rites  and  rituals  of 
different  societies 

SPHL  1 2 1      Moral  Problems  in  the  Modem  Wodd: 
Discussion  of  contemporary  moral 
problems  and  related  theoretical  issues, 
focusing  on  such  issues  as  sexual  morality, 
punishment,  abortion,  racism,  sexism, 
warfare  and  civil  disobedience 


216 


Course  Descriptions 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Graduate  Programs 


The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  offers  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation, Elementary  Education  and  in  Special  Education: 
Visual  Impairment. 

use  Upstate  School  of  Education 

Graduate  Mission  Statement 

"Preparing  Reflective  Professionals  " 

Educators  prepared  in  the  graduate  school  at  USC 
Upstate  are  well-versed  in  the  liberal  arts  and  applicable 
content  areas,  the  latest  developments  in  curriculum  and 
instruction,  theory  and  practice,  and  the  research-based, 
sociocultural,  and  philosophical  foundations  of  education. 
They  understand  and  respect  cultural  diversity,  welcome 
diversity  of  opinion  and  belief  and  place  the  welfare  of  their 
students  first.  As  reflective  professionals,  they  are  leaders 
among  their  colleagues  and  are  committed  to  a  service  ideal 
built  upon  the  highest  standards  and  ethical  principles. 

Admission 

Application  packets  may  be  obtained  from  the  USC 
Upstate  Admissions  Office  or  from  the  USC  Upstate 
School  of  Education.  Application  for  admission  to  graduate 
programs  will  be  given  consideration  after  receipt  of  all 
credentials.  Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  in  Early  Childhood 
Education,  the  M.Ed,  in  Elementary  Education  and  the 
M.Ed,  in  Special  Education;  Visual  Impairment  is  based 
on  the  total  profile  of  the  applicant. 

Proof  of  Citizenship 

USC  students  must  present  proof  of  citizenship  or  law- 
ftil  presence  in  the  U.S.  before  enrolling.  This  policy 
has  been  adopted  by  the  University  in  order  to  comply 
with  section  59-101-430  of  the  South  Carolina  Code  of 
Laws,  as  amended,  which  requires  that  lawful  presence 
in  the  United  States  is  verified  before  enrollment  at  any 
public  institution  of  higher  education.  Verification  of  im- 
migration status  for  non-citizens  will  be  conducted  by 
International  student  officials.  For  other  students,  a  proof 
of  citizenship  verification  process  has  been  adopted  to 
deter  and  prevent  false  claims  of  citizenship  by  unlawful 
aliens  attempting  to  evade  the  eligibility  requirements  of 
section  59-101-430.  Students  who  are  not  verified  as  citi- 
zens during  the  Federal  financial  aid  application  (FAF- 
SA)  process  must  present  proof  of  citizenship  in  the  form 
of  one  of  the  following  acceptable  documents: 

•  Copy  of  the  South  Carolina  driver's  license  if  the  stu- 
dent first  became  a  licensed  driver  in  the  state  after 
Jan.  1.2002; 

•  A  Certified  Birth  Certificate  indicating  that  you  w  ere  bom 
in  the  United  States  or  a  territory  of  the  United  States.  A 
photocopy  of  your  birth  certificate  is  not  acceptable. 

•  Current  U.S.  Passport  or  U.S.  Passport  that  has  not 
been  expired  more  than  10  years; 

•  Certificate  of  Naturalization  -  USCIS  Form  (N-550  or 
N-570); 

•  U.S.  government  issued  Consular  Report  of  Birth 
Abroad; 


•  Certificate  of  Citizenship  (N-560  or  N-561 ); 

•  Unexpired  U.S.  Active  Duty/Retiree/Reservist  Mili- 
tary ID  Card  (DOD  DD-2) 

The  University  can  accept  photocopies  of  birth  certifi- 
cates and  other  citizenship  documents  so  long  as  we  re- 
ser\'e  the  right  to  demand  production  of  the  certified  orig- 
inal in  the  event  we  have  any  questions  about  whether  the 
copy  is  true  and  accurate,  or  in  the  event  any  of  the  infor- 
mation on  the  copy  is  unreadable.  For  more  information: 
http://registrarsc.edu/html/citizenshipverification.stm. 

Decree  Candidates 

Individuals  seeking  admission  to  USC  Upstate  as  a 
degree  candidate  will  be  considered  for  full  admission 
when  the  USC  Upstate  Admissions  Office  receives  aU 
admissions  materials.  However,  students  are  eligible 
to  take  up  to  twelve  hours  of  program  courses  pending 
receipt  of  all  materials.  If  the  student  meets  all  criteria, 
the  student  will  be  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate. 

•  Temporary,  professional  or  initial  teacher  certificate 

•  Application  for  degree  seeking  graduate 
students,  (available  at  www.uscupstate.edu) 

•  S40  application  fee'  (  Students  who  have  previously 
attended  the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 
Graduate  School  in  a  degree  program  and  have  paid  the 
application  fee,  are  not  required  to  do  so  again). 

•  A  state  residency  status  form, 

•  Two  letters  ofrecommendation  using  fomis  provided 
in  the  application  packet. 

•  Minimum  Miller  Analogy  Test  (MAT)  score  of  390  or 
Graduate  Reeords  Examination  (ORE)  score  of  400  on 
the  verbal  section  and  400  on  the  quantitative  section. 

•  Official  copies  of  transcripts  from  all  previous  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  studies. 

•  A  minimum  GPA  on  all  undergraduate  course  work 
of  2.5  on  a  4.0  scale. 

•  Proofofimmunization  formeasles(rubeola)and  Ger- 
man measles  (rubella)  if  bom  after  Dec.  31,  1956. 

•  A  personal  interview  with  a  member  of  the  faculty 
of  the  USC  Upstate  School  of  Education. 

•  Attendance  at  a  regularly  scheduled  Portfolio  Intro- 
duction and  Training  Session. 

Conditional  Admission 

Under  tv\  o  circumstances  a  student  may  apply  for 
conditional  admission  as  long  as  all  other  admission 
requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 

1 .  If  after  two  attempts,  the  student  fails  to  meet 
the   required  Miller  Analogies  Test  (MAT) 
score  of  390  or  Graduate  Records  Examina- 
tion (GRE)  score  of  400  on  the  verbal  section 
and  400  on  the  quantitative  section 

OR 

2.  The  student  does  not  have  the  minimum  GPA 
on  all  undergraduate  coursework  of  2.5  on 
a  4.0  scale. 

The  student  must  submit  a  request  for  conditional 
admission  in  writing  to  the  director  of  graduate  programs. 
If  the  student  fails  to  meet  BOTH  of  these  criteria  they 
ARE  NOT  eligible  for  conditional  admission. 

/■'('(".  tiiv  suhjccl  III  chtinge  as  approved  In  CSC '  Bnurd  nf  Tnislccs 


218 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


If  the  student  is  granted  eondilional  admission,  and 
achieves  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.25  on  the  initial  12  hours 
of  use  Upstate  program  coursework,  the  student  will  be 
fully  admitted  as  a  masters  candidate.  If  the  student  fails 
to  achieve  this  grade  point  average,  the  student  may  not 
continue  in  the  masters  program. 

Applicants  Not  Seeking  a  Decree 

Students  wishing  to  enroll  m  either  program  courses 
or  professional  development  courses  but  who  do  not  wish 
to  pursue  a  graduate  degree  at  USC  Upstate  must  submit 
the  following  admission  materials; 

•  Initial  teacher  certificate  or  a  letter  indicating 
full-time  employment  by  a  school  district  (i.e. 
PACE  program  or  interns). 

•  Application  forNon-DegreeSeekingGraduate 
Students,  (available  at  www.uscupstate.edu) 

•  $10  application  fee' 

•  A  state  residency  status  form. 

Students  with  No  Teaching  Credential 

Students  holding  a  baccalaureate  degree  but  no  teaching 
credential  may  be  admitted  and  enroll  in  graduate  courses 
as  a  non-degree  student  with  the  approval  of  the  Director 
of  Graduate  Programs.  However,  only  teachers  who  hold 
a  permanent,  current  teaching  credential  are  eligible  for 
the  reduced  tuition  rate  allowed  for  certified  teachers. 

Students  admitted  as  non-degree  students  may  take  up 
to  twelve  hours  of  graduate  work  without  being  admitted 
to  a  degree  program.  In  order  to  enroll  in  more  than  12 
hours  as  a  non-degree  student,  the  applicant  must  complete 
another  non-degree  application  form,  a  state  residency 
status  form,  and  submit  a  copy  of  a  teaching  credential. 
This  procedure  will  allow  an  additional  1 2  hours  of  gradu- 
ate study.  However,  the  applicant  must  be  aware  that  a 
maximum  of  six  hours  of  professional  development  courses 
are  applicable  to  a  degree  program. 

Change  of  academic  objectives.  Students  are  admit- 
ted to  a  specific  graduate  program  at  the  time  of  acceptance. 
Upon  completion  of  that  degree,  further  graduate  study 
requires  readmission  to  graduate  studies. 

Valid  period  of  admission.  Admission  to  graduate 
study  at  USC  Upstate  is  valid  for  one  year.  If  an  applicant 
fails  to  complete  any  graduate  course  or  part  of  the  prescribed 
program  within  this  period,  the  acceptance  lapses,  and  the 
student  becomes  subject  to  any  new  requirements  that  may 
have  been  adopted.  Students  who  do  not  enroll  in  classes 
within  one  calendar  year  of  admission  must  reapply. 

Students  who  have  been  admitted  to  graduate  study  at 
the  University  of  South  Carolina  under  regulations  other 
than  those  now  in  force,  and  who  have  not  completed  any 
USC  courses  during  a  period  of  three  or  more  years,  are 
required  to  fulfill  current  admission  requirements  prior 
to  attending  USC  Upstate  for  additional  graduate  work. 
Upon  readmission,  these  students  become  subject  to  the 
current  graduate  regulations. 

Disahilih'  Services 

Students  with  disabilities  are  assisted  through  the  Of- 
fice of  Disability  Services.  The  staff  works  toward  acces- 
sibility for  all  uni\ersity  programs,  serv  ices,  and  activities 
in  compliance  with  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act 


of  1973  and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  Services 
offered  include  priority  registration,  test  proctoring,  class- 
room adaptation,  sign  language  interpreter,  reader,  braille, 
and  note  laker.  If  you  have  a  disability  and  need  assistance, 
contact  the  Office  of  Disability  Services. 

Graduate  Tuition 

Academic  fees  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
Upstate  are  established  by  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
Board  of  Trustees  and  are  subject  to  change. 

Tuition' 

All  fees  are  payable  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  each  term. 

Graduate- 

Full-time  students  (12-16  semester  hours) 

SC  residents $4,718  per  semester 

Non-residents $10,168  per  semester 

Part-time  and  summer  school  students 

SC  residents $467  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $992  per  semester  hour 

Certified  Teachers 

SC  residents $320  per  semester  hour 

Non-residents $350  per  semester  hour 

Academic  Regulations 

Students  may  obtain  a  degree  following  the  require- 
ments in  force  at  the  time  they  are  admitted  to  degree 
candidacy,  or  under  subsequent  regulations  published  while 
they  are  degree  candidates.  However,  students  are  restricted 
in  the  choice  of  requirements  to  one  specific  catalog.  Stu- 
dents have  a  period  of  six  years  inclusive  and  continuous 
in  which  to  claim  the  rights  of  a  specific  catalog.  Students 
may  request  permission  to  revalidate  USC/USC  Upstate 
program  courses  falling  outside  the  six-year  parameter. 
With  the  approval  of  the  director  of  graduate  programs, 
the  student  will  work  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a 
graduate  faculty  member  to  update  course  content  and  to 
demonstrate  competency  on  an  examination. 

Students  are  advised  that  unforeseen  circumstances 
may  interfere  with  the  scheduling  of  any  given  course 
or  degree  otTering.  Students  are  required  to  take  such 
developments  into  account  as  they  arise,  even  if  doing  so 
means  a  delay  in  the  fulfillment  of  some  of  their  academic 
goals  or  modification  of  those  goals. 

Advisement 

Every  candidate  admitted  for  a  degree  is  assigned 
a  faculty  advisor  with  whom  to  plan  a  program  of  study 
relevant  to  specific  objectives  and  sufficiently  intensive  and 
sequential  to  assure  professional  competence  and  breadth 
of  knowledge.  Students  have  the  privilege  of  requesting 
a  particular  advisor,  subject  to  the  consent  of  the  faculty 
member  and  approval  of  the  director  of  graduate  programs. 
The  advisor  should  be  a  specialist  in  the  candidate's  major 
area  of  study. 

Program  of  Study 

Immediately  following  admission  to  the  program, 
every  degree  seeking  student,  working  with  an  advisor, 
must  develop  and  file  a  program  of  study  in  the  office  of 

'Fees  are  subject  to  change  as  appivved  by  USC  Board  of  Trustees. 

219 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


graduate  programs.  A  program  of  study  is  an  agreement 
signed  by  the  student,  the  advisor,  the  director  of  graduate 
programs  and  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Education.  This 
formal  agreement  ser\'es  a  number  of  purposes  to  the 
benefit  of  both  the  student  and  the  University.  It  causes  the 
student  and  the  ad\  isor  to  engage  in  early  planning  with 
a  specific  goal  in  mind;  it  provides  useful  information  for 
the  planning  of  course  offerings:  it  facilitates  subsequent 
advisement,  and  it  protects  the  student  in  the  event  of  un- 
e.xpected  curriculum  or  faculty  changes.  Although  formal 
programs  are  binding,  they  can  be  modified  or  replaced 
by  new  programs  if  conditions  warrant  such  changes. 

Courses 

Prerequisites.  Prerequisite  courses  are  listed  to  inform 
students  about  the  academic  background  recommended 
for  satisfactory  course  completion.  The  instructor  may 
approve  the  enrollment  of  students  who  have  acquired 
the  equi\'alent  knowledge  or  skills  through  other  courses 
or  experiences.  Special  permission  to  enroll  should  be 
requested  from  the  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

Course  loads.  Nine  semester  hours  in  the  fall  and 
spring  semesters  and  three  hours  during  a  summer  session 
are  considered  full  time  enrollment. 

Correspondence  courses.  The  University  neither 
offers  correspondence  courses  for  graduate  credit  nor 
accepts  correspondence  work  as  applicable  toward  any 
graduate  degree. 

Credit  by  examination.  No  graduate  credit  is  offered 
by  examination. 

Auditing.  Students  wishing  to  audit  graduate  courses 
are  advised  to  obtain  pemiission  from  the  dean  of  the  School 
of  Education.  Arrangements  for  auditing  are  duly  recorded 
at  the  time  of  registration.  No  credit  may  be  earned  for  an 
audited  course,  either  by  examination  or  otherwise,  and  no 
audited  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  at  a  later  date. 
No  record  of  audit  shall  appear  on  a  transcript  unless  a 
student  attends  75  percent  of  the  classes. 

Academic  Residency  Requirement 

Students  must  successfully  complete  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours  of  program  courses  offered  by  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate. 

Dropping  a  Course 

Courses  dropped  through  the  late  registration  period 
will  not  be  recorded  on  the  student's  transcript. 

A  course  dropped  following  late  registration  through 
the  sixth  week  of  a  regular  semester  is  recorded  with 
a  non-penalty  grade  of  W.  After  the  sixth  week  of  the 
semester,  any  courses  dropped  will  appear  on  the  perma- 
nent record  with  a  grade  of  WF  unless  documentation  is 
offered  which  is  acceptable  to  the  instructor  and  the  dean 
of  the  School  of  Education.  A  WF  is  treated  as  an  F  in  the 
evaluation  of  the  student's  eligibility  to  continue  and  in 
computing  the  student's  grade  point  average.  Students  who 
stop  attending  class  without  officially  withdrawing  have 
the  course  recorded  with  a  grade  of  F,  which  is  included 
in  all  calculations  and  totals. 

The  academic  calendar  for  spring  and  fall  graduate 
courses  gives  the  prescribed  dates  for  dropping  a  course. 
In  summer  sessions,  other  shortened  terms,  and  specially 
scheduled  courses,  the  period  for  withdrawal  with  a  grade 


of  W  is  43  percent  of  the  total  number  of  class  days. 
The  student  should  consult  with  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Programs  concerning  the  withdrawal  dates  for  specially 
scheduled  courses.  A  course  cannot  be  dropped  after  the 
last  day  of  classes  specified  for  the  session  in  which  the 
course  is  scheduled. 

If  a  student  must  either  drop  a  course  or  withdraw 
from  the  University  for  medical  reasons  or  other  acceptable 
major  cause  after  the  penalty  date  (last  day  to  receive  a 
W),  the  student  must  submit  the  form  entitled  Request  for 
Assignment  of  W  Grade  for  Medical  Reason  or  Extenu- 
ating Circumstances  After  Penalty  Date.  This  form  must 
be  approved  by  the  course  instructor  and  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Education. 

Withdrawal  From  All  Courses 

All  students,  both  full-  and  part-time,  wishing  to  with- 
draw from  the  University  (discontinue  enrollment  from  all 
courses)  must  complete  an  Application  for  Withdrawal 
form.  Withdrawal  applications  are  available  from  the  Re- 
cords Office  and  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Programs. 
Students  must  obtain  the  required  signatures  before  the 
withdrawal  will  be  processed  by  the  Records  Office. 

Grades  assigned  upon  withdrawal  are  determined  as  de- 
scribed above  for  dropping  courses.  The  date  of  withdrawal 
from  the  University  will  be  posted  on  student  transcripts. 

Any  student  withdrawing  within  the  scheduled  refund 
period  (as  published  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes)  can  expect 
to  receive  a  refund  through  the  mail  in  approximately  six 
to  eight  weeks.  If  at  the  time  of  withdrawal,  the  student  has 
any  financial  obligations  to  the  University,  these  will  be 
deducted  from  any  refund  due.  Refunds  for  those  students 
who  received  and  used  financial  aid  in  payment  of  academic 
fees  will  be  applied  toward  repayment  of  financial  aid. 

Students  who  have  received  long-term  loans  through 
the  University  must  contact  the  financial  aid  office  for  an 
exit  interview.  Failure  to  participate  in  an  exit  interview 
may  result  in  a  hold  being  placed  on  transcripts. 

Grades  and  Credit 

Credit  values.  The  credit  value  of  each  course  is 
usually  equal  to  the  number  of  hours  the  class  meets  each 
week  for  one  term. 

Grading  system.  The  letter  grades  A,  B,  C,  D  and  F 
are  employed  to  designate  excellent,  good,  fair,  poor  and 
failing  work  respectively.  B+,  C+  and  D+  also  may  be 
recorded.  Courses  graded  D  or  lower  cannot  be  applied 
to  degree  programs.  The  letter  grades  S  (satisfactory)  and 
U  (unsatisfactory)  are  assigned  only  in  courses  that  have 
been  approved  for  pass-fail  grading,  or  in  a  regular  course 
where  the  student,  with  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Education,  has  elected  an  individual  pass-fail 
option  (see  Pass/Fail  Option).  Courses  completed  with  an 
S  may  be  counted  toward  total  credits  earned. 

The  grade  of  I,  incomplete,  is  assigned  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  professor  when  in  the  professor's  judgment,  a 
student  is  prevented  from  completion  of  some  portion  of 
the  assigned  work  in  a  course  because  of  an  unanticipated 
work-related  responsibility,  family  hardship,  illness,  ac- 
cident, or  verified  disability.  The  student  should  notify  the 
professor  without  delay  that  one  of  these  conditions  exists 
or  has  arisen;  notification  must  be  given  prior  to  the  end 


220 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


ofthe  term.  The  professor  will  determine,  according  to  the 
nature  ofthe  interruption  and  the  uncompleted  require- 
ments, what  additional  period  of  time  will  be  allowed  for 
completing  the  work  before  a  permanent  grade  is  assigned. 
An  Assignment  of  Incomplete  Grade  fomi  must  then  be 
completed  by  the  professor  (with  copy  to  student)  and 
submitted  to  the  Records  Office  specifying  the  justifica- 
tion for  the  I,  conditions  for  make-up,  and  deadline  for 
completion.  Re-enrolling  in  a  course  will  not  make  up 
an  incomplete  grade.  A  grade  of  I  is  not  computed  in  the 
calculation  of  a  student's  grade  point  average. 

After  12  months  an  I,  which  has  not  been  replaced 
with  a  letter  grade  is  changed  pemianently  to  a  grade  of 
F  unless  the  1  was  erroneously  recorded.  If  the  professor 
believes  there  is  academic  justification  for  an  extension 
beyond  the  one  year  limit,  a  request  for  extension  should 
be  submitted  to  the  dean  ofthe  School  of  Education  before 
the  expiration  ofthe  year,  specifying  the  justification  and 
specific  duration  of  the  extension  on  the  form  entitled 
Extension  of  Incomplete  Time  Period  Authorization. 

NR,  no  record,  is  assigned  by  the  Records  Office  if 
a  grade  has  not  been  submitted  at  the  proper  time  or  if 
any  grade  not  approved  for  a  particular  course  has  been 
submitted.  It  is  a  temporary  mark  on  the  transcript,  and 
must  be  replaced  by  a  grade.  If  replacement  does  not 
occur  before  the  last  week  ofthe  spring  or  fall  semester 
following  the  term  from  which  the  grade  was  recorded,  a 
grade  of  F  will  be  assigned. 

Special  make-up  work,  extra  work,  or  examination 
to  change  a  grade  already  recorded  is  not  permitted. 

Academic  standards.  Graduate  courses  may  be 
passed  for  degree  credit  with  a  grade  as  low  as  C,  but  the 
student's  average  on  all  courses  attempted  for  graduate 
credit  must  be  at  least  B  (3.0  on  a  4  point  system).  Ad- 
ditionally, the  student's  average  on  all  courses  numbered 
700  or  above  must  be  no  less  than  3.0.  Grades  earned  on 
credits  transferred  from  other  universities  do  not  count  in 
the  grade  point  average. 

An  accumulation  of  grades  below  B  on  1 2  credits  of 
graduate  course  work  taken  at  the  University  within  a  six 
year  period  will  disqualify  a  student  for  a  graduate  degree. 
This  rule  applies  to  courses  taken  in  degree  programs,  non- 
degree  programs,  or  in  more  than  one  degree  program.  These 
students  are  suspended  from  degree  candidacy  but  may  enroll 
in  professional  development  courses  with  the  approval  of 
the  director  of  graduate  programs.  After  a  grade  below  B 
is  six  years  old,  it  will  cease  to  be  a  disqualifying  factor. 

Transfer  Credit.  Transfer  work  from  a  region- 
ally accredited  institution  applicable  to  a  master's  degree 
MUST  BE  WITHIN  THE  SIX  YEARS  PRIOR  to  USC 
Upstate  degree  completion.  A  maximum  of  twelve  se- 
mester hours  credit  (nine  if  part  of  a  master's  degree  at 
the  other  institution)  may  be  considered,  subject  to  these 
additional  provisions:  (a)  the  courses  must  be  documented 
by  an  official  transcript  mailed  to  the  admissions  office 
by  the  awarding  institution;  (b)  the  transcript  must  clearly 
indicate  that  graduate  credit  was  awarded  or  specifically 
verified  by  the  institution's  registrar  or  graduate  dean;  (c) 
the  courses  must  be  judged  appropriate  by  the  student's 
advisor,  approved  by  the  dean  ofthe  School  of  Education, 


and  listed  on  an  approved  program  of  study;  (d)  courses 
graded  lower  than  B  are  not  transferable;  (e)  USC  Upstate 
provides  no  revalidation  mechanism  for  courses  completed 
at  another  institution. 

Appeals  for  reinstatement.  Appeals  for  reinstatement 
to  degree  candidacy  should  be  reviewed  by  the  dean  of 
the  School  of  Education  and  forwarded  to  the  executive 
vice  chancellor  for  academic  affairs  for  review  by  the 
USC  Upstate  Graduate  Committee. 

Appellants  who  have  maintained  a  B  average  despite 
their  accumulation  of  lower  grades  may,  if  their  appeals 
are  supported  by  the  School  of  Education,  be  allowed  to 
proceed  toward  their  degrees  provided  they  receive  no 
additional  grades  below  B. 

Appellants  who  have  not  maintained  a  B  average  should 
show  extenuating  circumstances  and  obtain  the  support  of 
the  School  of  Education  if  they  wish  to  be  considered  for 
reinstatement  by  the  USC  Upstate  graduate  committee. 

Pass/Fail  Option 

Under  certain  circumstances,  a  student  may  elect 
pass/fail  grading  in  a  course  outside  the  major  area.  This 
option  permits  enrichment  of  the  student's  experience 
without  affecting  grade  point  average.  A  grade  of  either 
S  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory)  will  be  awarded. 
Courses  completed  with  a  satisfactory  grade  may  be 
counted  toward  total  credit  hours  earned.  Any  student 
interested  in  this  option  should  consult  with  the  direc- 
tor of  graduate  programs  and  the  dean  of  the  School  of 
Education  prior  to  registration. 

Transcripts 

All  official  transcripts  must  be  requested  in 
writing  from  the  usc  columbia  records  office. 

No  transcript  will  be  issued  to  or  for  a  student  who 
is  indebted  to  the  University. 

With  the  exception  of  copies  made  for  internal  uni- 
versity use,  no  copy  of  a  student's  record  will  be  released 
anywhere  (including  the  state  department  of  education) 
without  the  student's  written  consent. 

Undergraduate  Enrollment  in  Graduate 
Courses  (Senior  Privilege) 

A  special  provision  to  earn  graduate  credit  is  avail- 
able for  USC  Upstate  undergraduate  seniors  in  their  final 
semester  who  have  a  minimum  GPAof  3.0,  and  who  need 
less  than  a  nonnal  course  load  to  complete  baccalaureate 
requirements.  Overload  enrollment,  which  includes  one 
or  more  courses  under  senior  privilege  is  not  allowed. 
Courses  for  graduate  credit  under  senior  privilege  cannot 
be  used  toward  undergraduate  degree  requirements. 

Attendance 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  regular  class  meet- 
ings. Unsatisfactory  class  attendance  may  be  considered 
adequate  reason,  by  the  instructor,  for  requesting  the 
student  to  withdraw  from  a  course. 

Auditors  are  expected  to  conform  to  the  same  atten- 
dance requirements  as  students  registered  for  credit,  but 
in  any  case,  must  attend  at  least  75  percent  of  scheduled 
class  meetings. 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


221 


Change  of  Name 

A  student  wishing  a  name  change  must  present  to 
the  Records  Office  proper  legal  documentation  such  as  a 
marriage  license,  a  court  order  appro\  ing  a  name  change, 
or  a  divorce  decree  in  which  a  name  change  is  granted. 

Change  of  Address 

Students  are  obligated  to  notify  the  Records  Office  of 
any  change  of  address.  Failure  to  do  so  can  cause  serious 
delay  in  the  handling  of  student  records  and  notification  of 
emergencies  at  home.  Returned  mail  due  to  an  incorrect 
address  will  result  in  a  "hold"  being  placed  on  a  student's 
record,  preventing  registration. 

Appeal  Policy  and  Procedure 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate  is  committed 
to  judicious,  fair  and  impartial  resolution  of  all  conflicts 
regarding  student  complaints.  The  following  process  is 
designed  to  provide  an  objective  review  of  the  student 
complaints  regarding  a  variety  of  academic  grievances 
arising  out  of  admissions,  readmissions,  assessment  of 
academic  records,  academic  standing,  a  variety  ofacademic 
policies  and/or  grading  criteria. 

General  Guidelines 

1.  All  submissions  to  all  levels  of  appeal  must  be 
submitted  in  writing  and  applicable  forms  must  be 
typewritten  or  word-processed. 

2.  All  parties  concerned  must  honor  all  deadlines  and 
timelines. 

3.  While  the  appeal  process  may  result  in  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  grade  change — only  faculty  who 
initiated  the  grade  in  question  shall  implement 
grade  changes. 

4.  The  student  may  appear  before  and  make  presenta- 
tions to  the  committee  during  the  appeal  process. 

Steps 

1.  Appeal  to  the  faculty  member  or  initial  decision  maker. 

2.  Appeal  to  division  chair  or  director  of  Graduate  Programs. 
Must  take  place  within  five  days  of  Step  1  decision. 

3.  Appeal  to  the  dean  of  appropriate  school  or  college. 
Must  take  place  within  five  days  of  Step  2  decision. 

4.  Appeal  to  the  USC  Upstate  Graduate  Committee. 

Within  five  days  of  the  dean's  decision,  the  student 
must  submit  in  writing  to  the  chair  of  the  graduate  com- 
mittee his/her  intent  to  appeal.  Within  10  working  days  of 
receiving  the  appeal,  the  graduate  committee  shall  gather 
all  relevant  material,  hold  its  hearing  and  make  a  report 
to  the  vice  chancellor  for  academic  afTairs. 

The  decision  of  the  USC  Upstate  graduate  commit- 
tee is  final.  All  decisions  regarding  grade  changes  at  any 
step  are  in  the  form  of  recommendations  only.  Only  the 
faculty  member  who  initiated  the  grade  in  question  can 
change  grades.  Appeals  must  be  initiated  before  the  last 
day  of  the  following  major  semester  in  which  the  disputed 
decision  was  made. 

Applications  for  Degrees 

All  candidates  for  a  degree  must  complete  the  degree 
application  process.  Students  may  obtain  an  application 
for  degree  from  the  graduate  office  in  the  School  of  Edu- 
cation. Submission  deadlines  are  listed  in  the  semester 
course  schedule. 


Financial  Aid 

College  work-study  and  Federal  Family  Education 
Loan  Programs,  which  includes  both  subsidized  and 
unsubsidi/ed  Stafford  loans,  are  available  to  students 
fully  admitted  to  graduate  programs  at  USC  Upstate. 
To  qualify,  students  must  be  admitted  to  a  USC  Upstate 
graduate  program  of  study  and  be  enrolled  for  no  less  than 
six  hours  each  semester.  Descriptions  of  these  financial 
aid  programs  can  be  found  in  the  undergraduate  section 
of  this  catalog. 

Eligibility  for  assistance  for  federal  financial  aid  is 
determined  by  completing  a  Free  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  The  FAFSA  is  used  to  calculate 
the  amount  a  graduate  student  and  family  can  contribute 
toward  the  cost  of  education  from  reported  income  and 
resources.  The  difference  between  the  cost  of  education 
and  the  family  contribution  is  the  student's  financial  need. 
In  addition  to  demonstrating  financial  need,  individual 
federal  aid  programs  have  specific  requirements.  Program 
requirements  are  explained  in  detail  in  The  Student  Aid 
Guide  published  annually  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education  and  a\ailable  in  the  USC  Upstate  Office  of 
Financial  Aid  and  Scholarships. 
Satisfactory  Academic  Progress 

Graduate  students  are  required  to  be  making  satisfac- 
tory progress  for  receipt  of  federal  financial  aid.  Graduate 
students  are  considered  to  be  making  satisfactory  progress 
if  they: 

1 .  are  admitted  and  enrolled  as  advanced  degree 
or  certificate  students. 

2.  meet  university  standards  for  continued  enroll 
ment  in  an  advanced  degree  or  certificate 
program. 

3.  maintain  a  USC  Upstate  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  3.0  or  higher  each  semester 
enrolled. 

4.  complete  at  least  eighty  percent  of  the  total 
number  of  hours  attempted  each  academic 
year 

Full-time  graduate  students  will  be  allowed  three 
academic  years  to  complete  the  advanced  degree.  Students 
enrolled  less  than  full-time  will  be  given  the  equivalent  of 
six  full-time  semesters  to  complete  the  advanced  degree. 

Full-time  enrollment  is  defined  as  nine  hours  each 
semester.  Half-time  enrollment  is  defined  as  six  semester 
hours  each  semester.  The  hours  attempted  is  defined  as  the 
number  of  hours  attempted  at  the  end  of  the  1 00%  drop 
period.  Incompletes  will  not  be  counted  as  hours  passed 
until  a  final  grade  is  determined.  Repeat  courses  will  be 
counted  as  hours  attempted  in  determining  satisfactory 
academic  progress. 

Students  not  meeting  USC  Upstate's  satisfactory  aca- 
demic progress  standards  may  appeal  to  the  financial  aid 
committee  using  the  same  procedures  as  undergraduates. 

Notification  of  Student  Rights  Under  FERPA 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
(FERPA)  affords  students  certain  rights  with  respect  to 
their  education  records.  They  are: 

(I)  The  right  to  in.speet  and  review  the  student's  edu- 
cation records  within  45  days  of  the  day  the  University 
receives  a  request  for  access. 


222 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Students  should  submit  to  the  registrar,  dean,  head  of 
the  academic  division,  or  other  appropriate  official,  written 
requests  that  identify  the  record(  s )  they  wish  to  inspect.  The 
university  official  will  make  arrangements  for  access  and 
notify  the  student  of  the  time  and  place  where  the  records 
may  be  inspected,  if  the  records  are  not  maintained  by  the 
university  official  to  whom  the  request  was  submitted,  that 
official  shall  advise  the  student  of  the  correct  official  to 
whom  the  request  should  be  addressed. 

(2)  The  right  to  rt'c/nest  the  amendment  u/ the slink'nl  s 
education  records  that  the  student  believes  are  inaccurate 
or  misleading. 

Students  may  ask  the  University  to  amend  a  record  that 
they  believe  is  inaccurate  or  misleading.  They  should  write 
the  University  official  responsible  for  the  record,  clearly 
identifying  the  part  of  the  record  they  want  changed,  and 
specify  why  it  is  inaccurate  or  misleading. 

If  the  University  decides  not  to  amend  the  record  as 
requested  by  the  student,  the  University  will  notify  the 
student  of  the  decision  and  advise  the  student  of  his  or  her 
right  to  a  hearing  regarding  the  request  for  amendment. 
Additional  information  regarding  the  hearing  procedures 
will  be  provided  to  the  student  when  notified  of  the  right 
to  a  hearing. 

(3)  The  right  to  consent  to  disclosures  of  personally 
identifiable  information  contained  in  the  student  s  educa- 
tion records,  except  to  the  extent  that  FERPA  authorizes 
disclosure  without  consent. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  will  disclose  infor- 
mation from  a  student's  education  records  only  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  student,  except: 

(a)  To  school  officials  with  legitimate  educational 
interests; 

•A  school  official  is  a  person  employed  by 
the  University  in  an  administrative,  supervi- 
sory, academic  or  research,  or  support  staff 
position;  a  person  or  company  with  whom  the 
University  has  contracted  (such  as  an  attorney, 
auditor,  or  collection  agent);  a  person  serving 
on  the  Board  of  Trustees;  or  a  student  serving 
on  an  official  committee,  such  as  a  disciplinary 
or  grievance  committee,  or  assisting  another 
school  official  in  performing  his  or  her  tasks. 
•A  school  official  has  a  legitimate 
educational  interest  if  the  official  needs  to 
review  an  education  record  in  order  to  ful- 
fill his  or  her  professional  responsibility. 

(b)  To  officials  of  other  institutions  in  which  the 
student  seeks  or  intends  to  enroll  provided 
that  the  student  has  previously  requested  a 
release  of  his/her  record; 

(c)  To  authorized  representatives  of  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education,  the  Comptroller 
General  of  the  United  States,  state  educational 
authorities,  organizations  conducting  studies 
for  or  on  behalf  of  the  University,  and 
accrediting  organizations; 

(d)  In  connection  with  a  student's  application 
for,  and  receipt  of  financial  aid; 

(e)  To  comply  with  a  Judicial  order  or  lawftilly 
issued  subpoena; 


( f)  To  parents  of  dependent  students  as  defined  by 
the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  Section  152; 

(g)  To  appropriate  parties  in  a  health  or  safety 
emergency;  or 

(h)   To  the  alleged  victim  of  any  crime  or  violence 
of  the  results  of  any  disciplinary  proceedings 
conducted  by  the  University. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  has  designated  the 
following  items  as  directory  information:  a  student's 
name,  electronic  mail  address,  local  and  permanent  mailing 
addresses  and  telephone  numbers,  semesters  of  attendance, 
enrollment  status  (full- or  part-time),  date  ofadmission.  date 
of  graduation,  school,  majors  and  areas  of  concentration, 
whether  or  not  currently  enrolled,  classification  (freshman, 
etc.),  type  of  degree  being  pursued,  degrees,  honors,  and 
awards  received  ( including  scholarships  and  fellowships), 
weight  and  height  ofmembers  of  athletic  teams,  and  whether 
the  student  has  participated  in  officially  recognized  activi- 
ties and  sports  sponsored  by  the  University. 

The  University  may  disclose  any  of  these  items  without 
prior  written  consent,  unless  the  student  has  submitted  a 
written  request  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  not  to  release 
directory  information  pertaining  to  them.  Requests  will 
be  processed  within  24  hours  after  receipt.  Directory  in- 
formation will  be  withheld  from  student  directories  and 
telephone  books  only  if  notification  is  received  prior  to 
the  publication  of  these  documents.  The  electronic  direc- 
tory is  updated  each  weekend;  requests  for  non-disclosure 
will  be  honored  with  the  next  update  after  the  request  is 
processed  by  the  staff  of  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

(4)  The  right  to  file  a  complaint  with  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Education  concerning  alleged  failures  by  the 
University  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  FERPA. 

The  name  and  address  of  the  office  that  administers 
FERPA  is:  Family  Policy  Compliance  Office,  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Education,  600  Independence  Avenue.  SW, 
Washington  DC  20202-4605.  Questions  concerning  this 
law  and  the  University's  procedures  concerning  release 
of  academic  information  may  be  directed  to  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  at  864-503-5220. 

State  Residency  Requirements 

The  University  of  South  Carolma  Upstate  assesses 
tuition  and  fees  upon  the  basis  of  state  residency.  The  rules 
regarding  the  establishment  of  legal  residency  for  tuition 
and  fee  purposes  for  institutions  of  higher  education  are 
governed  by  the  South  Carolina  Code  of  Laws.  A  copy 
of  this  law  in  its  entirety  is  available  from  the  Office  of 
Admissions. 

The  initial  resident  status  determination  is  made  at  the 
time  ofadmission  and  prevails  until  such  time  that  a  student 
establishes  a  proper  claim  to  residency  as  defined  by  the 
laws  of  South  Carolina.  Any  student  who  is  discovered 
to  have  been  improperly  classified  as  a  South  Carolina 
resident  will  be  reclassified  as  a  non-resident  and  will  be 
required  to  pay  ditTerences  in  fees. 

Persons  having  questions  about  residency  are  encour- 
aged to  secure  a  Residency  Application  Package  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions.  Appointments  with  the  director  of 
admissions  to  discuss  residency  requirements  are  also 
encouraged. 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


223 


Master  of  Education  Degree  in  Early  Childhood  or  Elementary  Education 


Programs  of  study  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Education  are  oflered  in  early  childhood  education  and 
elementary  education.  Orientation,  including  a  portfolio 
information  training  session,  is  provided  prior  to  the  begin- 
ning of  each  academic  temi.  Information  about  graduate 
programs  is  available  from  the  USC  Upstate  Office  of 
Graduate  Programs  at  864-503-5573  and  at  www.uscupstate. 
edu. 

USC  Upstate  Master  of  Education  degrees  are  not  de- 
signed for  the  purpose  of  initial  teacher  certification.  Initial 
teacher  certification  is  required  for  admission  to  the  M.Ed, 
degree  program. 

The  Master  of  Education  degree  requires: 

1 .  Successfiil  completion  of  an  approved  program 
of  study  providing  36  hours  of  graduate  credit,  of 
which  at  least  50  percent  must  be  earned  in  courses 
numbered  700  or  above  (the  remainder  may  be  in 
courses  numbered  500-699). 

2.  Successful  defense  of  a  Graduate  Professional 
Portfolio.  The  Graduate  Professional  Portfolio  is 
introduced  during  the  initial  orientation  to  graduate 
programs  for  degree  candidates.  During  program 
courses  and  continuing  professional  experience, 
candidates  accumulate  artifacts  for  the  portfolio. 
Candidates  select  for  the  portfolio,  those  artifacts 
which  most  clearly  document  their  professional 
development,  prepare  a  rationale  for  the  inclu- 
sion of  items  in  each  section  of  the  portfolio,  and 
defend  the  portfolio  before  a  panel  of  faculty  and 
peers.  Full  details  for  the  Graduate  Professional 
Portfolio  are  included  in  the  USC  Upstate  Gradu- 
ate Handbook. 

For  either  degree,  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of 
3.0  (B)  is  required  on  the  total  graduate  program  with  a 
minimum  average  of  B  on  all  700-800  level  courses.  An 
accumulation  of  grades  below  B  on  any  1 2  hours  of  graduate 


work  attempted  at  the  university  will  disqualify  a  student  for 
a  graduate  degree.  Professional  development  courses  may 
be  considered  as  part  of  a  degree  program  if  the  coursework 
is  consistent  with  the  program.  Qnestions  should  be  directed 
to  the  Director  of  the  Ottke  of  Graduate  Programs. 

Every  candidate  admitted  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Education  will  have  a  faculty  advisor  with  whom  to  plan 
a  program  of  study  to  assure  professional  competence  and 
breadth  of  knowledge.  Students  will  have  the  privilege  of 
requesting  a  particular  advisor,  subject  to  consent  of  the 
faculty  member  involved  and  approval  by  the  director  of 
Graduate  Programs.  The  advisor  will  be  a  specialist  in  the 
candidate's  major  area  of  study. 

No  academic  program  of  study  can  be  approved 
until  the  student  has  been  fully  admitted  to  the  graduate 
program  as  a  qualified  degree  candidate.  Students  are 
cautioned  that  graduate  credit  earned  prior  to  full  admis- 
sion to  degree  candidacy  may  not  be  appi  icable  toward  the 
degree  requirements.  No  more  than  6  hours  of  profes- 
sional development  courses  may  be  used  in  a  degree 
program.  A  maximum  of  6  hours  of  reduced  tuition 
rate  courses  (standard  graduate-level  contract  courses) 
may  be  presented  on  a  graduate  student's  program  of 
study.  Each  academic  unit  must  approve  the  inclusion 
of  reduced  tuition  rate  graduate-level  course  work  on 
the  program  of  study.  The  program  of  study  should  be 
established  immediately  after  full  admission  to  the  pro- 
gram; the  program  of  study  is  completed  with  a  student's 
assigned  advisor  or  the  director  of  graduate  programs. 

Both  the  early  childhood  and  the  elementary  master's 
programs  are  now  offered  in  a  Fast  Track  arrangement, 
enabling  students  to  complete  the  entire  degree  in  18 
consecutive  months.  Though  the  rotation  of  courses  will 
remain  constant,  graduate  candidates  may  elect  to  com- 
plete their  degrees  at  a  slower  pace,  as  long  as  the  degree 
is  completed  within  six  years. 


Master  of  Education  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
Student  Worksheet 

Core  Required  Courses  (18  credits) 

SECH  608;  Parent  Involvement 

in  Early  Childhood  Education 
SERM  700;  Introduction  to  Research 

in  Education 
SEPY705:  Children  and  Adolescents 

as  Learners 
SECH  740:  The  Young  Child: 

Applying  Theory  and  Research 
SECH  742:  Advanced  Study  of  Early 

Childhood  Curricula  and  Program  Models 
SEFN  744:  Philosophy  and  Education 


SECH  794:  Types  of  Eariy  Childhood 

Centers 

SECH  811:  Current  Trends  and  Issues 

in  Early  Childhood  Education 

SEDL  642:  Teaching  Mathematics  to 

Young  Children 

SLCY  722:  Developing  Literacy  from 

Kindergarten  through  Second  Grade 


III.  Related  Study  (3-6  credits) 


Specialized  Early  Childhood  Requirements 
(9-12  credits)  selected  from 

SECH  744:  Advanced  Study 

of  Language  Development  and 
Communication  Skills  in  Early 
Childhood  Education 

SECH  750:  Play  Theory 

and  Early  Learning 


IV.  Final  Seminar  (3  credits) 

SECH  797:  Seminar  in  Early 

Childhood  Education 

V.  Graduate  Professional  Portfolio' 


'Refer  lo  the  USC  Upstate  graduate  handbook  for  details. 


224 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Master  of  Education  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
Fast  Track  Rotation' 


Spring 

SERM  700:  Introduction  to  Research  in  Education 3 

SEEN  744:  Philosophy  and  Education 3 

SECH  742:  Advanced  Study  of  Early  Childhood 

Curricula  and  Program  Models 3 

Summer 

SEDL  642:  Teaching  Mathematics  to 

Young  Children 3 

SECH  744:  Advanced  Study  of  Language  Development 
and  Communication  Skills  in  Early  Childhood 
Education 3 

SEPY  705:  Children  and  Adolescents  as  Learners 3 


'Both  the  early  chiUlhuod  and  ihc  elemenlary  master's  programs 
are  now  offered  in  a  Fast  Track  arraitgemenl.  enabling  students  to  com- 
plete the  entire  degree  in  10  consecutive  months.  Though  the  rotation  of 
courses  will  remain  constant,  graduate  candidates  may  elect  to  complete 
their  degrees  at  a  slower  pace,  as  long  as  the  degree  is  completed  within 
six  years. 


Fall 

SLCY  722:  Developing  Literacy  from  Kindergarten 

through  Second  Grade 3 

SECH  608:  Parent  Involvement  in  Early  Childhood 

Education 3 

SECH  740:  The  Young  Child:  Applying  Theory 

and  Research 3 

Spring 

SECH  750:  Play  Theory  and  Early  Learning 3 

SECH  797:  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education 3 

Summer 

SECH  794:  Types  of  Early  Childhood  Centers 3 

Total  Hours 36 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


225 


Master  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education 
Student  Worksheet 


1.  Core  Required  Courses  (15  credits) 

SERM  700:  Introduction  to  Research  in 

Education 
SEPY  705:  Children  and  Adolescents 

as  Learners 

SEFN  744:  Philosophy  and  Education 

SEDL  715:  Eiemcntarv  School 

Curriculum 


SEDL  720:  Middle  School  Curriculum 
and  Organization 
SEDL  717:  Curriculum  Problems 
in  the  Elementary  School 


II.    Content  Methods  Courses  (12-15  credits) 

1.  Literacy  area: 

SLCY  722:  Developing  Literacy 

from  Kindergarten  through  Second 
Grade  (recommended  for  primary 
grade  teachers) 

SLCY  723:  Developing  Literacy 

from  Grades  Three  through  Eight 

SLCY  728:  Reading  and  Writing 

in  the  Content  Areas 

2.  Social  studies  area: 

SEDL  760:  Social  Studies 

in  Elementary/Middle  School 


3.  Science  area: 

SEDL  615:  Science  in  the 

Elementary  School 

4.  Mathematics  area: 


III. 


SEDL  642:  Teaching  Mathematics 
to  Young  Children  (recommended  for 
primary  grade  teachers  only) 
SEDL  645:  Diagnostic  Teaching 
of  Arithmetic 

SEDL  745:  Teaching  Elementary 
Problem  Solving,  Geometry,  and 
Measurement  Topics 

Related  Study  (3-6  credits) 


IV.  Final  Seminar  (3  credits) 

SEDL  780:  Seminar  in  Elementary 

Education 

V.  Graduate  Professional  Portfolio' 


'Refer  to  the  USC  Upstate  graduate  handbook  for  details. 


Master  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education 
Fast  Track  Rotation' 


Spring 

SERM  700:  Introduction  to  Research  in  Education 3 

SEFN  744:  Philosophy  and  Education 3 

SECH  715:  Elementary  School  Curriculum 3 

Summer 

SEDL  642:  Teaching  Mathematics  to 

Young  Children 3 

SEDL  615:  Science  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

SEPY  705:  Children  and  Adolescents  as  Learners 3 


Spring 

SLCY  723:  Developing  Literacy  from  Grades  Three 

through  Eight 3 

SECH  780:  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education 3 

Summer 

SECH  794:  Social  Studies  in  Elementary/ 

Middle  School 3 

Total  Hours 36 


Fall 

SLCY  722:  Developing  Literacy  from  Kindergarten 

through  Second  Grade 3 

SEDL  745:  Teaching  Elementary  Problem  Solving 3 

SECH  717:  Curriculum  Problems  in  the  Elementary 

School 3 


'Both  the  early  childhood  and  the  elementary  master's  programs 
arc  now  offered  in  a  Fast  Track  arrangement,  enabling  students  to 
complete  the  entire  degree  in  10  consecutive  months.  Though  the  rota- 
tion of  courses  will  remain  constant,  graduate  candidates  may  elect 
to  complete  their  degrees  at  a  slower  pace,  as  long  as  the  degree  is 
completed  within  si.x  years. 


226 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Master  of  Education  in  Special  Education:  Visual  Impairment 


The  Master  of  Education  degree  in  Special  Educa- 
tion; Visual  Impairment  is  a  degree  ot'fered  collaboratively 
by  use  Upstate  and  the  South  Carolina  School  for  the  Deaf 
and  the  Blind.  Orientation  sessions  forpotential  candidates 
are  offered  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  summer  sessions 
and  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester.  More  informa- 
tion about  this  program  is  available  from  the  USC  Upstate 
Graduate  Programs  Office  at  864-503-5573. 

The  masters  in  Special  Education- Visual  Impair- 
ment requires: 

1.  Successful  completion  of  an  approved  pro- 
gram of  study  providing  39  hours  of  graduate 
credit. 

2.  Successful  completion  of  a  case  study 
demonstrating  competency  in  working  with 


individuals  with  visual  impairment.  The 
portfoliowili  be  a  requirement  in  SVIP  735: 
Practicum  in  Special  Education. 
For  the  degree,  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
of  3.0  (B)  is  required  on  the  total  graduate  program.  An 
accumulation  of  grades  below  B  on  12  hours  of  graduate 
work  attempted  at  the  university  will  disqualify  a  student 
for  a  graduate  degree. 

Every  candidate  admitted  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Education  in  Special  Education  -  Visual  Impairment  will 
have  a  faculty  advisor  assigned  to  monitor  the  program 
of  study.  The  program  is  a  Cohort  model  intended  to  be 
completed  in  two  calendar  years;  however  the  program 
may  be  extended  over  four  years.  Embedded  in  degree 
requirements  are  courses  required  for  an  endorsement  in 
vision  education. 


Master  of  Education  in  Special  Education:  Visual  Impairment 
Student  Worksheet 


I.  Research  Competencies  (3  credits) 

SERM  700:  Introduction  to  Research  in        3 

Education 

II.  Professional  Studies  (6  credits) 

SLCY  722:  Developing  Literacy  from  3 

Kindergarten  through  Second  Grade 

SEPS7"25:  Advanced  Study  of  K- 12  3 

Curriculum 

III.  Visual  Impairment  Studies  (29  credits) 

SVIP  610:  The  Nature  and  Needs  of  3 

Learners  with  Visual  Impairment 

SVIP  650:  Anatomy,  Physiology,  and  3 

Disorders  of  the  Visual  System 


SVIP  675:   Functional  Low  Vision  3 

Assessment  and  Intervention 

SVIP  705:  Literary  Braille  Code  3 

SVIP  706:  Advanced  Braille  3 

SVIP  712:  Assistive  and  Instructional  3 

Technology  for  Learners  with  Visual 

Impairment 

SVIP  717:  Orientation  and  Mobility  for         3 

Learners  with  Visual  Impairment 

SVIP  724:  Visual  Impairment  and  Multiple    3 

Disabilities 

SVIP  730:  Assessment  and  Educational         3 

Methods  for  Learners  with  Visual  Impairment 

SVIP  735:  Practicum  in  Special  3 

Education- Visual  Impairment 


Master  of  Education  in  Special  Education:  Visual  Impairment 
Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses 
First  Year  Second  Year 


Summer  I 

(Courses  offered  on  the  campus  of  the  South  Carolina 

School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind) 

SVIP  610 3 

SVIP  71 7 3 

Summer  II 

SVIP  650 3 

Fall  (Courses  offered  by  Distance  Learning) 

SVIP  675 3 

SVIP  705 3 

Spring 

SVIP  706  (course  offered  by  Distance  Learning) 3 

SERM  700 3 

(*course  offered  on  campus  in  Spring  for  regional  candidates.  Candidates  may 
also  elect  to  take  SERM  700  in  DVD  format  from  Columbia  in  the  Summer.) 

Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Summer  I 

(Courses  offered  on  the  campus  of  the  South  Carolina 

School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind) 

SVIP  712 3 

SVIP  730 3 

Fall  (Courses  offered  by  Distance  Learning) 

SVIP  724 3 

SEPS725 3 

Spring  (Courses  offered  by  Distance  Learning) 

SVIP  735 ! 3 

SLCY  722 3 

Total  Hours 39 


227 


Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of 
Other  Languages  (ESOL)  K-12 


A  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English 
to  Speakers  of  Other  Languages  (F.SOL)  K-12  is  designed  for 
K-12  school  personnel  who  wish  to  adxance  their  professional 
development  and  enhance  their  knowledge  and  expertise  in 
Teaching  of  English  to  Speakers  of  Other  Languages  (ESOL) 
but  are  not  seeking  a  masters  degree. 

This  is  a  non-degree  program  and  it  does  not  grant  the 
StateofSouth  Carolina  add-on  TeachingCertificate  in  ESOL.  The 
courses  included  in  the  program  do  cover  areas  currently  listed 
in  the  South  Carolina  Teacher  Certification  Manual  for  a  K-12 
ESOLCcrtification  in  the  StateofSouth  Carolina.  Teachers  with 
knowledge  and  skill  in  teaching  second  language  learners  are 
needed  at  every  grade  level.  ESOL  endorsement  may  be  added 
to  any  certificate:  early  childhood,  elementary,  middle  grades, 
secondary,  special  education,  or  physical  education.  Additional 
courses  may  be  needed  in  order  to  meet  all  certification  require- 
ments depending  on  a  candidate's  academic  background.  Please 
consult  the  SDE  Certification  Office  if  in  need  of  additional 
information.  Certification  regulations  may  be  changed  by  the 
State  of  South  Carolina. 

use  Upstate  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  ESOL 
program  is  not  de^signed  for  the  purpose  of  initial  teacher  cer- 
tification. Initial  teacher  certification  is  required  for  admission 
to  the  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  program. 

The  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  ESOL  program 
requires: 

1 .  Successfiil  completion  of  an  approved  program  of 
study  providing  1 5  hours  of  graduate  credit,  of  which  at  least 
80  percent  must  be  earned  in  courses  numbered  700  or  above 
(the  remainder  may  be  in  courses  numbered  500-699). 

ForthePost-BaccalaureateCertificateinESOLprogram, 
a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0  (B)  is  required  on  the 
total  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  program  with  a  minimum 
average  of  B  on  all  700-800  level  courses.  An  accumulation  of 
grades  below  B  on  any  1 2  hours  of  graduate  work  attempted 
at  the  University'  will  disqualify  a  student  for  the  Post-Bacca- 
laureate Certificate.  Professional  development  courses  may  be 


considered  as  part  of  a  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  program  if 
thecoursevvork  is  consistent  with  the  program.  Questions  should 
be  directed  to  the  Director  of  (jraduate  Programs. 

Every  candidate  admitted  to  the  Post-Baccalaureate 
Certificate  in  the  ESOL  program  will  have  a  faculty  advisor 
w  ith  w  horn  to  plan  a  program  of  study  to  assure  professional 
competence  and  breadth  of  knowledge.  Students  will  have  the 
privilege  of  requesting  a  particular  advisor,  subject  to  consent 
of  the  faculty  member  involved  and  approval  by  the  Director 
of  Graduate  Programs. 

No  academic  program  of  study  can  be  approved 
until  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  Post-Baccalaureate 
Certificate  program.  Students  are  cautioned  that  graduate  credit 
earned  prior  to  fijll  admission  to  degree  candidacy  may  not  be 
applicable  tow  ard  the  certificate  require^ments.  No  more  than  3 
hours  may  be  transferred  into  the  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate 
in  the  ESOL  program.  A  mtwimum  of  6  hours  of  reduced  tuition 
rate  courses  (standard  graduate-level  contract  courses)  may  be 
accepted.  Each  academic  unit  must  approve  the  inclusion  of 
reduced  tuition  rate  graduate-level  course  work  on  the  program 
of  study.  The  program  of  study  should  be  established  immedi- 
ately after  admission  to  the  program;  the  program  of  study  is 
completed  with  a  student's  assigned  advisor  or  the  Director  of 
Graduate  Programs. 

The  Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  the  ESOL 
program  is  offered  in  a  12  consecutive  month  sequence.  These 
graduate  level  courses  will  be  offered  in  the  day  during  the  first 
summer  session  and  late  in  the  afternoon  during  fall  and  spring 
semesters,  making  the  program  accessible  to  individuals  who  are 
in-serv  ice  teachers.  The  fall  and  spring  courses  require  practi- 
cum  experiences;  students  must  work  directly  with  speakers  of 
other  languages  either  in  after-school  or  weekend  programs  to 
meet  course  expectations.  Though  the  rotation  of  courses  will 
remain  constant,  graduate  candidates  may  elect  to  complete  their 
program  at  a  slower  pace,  as  long  as  the  program  is  completed 
within  three  years. 


Post-Baccalaureate  Certificate  in  Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of 
Other  Languages  (ESOL)  K-12 


Student  Worksheet 

I.  Specialized  Preparation  (12  credits) 

SSLL  708:  Introduction  to  Linguistics 

SSLL  7 1 8:  Techniques  for  Teaching  English 

to  K-12  Second  Language  Learners 

SSLL  728:  Literacy  Instniction  for  K-12 

Second  Language  Learners 

SSLL  760:  Practicum  in  Teaching  English 

to  K-12  Second  Language  Learners* 
*Practicum  hours  are  split  and  are  corequisites  for 
SSLL  718  and  SSLL  728. 

II.  Elective,  one  from  the  following  (3  credits) 

SSLL  748;  Linguistic  and  Cultural 

Diversity 
SSLL  758:  Assessment  of  K-12 

Second  Learners* 
SEPS  732:  Enhancing  Learning  fo 

Diverse  Cultures 
*Also  requires  one  corequisite  practicum  hour 


Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses 

Summer  I 

SSLL  708:  Introduction  to  Linguistics  3 

Fall 

SSLL  718;  Techniques  for  Teaching  English  to  3 

K-12  Second  Language  Learners 
SSLL  760:  Practicum  in  Teaching  English  to  1 

K- 1 2  Second  Language  Learners 
SEPS  732:  Enhancing  Learning  for  Diverse  3 

Cultures' 
Spring 
SSLL  728:  Literacy  Instruction  for  K-12  Second  3 

Language  Learners 
SSLL  760:  Practicum  in  Teaching  English  to  K-12        2 

Second  Language  Learners 

or  other  elective 


228 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Additional  requirements  for  the  State  of  South  Carolina 
add-on  Teaching  Certificate  in  ESOL 


Bachelor's  degree 

Temporary,  initial,  or  professional  certificate  at  the 
elementary,  middle,  secondary  or  pre-K   12  level 
Minimum  qualifying  score(s)  on  the  South  Caro- 
lina content  area  examination{s)  required  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education 

Second  language  learning  experiences  document- 
ed by  any  one  of  the  following: 

•  six  semester  hours  in  a  single  second  lan- 
guage; 

•  completion  of  intensive  language  training  by 
the  Peace  Corps,  the  Foreign  Service  Institute 
or  the  Defense  language  Institute; 

•  placement  in  a  third-year-level  course  in  the 
foreign  language  department  at  an  accredited 


college  or  university;  or 
•     demonstration  of  second-language  profi- 
ciency in  a  language  that  is  unavailable  at 
accredited  institutions  through  verification 
in  writing  from  an  official  designated  by  the 
State  Department  of  Education. 
*  For  the  purpose  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina  add- 
on Teaching  Certificate  in  ESOL  the  Practicum  may 
be  waived  based  on  one  year's  experience  teaching 
ESOL. 

From  State  Dept.  of  Education  updated  July  2004, 
http://www.scteachers.org/cert/Certpdf/TeacherCertifi- 
cationManual.pd 


Graduate  Course  Descriptions 


Early  Childhood  Education  (SECH) 

SECH  541.  Integrated  Early  Childhood  Curriculum 

I  (3)  Integration  of  content  areas  within  the  curriculum 
emphasizing  mathematics  and  sciences.  Learning  activi- 
ties, materials  and  equipment.  Multicultural  influences  and 
needs  of  exceptional  children  are  addressed. 

SECH  542.  Integrated  Early  Childhood  Curriculum 

II  (3)  Integration  of  content  areas  within  curriculum  em- 
phasizing language  arts,  reading  and  fine  arts.  Learning 
activities,  materials,  equipment.  Multicultural  influences 
and  needs  of  exceptional  children  are  addressed. 

SECH  608.  Parent  Involvement  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  (3)  Analysis  of  programs  and  practices  for 
involving  parents  in  early  childhood  educational  settings. 
Emphasis  on  objectives,  methods,  techniques  and  materi- 
als for  program  development.  Community  resources  for 
supporting  programs  for  children  in  various  instructional 
settings. 

SECH  698.  Topics  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (1-3) 

SECH  699.  Independent  Study  (3) 

SECH  712.  Practicum  in  Parent  Involvement  in 
Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  School-  and  home-based 
experience  with  parents.  Emphasis  is  upon  home-school 
relationships  and  their  effects  upon  the  young  child's 
development  and  learning.  Participation  with  advisory 
groups,  parent  activities  in  the  classroom,  home  visits,  and 
parent-teachercommunication.  Weekly  seminar  sessions. 
Prerequisite:  SECH  608. 

SECH  740.TheYoungChild:ApplyingTheory  and  Re- 
search (3)  Analysis  and  discussion  of  theory  and  research 
related  to  the  education  of  young  children.  Intellectual, 
social,  emotional  and  physical  development  of  infants. 


toddlers  and  young  children  will  be  examined.  Special 
emphasis  on  implication  for  developing  early  childhood 
educational  instructional  programs.  Prerequisite;  SEPY 

705. 

SECH  742.  Advanced  Study  of  Early  Childhood  Cur- 
ricula and  Program  Models  (3)  An  analysis  of  early 
childhood  program  models  and  curricula  with  theoreti- 
cal orientation,  related  research,  societal  needs,  and  the 
student's  philosophy  of  education. 

SECH  744.  Advanced  Study  of  Language  Development 
and  Communication  Skills  in  Early  Childhood  Educa- 
tion (3)  Provides  classroom  teachers  with  an  overview  of 
the  development  of  language  and  communication  skills 
in  children,  birth  through  eight. 

SECH  750.  Play  Theory  and  Early  Learning  (3)  Theory, 
research  and  practices  related  to  the  play  of  young  children 
in  various  instructional  settings. 

SECH  794.  Types  of  Early  Childhood  Centers  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  function,  funding,  management  and 
organization  of  the  many  varied  programs  for  young 
children,  including  research  centers,  private  and  agency 
controlled  schools. 

SECH  797.  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(3)  Synthesis  of  development,  curriculum,  cognition  and 
related  issues  in  early  childhood  education.  Prerequisites: 
30  hours  of  Program  of  Study  courses  completed  including 
SEPY  705,  SERM  700,  SEEN  744  and  SECH  742. 

SECH  811.  Current  Trends  and  Issues  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education  (3)  Early  childhood  education  is  a  new, 
developing  and  rapidly  changing  field;  this  course  presents 
an  evaluation  of  current  programming.  Extensive  use  w  ill 
be  made  of  ERIC  and  similar  ser\'ices.  An  analvsis  of 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


229 


what  is  taking  place  currently  in  various  innovative  and 
experimental  centers. 


evaluating  students,  and  the  overall  curricular  program 
are  also  considered. 


SECH  812.  Practicum  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(3-6)  Open  only  to  teachers  and  graduate  students  who 
have  had  no  experience  or  training  for  work  v\  ith  children 
below  the  first  grade,  especially  those  desiring  certifica- 
tion. Supervised  school-based  experiences  and  related 
seminar  participation  will  be  required.  Prerequisites: 
SEDE420and422. 

Educational  Ps\  c  holocy  (SEPY) 

SEPY  705.  Children  and  Adolescents  as  Learners  (3) 

Focus  on  the  relationship  between  growth  and  development 
(cognitive,  social,  emotional,  and  physical)  and  learning 
for  children  and  adolescents.  Particular  attention  will  be 
given  to  developmental ly  appropriate  teaching  practice, 
learning  difTerenccs,  and  learning  difficulties. 

Elementary  Education  (SEDL) 

SEDl.  544.  Modern  Approaches  to  Mathematics  Teach- 
ing (3)  Curriculum  and  pedagogy  for  mathematics  topics 
taught  in  grades  3  through  8. 

SEDL615.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Rein- 
forces the  science  background  of  practicing  elementary 
teachers.  Innovations  are  examined.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  methods,  materials,  community  resources  and  evalu- 
ation procedures. 

SEDL  642.  Teaching  Mathematics  to  Young  Children 

(3)  Analysis  of  a  developmental  approach  to  teaching 
children  under  the  age  of  nine. 

SEDL  645.  Diagnostic  Teaching  of  Arithmetic  (3) 

Analysis  of  the  concepts  and  skills  of  arithmetic  in  the 
school  mathematics  curriculum:  exploration  ofdiagnostic- 
prescriptive  teaching  methods. 

648.  Teaching  Mathematics  to  Students  in  Grades  4-6 

(3)  Instructional  approaches  and  materials  for  teaching 
elementary  school  mathematics,  grades  4-6. 

SEDL  698.  Topics  in  Elementary  Education  (1-3) 
SEDL  699.  Independent  Study  (3) 

SEDL715.The  Elementary  School  Curriculum  (3)  Criti- 
cal study  of  the  modem  elementary  school  curriculum. 

SEDL  717.  Curriculum  Problems  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  A  careful  examination  of  the  persistent  prob- 
lems of  elementary  schools  (grouping,  promotions,  etc.) 
and  the  best  solutions  in  terms  of  research  findings  and 
expert  opinion.  Prerequisite:  SEDL  715. 

SEDL  720.  Middle  Organization  and  Curriculum  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  development  of  the  middle  school, 
history,  purposes  and  organization  and  an  m-depth  analy- 
sis of  middle  school  organization  and  curriculum.  The 
characteristics  of  middle  school  students,  methods  of 


SEDL  745.  Teaching  Elementary  Problem  Solving, 
Geometry,  and  Measurement  Topics  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  school  curriculum  and  instructional  methods  in  the 
designated  areas  of  mathematics;  exploration  of  appropri- 
ate outcomes  of  instruction. 

SEDL  760.  Implementing  Social  Studies  in  the  El- 
ementary/Middle School  (3)  The  selection  of  teaching 
procedures  and  instructional  materials  used  to  teach  social 
studies  in  the  elementary  school  will  be  investigated. 

SEDL  780.  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  Stu- 
dents will  synthesize  their  graduate  studies  for  a  master's 
degree  in  elementary  education.  Prerequisites:  30  hours  of 
Program  of  Study  courses  which  must  include  SEPY  705, 
SERM  700,  SEEN  744  and  SEDL  715  or  SEDL  720. 

SEDL  783.  Advanced  Study  of  the  Teaching  of  Math- 
ematics in  the  Middle  or  Junior  High  School  (3)  His- 
torical developments  and  recent  innovations  in  curricula, 
resources,  and  techniques  in  the  teaching  of  mathematics 
in  the  middle  or  junior  high  school.  Investigative  research 
into  the  improvement  of  instruction  is  required. 

Foundations  of  Education  (SEEN) 

SEEN  744.  Philosophy  and  Education  (3)  The  func- 
tional considerations  governing  educational  theories  and 
practices. 

Professional  Studies  (SEPS) 

SEPS  699.  Directed  Studies  in  Education  (1-3)  In- 
depth  investigation  of  a  special  topic  in  education.  Fully 
admitted  graduate  students  will  have  opportunity  to  work 
individually  with  a  faculty  member  to  pursue  a  topic  of 
interest.  Prerequisite:  Admission  as  a  degree  seeking 
graduate  student  in  education. 

SEPS  715.  Advanced  Perspectives  on  Educating  In- 
dividuals with  Disabilities  (3)  Advanced  foundation 
course  for  understanding  perspectives  of  special  educa- 
tion and  disability  services,  including  historical  trends 
and  philosophical  perspectives;  comparative  practice  of 
service  delivery;  policy  formulation  and  analysis;  and 
advocacy  roles  and  activities. 

SEPS  725.  Advanced  Study  of  K-12  Curriculum  (3) 

Advanced  study  of  foundations  for  development,  histori- 
cal context,  determinants,  content,  organization,  planning, 
design  and  strategies  for  change  of  K-12  curricula.  The 
role  of  teachers  in  the  creation,  evaluation  and  revision 
of  K-12  curriculum  is  examined. 

SEPS  732.  Enhancing  Learning  Environments  for 
Diverse  Cultures  (3)  An  exploration  of  the  knowledge, 
skills,  and  attitudes  essential  for  teaching  children  from 
diverse  cultures.  Though  the  course  will  investigate  the 
history  and  characteristics  diverse  cultures,  the  focus  of 
the  course  will  be  on  promoting  the  academic  and  personal 


230 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


success  of  these  children  through  appropriate  learning 
settings  and  effective  classroom  instruction. 

Literacy  Education  (SLCY) 

SLCV  722.  Developing  Literacy  from  Kindergarten 
through  Second  Grade  (3)  Literacy  instruction  from  oral 
language  through  emergent  literacy.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  developing  phonemic  awareness  and  concepts 
about  print,  and  on  scatTolding  the  transition  through  emer- 
gent literacy  into  the  initial  stages  of  reading  and  writing. 
Related,  developmentally  appropriate  assessments  will  be 
considered  as  tools  for  focusing  literacy  support. 

SLCY  723.  Developing  Literacy  from  Grades  Three 
through  Eight  (3)  Literacy  instruction  in  grades  three 
through  eight  supporting  the  transition  of  learners  from 
the  initial  stages  of  reading  and  writing  into  fluency.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  integrating  literacy  instruction 
throughout  the  curriculum.  Developmentally  appropriate 
literacy  assessments  as  well  as  techniques  for  supporting 
struggling  readers  and  writers  will  be  included. 

SLCY  728.  Reading  and  Writing  in  the  Content  Areas 

(3)  A  survey  of  reading  and  w  riting  strategies  for  support- 
ing learning  in  the  content  areas.  Attention  will  also  be 
given  to  enhancing  literacy  skills  of  middle  school  and 
secondary  school  students. 

Research  and  Measurement  in  Education 
(SERM) 

SERM  700.  Introduction  to  Research  in  Education  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  methods  and  techniques  of  research 
employed  by  students  of  education. 

Visual  Impairment  (SVIP) 

SVIP  610.  Nature  and  Needs  of  Learners  with  Visual 
Impairment  (3)  A  historical  perspective,  legal  require- 
ments, ethics,  accessibiliy  issues,  service  delivery  sys- 
tems, prevalence,  etiologies,  educational  interventions, 
adaptive  aids,  and  resources  as  it  relates  to  the  education 
of  induviduals  who  are  blind  or  visually  impaired.  The 
cognitive,  linguistic,  motor,  sensory,  and  psychosocial 
development  characteristics  of  children  and  youth  with 
visual  impairment  are  explored. 

SVIP  650.  Anatomy,  Physiology,  and  Disorders  of  the 
Visual  System  (3)  Thorough  review  of  the  structure  and 
functioning  of  the  eye  and  neurological  system  relating  to 
visualization,  congenital  and  acquired  visual  abnormalities 
and  their  effects  on  functioning,  ophthalmologic  exami- 
nation procedures,  and  ocular  tenninology.  Educational 
relevance  of  course  content  is  emphasized  by  interpretation 
of  medical  eye  reports,  visual  screening,  and  intervention 
strategies  used  to  accommodate  residual  vision. 

SVIP  675.  Functional  Low  Vision  Assessment  and  Inter- 
vention (3)  Provide  assistance  to  a  learner  with  visual  impair- 
ment who  has  residual ,  useful  vision  by  means  of  optic  aids  and 
other  adaptive  devices.  Functional  assessment,  ophthalmic 
and  optometric  consultation,  and  educational  intervention 
constitute  course  content.  Prerequisite:  SVIP  650. 


SVIP  705.  Literary  Braille  Code  (3)  A  historical  perspec- 
tive, review  of  devices  used  to  transcribe  braille,  compre- 
hensive overview  of  uncontracted  and  contracted  braille, 
and  extensive  practice  in  the  production  of  literary  braille 
by  the  use  of  the  Perkins  Brailler  and  a  computerized  Per- 
kins Braille  emulator.  Instruction  begins  with  uncontracted 
braille  and  common  contractions  in  a  logical  sequence  until 
all  contractions  are  covered  and  the  student  is  proficient  in 
reading  and  transcribing  braille. 

SVIP  706.  Advanced  Braille  (3)  Transcription  of  math- 
ematics, science  notation,  music,  and  foreign  language  into 
braille  on  a  Perkins  Brailler  and  a  computerized  Perkins 
Brailler  emulator.  This  course  also  includes  instruction 
in  using  an  abacus,  creating  tactile  graphics,  developing 
perceptual  skills,  using  a  slate  and  stylus,  and  teaching  the 
Nemeth  Braille  Code  to  students  who  are  visually  impaired. 
Prerequisite:  SVIP  705. 

SVIP  712.  Assistive  and  Instructional  Technology  for 
Learners  with  Visual  Impairment  (3)  Adaptive  aids,  elec- 
tronic devices,  computerized  Braille  embossers,  synthetic 
voice  output,  print  reading  programs  and  other  software. 
Students  learn  about  technological  devices  and  become 
proficient  in  the  use  and  instruction  of  these  devices  and 
programs.  Prerequisite:  SVIP  705. 

SVIP  717.  Orientation  and  Mobility  for  Learners  with 
Visual  Impairment  (3)  Instruction  in  cane  skills,  orienta- 
tion, mobility,  and  activities  of  daily  living  for  students 
with  visual  impairment.  The  role  and  responsibilities  of 
the  teacher  in  instmction  and  in  relationship  with  a  certified 
orientation  and  mobility  professional  are  stressed. 

SVIP  724.  Visual  Impairment  and  Multiple  Disabilities  (3) 

The  cumulative  effects  of  visual  impairment  with  concomitant 
disabilities  on  cognitive,  sensory,  motor,  psychosocial,  lin- 
guistic, and  educational  ftinctioning.  Educational  intervention 
strategies,  service  delivery  models,  legal  implications,  and 
the  multidisciplinary  team  model  are  reviewed. 

SVIP  730.  Assessment  and  Educational  Methods  for 
Learners  with  Visual  Impairment  (3)  Formal  and 
informal  approaches  to  evaluation  for  development  of 
individualized  educational  programs,  materials,  equip- 
ment, curriculum  adaptations,  resources,  adaptive  aids, 
and  instructional  strategies.  Emphasis  is  on  knowledge  of 
resources,  methods  of  teaching,  and  how  to  develop  and 
implement  appropriate  educational  programs  for  learners 
with  blindness  and  low  vision.  Prerequisite:  Completion 
of  21  credits  in  visual  impairment  courses. 

SVIP735.  Practicum  in  Special  Education:  Visual  Impair- 
ment (3)  Capstone  field  experiences  and  completion  of  a 
comprehensive  case  study  and  program  portfolio.  Candidates 
complete  a  minimum  of  350  hours  of  supervised  teaching  of 
students  with  \ isual  impairment.  The  program  cumulative 
portfolio  is  completed,  presented  for  committee  re\  iew,  and 
defended.  Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  SVIP  730. 

Professional  Development  Courses 

Education  (SDEU) 

SDEU  632.  Professional  Development:  Field  Problems 
in  Education  I  (3)  Selected  educational  problems  will  be 
identified  and  explored  and  probable  solutions  developed. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  providing  practicing  school  personnel 


Graduate  Studies 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


231 


an  opportunity  to  work  cooperatively,  under  supervision, 
toward  solutions  to  problems  that  are  ofimmediate  concern 
to  them.  Activities  will  include  seminars,  review  of  litera- 
ture, observations,  case  studies,  materials  development  and 
other  applicable  approaches.  Emphasis  w  ill  be  placed  on 
the  development  of  a  comprehensive  proposal  designed  to 
alleviate  or  solve  problems  identified. 

Instruction  .\nd  Teacher  Education  (SETE) 

SETE  610.  Professional  Development:  Integrated 
Reading  and  Writing  Instruction  (3)  Theoretical  bases 
and  techniques  for  teaching  reading  and  writing  in  the 
elementary  school,  using  multiple  subject  areas. 

SETE  611.  Professional  Development:    Concepts  and 

Practices  ofWhole  Language  (3)  DcNclopmentofconcepts. 
materials,  and  practices  to  implement  a  whole  language 
philosophy.  Prerequisite:  An  introductory  course  in  reading 
or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

SETE  612.  Professional  Development:  Storytelling 
in  the  Classroom  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical  applica- 
tions of  applying  stories  and  storytelling  to  4K- 1 2  school 
curriculum. 

SETE  614.  Professional  Development:  Storytelling 
and  Creative  Writing  (3)  Integrate  proven  exercises  and 
techniques  into  the  process  of  story  conceptualization,  cre- 
ation, and  revision  as  a  basis  for  teaching  creative  writing 
in  the  K-12  classroom. 

SETE  631.  Professional  Development:  Using  Comput- 
ers to  Support  Instruction  (3)  Applications  of  selected 
software  in  instructional  management. 

SETE  633.  Professional  Development:  Internet  for 
Educators  (3)  Educational  applications  ofthe  Internet  in  the 
context  ofteaching  and  learning.  Practical  understanding  of 
how  the  Internet  can  be  used  as  an  educational  resource. 

SETE  634.  Professional  Development:  Integrating 
Multi-Media  Technology  in  the  K-12  Classroom  (3) 

Utilization  of  technology  in  the  classroom  and  for  the 
development  of  information  and  presentation  techniques 
by  the  classroom  teacher. 

SETE  651.  Professional  Development:  Selected  Topics 
in  Teaching  Science  (3)  Primarily  for  elementary,  second- 
ary and  middle  school  teachers.  Teachers  at  other  levels 
may  be  accepted. 

SETE  655.  Professional  Development:  Teaching  En- 
vironmental Education  (3)  Rationale  and  strategies  for 
teaching  environmental  education. 

SETE  660.  Professional  Development:  Issues  in  Writing 
Instruction  (K-12)  (6)  Issues  in  the  teaching  of  writing, 
with  emphasis  on  classroom  appi  ications  K- 1 2  and  program 
development. 

SETE  670.  Professional  Development:  Career  Tech- 
nologies (3)  Development  of  understiinding  School-to- Work 
issues  and  developing  curriculum  that  connects  schools 
with  the  workplace.  Strategies  for  using  technological 
resources  as  diagnostic  tools  in  the  career  development 
process  are  included. 


SETE  672.   Professional  Development:    Educators  in 

Industry  (3)  Provides  educators  opportunities  to  understand 
the  changing  world  of  work  and  the  current  technology  of 
the  workplace.  Course  includes  on-site  opportunities  in 
today's  worksite. 

SETE  680.  Professional  Development:  Topics  in  Educa- 
tion (3)  Exploration  of  a  cuiTcnt  topic  in  education  with 
emphasis  on  classroom  application. 

SETE  690.  Professional  Development:  Issues  and  Tt-ends 
in  Education  (1-6)  Exploration  ofa  current  topic  in  educa- 
tion with  emphasis  on  classroom  application. 

Second  Language  Learners  (SSLL) 

SSLL  708.  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  An  overview 
of  language  and  linguistics  and  their  relationship  to  teach- 
ing and  learning.  Attention  will  be  given  to  phonetics, 
phonology,  morphology,  syntax,  and  semantics  as  they 
relate  to  linguistic  theory;  to  issues  of  language  use;  to 
questions  of  language  in  the  social  context,  particularly  in 
the  K-12  classroom;  and  to  issues  of  language  acquisition 
and  language  learning. 

SSLL  718.  Techniques  for  Teaching  English  to  K-12 
Second  Language  Learners  (3)  Principles  and  strategies 
for  developing  and  implementing  etTective  instruction  for 
K- 1 2  second  language  leamers.  Attention  will  be  given  to  a 
variety  of  philosophies  and  models  for  teaching  English  to 
second  language  leamers,  variables  affecting  the  leamingof 
English  by  second  language  leamers,  and  leaming  strategy 
research.  Corequisite:  SSLL  760  ( 1  hour  credit). 

SSLL  728.  Literacy  Instruction  for  K-12  Second  Lan- 
guage Learners  (3)  Theories  of  first  and  second  language 
acquisition  and  literacy  acquisition.  Attention  is  given 
to  strategics  and  techniques  for  guiding  second  language 
leamers  through  the  reading  and  writing  process  and  for 
assessing  progress  in  literacy  acquisition.  Corequisite: 
SSLL  760  (1-2  hours  credit). 

SSLL748.  Linguistic  and  Cultural  Diversity  in  Education 

(3)  Impact  of  linguistic  and  cultural  ditTerences  character- 
izing US  classrooms  today.  Attention  will  be  given  to  issues, 
challenges,  and  opportunities  for  teaching  and  leaming 
resulting  fi-om  diversit>'.  Appropriate  curricula,  materials, 
assessment,  and  home-school  collaboration  strategies  will 
be  considered. 

SSLL  758.  Assessment  of  Second  Language  Learners 

(3)  Educational  assessment  of  academic  achievement  K- 1 2 
second  language  leamers.  Content  focuses  on  authentic 
assessment  within  theclassroom,  and  includes  psychometric 
statistics  and  theory,  review  of  commonly-used  standardized 
tests,  appropriate  modification  of  tests  to  achieve  non-bias, 
and  the  review  of  legislative,  legal,  and  ethical  standards. 
Corequisite:  SSLL  760(1  hour  credit). 

SSLL  760.  Practicum  in  Teaching  English  to  K-12 
Second  Language  Learners  (1-3)  Clinical  experience 
to  prepare  teachers  to  provide  etTective  teaching/learning 
experiences  for  K-12  second  language  leamers.  The  fo- 
cus ofthe  practicum  will  be  the  application  of  principles, 
guidelines,  strategies  and  techniques  appropriate  for  K-12 
second  language  leamers.  Corequisites:  SSLL  718(1  hour); 
SSL  728  ( I  -2  hours);  SSLL  758  ( I  hour,  may  be  repeated 
up  to  three  times). 


2Z2 


Graduate  Studies 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Administration 
&  Faculty 


Administration  and  Faculty 


The  University  of  South  Carolina  Board  of  Trustees 

Mark  Sanford.  Governor  of  South  Carolina,  ex  officio  Chairman 

Miles  Loadholt,  2mi  Judicial  Circuit.  Chairman 

Samuel  R.  Foster  II,  16th  Judicial  Circuit.  Vice  Chairman 

Herbert  C.  Adams,  Htb  Judicial  Circuit.  Chairman  Emeritus 

Chuck  Allen,  lOth  Judicial  Circuit 

Arthur  S.  Bahnmuller,  .hd  Judicial  Circuit 

James  Bradley,  6th  Judicial  Circuit 

J.  Egerton  Burroughs,  1 5th  Judicial  Circuit 

Mark  W.  Buyck,  Jr.,  Governor's  Designee 

C.  Edward  Floyd,  12th  .Judicial  Circuit 

William  C.  Hubbard,  5th  Judicial  Circuit 

William  W.  Jones,  Jr..  Nth  Judicial  Circuit 

Toney  J.  Lister.  7th  Judicial  Circuit 

Daria  D.  Moore,  Governor  s  Appointee 

Michael  J.  Mungo,  11  th  Judicial  Circuit 

James  H.  Rex,  State  Superintendent  of  Education 

Amy  E.  Stone,  president  USC  Alumni  Association 

John  C.  von  Lehe  Jr.,  9th  Judicial  Circuit 

Eugene  P.  Warr,  Jr.,  4th  Judicial  Circuit 

Mack  I.  Whittle,  Jr.,  13th  Judicial  Circuit 

Othniel  H.  Wienges.  Jr.,  1st  Judicial  Circuit 

Thomas  I.  Stepp,  Secretary 


Spartanburg  County  Commission  for  Higher  Education 

James  R.  Smith,  Chairman 

Milton  A.  Smith  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Charles  H.  Babb,  Secretary-Treasurer 

C.  Dan  Adams                                           William  R.  Cobb  Albert  V.  Smith,  Esq. 

J.  Eugene  Adams,  Esq.                               Katherine  A.  Dunleavy  John  B.  Travers 

Jane  Bottstbrd,  R.N.  Harold  E.  Fleming,  M.D.,  MBA  Emerson  F.  Wolfe  Jr. 

Sheila  Breitweiser.  Ed.D.                                   Harold  McLain  Thomas  R.  Young  111 
Susan  G.  Clary                                             John  S.  Poole 

■    ,- .         „  Emeritus  Member 

Toney  J.  Lis^r,  Esq.  C\^^^\^n6  S.  Harley 

Jim  O.  Ray 


The  USC  Upstate  Foundation,  Inc. 

Chartered  on  February  27,  1973,  the  USC  Upstate  Foundation,  Inc.,  formerly  known  as  the  Carolina  Piedmont  Foundation, 
Inc.,  exists  to  accept  gifts  of  charitable,  benevolent,  cultural,  and  educational  purposes  for  the  exclusive  benefit  and  use  of 
the  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate.  Accredited  as  a  nonprofit  organization  under  section  501  {c)(3)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code,  the  Foundation  accepts  and  manages  funds  for  student  scholarships,  faculty  support,  facilities,  programs, 
and  public  service  activities. 

The  USC  Upstate  Foundation  board  of  directors  consists  of  thirty  members,  ten  of  which  make  up  the  Board  of  Governors. 
Through  their  influence,  guidance  and  counsel,  and  working  in  partnership  with  university  administration,  the  members  of 
this  board  are  committed  to  the  growth,  success,  and  maintaining  the  "margin  of  excellence"  that  is  USC  Upstate. 

234  Adm'imstration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Administration 


President,  University  of  South  Carolina 
Harris  Pastides 

Chancellor,  University  of  South  Carolina  Upstate 
John  C.  Stockwell 

Senior  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
Marsha  A.  Dowell 


Vice  Chancellors 

Robert  A.  Connelly  Jr.,  Business  Affairs 

Michael  Irvin,  University  Advancement 

Jeanne  Skul,  Information  Technology  &  Sen'ices 

Sheryl  Turner- Watts,  Planning  &  Organizational  Development 

Laura  Puckett-Boler,  Student  Affairs  (Interim) 


Academic  Affairs 

Marsha  A.  DoweW,  Senior  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

Judith  S.  Prince,  Vice  Chanvellon  Greenville  Campus 

Donette  Y.  Stewart,  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Enrollment  Serx'ices 

Mary  Theokas,  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Success 

Warren  Carson,  Interim  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Frieda  P.  Davison,  Dean  of  the  Libraiy 

Katharine  Gibb,  Interim  Dean  of  the  Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 

Charles  A.  Love,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Education 

Darrell  F.  Parker,  Dean  of  the  George  Dean  Johnson,  Jr  College  of  Business  and  Economics 

Regis  Robe,  Director  of  Center  for  International  Studies 

Elaine  Marshall,  Director  of  Grants  and  Foundation  Relations 


Athletics  Department 

Mike  Hall,  Director  of  Athletics 

Louise  Ericson,  Associate  Athletic  Director  for  Academics/Senior  Women  s  Administrator 

Bill  English,  Assistant  Athletic  Director  for  Sports  Information 

Scott  Larson,  Associate  Athletic  Director  for  Compliance 
Sandy  Sandago,  Associate  Athletic  Director  for  Sports  Medicine 
Jules  Bryant,  Assistant  Athletic  Director  for  Development  &  Special  Events 
Katie  Pate,  Director  of  Marketing  and  Promotions 


Administration  and  Faculty  2^5 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Business  Affairs 

Robert  A.  Connelly,  Jr.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Business  Affairs 

Connie  Holloman,  Director  of  Budgets  and  Fund  Accounting 

Michael  L.  Bruce.  Director  of  Risk  Management 

Jerr>  Carroll.  Director  of  the  Bookstore 

Denis  Ellinger.  Director  of  [Purchasing  an  J  Support  Ser\'ices 

F.D.  Puncke.  Director  of  Facilities  Management 

Richard  L.  Scott,  Director  of  Financial  Services 

Judy  Srock,  Director  of  Special  Events 


Chancellor's  Office 

Monica  A.  Wienand.  Senior  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 


Planning  and  Organizational  Development 

Sheryl  Turner- Watts.  Vice  Chancellor  of  Planning  and  Organizational  Development 

Sam  Bingham,  Director  of  Institutional  Reporting  &  Data  Analvsis 

Brian  Mallory,  Director  Institutional  Effectiveness  <&  Compliance 

vacant.  Director  of  Human  Services 


Information  Technology 

Jeanne  Skul.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Information  Technology 

Robert  Thomas,  Interim  Director  of  Instructional  Media  Sen'ices 

Scott  Corbin,  Director  of  Information  Systems 

Chris  Hanke,  Director  ofNetv.-ork  Services 

Kevin  Hodges,  Director  of  Client  Services 

Cindy  Jennings.  Director  of  Instructional  Technology 


Student  Affairs 
Leon  Wiles,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 

Laura  Puckett-Boler,  Dean  of  Students 

and  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 

Ron  Dalton.  Director  of  Residential  Life 

Frances  Jarratt-Hortis,  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Development 

Steve  Hopkins.  Director  of  Student  Life 

Lou  Anne  Webber,  Director  of  Health  Services 


University  Advancement 

Michael  Irvin,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Advancement  and 

Executive  Director  of  the  USC  Upstate  Foundation 

Bea  Walters  Smith,  Director  of  Alumni,  Annual  Giving,  and  Scholarships 

Tammy  Whaley,  Director  of  University  Communications 

Yolanda  Robinson,  Director  of  Advancement  Services 


2^^  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


Faculty 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Warren  Carson,  liilenm  Dean:  /'rofcssor,  En}>lish:  Chief  Diversity  Officer 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Suiilh  Carolina 

Jennifer  Parker,  Assistant  Dean:  Associate  Professor.  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Department  of  Languages,  Literature  and  Composition 

Jane  Addison,  Senior  Instructor.  English:  Director,  H'riting  Center 
M.Ed.,  Converse  College 

Brock  Adams,  Instructor.  English 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Central  Florida 

Catlierine  G.  Canino,  Associate  Professor.  English 
Ph.D.,  Arizona  Slate  University 

June  C.  Carter,  Professor.  Spanish 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington 

Peter  Caster,  Assistant  Professor.  English 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

David  Coberly,  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish 
Ph.  D.,  University  of  Missouri-Columbia 

Jay  Coffman,  Instructor  German:  Director,  Language  Lab 
M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Brenda  W.  Davenport,  Senior  Instructor  English:  Director  English  Composition 
M.Ed.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Gabrielle  Drake,  Instructor  Spanish 
M.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

Esther  Godfrey,  Assistant  Professor  English 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Douglas  Jackson,  Instructor  Spanish 
M.A.,  Illinois  State  University 

Merri  Lisa  Johnson.  Assistant  Professor  of  English:  Director  for  the  Center  for  Women  s  and  Gender  Studies 
Ph.D.,  SUNY-Birmingham 

Marilyn  Knight,  Associate  Professor,  English 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Celena  E.  Kusch,  Assistant  Professor  English 
Ph.  D.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

Thomas  J.  McConnell,  .Associate  Professor  English:  Director  Honors  Program 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Kathryn  A.  McLaughlin-Rojas,  Instructor,  English  (TESOL);  Assistant  to  the  Director  of  International  Studies 

M.A..  Southern  Illinois  University  at  Carbondale 

Admin'tstratton  and  Faculty  237 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


David  Marlow,  Assistant  Professor.  English 
Ph.  D..  Ball  State  University 

Richard  Murphy,  Assistant  Professor.  English 
Ph.D..  Boston  College 

Colleen  O'Brien,  Assistant  Professor  English 
Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Shannon  Polchow,  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish 
Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Danielle  C.  Raquidel,  Professor.  French.  Spanish 
Ph.D..  University  of  Cincinnati 

Wayne  Robbins,  Instructor.  English 
M.A.,  East  Carolina  University 

Jorge  A.  Salvo,  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish 
Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Tasha  Thomas,  Instructor  English:  Director  of  Spartanburg  Writing  Project 
M.Ed.,  Converse  College 

Lizzie  Grace  Urizer,  Instructor,  Spanish 
M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  -  Charlotte 

George  H.  Williams,  Assistant  Professor.  English 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies 

James  R.  Cox,  Department  Chair.  Professor.  Speech.  Theatre:  Director  Shoestring  Players 
M.A..  University  of  South  Carolina 

Gregg  Akkerman,  Assistant  Professor.  Music:  Director,  Jazz  Band 
D.A.,  Northern  Colorado  University 

Lisa  Anderson,  Associate  Professor.  Graphic  Design 
M.F.A..  University  of  Idaho 

P.  Kathryn  Hicks.  Emeritus  Professor,  Fine  Arts 
M.F.A..  University  of  Georgia 

Judy  S.  Curtis,  Instructor  Speech  Communication 
M.A.,  Marshall  University,  West  Virginia 

Andrea  M.  Davis,  Assistant  Professor  Speech  Communication 
Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Mary  Lou  Hightower,  Assistant  Professor  Art  Education:  Director  FOCUS  Gallery 
Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Steve  Knight,  Assistant  Professor  Theatre 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Raymond  B.  Lee,  Emeritus  Professor.  Speech.  Theatre 
Ph.D..  Bowling  Green  State  University 


230  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Richard  J.  Mack,  Assistant  Professor.  Graphic  Design 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Miami 

Gary  Mattingly,  Instructor 
M.A.,  University  of  Florida 

Raymond  J.  Merlock,  Professor,  Journalism  and  Mass  Communication 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Benjamin  Myers,  Assistant  Professor,  Speech  Communication 
Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Jane  A.  Nodine,  Professor  Art:  Director  Art  Gallery- 
M.F.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Rich  Robinson,  Associate  Professor  Theatre 
M.F.A. ,  Florida  Atlantic  University 

Douglas  A.  Scarborough,  Assistant  Professor  Music 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Northern  Colorado 

Rachel  Snow,  Assistant  Professor  Art  History 

Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York  the  Graduate  Center 

John  C.  Stockwell,  Professor  Theatre 
Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Chioma  Ugochukwu,  Associate  Professor  Journalism  and  Mass  Communication 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  Austin 

Department  of  Informatics 

Ron  Fulbright,  Department  Chair  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Linda  Mesko,  Instructor 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland 

Richard  L.  Routh,  Instructor 

Ph.D.,  Air  Force  Institute  of  Technology 

Tyrone  S.  Toland,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Angelina  Tzacheva,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  Charlotte 

Division  of  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

Jerome  L.  Lewis.  Department  Chair:  Professor  Computer  Science 
Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Celia  L.  Adair,  Distinguished  Professor  Emerita.  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Chi-Kei  Rick  Chow,  Associate  Professor  Computer  Science 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Louisiana  Lafayette 

Administration  and  Faculty  239 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Daniel  J.  Codespod,  Distinguished  Professor  Emerilus.  Computer  Science 
Ph.D..  Kansas  State  University 

Daniel  W.  Cooke,  Emeritus  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Linda  K.  Cooke,  Senior  Instructor.  Mathematics 
MM.,  University  ofTennessee 

Gamal  N.  EInagar,  Professor.  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

Linda  P.  Gilbert,  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  Tech  University 

Muhammad  Hameed,  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Ph.D..  New  Jersey  Institute  of  Technology 

Michael  R.  Harper,  Senior  Instructor.  Computer  Science 
M.S.,  Universit)'  of  South  Carolina 

Michael  Hudak,  Instructor,  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Seunggeun  Hyun,  .Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Charlotte 

Frank  H.  Li,  .issislani  Professor;  Computer  Science 
Ph.D..  University  of  Memphis 

Bernard  Omolo,  .Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Texas  Tech  University 

Thomas  J.  Ordoyne,  Senior  Instructor  Mathematics 
M.S.,  Clemson  University 

Kenneth  Pestka,  Instructor  Computer  Science 
M.S.,  Clemson  University 

James  D.  Spencer,  Distinguished  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 
Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska 

Charles  E.  Stavely,  Emeritus  Professor  Mathematics 
M.S..  Memphis  State  University 

Alexandre  Timonov,  Associate  Professor  Mathematics 

Ph.D.,  The  Keldysh  Institute  of  Applied  Mathematics.  Russian  Academy  of  Sciences 

Millard  B.  Ulmer,  Distinguished  Professor  Emeritus.  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 

Sebastian  van  Delden,  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Central  Florida 

Kelly  Waters,  Assistant  Professor  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 


240  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


William  H.  White,  Senior  Instructor,  Mathematics 
M.S.,  Clemson  University 

Christopher  Woodard,  Instructor.  Mathematics:  Director  of  Math  Tutoring  Services 
M.S.,  Clemson  University 

Wei  Zhong,  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  University 

Division  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 

David  K.  Ferris,  Division  Chair;  Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University 

Laura  Bannan,  Instructor,  Biology 
M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University 

Christopher  M.  Bender,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Lyie  D.  Campbell,  Distinguished  Professor  Emeritus,  Geology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Sarah  C.  Campbell,  Instructor,  Biology 
M.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Jeannie  M.  Chapman,  Assistant  Professor,  Biology 
Ph.D.,  Medical  University  of  South  Carolina 

Vincent  A.  Connors,  Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln 

Kathleen  Ferris,  Instructor.  Biology 
M.S.,  Texas  A&M  University 

Julian  Green,  Professor,  Geology 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

Richard  Krueger,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

George  M.  Labanick,  Professor,  Biology 
Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Richard  LeBoeuf,  Instructor,  Engineering  Technology  Management 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Andrew  J.  Leonard!,  Instructor,  Physics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 

Lisa  A.  Lever,  Professor.  Chemistiy 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 

Sylvia  H.  Moore.  Instructor.  Biology 
M.Ed..  Converse  College 

Gillian  Newberry,  Distinguished  Professor  Emeritus.  Biology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Mmmistration  and  Faculty  241 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Melissa  Pilgrim,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

John  C.  Riley,  Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Astrid  Rosario,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Tech 

Ronald  L.  Sobczak,  Professor,  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona 

Jack  A.  Turner,  Professor,  Biology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Rhett  Watson,  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Department  of  History,  Political  Science,  Philosophy  and  American  Studies 

Dwight  E.  Lambert,  Department  Chair;  Professor,  Government  and  International  Studies 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

James  W.  Brown,  Professor,  History;  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Allison  Clark,  Assistant  Professor.  Political  Science 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Richard  E.  Combes,  Associate  Professor  Philosophy 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

David  W.  Damrel,  Assistant  Professor,  Religion 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

T.  Paul  Grady,  Assistant  Professor  History 
Ph.D.,  College  of  William  and  Mary 

James  B.  GrifRs,  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Buffalo 

Carmen  V.  Harris,  Associate  Professor,  History 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Qiliang  He,  Assistant  Professor,  East  Asian  History 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

Alice  H.  Henderson,  Distinguished  Professor  Emerita,  History 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Carol  Loar,  Assistant  Professor  History 
Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

John  Long,  Assistant  Professor  Nonprofit 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Robert  B.  IMcCormick,  Associate  Professor  History 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

242  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Andrew  Myers,  Associate  Professor,  American  Studies 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Trevor  Rubenzer,  Assistant  Professor,  Political  Science 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Department  of  Sociology,  Criminal  Justice  and  Women's  Studies 

Edward  C.  Babin,  Associate  Professor  Emeritus,  Geography 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Diane  M.  Daane,  Professor  Criminal  Justice 
J.D.,  University  of  Missouri-Kansas  City 

Clifton  P.  Flynn,  Chair:  Professor,  Sociology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 

Judith  A.  Harris,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Laura  L.  Jennings,  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Brigitte  Neary.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Calvin  Odliiambo,  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology 
Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Steptien  E.  Ruegger,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

Reid  C.  Toth,  Assistant  Professor.  Criminal  Justice 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Friedrich  B.  Wenz,  Professor  Sociology,  Criminal  Justice 
Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Lizabetti  A.  Zacl<,  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology 
Ph.D.,  New  School  for  Social  Research,  New  York  City 

Department  of  Psychology 

Judy  Kizer,  Department  Chain  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Andrew  Beer,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Elizabeth  Freeman,  Instnictor,  Psychology 
M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Jan  Griffin,  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D..  Northern  Illinois  State  University 

Stefanie  Keen,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Administration  and  Faculty  243 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Evan  Krauter,  Professor.  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Yancy  McDougal,  Professor.  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 

Jennifer  Parker,  Associate  Professor.  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Kim  Purdy,  Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Queen's  University 

Susan  Ruppel,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Texas  Christian  University 

Center  for  Women's  Studies 

Merri  Lisa  Johnson,  Director.  Center  for  Women 's  Studies;  Assistant  Professor,  English 
Ph.D.,  SUNY-Birmingham 

George  Dean  Johnson,  Jr.  College  of  Business  and  Economics 

Darrcll  F.  Parker,  Dean:  Professor,  Economics 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Steven  D.  Caldwell,  Assistant  Professor,  Management 
Ph.D.,  The  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 

James  Cappio,  Instructor  Marketing 
M.B.A.,  Darden  School  of  Business 

Elizabeth  Cole,  Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

John  Cronin,  Instructor  Accounting 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

Lilly  M.  Lancaster,  Professor  Management 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Theodore  Morrison,  Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

Jim  O'Connor,  Instructor.  Management 
M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 

Rosalind  Paige,  Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

Charles  Reback,  Instructor 
Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

James  W.  Reese,  Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Nicholas  Roberts,  Assistant  Professor,  Management 

Ph.D.,  Clemson  University  _^ 

244  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Sarah  P.  Rook,  Professor,  Economics 
Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 

Rob  Routman,  Assistant  Professor,  Business  Law 
J.D.,  Georgia  State  University 

J.  Frank  Rudisill,  Associate  Dean;  Associate  Professor,  Management 
Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Stuart  Shough,  Senior  Instructor,  Accounting 
M.Acc,  University  of  South  Carolina,  CPA 

T.  Brian  Smith,  Instructor,  Management  of  Information  Systems 
M.M.I.S.,  Georgia  College  and  State  University 

Jeff  Smith,  Instructor,  Management 
M.B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

EInora  Stuart,  Professor,  Marketing 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Faruk  I.  Tanyel,  Professor,  Marketing 
D.B.A.,  University  of  Tennessee 

William  R.  Word,  Professor,  Economics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 


School  of  Education 

Charles  A.  Love,  Dean,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 

Jim  Charles,  Associate  Dean,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 

Judy  Beck,  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 

Joseph  Bowman,  Professor  Emeritus 
Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Jay  Britton,  Instructor 

M.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Michael  David  Cordell,  Instructor 
M.T,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Michaeleen  Davis,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Valerie  Duarte,  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Rebecca  Faulkner,  Assistant  Professor 
Ed.D.,  Nova  Southeastern  University 


Mmmistration  and  Faculty  245 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Greta  Freeman,  Assistant  Professor 
Ed.D.,  Western  Carolina  University 

Kela  Goodman,  Instructor 
M.Ed.,  The  Citadel 

Joelien  Harris,  Associate  Professor 
Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Tina  Herzberg,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University 

Angela  Hinton,  Assistant  Professor 
Ed.D..  University  of  South  Carolina 

Laura  Hooks,  Associate  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Marilyn  Izzard,  Associate  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Frank  Jambois,  Instructor 
Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 

Holly  Pae,  Associate  Professor 
Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Judith  S.  Prince,  Associate  Professor 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Thomas  Reed,  Associate  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Anne  C.  Shelley,  Distinguished  Professor  Emeritus 
Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Ben  Snyder,  Assistant  Professor 
Ohio  University 

Rebecca  Stevens,  Chair  of  Graduate  Programs  and  Special  Initiatives.  Associate  Professor 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Lori  Tanner,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Nur  E.  Tanyel,  Instructor 
University  of  South  Carolina 

Cecelia  Toole,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 

Pamela  Wash,  Assistant  Professor 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 


246  Administration  and  Faculty 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 

Katharine  Gibb,  Interim  Dean:  Assistant  Professor,  Adult  Health 
M.S.N.,  Vanderbilt  University 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Sarasota 

Gayle  Casterline,  Associate  Dean  of  Nursing  Scholarship:  Associate  Professor,  Nursing  Administration 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  Loyola  University 

Darlene  Amendolair,  Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  Administration 
M.N.,  University  of  South  Carohna;  Ph.D.,  Capelia  University 

Rebecca  Carr,  Assistant  Professor,  Adult  Health  Nursing 

M.S.N.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia;  Ph.D.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia 

Susan  Cherry-Casey,  Instructor,  Nursing  Administration/Leadership 
M.N.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Pat  Clary,  Instructor  Psychiatric  Mental  Health  Nursing 
M.N.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Scarlett  Conway,  Instructor  Psychiatric  Mental  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Phoenix 

Angelise  Davis,  Associate  Professor  Adult  Health  Nursing 

M.N.,  Emory  University;  D.S.N.,  University  of  Alabama  at  Birmingham 

Marcelle  Elm.  Instructor  Nursing  Education 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Phoenix 

Christine  Filter,  Instructor  Education  Specialization 

M.S.N.,  Waiden  University 

Lynette  Gibson,  Associate  Professor,  Gerontological  Nursing 

M.S.,  Clemson  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Tammy  Gilliam,  Assistant  Professor  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.N.,  ACNP,  DNP,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Jane  Grimm,  Instructor  Family  Health  Nursing 
M.S.,  Clemson  University 

Patty  Harkins,  Instructor  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.N.,  Memorial  University  of  Newfoundland 

Linda  E.  Hayes,  Instructor,  Parent-Child  Nursing 
M.N.,  FNP-BC,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Mary  Lou  Hodge,  Instructor  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.N..  University  of  South  Carolina 

Brenda  Jackson,  Senior  Instnwtor  Mental  Health  Nursing 
M.N.,  University  of  Maryland 

Felicia  Jenkins,  Instructor  Nursing  Education 
M.S.N.,  Gardner- Webb  University 

Administration  and  Faculty  247 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Toshua  Kennedy,  Imlnictar.  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N./M.P.H..  University  of  South  Carolina 

Charlotte  Koehler.  Instructor.  Maternal-Child  Nursing 
M.N..  University  of  South  Carolina 

William  Koehler,  Instructor.  Psychiatric/Community  Mental  Health 
M.S.N.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Laura  Leary,  Instructor.  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N.,  Clemson  University 

Robin  McAbee,  Instructor.  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N.,  ACNP,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Patricia  McCallister,  Instructor,  Nursing/Healthcare  Education 
M.N.,  University  of  Phoenix 

Barbara  McCracken,  Instructor,  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Mary  Myers,  Instructor,  Maternal-Child  Nursing 
M.S.,  CNM,  CDE,  Medical  University  of  South  Carolina 

JoAnne  Rutherford,  Instructor.  Nursing  Education 
M.S.N.,  Medical  University  of  South  Carolina 

Sharon  T.  Smith,  Instructor.  Maternal-Child  Nursing 
M.S.N.,  IBCLC,  Clemson  University 

Suzanner  Sutton,  Instructor,  Nursing  Administration/Nursing  Education 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Catherine  B.  Talley,  Associate  Professor.  Adult  Health  Nursing 
M.S.N..  Medical  College  of  Georgia 

Charlene  Walton,  Professor,  Community  Health  Nursing 
Ed.D.,  Clemson  University 

Helen  West,  Instructor  Psychiatric/Community  Mental  Health 
M.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Linda  Westfield,  Instructor.  Nursing  Education 
M.S.N..  Gardner- Webb  University 


Center  for  International  Studies 

Regis  Robe,  Director 

Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 

Deryle  F.  Hope,  Associate  Director 
Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Kathryn  A.  McLauglin-Rojas,  Instructor.  English  (TESOL):  Assistant  to  the  Director  of  International  Studies 
M.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University  at  Carbondale 


Mvnmlstra^on  and  Faculty 


^^^  2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Library 

Frieda  M.  Davison,  Dean  of  the  Library,  Librarian 
MLS,  University  of  Kentucky 

Lola  Bradley,  Instructor 

MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Natalie  Childs,  Instructor 

MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Laura  Karas,  Instructor 

MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Andrew  Kearns,  Assistant  Librarian 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois;  MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Nancy  Lambert,  Librarian 
MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

James  LaMee,  Instructor 

MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Camille  McCutcheon,  Associate  Librarian 
MLIS,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Karen  L.  Swetland.  Assistant  Librarian 
MLS,  University  of  South  Florida 

Christopher  D.  Vidas,  Assistant  Librarian 
MLIS,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Mm\mstrat\on  and  Faculty  249 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Index 


Academic  advisement 

Academic  calendar 

Academic  fees 

Academic  forgiveness 

Academic  grievances 

Academic  honors 

Academic  probation 

Academic  programs 

Academic  regulations,  undergraduate 

graduate  programs 
Academic  standing 
Academic  Support  Center 
Academic  suspension 
Accounting  major 
Accreditation 
ACHIEVE 
Adding  a  course 
Address  change 
Administration 

Admission,  undergraduate 

application  procedures 

audit 

concurrent  high  school  seniors 

course  requirements,  high  school 

former  students  (readmission) 

freshman 

international  students 

non-degree  seeking 

probationary 

senior  citizens 

transfer 

transient  students 

undergraduates  with  a  degree 
Admission,  graduate 
Advanced  Placement  (AP) 

Advisement 
undergraduate 
graduate  programs 
testing 

African  American  Studies  minor 
Alcohol  &  drug  education  programs 
Alcohol  Policy 


49 
4 
38 
57 
53 
58 
52 
61 
47 

217 

52 

9 

52 

128 


50 

48 
235 

17 
17 
22 
21 
17 
21 
17 
21 
21 
18 
22 
18 
22 
22 
218 
53 

49 

217 

22,49 


96 

43 
46 


American  College  Testing  Program  (ACT/PEP)  55 

Appeal 

of  financial  aid  27 

of  academic  grievances  53 

of  academic  requirements  for  admission  1 8 

Application  fee  38 

Application  for  graduation  59 

Arts  and  Sciences,  College  of  81 

Languages,  Literature  and  Composition  92 

Fine  Arts  and  Communication  Studies  82 

Informatics  99 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  102 

Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering  108 

Psychology  114 
History,  Political  Science,  Philosophy 

and  American  Studies  1 1 6 
Sociology,  Criminal  Justice 

and  Women's  Studies  121 

Art  Education  major  87 

Art  History  minor  89 

Art  Studio  (graphic  design)  major  85 

Athletics,  intercollegiate  10 

Attendance  51 

Auditing,  undergraduate  49 

graduate  courses  2 1 9 

B 

Biology  major  108 

Biology  minor  109 

Board  of  Trustees,  use  234 

Bookstore  9 

Burroughs  Child  Development  Center  10 

Business  and  Economics  126 


Calendar,  academic  4 

Campus  Access  11 

Campus  Activities  Board  44 

Campus  facilities  10 

Campus  map  12 

Campus  media  45 


250 


\ndex 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Career  Center 

9 

Change  of  campus 

49 

Chemistry  major 

110 

Chemistry  minor 

III 

Child  care  center 

10 

Code  of  Academic  Integrity 

45 

Code  of  Student  Behavior 

45 

Cognate 

64 

College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP) 

54 

Commercial  Music,  minor 

90 

Communication  major 

82 

Computer  information  systems  major 

104 

Computer  science  major 

106 

Computer  science  minor 

107 

Commission  for  Higher  Education 

234 

Confidentiality  of  student  records 

59 

Conflict  Resolution  minor 

91 

Continuation  standards 

52 

Counseling  Services 

43 

Course(s) 

adding 

50 

auditing 

49 

changing  sections 

50 

cognate 

64 

course  load  (overload) 

49 

descriptions                                      160-216, 

229-232 

dropping 

50 

dropping  a  graduate  course 

220 

electives 

65 

general  education 

62 

numbering 

161 

pass-fail  option 

50,221 

repeating 

50 

senior  seminar 

63 

substitutions 

48 

withdrawal  from 

50 

Credit 

advanced  placement 

53 

by  examination 

55 

ACT/PEP 

55 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination  Program 

,)         54 

correspondence  course 

55 

International  Baccalaureate  (IB) 

54 

Dantes 

55 

military  service 

55 

non-collegiate  programs 

55 

transfer 

53 

transient 

53 

Criminal  justice  major 
Criminal  justice  minor 


D 

Degree  applications 

Degree,  second  undergraduate 

Dining  services 

Directions  to  campus  (campus  access) 

Directory  information,  release  of 

Disability  services 

Dropping  a  course 

Drug  and  alcohol  programs 


Early  childhood,  major 
Economics/finance  major 
Economics  minor 
Education,  School  of 

academic  requirements 

admission  to  the  professional  program 

continuation  standards 

degree  programs 

directed  teaching 

student  evaluation 

transfer  admission 
Electives 

Electronic  media,  communication  major 
Elementary  education  major 
Engineering  Technology  Management  major 
English  major,  minor 
Examination  fees 
Examinations 


Facilities 
Faculty  listings 
Fees 

academic 

application 

auditing 

diploma  replacement 

examination/validation 


123 
124 


59 
59 
10 
11 
60 
43 
50,  220 
43 


136 

129 

130 

131 

134 

133 

134 

135 

134 

135 

134 

65 

84 

137 

112 

92,93 

38 

52 


10 
237 
37 
38 
38 
38 
39 
38 


Index 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


251 


Fees(cont.) 

dropping  a  course 

220 

parking 

39 

grades  and  credit 

220 

refunds 

39 

program  of  study 

219 

reinstatement 

39 

state  residency  requirements 

223 

replacement  identific 

;ation  card 

39 

tuition 

219 

replacement  treasurer's  receipt 

39 

withdrawal 

220 

senior  citizens 

38 

Graduation  requirements 

59 

transcript 

39 

Graduation  with  honors 

58 

tuition 

38 

Graphic  design 

85 

FERPA 

59,  222 

Greenville  Campus 

13 

Film  studies  minor 

95 

Grievances 

Final  examinations 

51 

academic 

53 

Financial  aid 

25 

non-academic 

46 

loans 

27 

use  Upstate  English  Fluency  Policy 

46 

grants 

27 

scholarships 

30-36 

H 

state  programs 

28 

Health  services 

43 

satisfactory  academic  progress 

26 

Health-related  fields 

65 

undergraduate  assistantshios 

30 

History,  Political  Science, 

Philosophy 

work  opportunities 

29 

and  American  Studies 

116 

Fines 

39 

History  major 

116 

Fraternities 

45 

History  minor 

117 

French  minor 

95 

History  of  University 
Honor  lists 

8 

57 

G 

Honors  Program 
Honorary  societies 

69 

58 

General  education  requirements 

62 

Housing  (residential  life) 

22,43 

General  education  requirements 

62 

German  studies  minor 

96 

Grade  point  average 

56 

Grade  reports 

56 

Grade  symbols 

55 

Grades 

appeals 

52 

transfer  credit 

18 

Grading  system 

55 

Graduate  courses,  undergraduate 

enrollment  in 

50,221 

Graduate  Programs 

217 

academic  regulations 

219 

academic  standards 

221 

admission 

218 

advisement 

219 

appeal  for  reinstatement 

221 

application  for  degree 

222 

attendance 

221 

auditing 

220 

course  descriptions 

229-232 

Identification  cards 

10 

Immunization 

22 

IMPACT 

44 

Incomplete  (grade) 

56 

Indebtedness 

48 

Independent  study 

49 

Information  Management  and  Systems  major 

99 

Information  Management  and  Systems  minor 

101 

Insurance 

38 

Interdisciplinary  Studies,  Center  for 

74 

International  student  admission 

21 

International  Studies,  Center  for 

9 

International  Studies  minor 

94 

International  Baccalaureate  Diploma 

Program  (IB) 

54 

Internship 

49 

252 


\ndex 
2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


Jazz  studies  minor 

Johnson  College  of  Business  &  Economics 
Journalism,  communication  major 
Journalism  minor 


Law  school  (pre-law  program) 
Loans 

M 

Major,  change  of 

Major  requirements 

Majors,  minors,  and  programs  listing 


90 

126 

83 

89 


66 

27 


63 
68 


yors 

art  education 

87 

art  studio  (graphic  design) 

85 

biology 

108 

business  administration 

128 

accounting 

128 

economics/finance 

129 

management 

129 

marketing 

129 

chemistry 

110 

communication 

82 

theatre,  speech,  journalism  and 

electronic  media 

computer  information  systems  major 

104 

computer  science  major 

106 

criminal  justice 

123 

early  childhood  education 

136 

elementary  education 

137 

engineering  technology  management 

112 

English 

92 

history 

116 

information  management  and  systems 

99 

interdisciplinary  studies 

74 

mathematics 

102 

middle  level  education 

138 

nonprofit  administration 

77 

nursing,  four-year  track 

156 

nursing,  RN-BSN  track 

159 

physical  education  /  teacher  education 

145 

physical  education  /  fitness-recreation 

146 

political  science 

118 

psychology  114 
secondary  education 

biology  141 

chemistry  142 

English  139 

mathematics  143 

social  studies/history  144 

Spanish  140 

sociology  H 

Spanish  97 

special  education  learning  disabilities  147 

Management,  major  129 

Marketing,  major  129 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  102 

Mathematics,  major  102 

Mathematics,  minor  103 

Middle  level  education  major  138 

Minors  64 

African  American  studies  96 

American  studies  120 

art  history  89 

biology  109 

business  administration  130 

chemistry  1 1 1 

commercial  music  90 

computer  science  107 

conflict  resolution  91 

criminal  justice  124 

economics  130 

English  93 

film  studies  95 

French  95 

German  studies  96 

history  117 

information  management  and  systems  101 

international  studies  94 

jazz  studies  90 

journalism  89 

mathematics  103 

nonprofit  administration  78 

philosophy  120 

political  science  119 

psychology  115 

religion  120 

sociology  122 

Spanish  98 

Spanish  translation/interpreting  98 


Index 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


253 


speech  communication 

theatre 

women's  and  gender  studies 

Mihtary  service  school  credit 
Mission  statement 
Multicultural  affairs 

Name  change 

Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 
New  Student  Services 
Nonprofit  Leadership,  Center  for 
Nonprofit  administration  major 
Nonprofit  administration  minor 
Non-degree  seeking  admission 
Non-traditional  student  services 
Nursing  honor  society 
Nursing,  major 

Nursing,  Mary  Black  School  of 
admission  policies 
advisement 
baccalaureate  program 
continuation  standards 
credit  by  examination 
curriculum 
readmission  policy 
RN-BSN  track 
special  requirements 
transfer  of  credits 


o 


Opportunity  Network 
Orientation  programs 
Organizations 

academic  and  honorary 

special  interest 
Overload,  course 


Pass-fail  option 
Pell  Grants 
Performance  groups 


89 

Physical  education  majors 

145,  146 

90 

Philosophy,  minor 

120 

\  125 

Political  science,  major 

118 

55 

Political  science,  minor 

119 

7 

Pre-chiropractic 

65 

44 

Pre-dental 

65 

Pre-engineering 

65 

Pre-law 

66 

Pre-medical 

65 

48 

Pre-occupational  therapy 

65 

108 

Pre-optometry 

65 

22 

Pre-pharmacy 

66 

11 

Pre-physical  therapy 

65 

11 

Pre-speech  pathology 

65 

78 

Pre-veterinary  medicine 

65 

21 

Probation,  academic 

52 

44 

Psychology  major,  minor 

114,115 

155 

Public  service  (USC  Upstate) 

8 

156 

Publications,  student  (campus  media) 

45 

149 

152 
152 

R 

156 

155 

Readmission  of  former  students 

21 

155 

Recreation 

44 

151 

Reflinds 

39 

155 

Registered  nurse  licensure 

151 

159 

Registration 

49 

153 

changes  in 

50 

155 

Regulations,  academic 

47 

9 

22 

45 

45 
49 


50,221 

27 
45 


Repetition  of  courses 

Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 

Residency  requirement  for  graduation 

Residency  requirements  (state  tuition) 

Residential  life 

Rights  of  catalog 


Scholars  Academy 

Scholarships 

Schools 

Johnson  College  of  Business  &  Economics 

Education 

Mary  Black  School  of  Nursing 
Second  undergraduate  degree 
Secondary  education  major 


50 
67 
59 

40.  223 
43 
48 


30-36 


131 

149 

59 


254 


Index 
2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


biology 

chemistry 

English 

mathematics 

social  studies/history 

Spanish 
Section  changes 
Senior  privilege 
Senior  seminar 
Sociology,  Criminal  Justice  and 

Women's  Studies 
Sociology,  major 
Sociology,  minor 
Sororities 
Spanish,  major 
Spanish,  minor 
Special  education,  major 
Special  programs 
Speech,  communication  major 
Student  and  Diversity  Affairs 
Student  conduct  regulations 
Student  development 
Student  Government  Association 
Student  housing 
Student  life 
Student  media 
Student  organizations 
Student  records,  confidentiality 
Student  Right  to  Know  Act 
Student  services 
Student  Success  Center 
Summer  sessions 
Suspension,  academic 


141 

142 

139 

143 

144 

140 

50 

50,221 

63 

121 

121 

122 
45 
97 
98 

147 
65 
83 
41 
45 
43 
45 
43 
44 
45 
45 
59 
46 
9 
9 
50 
52 


substitution  for  USC  Upstate  courses  48 

suggested  courses  23-24 

Transfer  credit  1 8,  53 

evaluation  of  18 

validation  19 

Transient  credit  53 

Tuition  38 

u 

Undergraduate  Research  and  Scholarship, 

Center  for  9 

University,  general  information  7 

University  Center,  Greenville  14 

Upward  Bound  8 

USC  Upstate  Foundation  234 


Veterans  Affairs  9 

Vision  Statement  8 

w 

Watershed  Ecology  Center  80 

Wellness  Center  44 

Withdrawal  from  course  50 

Withdrawal  from  graduate  studies  220 

Withdrawal  from  the  University  51 

Withdrawal,  post-semester  (retroactive)  51 

Withdrawal,  extenuating  circumstance  51 

Women's  &  Gender  Studies,  Center  for  79 
Women's  Studies  minor                                       79,125 

Work  opportunities  29 


Testing,  advisement  22,49 

Tests  52 
Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other 

Languages,  Certificate  228 

Theatre,  communication  major  83 

Theatre  minor  90 

Three-Plus-One  Program  66 

Three- Year  Degree  Programs  65 
Transcripts                                                        17,57,221 

Transfer  courses 


Index 

2009-2010  USC  Upstate  Catalog 


255 


Notes 


— Index 

2009-2010  use  Upstate  Catalog 


11411 


'.m,  •'111  •  i aJ '- 


UNIVERSITY  OF 

SOUIH^AROLINA 


u  p  s  r  A  r  h 


(864)  503-5000  •  www.uscupstate.edu